Paper 5

INTERMEDIATE : PAPER - 5
6
01
-2
US
AB
LL
SY
FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING INTERMEDIATE
STUDY NOTES
The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

CMA Bhawan, 12, Sudder Street, Kolkata - 700 016
First Edition : August 2016
Published by :
Directorate of Studies
The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (ICAI)
CMA Bhawan, 12, Sudder Street, Kolkata - 700 016
Copyright of these Study Notes is reserved by the Insitute of Cost

Accountants of India and prior permission from the Institute is necessary
for reproduction of the whole or any part thereof.
Syllabus - 2016
Paper 5: Financial Accounting (FAC)
Syllabus Structure
The syllabus comprises the following topics and study weightage
A Accounting Basics 25%
B Preparation of Financial Statements 40%
C Self Balancing Ledger, Royalties, Hire Purchase & Installment System, Branch & Departmental Accounts 20%
D Accounting in Computerised Environment and Accounting Standards 15%
D
15% A
25%
C
20%
B
40%
ASSESSMENT STRATEGY
There will be written examination paper of three hours
OBJECTIVES
To gain understanding and to provide working knowledge of accounting concepts, detailed procedures and documentation
involved in financial accounting system.
Learning Aims
The syllabus aims to test the student’s ability to:
 U
nderstand the framework of accounting systems and the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
 P
repare necessary financial statements related to different business entities
 C
onstruct financial statements for understandability and relevance of stakeholders
Skill set required
Level B: Requiring the skill levels of knowledge, comprehension, application and analysis.
Sec-A : Accounting – Basics 25%

1. Fundamentals of Accounting
2. Accounting for Special Transactions
Sec-B : Preparation of Financial Statements 40%
3. Preparation of Final Accounts of Profit Oriented organizations, Non-Profit Organizations and from
Incomplete Records.
4. Partnership Accounts
Sec-C : Self Balancing Ledgers, Royalties, Hire Purchase & Installment System, Branch & Departmental Accounts 20%
5. Self-Balancing Ledgers
6. Royalties, Hire-Purchase and Installment System
7. Branch and Departmental Accounts
Sec-D : Accounting in Computerised Environment and Accounting Standards 15%
8. Overview of Computerised Accounting
9. Accounting Standards (Specified only)
Section A : Accounting – Basics [ 25 Marks]

1. Fundamentals of Accounting:
Accounting - Meaning, Scope and Significance of Accounting - Accounting Principles, Concepts and Conventions -
Capital and Revenue Transactions – Depreciation - Rectification of Errors.
2. Accounting for Special Transactions
Bills of Exchange - Consignment - Joint Venture - Insurance Claims (Loss of Stock and Loss of Profit).
Section B : Preparation of Financial Statements [40 Marks]

3. Preparation of Final Accounts of Profit Oriented organizations, Non-Profit Organizations and from Incomplete Records
(i) Preparation of Financial statements of Profit Oriented organizations: P&L Account, Balance Sheet.
(ii) Preparation of Financial Statements of Non-Profit making organizations: Preparation of Receipts & Payments Account,
Income& Expenditure account and Balance Sheet.
(iii) Preparation of Financial Statements from incomplete records (Single entry)
4. Partnership Accounts
Admission, Retirement, Death, Treatment of Joint Life Policy ,Dissolution of partnership firms including piece meal distribution,
Amalgamation of partnership firms, Conversion of partnership firm into a company and sale of partnership firm to a company
Section C: Self Balancing Ledgers, Royalties, Hire Purchase & Installment System, Branch & Departmental Accounts [20 Marks]
5. Self-Balancing Ledgers
6. Royalty Accounts, Hire Purchase and Installment System.
7. Branch and Departmental Accounts.
Section D: Accounting in Computerized Environment and Accounting Standards [15 marks]

8. Computerized Accounting System – Features, Significance, Grouping of Accounts, Ledger hierarchy, Accounting
Packages and their selection criteria
9. Accounting Standards (AS-1, AS-2, AS-6, AS-7, AS-9, AS-10)
Content
Study Note 1 : Fundamentals of Accounting
1.1 Basics 1
1.2 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles 11
1.3 Concepts and Conventions 11
1.4 Capital & Revenue Transactions 26
1.5 Accounting for Depreciation 57
1.6 Rectification of Errors 70
Study Note 2 : Accounting for Special Transactions
2.1 Bills of Exchange 93

2.2 Consignment Accounting 110
2.3 Joint Venture Accounts 130
2.4 Insurance Claim (Loss of Stock and Loss of Profit) 143
Study Note 3 : Preparation of Financial Statments of Profit Oriented Organizations
3.1 Introduction 161

3.2 Preparation of Financial Statements 161
3.3 Bad Debts 185
Study Note 4 : Preparation of Financial Statments of Not-for Profit Organizations
4.1 Preparation of Financial Statements of Not-for Profit Organization 197
Study Note 5 : Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records
5.1 Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records 231
Study Note 6 : Partnership

6.1 Admission of Partner 251
6.2 Retirement of Partner 277
6.3 Death of Partner 301
6.4 Dissolution of a Partnership Firm 304
6.5 Insolvency of a Partner 312
6.6 Amalgamation of Firms and Conversion to a Company 334
6.7 Conversion or Sale of a Partnership Firm to a Company 348
Study Note 7 : Self Balancing Ledger

7.1 Self Balancing Ledger 359
Study Note 8 : Royalties

8.1 Royalties 375
Study Note 9 : Hire-Purchase and Installment System

9.1 Hire-Purchase and Installment System 391
Study Note 10 : Branch and Departmental Accounts

10.1 Branch Accounts 419
10.2 Departmental Accounts 457
Study Note 11 : Computarised Accounting System

11.1 Computerised Accounting System 487
Study Note 12 : Accounting Standards

12.1 AS – 1: Disclosure of Accounting Policies 492
12.2 AS – 2: Valuation of Inventories 495
12.3 AS – 6: Depreciation Accounting 503
12.4 AS – 7: Construction Contracts 505
12.5 AS – 9: Revenue Recognition 513
12.6 AS – 10: Accounting for Fixed Assets 517
Study Note - 1
FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING
This Study Note includes
1.1 Basics
1.2 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
1.3 Accounting Concepts and Conventions
1.4 Capital & Revenue Transactions
1.5 Accounting for Depreciation
1.6 Rectification of Errors
1.1 BASICS
Business is an economic activity undertaken with the motive of earning profits and to maximize the wealth for the
owners. Business cannot run in isolation. Largely, the business activity is carried out by people coming together with
a purpose to serve a common cause. This team is often referred to as an organization, which could be in different
forms such as sole proprietorship, partnership, body corporate etc. The rules of business are based on general
principles of trade, social values, and statutory framework encompassing national or international boundaries.
While these variables could be different for different businesses, different countries etc., the basic purpose is to
add value to a product or service to satisfy customer demand.
The business activities require resources (which are limited & have multiple uses) primarily in terms of material,
labour, machineries, factories and other services. The success of business depends on how efficiently and
effectively these resources are managed. Therefore, there is a need to ensure that the businessman tracks the use
of these resources. The resources are not free and thus one must be careful to keep an eye on cost of acquiring
them as well.
As the basic purpose of business is to make profit, one must keep an ongoing track of the activities undertaken in
course of business. Two basic questions would have to be answered:
(a) What is the result of business operations? This will be answered by finding out whether it has made profit or
loss.
(b) What is the position of the resources acquired and used for business purpose? How are these resources
financed? Where the funds come from?
The answers to these questions are to be found continuously and the best way to find them is to record all the
business activities. Recording of business activities has to be done in a scientific manner so that they reveal correct
outcome. The science of book-keeping and accounting provides an effective solution. It is a branch of social
science. This study material aims at giving a platform to the students to understand basic principles and concepts,
which can be applied to accurately measure performance of business. After studying the various chapters
included herein, the student should be able to apply the principles, rules, conventions and practices to different
business situations like trading, manufacturing or service.
Over years, the art and science of accounting has evolved together with progress of trade and commerce at
national and global levels. Professional accounting bodies have been doing intensive research to come up with
accounting rules that will be applicable. Modern business is certainly more complex and continuous updating
of these rules is required. Every stakeholder of the business is interested in a particular facet of information about
the business. The art and science of accounting helps to put together these requirements of information as per
universally accepted principles and also to interpret the results. It is interesting to note that each one of us has
an accountant hidden in us. We do see our parents keep track of monthly expenses. We make a distinction
between payment done for monthly grocery and that for buying a house or a car. We understand that while
grocery is a monthly expense and buying a house is like creating a resource that has indefinite future use. The
most common accounting record that each one of us knows is our bank passbook or a bank statement, which
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1
Fundamentals of Accounting
the bank maintains for us. It tracks each rupee that we deposit or withdraw from our account. When we go to
supermarket to buy something, the cashier at the counter will record things we buy and give us a ‘bill’ or ‘cash
memo’. These are source documents prepared for the transaction between the supermarket and us. While these
are simple examples, there could be more complex business activities. A good working knowledge of keeping
records is therefore necessary. Professional accounting bodies all over the world have been functioning with the
objective of providing this body of knowledge. These institutions are engaged in imparting training in the field of
accounting. Let us start with some basic definitions, concepts, conventions and practices used in development of
this art as well as science.
Definitions
In order to understand the subject matter with clarity, let us study some of the definitions which depict the scope,
content and purpose of Accounting. The field of accounting is generally sub-divided into:
(a) Book-keeping
(b) Financial Accounting
(c) Cost Accounting and
(d) Management Accounting
Let us understand each of these concepts.
(a) Book-keeping
The most common definition of book-keeping as given by J. R. Batliboi is “Book-keeping is an art of recording
business transactions in a set of books.”
As can be seen, it is basically a record keeping function. One must understand that not all dealings are, however,
recorded. Only transactions expressed in terms of money will find place in books of accounts. These are the
transactions which will ultimately result in transfer of economic value from one person to the other. Book-keeping
is a continuous activity, the records being maintained as transactions are entered into. This being a routine and
repetitive work, in today’s world, it is taken over by the computer systems. Many accounting packages are
available to suit different business organizations.
It is also referred to as a set of primary records. These records form the basis for accounting. It is an art because, the
record is to be kept in such a manner that it will facilitate further processing and reporting of financial information
which will be useful to all stakeholders of the business.
(b) Financial Accounting
It is commonly termed as Accounting. The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants defines Accounting
as “an art of recoding, classifying and summarizing in a significant manner and in terms of money, transactions
and events which are in part at least of a financial character, and interpreting the results thereof.”
The first step in the cycle of accounting is to identify transactions that will find place in books of accounts.
Transactions having financial impact only are to be recorded. E.g. if a businessman negotiates with the customer
regarding supply of products, this will not be recorded. The negotiation is a deal which will potentially create a
transaction and will have exchange of money or money’s worth. But unless this transaction is finally entered into,
it will not be recorded in the books of accounts.
Secondly, the recording of the business transactions is done based on the Golden Rules of accounting (which
are explained later) in a systematic manner. Transaction of similar nature are grouped together and recorded
accordingly. e.g. Sales Transactions, Purchase Transactions, Cash Transactions etc. One has to interpret the
transaction and then apply the relevant Golden Rule to make a correct entry thereof.
Thirdly, as the transactions increase in number, it will be difficult to understand the combined effect of the same
by referring to individual records. Hence, the art of accounting also involves the step of summarizing them. With
the aid of computers, this task is simplified in today’s accounting world. The summarization will help users of the
business information to understand and interpret business results.
Lastly, the accounting process provides the users with statements which will describe what has happened to the
business. Remember the two basic questions we talked about, one to know whether business has made profit or
loss and the other to know the position of resources that are used by the business.
It can be noted that although accounting is often referred to as an art, it is a science also. This is because it is
based on universally applicable set of rules. However, it is not a pure science as there is a possibility of different
interpretation.
2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
(c) Cost Accounting
According to the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), Cost Accountancy is defined as
“application of costing and cost accounting principles, methods and techniques to the science, art and practice
of cost control and the ascertainment of profitability as well as the presentation of information for the purpose of
managerial decision-making.”
It is a branch of accounting dealing with the classification, recording, allocation, summarization and reporting
of current and prospective costs and analyzing their behaviours. Cost Accounting is frequently used to facilitate
internal decision making and provides tools with which management can appraise performance and control costs
of doing business. It primarily involves relating the costs to the different products produced and sold or services
rendered by the business. While Financial Accounting deals with business transactions at a broader level, Cost
Accounting aims at further breaking it up to the last possible level to indentify costs with products and services. It
uses the same Financial Accounting documents and records. Modern computerized accounting packages like
ERP systems provide for processing Financial as well as Cost Accounting records simultaneously.
This branch of accounting deals with the process of ascertainment of costs. The concept of cost is always applied
with reference to a context. Knowledge of cost concepts and their application provide a very sound platform for
decision making. Cost Accounting aims at equipping management with information that can be used for control
on business activities.
(d) Management Accounting
Management Accounting is concerned with the use of Financial and Cost Accounting information to managers
within organizations, to provide them with the basis in making informed business decisions that would allow them to
be better equipped in their management and control functions. Unlike Financial Accounting information (which,
for public companies, is public information), Management Accounting information is used within an organization
(typically for decision-making) and is usually confidential and its access available only to a selected few.
According to the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), Management Accounting is “the
process of identification, measurement, accumulation, analysis, preparation, interpretation and communication
of information used by management to plan, evaluate and control within an entity and to assure appropriate
use of and accountability for its resources. Management Accounting also comprises the preparation of financial
reports for non management groups such as shareholders, creditors, regulatory authorities and tax authorities”.
Basically, Management Accounting aims to facilitate management in formulating strategies, planning and
constructing business activities, making decisions, optimal use of resources, and safeguarding assets of business.
These branches of accounting have evolved over years of research and are basically synchronized with the
requirements of business organizations and all entities associated with them. We will now see what are they and
how accounting satisfies various needs of different stakeholders.
Difference between Book-keeping and Accountancy:
The Significant difference between Book-keeping and Accountancy are:
Sl Points of Book Keeping Accountancy

No. difference
1. Meaning Book-keeping is considered as end. Accountancy is considered as
beginning.
2. Functions The primary stage of accounting function is The overall accounting functions are
called Book-keeping. guided by accountancy.
3 Depends Book-keeping can provide the base of Accountancy depends on Book-
Accounting. keeping for its complete functions.
4. Data The necessary data about financial Accountancy can take its decisions,
performances and financial positions are prepare reports and statements from the
taken from Book-keeping. data taken from Book-keeping.
5. Recording of Financial transactions are recorded on the Accountancy does not take any principles,
Transactions basis of accounting principles, concepts concepts and conventions from Book-
and conventions. keeping.
Difference between Management Accounting and Financial Accounting:

The significant difference between Management Accounting and Financial Accounting are:
Management Accounting Financial Accounting

1. Management Accounting is primarily based on 1. Financial Accounting is based on
the data available from Financial Accounting. the monetary transactions of the enterprise.
2. It provides necessary information to the 2. Its main focus is on recording and classifying
management to assist them in the process of monetary transactions in the books of accounts
planning, controlling, performance evaluation and preparation of financial statements at the end
and decision making. of every accounting period.
3. Reports prepared in Management Accounting are 3. Reports as per Financial Accounting are meant for
meant for management and as per management the management as well as for shareholders and
requirement. creditors of the concern.
4. Reports may contain both subjective and objective 4. Reports should always be supported by relevant
figures. figures and it emphasizes on the objectivity of data.
5. Reports are not subject to statutory audit. 5. Reports are always subject to statutory audit.
6. It evaluates the sectional as well as the entire 6. It ascertains, evaluates and exhibits the financial
performance of the business. strength of the whole business.
Accounting Cycle
When complete sequence of accounting procedure is done which happens frequently and repeated in same
directions during an accounting period, the same is called an accounting cycle.
Recording of
Transaction
Financial
Journal
Statement
Closing
Ledger
Entries
Adjusted Trial Trial

Balance Balance
Adjustment
Entries
Accounting Cycle
Steps/Phases of Accounting Cycle

The steps or phases of accounting cycle can be developed as under:
(a) Recording of Transaction: As soon as a transaction happens it is at first recorded in subsidiary book.
(b) Journal: The transactions are recorded in Journal chronologically.
(c) Ledger: All journals are posted into ledger chronologically and in a classified manner.
(d) Trial Balance: After taking all the ledger account’s closing balances, a Trial Balance is prepared at the end
of the period for the preparations of financial statements.
(e) Adjustment Entries: All the adjustments entries are to be recorded properly and adjusted accordingly
before preparing financial statements.
(f) Adjusted Trial Balance: An adjusted Trail Balance may also be prepared.
(g) Closing Entries: All the nominal accounts are to be closed by the transferring to Trading Account and Profit
and Loss Account.
Financial Statements: Financial statement can now be easily prepared which will exhibit the true financial position
and operating results.
Objectives of Accounting
The main objective of Accounting is to provide financial information to stakeholders. This financial information
is normally given via financial statements, which are prepared on the basis of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP). There are various accounting standards developed by professional accounting bodies all
over the world. In India, these are governed by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, (ICAI). In the
US, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) is responsible to lay down the standards. The
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is the body that sets up the International Accounting Standards.
These standards basically deal with accounting treatment of business transactions and disclosing the same in
financial statements.
The following objectives of accounting will explain the width of the application of this knowledge stream:
(a) To ascertain the amount of profit or loss made by the business i.e. to compare the income earned versus the
expenses incurred and the net result thereof.
(b) To know the financial position of the business i.e. to assess what the business owns and what it owes.
(c) To provide a record for compliance with statutes and laws applicable.
(d) To enable the readers to assess progress made by the business over a period of time.
(e) To disclose information needed by different stakeholders.
Let us now see which are different stakeholders of the business and what do they seek from the accounting
information. This is shown in the following table.
Stakeholder Interest in business Accounting Information

O wners / Inv es tors / Profits or losses Financial statements, Cost Accounting
existing and potential records, Management Accounting reports
Lenders Assessment of capability of the business Financial statement and analysis thereof,
to pay interest and principal of money reports forming part of accounts, valuation
lent. Basically, they monitor the of assets given as security
solvency of business
Customers and suppliers Stability and growth of the business Financial and Cash flow statements to
assess ability of the business to offer better
business terms and ability to supply the
products and services
Government Whether the business is complying with Accounting documents such as vouchers,
various legal requirements extracts of books, information of purchase,
sales, employee obligations etc. and
financial statements
Employees and trade Growth and profitability Financial statements for negotiating pay
unions packages
Competitors Performance and possible tie-ups in the Accounting information to find out possible
era of mergers and acquisitions synergies
Users of Accounting Information

Accounting provides information both to internal users and the external users. The internal users are all the
organizational participants at all levels of management (i.e. top, middle and lower). Generally top level
management requires information for planning, middle level management which requires information for
controlling the operations. For internal use, the information is usually provided in the form of reports, for instance
Cash Budget Reports, Production Reports, Idle Time Reports, Feedback Reports, whether to retain or replace an
equipment decision reports, project appraisal report, and the like.
There are also the external users (e.g. Banks, Creditors). They do not have direct access to all the records of an
enterprise, they have to rely on financial statements as the source of information. External users are basically,
interested in the solvency and profitability of an enterprise.
Types of Accounting Information
Accounting information may be categorized in number of ways on the basis of purpose of accounting information,
on the basis of measurement criteria and so on. The various types of accounting information are given below:
I. Accounting information relating to financial transactions and events.
(a) Financial Position- Information about financial position is primarily provided in a Balance Sheet. The
financial position of an enterprise is affected by different factors, like -
(i) Information about the economic resources controlled by the enterprise and its capacity in the
past to alter these resources is useful in predicting the ability of the enterprise to generate cash
and cash equivalents in the future.
(ii) Information about financial structure is useful in predicting future borrowing needs and how future
profits and cash flows will be distributed among those with an interest in the enterprise; it is also
useful in predicting how successful the enterprise is likely to be in raising further finance.
(iii) Information about liquidity and solvency is useful in predicting the ability of the enterprise to meet
its financial commitments as they fall due. Liquidity refers to the availability of cash in the near
future to meet financial commitments over this period. Solvency refers to the availability of cash
over the longer term to meet financial commitments as they fall due.
(b) Financial Performance- Information about financial performance is primarily provided in a Statement of
Profit and Loss which is also known as Income Statement.
Information about the performance of an enterprise and its profitability, is required in order to assess
potential changes taking place in the economic resources that it is likely to control in the future.
Information about variability of performance is also important in this regard. Information about
performance is necessary in predicting the capacity to generate cash flows from its available resource.
It is an important input in forming judgments about the effectiveness of an enterprise to utilize resources.
(c) Cash Flows—Information about cash flows is provided in the financial statements by means of a cash
flow statement.
Information concerning cash flows is useful in providing the users with a basis to assess the ability of the
enterprise to generate cash and cash equivalents and the needs of the enterprise to utilise those cash
and cash equivalent.
These information may be classified as follows:
(i) on the basis of Historical Cost,
(ii) on the basis of Current Cost,
(iii) on the basis of Realizable Value,
(iv) on the basis of Present Value
II. Accounting information relating to cost of a product, operation or function.

III. Accounting information relating to planning and controlling the activities of an enterprise for internal reporting.
This information may further be classified as follows:
(i) Information relating to Finance Area
(ii) Information relating to Production Area
(iii) Information relating to Marketing Area
(iv) Information relating to Personnel Area
(v) Information relating to Other Areas (such as Research & Development).
IV. Accounting information relating to Social Effects of business decisions.
V. Accounting information relating to Environment and Ecology.
VI. Accounting information relating to Human Resources.
Basic Accounting Terms

In order to understand the subject matter clearly, one must grasp the following common expressions always used
in business accounting. The aim here is to enable the student to understand with these often used concepts
before we embark on accounting procedures and rules. You may note that these terms can be applied to any
business activity with the same connotation.
(i) Transaction: It means an event or a business activity which involves exchange of money or money’s worth
between parties. The event can be measured in terms of money and changes the financial position of a person
e.g. purchase of goods would involve receiving material and making payment or creating an obligation to
pay to the supplier at a future date. Transaction could be a cash transaction or credit transaction. When
the parties settle the transaction immediately by making payment in cash or by cheque, it is called a cash
transaction. In credit transaction, the payment is settled at a future date as per agreement between the
parties.
(ii) Goods/Services : These are tangible article or commodity in which a business deals. These articles or
commodities are either bought and sold or produced and sold. At times, what may be classified as ‘goods’
to one business firm may not be ‘goods’ to the other firm. e.g. for a machine manufacturing company,
the machines are ‘goods’ as they are frequently made and sold. But for the buying firm, it is not ‘goods’ as
the intention is to use it as a long term resource and not sell it. Services are intangible in nature which are
rendered with or without the object of earning profits.
(iii) Profit: The excess of Revenue Income over expense is called profit. It could be calculated for each transaction
or for business as a whole.
(iv) Loss: The excess of expense over income is called loss. It could be calculated for each transaction or for
business as a whole.
(v) Asset: Asset is a resource owned by the business with the purpose of using it for generating future profits.
Assets can be Tangible and Intangible. Tangible Assets are the Capital assets which have some physical
existence. They can, therefore, be seen, touched and felt, e.g. Plant and Machinery, Furniture and Fittings,
Land and Buildings, Books, Computers, Vehicles, etc. The capital assets which have no physical existence
and whose value is limited by the rights and anticipated benefits that possession confers upon the owner are
known as lntangible Assets. They cannot be seen or felt although they help to generate revenue in future,
e.g. Goodwill, Patents, Trade-marks, Copyrights, Brand Equity, Designs, Intellectual Property, etc.
Assets can also be classified into Current Assets and Non-Current Assets.
Current Assets – An asset shall be classified as Current when it satisfies any of the following :
(a) It is expected to be realised in, or is intended for sale or consumption in the Company’s normal Operating
Cycle,
(b) It is held primarily for the purpose of being traded ,
(c) It is due to be realised within 12 months after the Reporting Date, or
(d) It is Cash or Cash Equivalent unless it is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a Liability for
at least 12 months after the Reporting Date.
Non-Current Assets – All other Assets shall be classified as Non-Current Assets. e.g. Machinery held for long
term etc.
(vi) Liability: It is an obligation of financial nature to be settled at a future date. It represents amount of money
that the business owes to the other parties. E.g. when goods are bought on credit, the firm will create an
obligation to pay to the supplier the price of goods on an agreed future date or when a loan is taken from
bank, an obligation to pay interest and principal amount is created. Depending upon the period of holding,
these obligations could be further classified into Long Term on non-current liabilities and Short Term or current
liabilities.
Current Liabilities – A liability shall be classified as Current when it satisfies any of the following :
(a) It is expected to be settled in the Company’s normal Operating Cycle,
(b) It is held primarily for the purpose of being traded,
(c) It is due to be settled within 12 months after the Reporting Date, or
(d) The Company does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12
months after the reporting date (Terms of a Liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result
in its settlement by the issue of Equity Instruments do not affect its classification)
Non-Current Liabilities – All other Liabilities shall be classified as Non-Current Liabilities. E.g. Loan taken for 5 years,
Debentures issued etc.
(vii) Internal Liability : These represent proprietor’s equity, i.e. all those amount which are entitled to the proprietor,
e.g., Capital, Reserves, Undistributed Profits, etc.
(viii) Working Capital : In order to maintain flows of revenue from operation, every firm needs certain amount
of current assets. For example, cash is required either to pay for expenses or to meet obligation for service
received or goods purchased, etc. by a firm. On identical reason, inventories are required to provide the
link between production and sale. Similarly, Accounts Receivable generate when goods are sold on credit.
Cash, Bank, Debtors, Bills Receivable, Closing Stock, Prepayments etc. represent current assets of firm. The
whole of these current assets form the working capital of a firm which is termed as Gross Working Capital.
Gross Working Capital = Total Current Assets
= Long term internal liabilities plus long term debts plus the current liabilities
minus the amount blocked in the fixed assets.
There is another concept of working capital. Working capital is the excess of current assets over current
liabilities. That is the amount of current assets that remain in a firm if all its current liabilities are paid. This
concept of working capital is known as Net Working Capital which is a more realistic concept.
Working Capital (Net) = Current Assets – Currents Liabilities.
(ix) Contingent Liability : It represents a potential obligation that could be created depending on the outcome
of an event. E.g. if supplier of the business files a legal suit, it will not be treated as a liability because no
obligation is created immediately. If the verdict of the case is given in favour of the supplier then only the
obligation is created. Till that it is treated as a contingent liability. Please note that contingent liability is not
recorded in books of account, but disclosed by way of a note to the financial statements.
(x) Capital : It is amount invested in the business by its owners. It may be in the form of cash, goods, or any other
asset which the proprietor or partners of business invest in the business activity. From business point of view,
capital of owners is a liability which is to be settled only in the event of closure or transfer of the business.
Hence, it is not classified as a normal liability. For corporate bodies, capital is normally represented as share
capital.
(xi) Drawings : It represents an amount of cash, goods or any other assets which the owner withdraws from
business for his or her personal use. e.g. if the life insurance premium of proprietor or a partner of business is
paid from the business cash, it is called drawings. Drawings will result in reduction in the owners’ capital. The
concept of drawing is not applicable to the corporate bodies like limited companies.
(xii) Net worth : It represents excess of total assets over total liabilities of the business. Technically, this amount is
available to be distributed to owners in the event of closure of the business after payment of all liabilities.
That is why it is also termed as Owner’s Equity. A profit making business will result in increase in the owner’s
equity whereas losses will reduce it.
(xiii) Non-current Investments : Non-current Investments are investments which are held beyond the current
period as to sale or disposal. e. g. Fixed Deposit for 5 years.
(xiv) Current Investments : Current investments are investments that are by their nature readily realizable and are
intended to be held for not more than one year from the date on which such investment is made. e. g. 11
months Commercial Paper.
(xv) Debtor : The sum total or aggregate of the amounts which the customer owe to the business for purchasing
goods on credit or services rendered or in respect of other contractual obligations, is known as Sundry
Debtors or Trade Debtors, or Trade Receivable, or Book-Debts or Debtors. In other words, Debtors are those
persons from whom a business has to recover money on account of goods sold or service rendered on
credit. These debtors may again be classified as under:
(i) Good debts : The debts which are sure to be realized are called good debts.
(ii) Doubtful Debts : The debts which may or may not be realized are called doubtful debts.
(iii) Bad debts : The debts which cannot be realized at all are called bad debts.
It must be remembered that while ascertaining the debtors balance at the end of the period certain
adjustments may have to be made e.g. Bad Debts, Discount Allowed, Returns Inwards, etc.
(xvi) Creditor : A creditor is a person to whom the business owes money or money’s worth. e.g. money payable
to supplier of goods or provider of service. Creditors are generally classified as Current Liabilities.
(xvii) Capital Expenditure: This represents expenditure incurred for the purpose of acquiring a fixed asset which
is intended to be used over long term for earning profits there from. e. g. amount paid to buy a computer
for office use is a capital expenditure. At times expenditure may be incurred for enhancing the production
capacity of the machine. This also will be a capital expenditure. Capital expenditure forms part of the
Balance Sheet.
(xviii) Revenue expenditure: This represents expenditure incurred to earn revenue of the current period. The
benefits of revenue expenses get exhausted in the year of the incurrence. e.g. repairs, insurance, salary &
wages to employees, travel etc. The revenue expenditure results in reduction in profit or surplus. It forms part
of the Income Statement.
(xix) Balance Sheet: It is the statement of financial position of the business entity on a particular date. It lists all
assets, liabilities and capital. It is important to note that this statement exhibits the state of affairs of the
business as on a particular date only. It describes what the business owns and what the business owes to
outsiders (this denotes liabilities) and to the owners (this denotes capital). It is prepared after incorporating
the resulting profit/losses of Income Statement.
(xx) Profit and Loss Account or Income Statement: This account shows the revenue earned by the business
and the expenses incurred by the business to earn that revenue. This is prepared usually for a particular
accounting period, which could be a month, quarter, a half year or a year. The net result of the Profit and
Loss Account will show profit earned or loss suffered by the business entity.
(xxi) Trade Discount: It is the discount usually allowed by the wholesaler to the retailer computed on the list price
or invoice price. e.g. the list price of a TV set could be ` 15000. The wholesaler may allow 20% discount
thereof to the retailer. This means the retailer will get it for ` 12000 and is expected to sale it to final customer
at the list price. Thus the trade discount enables the retailer to make profit by selling at the list price. Trade
discount is not recorded in the books of accounts. The transactions are recorded at net values only. In
above example, the transaction will be recorded at ` 12000 only.
(xxii) Cash Discount: This is allowed to encourage prompt payment by the debtor. This has to be recorded in the
books of accounts. This is calculated after deducting the trade discount. e.g. if list price is ` 15000 on which
a trade discount of 20% and cash discount of 2% apply, then first trade discount of ` 3000 (20% of ` 15000)
will be deducted and the cash discount of 2% will be calculated on ` 12000 (`15000 – ` 3000). Hence the
cash discount will be ` 240/- (2% of ` 12000) and net payment will be ` 11,760 (`12,000 - ` 240)
Let us see if we can apply these in the following illustrations.

Illustration 1.
Fill in the blanks:
(a) The cash discount is allowed by to the .
(b) Profit means excess of over .
(c) Debtor is a person who to others.
(d) In a credit transaction, the buyer is given a facility.
(e) The fixed asset is generally held for .
(f) The current liabilities are obligations to be settled in period.
(g) The withdrawal of money by the owner of business is called .
(h) The amount invested by owners into business is called .
(i) Transaction means exchange of money or money’s worth for .
(j) The net result of an income statement is or .
(k) The shows financial position of the business as on a particular date.
(l) The discount is never entered in the books of accounts.
(m) Vehicles represent expenditure while repairs to vehicle would mean expenditure.
(n) Net worth is excess of over .
Solution:
(a) creditor, debtor
(b) income, expenditure
(c) Owes
(d) Credit
(e) Longer period
(f) Short
(g) Drawings
(h) Capital
(i) Value
(j) Profit, loss
(k) Balance sheet
(l) Trade
(m) Capital, revenue
(n) Total assets, total liabilities
Illustration 2.
Give one word or a term used to describe the following:-
(a) An exchange of benefit for value
(b) A transaction without immediate cash settlement.
(c) Commodities in which a business deals.
(d) Excess of expenditure over income.
(e) Things of value owned by business to earn future profits.
(f) Amount owed by business to others.
(g) An obligation which may or may not materialise.
(h) An allowance by a creditor to debtor for prompt payment.
(i) Assets like brand value, copy rights, goodwill.
Solution:
(a) Transaction, (b) Credit transaction, (c) Goods, (d) Loss, (e) Assets, (f) Liability, (g) Contingent Liability, (h) Cash
Discount, (i) Intangible Asset.
1.2 GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
A widely accepted set of rules, conventions, standards, and procedures for reporting financial information, as
established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board are called Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP). These are the common set of accounting principles, standards and procedures that companies use to
compile their financial statements. GAAP are a combination of standards (set by policy boards) and simply the
commonly accepted ways of recording and reporting accounting information.
GAAP is to be followed by companies so that investors have a optimum level of consistency in the financial
statements they use when analyzing companies for investment purposes. GAAP cover such aspects like revenue
recognition, balance sheet item classification and outstanding share measurements.
1.3 ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS
As seen earlier, the accounting information is published in the form of financial statements. The three basic financial
statements are
(i) The Profit & Loss Account that shows net business result i.e. profit or loss for a certain periods.
(ii) The Balance Sheet that exhibits the financial strength of the business as on a particular dates.
(iii) The Cash Flow Statement that describes the movement of cash from one date to the other.
As these statements are meant to be used by different stakeholders, it is necessary that the information contained
therein is based on definite principles, concrete concepts and well accepted convention.
Accounting principles are basic guidelines that provide standards for scientific accounting practices and
procedures. They guide as to how the transactions are to be recorded and reported. They assure uniformity
and understandability. Accounting concepts lay down the foundation for accounting principles. They are ideas
essentially at mental level and are self-evident. These concepts ensure recording of financial facts on sound bases
and logical considerations. Accounting conventions are methods or procedures that are widely accepted. When
transactions are recorded or interpreted, they follow the conventions. Many times, however, the terms-principles,
concepts and conventions are used interchangeably.
Professional Accounting Bodies have published statements of these concepts. Over years, many of these concepts
are being challenged as outlived. Yet, no major deviations have been made as yet. Path breaking ideas have
emerged and the accounting standards of modern days do require companies to record and report transactions
which may not be necessarily based on concepts that are in vogue for long. It is essential to study accounting
from the basic levels and understand these concepts in entirety.
Theory Base of Accounting
Basic Assumptions Basic Principles Modifying Principles
(a) Business Entity Concept (a) Revenue Realization Concpet (a) Materiality Concept
(b) Going Concern Concept (b) Matching Concept (b) Consistency Concept
(c) Money Measurement Concept (c) Full Disclosure Concept (c) Conservatism Concpet
(d) Accounting Period Concept (d) Dual Aspect Concept (d) Timeliness Concept
(e) Accrual Concept (e) Verifiable Objective Evidence Concpet (e) Industry Practice Concept
(f) Historical Cost Concept
(g) Balance Sheet Equation Concpet
A. BASIC ASSUMPTIONS
(a) Business Entity Concept
As per this concept, the business is treated as distinct and separate from the individuals who own or manage
it. When recording business transactions, the important question is how will it affect the business entity?
How they affect the persons who own it or run it or otherwise associated with it is irrelevant. Application of
this concept enables recording of transactions of the business entity with its owners or managers or other
stakeholders. For example, if the owner pays his personal expenses from business cash, this transaction can
be recorded in the books of business entity. This transaction will take the cash out of business and also reduce
the obligation of the business towards the owner.
At times it is difficult to separate owners from the business. Consider an individual, who runs a small retail
outlet. In the eyes of law, there is no distinction made between financial affairs of the outlet with that of
the individual. The creditors of the retail outlet can sue the individual and collect his claim from personal
resources of the individual. However, in accounting, the records are kept as distinct for the retail outlet and
the individual respectively. For certain forms of business entities, such as limited companies this distinction is
easier. The limited companies are separate legal persons in the eyes of law as well.
The entity concept requires that all the transactions are to be viewed, interpreted and recorded from
‘business entity’ point of view. An accountant steps into the shoes of the business entity and decides to
account for the transactions. The owner’s capital is the obligation of business and it has to be paid back to
the owner in the event of business closure. Also, the profit earned by the business will belong to the owner
and hence is treated as owner’s equity.
(b) Going Concern Concept
The basic principles of this concept is that business is assumed to exist for an indefinite period and is not
established with the objective of closing it down. So unless there is good evidence to the contrary, the
accountant assumes that a business entity is a ‘going concern’ - that it will continue to operate as usual for a
longer period of time. It will keep getting money from its customers, pay its creditors, buy and sell goods, use
assets to earn profits in future. If this assumption is not considered, one will have to constantly value the worth
of the assets and resource. This is not practicable. This concept enables the accountant to carry forward the
values of assets and liabilities from one accounting period to the other without asking the question about
usefulness and worth of the assets and recoverability of the receivables.
The going concern concept forms a sound basis for preparation of a Balance Sheet.
(c) Money Measurement Concept
A business transaction will always be recoded if it can be expressed in terms of money. The advantage of
this concept is that different types of transactions could be recorded as homogenous entries with money as
common denominator. A business may own ` 3 Lacs cash, 1500 kg of raw material, 10 vehicles, 3 computers
etc. Unless each of these is expressed in terms of money, we cannot find out the assets owned by the business.
When expressed in the common measure of money, transactions could be added or subtracted to find out
the combined effect. In the above example, we could add values of different assets to find the total assets
owned.
The application of this concept has a limitation. When transactions are recorded in terms of money, we only
consider the absolute value of the money. The real value of the money may fluctuate from time to time due
to inflation, exchange rate changes, etc. This fact is not considered when recording the transaction.
(d) The Accounting Period Concept
We have seen that as per the going-concern concept the business entity is assumed to have an indefinite
life. Now if we were to assess whether the business has made profit or loss, should we wait until this indefinite
period is over? Would it mean that we will not be able to assess the business performance on an ongoing
basis? Does it deprive all stakeholders the right to the accounting information? Would it mean that the
business will not pay income tax as no income will be computed?
To circumvent this problem, the business entity is supposed to be paused after a certain time interval. This
time interval is called an accounting period. This period is usually one year, which could be a calendar year
i.e. 1st January to 31st December or it could be a fiscal year in India as 1st April to 31st March. The business
organizations have the freedom to choose their own accounting year. For certain organizations, reporting of
financial information in public domain are compulsory. In India, listed companies must report their quarterly
unaudited financial results and yearly audited financial statements. For internal control purpose, many
organizations prepare monthly financial statements. The modern computerized accounting systems enable
the companies to prepare real-time online financials at the click of button.
Businesses are living, continuous organisms. The splitting of the continuous stream of business events into
time periods is thus somewhat arbitrary. There is no significant change just because one accounting period
ends and a new one begins. This results into the most difficult problem of accounting of how to measure
the net income for an accounting period. One has to be careful in recognizing revenue and expenses for
a particular accounting period. Subsequent section on accounting procedures will explain how one goes
about it in practice.
(e) The Accrual Concept
The accrual concept is based on recognition of both cash and credit transactions. In case of a cash
transaction, owner’s equity is instantly affected as cash either is received or paid. In a credit transaction,
however, a mere obligation towards or by the business is created. When credit transactions exist (which is
generally the case), revenues are not the same as cash receipts and expenses are not same as cash paid
during the period.
When goods are sold on credit as per normally accepted trade practices, the business gets the legal right
to claim the money from the customer. Acquiring such right to claim the consideration for sale of goods or
services is called accrual of revenue. The actual collection of money from customer could be at a later date.
Similarly, when the business procures goods or services with the agreement that the payment will be made
at a future date, it does not mean that the expense effect should not be recognized. Because an obligation
to pay for goods or services is created upon the procurement thereof, the expense effect also must be
recognized.
Today’s accounting systems based on accrual concept are called as Accrual System or Mercantile System
of Accounting.
B. BASIC PRINCIPLES
(a) The Revenue Realisation Concept
While the conservatism concept states whether or not revenue should be recognized, the concept of
realisation talks about what revenue should be recognized. It says amount should be recognized only to the
tune of which it is certainly realizable. Thus, mere getting an order from the customer won’t make it eligible
to recognize as revenue. The reasonable certainty of realizing the money will come only when the goods
ordered are actually supplied to the customer and he is billed. This concept ensures that income unearned
or unrealized will not be considered as revenue and the firms will not inflate profits.
Consider that a store sales goods for ` 25 lacs during a month on credit. The experience and past data shows
that generally 2% of the amount is not realized. The revenue to be recognized will be ` 24.50 lacs. Although
conceptually the revenue to be recognized at this value, in practice the doubtful amount of ` 50 thousand
(2% of ` 25 lacs) is often considered as expense.
(b) The Matching Concept

As we have seen the sale of goods has two effects: (i) a revenue effect, which results in increase in owner’s
equity by the sales value of the transaction and (ii) an expense effect, which reduces owner’s equity by the
cost of goods sold, as the goods go out of the business. The net effect of these two effects will reflect either
profit or loss. In order to correctly arrive at the net result, both these aspects must be recognized during the
same accounting period. One cannot recognize only the revenue effect thereby inflating the profit or only
the expense effect which will deflate the profit. Both the effects must be recognized in the same accounting
period. This is the principle of matching concept.
To generalize, when a given event has two effects – one on revenue and the other on expense, both must
be recognized in the same accounting period.
(c) Full Disclosure Concept
As per this concept, all significant information must be disclosed. Accounting data should properly be
clarified, summarized, aggregated and explained for the purpose of presenting the financial statements
which are useful for the users of accounting information. Practically, this principle emphasizes on the
materiality, objectivity and consistency of accounting data which should disclose the true and fair view of
the state of affairs of a firm. This principle is going to be popular day by day as per Companies Act, 1956
major provisions for disclosure of essential information about accounting data and as such, concealment
of material information, at present, is not very easy. Thus, full disclosure must be made for such material
information which are useful to the users of accounting information.
(d) Dual Aspect Concept
The assets represent economic resources of the business, whereas the claims of various parties on business
are called obligations. The obligations could be towards owners (called as owner’s equity) and towards
parties other than the owners (called as liabilities).
When a business transaction happens, it will involve use of one or the other resource of the business to create
or settle one or more obligations. e.g. consider Mr. Suresh starts a business with the investment of ` 25 lacs.
Here, the business has got a resource of cash worth ` 25 lacs (which is its asset), but at the same time it has
created an obligation of business towards Mr. Suresh that in the event of business closure, the money will be
paid back to him. This could be shown as:
Assets = Liabilities + Capital

In other words,
Cash brought in by Mr. Suresh (` 25 lacs) = Liability of business towards Mr. Suresh (` 25 lacs)
We know that liability of the business could be towards owners and parties other than owners, this equation
could be re-written as:
Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s equity

Cash ` 25,00,000 = Liabilities ` nil + Mr. Suresh’s equity ` 25,00,000
This is the fundamental accounting equation shown as formal expression of the dual aspect concept. This
powerful concept recognizes that every business transaction has dual impact on the financial position.
Accounting systems are set up to simultaneously record both these aspects of every transaction; that is why
it is called as Double-entry system of accounting. In its present form the double entry system of accounting
owes its existence to an Italian expert Mr. Luca Pacioli in the year 1495.
Continuing with our example of Mr. Suresh, now let us consider he borrows ` 15 lacs from bank. The dual
aspect of this transaction-on one hand the business cash will increase by ` 15 lacs and a liability towards the
bank will be created for ` 15 lacs.

Cash ` 40,00,000 = Liabilities ` 15,00,000 + Mr. Suresh’s equity ` 25,00,000
The student must note that the dual aspect concept entails recognition of the two effects of each transaction.
These effects are of equal amount and reverse in nature. How to decide these two aspects?
The golden rules of accounting are used to arrive at this decision. After recording both aspects of the
transaction, the basic accounting equation will always balance or be equal.
The above concepts find the application in preparation of the Balance Sheet which is the statement of
assets and liabilities as on a particular date. We will now see some more concepts that are important for
preparation of Profit and Loss Account or Income Statement.
(e) Verifiable Objective Evidence Concept
Under this principle, accounting data must be verified. In other words, documentary evidence of transactions
must be made which are capable of verification by an independent respect. In the absence of such
verification, the data which will be available will neither be reliable nor be dependable, i.e., these should be
biased data. Verifiability and objectivity express dependability, reliability and trustworthiness that are very
useful for the purpose of displaying the accounting data and information to the users.
(f) Historical Cost Concept
Business transactions are always recorded at the actual cost at which they are actually undertaken. The
basic advantage is that it avoids an arbitrary value being attached to the transactions. Whenever an asset
is bought, it is recorded at its actual cost and the same is used as the basis for all subsequent accounting
purposes such as charging depreciation on the use of asset, e.g. if a production equipment is bought for `
1.50 crores, the asset will be shown at the same value in all future periods when disclosing the original cost.
It will obviously be reduced by the amount of depreciation, which will be calculated with reference to
the actual cost. The actual value of the equipment may rise or fall subsequent to the purchase, but that is
considered irrelevant for accounting purpose as per the historical cost concept.
The limitation of this concept is that the Balance Sheet does not show the market value of the assets owned
by the business and accordingly the owner’s equity will not reflect the real value. However, on an ongoing
basis, the assets are shown at their historical costs as reduced by depreciation.
(g) Balance Sheet Equation Concept
Under this principle, all which has been received by us must be equal to that has been given by us and
needless to say that receipts are clarified as debits and giving is clarified as credits. The basic equation,
appears as :-
Debit = Credit
Naturally every debit must have a corresponding credit and vice-e-versa. So, we can write the above in the
following form –
Expenses + Losses + Assets = Revenues + Gains + Liabilities
And if expenses and losses, and incomes and gains are set off, the equation takes the following form –
Asset = Liabilities
or, Asset = Equity + External Liabilities
i.e., the Accounting Equation.
C. MODIFYING PRINCIPLES
(a) The Concept of Materiality
This is more of a convention than a concept. It proposes that while accounting for various transactions, only
those which may have material effect on profitability or financial status of the business should have special
consideration for reporting. This does not mean that the accountant should exclude some transactions from
recording. e.g. even ` 20 worth conveyance paid must be recorded as expense. What this convention claims
is to attach importance to material details and insignificant details should be ignored while deciding certain
accounting treatment. The concept of materiality is subjective and an accountant will have to decide on
merit of each case. Generally, the effect is said to be material, if the knowledge of an event would influence
the decision of an informed stakeholder.
The materiality could be related to information, amount, procedure and nature. Error in description of an
asset or wrong classification between capital and revenue would lead to materiality of information. Say, If
postal stamps of ` 500 remain unused at the end of accounting period, the same may not be considered for
recognizing as inventory on account of materiality of amount. Certain accounting treatments depend upon
procedures laid down by accounting standards. Some transactions are by nature material irrespective of the
amount involved. e.g. audit fees, loan to directors.
(b) The Concept of Consistency

This concept advocates that once an organization decides to adopt a particular method of revenue or
expense recognition in line with the other concepts, the same should be consistently applied year after year,
unless there is a valid reason for change in the method. Lack of consistency would result in the financial
information becoming non-comparable between the different accounting periods. The insistence of this
concept would result in avoidance of window dressing the results by choosing the accounting method by
convenience and thereby either inflating or understating net income.
Consider an example. An asset of ` 10 lacs is purchased by a business. It is estimated to have useful life of
5 years. It will follow that the asset will be depreciated over a period of 5 years at the rate of ` 2 lacs every
year. The estimate of useful life and the rate of depreciation cannot be changed from one period to the
other without a valid reason. Suppose the firm applies the same depreciation rate for the first three years and
due to change in technology the asset becomes obsolete, the whole of the remaining amount could be
expensed out in the fourth year.
However, it may be difficult to be consistent if the business entities have two factories in different countries
which have different statutory requirement for accounting treatment.
(c) The Prudence Concept

Accountants who prepare financial statements of the business, like other human being, would like to give a
favourable report on how well the business has performed during an accounting period. However, prudent
reporting based on skepticism builds confidence in the results and in the long run best serves all the divergent
interests of users of financial statements. This philosophy of prudence leads to the conservatism concept.
The concept underlines the prudence of under-stating than over-stating the net income of an entity for a
period and the net assets as on a particular date. This is because business is done in situations of uncertainty.
For years, this concept was meant to “anticipate no profits but recognize all losses”. This can be stated as
(i) Delay in recognizing income unless one is reasonably sure
(ii) Immediately recognize expenses when reasonably sure
This, of course, does not mean to overdo and create window dressing in reporting. e.g. if the business has
sold ` 20 Lacs worth goods on the last day of accounting period and also received a cheque for the same,
one cannot argue that the revenue should not be recognized as it is not certain whether the cheque will
be cleared by the bank. One cannot stretch the conservatism concept too much. But at the same time,
if the business has to receive ` 5 lacs from a customer to whom goods were sold quite some time ago and
no payments are forthcoming, then while determining the net income for the period, the accountant must
judge the likelihood of the recoverability of this money and the prudence will prevail to make a provision for
this amount as doubtful debtors.
Let us take another example. A business had purchased goods for ` 10 lacs before the end of an accounting
period. If sold at the usual selling price, the goods would fetch the price of ` 12.50 lacs. Due to innovative
product introduced by the competition, the goods are likely to be sold for ` 9 lacs only. At what value should
the goods be shown in the balance sheet? Would it be at ` 10 lacs being the actual cost of buying? Or would
it be at ` 9 lacs? Here, the conservatism principle will come in play. The stock of goods will be valued at ` 9
lacs, being the lower of cost or net realisable value, as per AS-2.
(d) Timeliness Concept
Under this principle, every transaction must be recorded in proper time. Normally, when the transaction is
made, the same must be recorded in the proper books of accounts. In short, transaction should be recorded
date-wise in the books. Delay in recording such transaction may lead to manipulation, misplacement of
vouchers, misappropriation etc. of cash and goods. This principle is followed particularly while verifying day
to day cash balance. Principle of timeliness is also followed by banks, i.e. every bank verifies the cash balance
with their cash book and within the day, the same must be completed.
(e) Industry Practice
As there are different types of industries, each industry has its own characteristics and features. There may
be seasonal industries also. Every industry follows the principles and assumption of accounting to perform
their own activities. Some of them follow the principles, concepts and conventions in a modified way. The
accounting practice which has always prevailed in the industry is followed by it. e.g Electric supply companies,
Insurance companies maintain their accounts in a specific manner. Insurance companies prepare Revenue
Account just to ascertain the profit/loss of the company and not Profit and Loss Account. Similarly, non
trading organizations prepare Income and Expenditure Account to find out Surplus or Deficit.
Conclusion
The above paragraphs bring out essentially broad concepts and conventions that lay down principles to be
followed for accounting of business transaction. While going through the different topics, students are advised
to keep track of concepts applicable for various accounting treatment. One would have by now understood
the importance of these concepts in preparation of basic financial statements. More clarity will emerge as one
explores the ocean of different business transactions arising out of complex business situations. The legal and
professional requirements also have their say in deciding the accounting treatment. Let us see if you can apply
these concepts in the following illustrations.
Exercise:
Recognise the accounting concept in the following:
(1) The business will run for an indefinite period.
(2) The business is distinct and separate from its owners.
(3) The transactions are recorded at their original cost.
(4) The transactions recorded are those that can be expressed in money terms.
(5) Revenues will be recognized only if there is reasonable certainty that it will be paid for.
(6) Accounting treatment once decided should be followed period after period.
(7) Every transaction has two effects to be recorded in books of accounts.
(8) Transactions are recorded even if an obligation is created and actual cash is not involved.
(9) Stock of goods is valued at lower of its cost and realizable value.
(10) Effects of an event must be recognized in the same accounting period.
Events and Transactions:

Event is a transaction or change recognized on the financial statements of an accounting entity. Accounting
events can be either external or internal. An external event would occur with an outside party, such as the
purchase or sales of a good. An internal event would involve changes in the accounting entity’s records, such as
adjusting an account on the financial statements.
An accounting event is any financial event that would impact the account balances of a company’s financial
statements. Every time the company uses or receives cash, or adjusts an entry in its accounting records, an
accounting event has occurred.
Transactions vs. Events

Transaction is exchange of an asset with consideration of money value while event is anything in general purpose
which occur at specific time and particular place. All transactions are events but all events are not transactions.
This is because in order events to be called transaction an event must involve exchange of values.
Voucher:
It is a written instrument that serves to confirm or witness (vouch) for some fact such as a transaction. Commonly, a
voucher is a document that shows goods have bought or services have been rendered, authorizes payment, and
indicates the ledger account(s) in which these transactions have to be recorded.
Types of Voucher - Normally the following types of vouchers are used. i.e.:
(i) Receipt Voucher
(ii) Payment Voucher
(iii) Non-Cash or Transfer Voucher
(iv) Supporting Voucher
(i) Receipt Voucher
Receipt voucher is used to record cash or bank receipt. Receipt vouchers are of two types. i.e.
(a) Cash receipt voucher – it denotes receipt of cash
(b) Bank receipt voucher – it indicates receipt of cheque or demand draft
(ii) Payment Voucher
Payment voucher is used to record a payment of cash or cheque. Payment vouchers are of two types. i.e.
(a) Cash Payment voucher – it denotes payment of cash
(b) Bank Payment voucher – it indicates payment by cheque or demand draft.
(iii) Non Cash Or Transfer Voucher
These vouchers are used for non-cash transactions as documentary evidence. e.g., Goods sent on credit.
(iv) Supporting Vouchers
These vouchers are the documentary evidence of transactions that have happened.
Source Documents
Vouchers are the documentary evidence of the transactions so happened. Source documents are the basis
on which transactions are recorded in subsidiary books i.e. source documents are the evidence and proof of
transactions.
Name of the Book Source document

(a) Cash Book Cash Memos, Cash Receipts and issue vouchers
(b) Purchase Books Inward invoice received from the creditors of goods
(c) Sales Book Outward Invoice issued to Debtors
(d) Return Inward Book Credit Note issued to Debtors and Debit Notes received from Debtors
(e) Returns Outward Book Debit Note issued to creditors and Credit Note received from creditors.
The Concept of “Account”, “Debit” and “Credit”:

One must get conversant with these terms before embarking to learn actual record-keeping based on the rules.
An ‘Account’ is defined as a summarised record of transactions related to a person or a thing. e.g. when the
business deals with customers and suppliers, each of the customers and supplier will be a separate account. We
must know that each one of us is identified as a separate account by the bank when we open an account with
them. The account is also related to things – both tangible and intangible.
e.g. land, building, equipment, brand value, trademarks etc. are some of the things. When a business transaction
happens, one has to identify the ‘account’ that will be affected by it and then apply the rules to decide the
accounting treatment.
Typically, an account is expressed as a statement in form of English letter ‘T’. It has two sides. The left hand side is
called as “Debit’ side and the right hand side is called as “Credit’ side. The debit is connoted as ‘Dr’ and the credit
by ‘Cr’. The convention is to write the Dr and Cr labels on both sides as shown below. Please see the following
example:
Dr. Cash Account Cr.
Debit side Credit side
Each side of the account will show effects, so that one can easily take totals of both sides and find out the
difference between the two. Such difference in the two sides of an account is called ‘balance’. If the total of
debit side is more than the credit side, the balance is called as ‘debit balance’ and if the total of credit side is
more than the debit side, the balance is called as ‘credit balance’. If the debit and credit side are equal, the
account will show ‘nil balance’.
The balances are to be computed at the end of an accounting period. These balances are then considered for
preparation of income statement and balance sheet. Let us see the example:
Particulars Amount Particulars Amount
` `
Cash brought into business 1,00,000 Paid for goods purchased 50,000
Received for goods sold 25,000 Paid for rent 15,000
Balance at the end 60,000
1,25,000 1,25,000
It can be seen from the above example that the debit side of cash account shows the receipt of cash into
the business and the credit side reflects the cash that has gone out of the business. What is the meaning of the
balance at the end? Well, it shows that cash balance available in the business.
Types of Accounts:
We have seen that an account may be related to a person or a thing – tangible or intangible. While doing business
transactions (that may be large in number and complex in nature), one may come across numerous accounts
that are affected. How does one decide about accounting treatment for each of them? If common rules are to
be applied to similar type of accounts, there must be a way to classify the account on the basis of their common
characteristics.
Please take look at the following chart.
Natural Persons
Personal Accounts Artificial Persons
Representative
Accounts Persons
Real Accounts
Impersonal (tangible and intangible)
Accounts
Nominal Accounts
Let us see what each type of account means.

(1) Personal Account : As the name suggests these are accounts related to persons.
(a) These persons could be natural persons like Suresh’s A/c, Anil’s A/c, Rani’s A/c etc.
(b) The persons could also be artificial persons like companies, bodies corporate or association of persons
or partnerships etc. Accordingly, we could have Videocon Industries A/c, Infosys Technologies A/c,
Charitable Trust A/c, Ali and Sons trading A/c, ABC Bank A/c, etc.
(c) There could be representative personal accounts as well. Although the individual identity of persons
related to these is known, the convention is to reflect them as collective accounts. e.g. when salary is
payable to employees, we know how much is payable to each of them, but collectively the account is
called as ‘Salary Payable A/c’. Similar examples are rent payable, Insurance prepaid, commission pre-
received etc. The students should be careful to have clarity on this type and the chances of error are
more here.
(2) Real Accounts : These are accounts related to assets or properties or possessions. Depending on their physical
existence or otherwise, they are further classified as follows:
(a) Tangible Real Account – Assets that have physical existence and can be seen, and touched. e.g.
Machinery A/c, Stock A/c, Cash A/c, Vehicle A/c, and the like.
(b) Intangible Real Account – These represent possession of properties that have no physical existence but
can be measured in terms of money and have value attached to them. e.g. Goodwill A/c, Trade mark
A/c, Patents & Copy Rights A/c, Intellectual Property Rights A/c and the like.
(3) Nominal Account : These accounts are related to expenses or losses and incomes or gains e.g. Salary and
Wages A/c, Rent of Rates A/c, Travelling Expenses A/c, Commission received A/c, Loss by fire A/c etc.
The Accounting Process:
There are two approaches for deciding when to write on the debit side of an account and when to write on the
credit side of an account:
A. American Approach/ Modern Approach
B. British Approach/ Traditional Approach/Double Entry System
A. American approach : In order to understand the rules of debit and credit according to this approach
transactions are divided into five categories.
For Assets Increase in Assets Dr.

Decrease in Assets Cr.
For Liabilities Decrease in Liabilities Dr.
Increase in Liabilities Cr.
For Capital Decrease in Capital Dr.
Increase in Capital Cr.
For Incomes Decrease in Income Dr.
Increase in Income Cr.
For Expense Increase in Expense Dr.
Decrease in Expense Cr.
Illustration 4.
Ascertain the debit and credit from the following particulars under Modern Approach.
(i) Started business with capital.
(ii) Bought goods for cash.
(iii) Sold goods for cash.
(iv) Paid salary.
(v) Received Interest on Investment.
(vi) Bought goods on credit from Mr. Y
(vii) Paid Rent out of Personal cash
Solution:
Effect of Transaction Account To be debited/Credited

(a) Increase in Cash Cash A/c Debit
Increase in Capital Capital A/c Credit
(b) Increase in Stock Purchase A/c Debit
Decrease in Cash Cash A/c Credit
(c) Increase in Cash Cash A/c Debit
Decrease in Stock Sale A/c Credit
(d) Increase in Expense Salary A/c Debit
Decrease in Cash Cash A/c Credit
(e) Increase in Cash Cash A/c Debit
Increase in Income Interest A/c Credit
(f) Increase in Stock Purchase A/c Debit
Increase in Liability Y A/c Credit
(g) Increase in Expense Rent A/c Debit
Increase in Capital Capital A/c Credit
B. British Approach or Double Entry System :

When one identifies the account that is getting affected by a transaction and type of that account, the next step
is to apply the rules to decide whether the accounting treatment is to debit or credit that account. The Golden
Rules will guide us whether the account is to be debited or credited.
There is one rule for each basic type of account i.e. personal, real and nominal. These rules are shown in the
following chart.
Debit the receiver or who owes to business

Personal Account
Credit the giver or to whom business owes
Debit what comes into business

Real Account
Credit what goes out of business
Debit all expenses or losses

Nominal Account
Credit all income or gains
Illustration 5.
Ascertain the Debit Credit under British Approach or Double Entry System. Take Previous illustration
Solution:
Step-I Step-II Step-III Step-IV

(a) Cash A/c Real Comes in Debit
Capital A/c Personal Giver Credit
(b) Purchase A/c Nominal Expenses Debit
Cash A/c Real Goes out Credit
(c) Cash A/c Real Comes in Debit

Sales A/c Nominal Incomes Credit
(d) Salary A/c Nominal Expenses Debit
Cash A/c Real Goes out Credit
(e) Cash A/c Real Comes in Debit
Interest A/c Nominal Incomes Credit
(f) Purchase A/c Nominal Personal Expenses Debit
Y’ A/c Giver Credit
(g) Rent A/c Nominal Personal Expenses Debit
Capital A/c Giver Credit
Accounting Equations:
The whole Financial Accounting dependes on Accounting Equation which is also known as Balance Sheet
Equation. The basic Accounting Equation is:
}
or A = L + P
or P = A - L Where A = Assets, L = Liabilities, P = Capital
or L = A – P
While trying to do this correlation, please note that incomes or gains will increase owner’s equity an expenses or
losses will reduce it.
Students are advised to go through the following illustration to understand this equation properly.
Illustration 6.
Prepare an Accounting Equation from the following transactions in the books of Mr. X for January, 2013:
1 Invested Capital in the firm ` 20,000
2 Purchased goods on credit from Das & Co. for ` 2,000
4 Bought plant for cash ` 8,000
8 Purchased goods for cash ` 4,000
12 Sold goods for cash (cost ` 4,000 + Profit ` 2,000) ` 6,000.
18 Paid to Das & Co. in cash ` 1,000
22 Received from B. Banerjee ` 300 (being a debtor)
25 Paid salary ` 6,000
30 Received interest ` 5,000
31 Paid wages ` 3,000
Solution:
Effect of transaction on Assets, Liabilities and Capital
Date Transaction Assets = Liabilities + Capital
January, 2013 Invested Capital in the firm, ` 20,000 20,000 - 20,000

1
2 Purchased goods on credit from Das & Co.

` 2,000 +2,000 +2,000 -
Revised Equation 22,000 = 2,000 + 20,000
4 Bought Plant for cash ` 8,000 +8,000 - -

-8,000
8 Purchased goods for cash ` 4,000 +4,000 - -

-4,000 - -
12 Sold Goods for cash (Cost ` 4,000 + Profit ` +6,000

2,000) -4,000 +2,000
Revised Equation 24,000 2,000 + 22,000
18 Paid to Das & Co. for ` 1,000 -1,000 -1,000
22 Received from B.Banerjee for ` 300 +300

-300
25 Paid salary for ` 6,000 - 6,000 -6,000
30 Received Interest for ` 5,000 +5,000 +5,000
31 Paid Wages for `3,000 -3,000 -3,000
Accrual Basis and Cash Basis of Accounting
(i) Accrual Basis of Accounting

Accrual Basis of Accounting is a method of recording transactions by which revenue, costs, assets and
liabilities are reflected in the accounts for the period in which they accrue. This basis includes consideration
relating to deferrals, allocations, depreciation and amortization. This basis is also referred to as mercantile
basis of accounting. Under the Companies Act 1956, all companies are required to maintain the books of
accounts according to accrual basis of accounting
(ii) Cash Basis of Accounting

Cash Basis of Accounting is a method of recording transactions by which revenues, costs, assets and liabilities
are reflected in the accounts for the period in which actual receipts or actual payments are made.
Distinction between Accrual Basis of Accounting and Cash Basis of Accounting

Accrual basis of accounting differs from Cash basis of accounting in the following respects:
Basis of Distinction Accrual Basis of Accounting Cash Basis of Accounting

1. Prepaid/Outstanding Expenses/ Under this, there may be prepaid/ Under this, there is no
accrued/unaccrued Income in outstanding expenses and accrued/ prepaid/outstanding
Balance Sheet. unaccrued incomes in the Balance expenses or accrued/
Sheet. unaccrued incomes.
2. Higher/lower Income in case of Income Statement will show a Income Statement will
prepaid expenses and accrued relatively higher income show lower income.
income
3. Higher/lower income incase Income Statement will show a Income Statement will show
of outstanding expenses and relatively lower income. higher income.
unaccrued income
4. Recognition under the Companies This basis is recognized under the This basis is not recognized
Act. 1956. Companies Act, 1956. under the Companies Act,
1956.
5. Availability of options to an Under this, an accountant has Under this an accountant
accountant to manipulate the options. has no option to make a
accounts by way of choosing the choice as such.
most suitable method out of several
alternative methods of accounting
e.g. FIFO/LIFO/SLM/ WDV
Hybrid or Mixed Basis

Is the combination of both the basis i.e. Cash as well as Accrual basis. Incomes are recorded on Cash basis but
expenses are recorded on Accrual basis.
This is not a system of accounting on its own. It is a combination of the Cash Basis Accounting and Accrual Basis
Accounting. This system is based on the concept of conservatism.
Under the hybrid system of accounting, incomes are recognised as in Cash Basis Accounting i.e. when they are
received in cash and expenses are recognised on accrual basis i.e. during the accounting period in which they
arise irrespective of when they are paid.
Illustration 7.
Mr. Anil Roy, a junior lawyer, provides the following particulars for the year ended 31st December, 2012:
`
Fees received in cash in 2013 60,000
Salary paid to Staff in 2013 8,000
Rent of office in 2013 14,000
Magazine and Journal for 2013 1,000
Travelling and Conveyance paid in 2013 3,000
Membership Fees paid in 2013 1,600
Office Expenses paid in 2013 10,000
Additional Information:-
Fees include ` 3,000 in respect of 2012 and fees not yet received is ` 7,000. Office rent includes ` 4,000 for previous
year and rent of ` 2,000 not yet paid. Membership fees is paid for 2 years.
Compute his net income for the year 2013, under – (a) Cash Basis, (b) Accrual Basis and (c) Mixed or Hybrid Basis.
Solution:
Statement of Income (Cash Basis)
For the year ended 31st December, 2013
Particulars Amount (`) Amount (`)

Fees received 60,000
Less :
Salary 8,000
Office Rent 14,000

Magazine & Journal 1,000
Travelling & Conveyance 3,000
Membership Fees 1,600
Office Expenses 10,000 37,600
Net Income 22,400
(ii) Mr. Anil Roy

Statement of Income (Accrual Basis)

Add: Accrued fees for 2012 7,000
67,000
Less: Fees for 2011 received in 2012 3,000 64,000
Less :
Salary 8,000
Office Rent 14,000
Add: Outstanding rent 2,000
16,000
Less: Rent for 2011 paid in 2012 4,000 12,000
Less: Advance fee paid for 2013 ( ½ x 1600) 800 800
Net Income 29,200
Mr. Anil Roy

Statement of Income (Mixed or Hybrid Basis)
Particulars Amount (`) Amount (`) Amount (`)

Less :
Salary 8,000
Office Rent 14,000
Add: Outstanding rent 2,000
16,000
Less: Fees for 2011 4,000 12,000
Less: Advance 800 800
Net Income 25,200
1.4 CAPITAL & REVENUE TRANSACTIONS
The concepts of capital and revenue are of fundamental importance to the correct determination of accounting
profit for a period and recognition of business assets at the end of that period. The distinction affects the
measurement of profit in a number of accounting periods.
Capital has been defined by economists as those assets which are used in the production of goods and rendering
of services for further production of assets. In accounting, on the other hand, the capital of a business is increased
by that portion of the periodic income which has not been consumed by the owner.
The relationship between capital and revenue is that of between a tree and its fruits. It is the tree which produces
the fruits, and it is the fruit that can be consumed. If the tree is tendered with care, it will produce more fruits,
conversely, if the tree is destroyed, there will be no more fruits. Likewise, revenue comes out of capital and capital
is the source of revenue. Capital is invested by a person in the business so that it may produce revenue. Moreover,
as a fruit may give birth to another new tree, different revenues may also produce further new capital.
Capital can be brought in by a person into the business in different forms-cash or kind. When capital is brought in
the form of cash, it is spent away on various items of assets that make the business a running concern. Capital of
the firm is thus, represented by its inventory of assets.
Capital of a business can be increased in a two fold way:
1. When the owner brings in more capital to the business; and/or
2. When the owner does not consume the entire periodic income.
When the owner brings in further capital to his business, the amount is credited to the Capital Account. Likewise,
the net income for a period is credited to the Capital Account, and if his drawings are less than that income, the
capital is increased by the difference. Example, Capital ` 500, Profit ` 300, drawings ` 350. So the revised capital
will be ` 450 (` 500 + ` 300 - ` 350)
The difference between the two terms ‘revenue’ and ‘receipt’ should be carefully distinguished. A receipt is the
inflow of money into business, whereas revenue is the aggregate exchange value received for goods and services
provided to the customers.
Capital and Revenue Expenditures
Capital expenditure is the outflow of funds to acquire an asset that will benefit the business for more than one
accounting period. A capital expenditure takes place when an asset or service is acquired or improvement of a
fixed asset is effected. These assets are expected to provide benefits to the business in more than one accounting
period and are not intended for resale in the ordinary course of business. In short, it is an expenditure on assets
which is not written off completely against income in the accounting period in which it is acquired.
Revenue expenditure is the outflow of funds to meet the running expenses of a business and it will be of benefit for
the current period only. A revenue expenditure is incurred to carry on the normal course of business or maintain
the capital assets in a good condition.
It may be pointed out here that an expenditure need not necessarily be a payment made to somebody in
cash - it may be made by the exchange of another asset, or by assuming a liability. Expenditure incurrence
and expenditure recognition are distinct phenomena. Expenditure incurrence refers to the receipt of goods and
services, whereas expenditure recognition is a matter to be decided whether the expenditure is of capital or
revenue nature. For example, the buying of an asset is a capital expenditure but charging depreciation against
profit is a revenue expenditure, over the entire life of that asset. On the application of periodicity, accrual and
matching concepts, accountants identify all revenue expenditures for a given period for ascertaining profit. An
expenditure which cannot be identified to a particular accounting period is considered of capital nature.
The accounting treatment of capital and revenue expenditure are as under:
Revenue expenditures are charged as an expense against profit in the year they are incurred or recognised.
Capital Expenditures are capitalised-added to an Asset Account.
The following are the points of distinction between Capital Expenditure and Revenue Expenditure:
Sl. Capital Expenditure Sl. Revenue Expenditure

No. No.
1. The economic benefits of Capital Expenditures are 1. The economic benefits of Revenue
enjoyed for more than one accounting period. Expenditures are enjoyed within a particular
accounting period.
2. Capital Expenditures are of non-recurring in 2. Revenue Expenditures are of recurring in
nature. nature.
3. All Capital Expenditures eventually become 3. Revenue Expenditures are not generally
Revenue Expenditures like depreciation capital expenditures.
4. Capital Expenditures are not matched with 4. All Revenue Expenditures are matched with
Capital Receipts. Revenue Receipts.
Rules for Determining Capital Expenditure

An expenditure can be recognised as capital if it is incurred for the following purposes:
An expenditure incurred for the purpose of acquiring long term assets (useful life is at least more than one accounting
period) for use in business to earn profits and not meant for resale, will be treated as a capital expenditure. For
example, if a second hand motor car dealer buys a piece of furniture with a view to use it in business; it will be
a capital expenditure. But if he buys second hand motor cars, for re-sale, then it will be a revenue expenditure
because he deals in second hand motor cars.
When an expenditure is incurred to improve the present condition of a machine or putting an old asset into
working condition, it is recognised as a capital expenditure. The expenditure is capitalised and added to the cost
of the asset. Likewise, any expenditure incurred to put an asset into working condition is also a capital expenditure.
For example, if one buys a machine for ` 5,00,000 and pays ` 20,000 as transportation charges and `40,000 as
installation charges, the total cost of the machine comes upto ` 5,60,000. Similarly, if a building is purchased for
`1,00,000 and ` 5,000 is spent on registration and stamp duty, the capital expenditure on the building stands at
`1,05,000.
If an expenditure is incurred, to increase earning capacity of a business that will be considered as of capital
nature. For example, expenditure incurred for shifting the factory for easy supply of raw materials. Here, the cost
of such shifting will be a capital expenditure.
Preliminary expenses incurred before the commencement of business is considered capital expenditure. For
example, legal charges paid for drafting the memorandum and articles of association of a company or brokerage
paid to brokers, or commission paid to underwriters for raising capital.
Thus, one useful way of recognising an expenditure as capital is to see that the business will own something which
qualifies as an asset at the end of the accounting period.
Some examples of Revenue Expenditure

(i) Salaries and wages paid to the employees;
(ii) Rent and rates for the factory or office premises;
(iii) Depreciation on plant and machinery;
(iv) Consumable stores;
(v) Inventory of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods;
(vi) Insurance premium;
(vii) Taxes and legal expenses; and
(viii) Miscellaneous expenses.
Replacement of Fixed Assets

The above rules of capital and revenue expenditure do not hold good when an existing asset is replaced
for another. If an asset is replaced with a similar kind of asset, the expenditure incurred is treated as Revenue
Expenditure. For example, if a set of weighing machines in a shop becomes defective and is replaced with a
similar set, the cost of replacement should be treated as revenue expenditure and it should be charged to the
Profit and Loss Account. However, if an asset is replaced with an asset which is superior than the previous one, the
expense is partly capital and partly revenue. For example, if a manual typewriter costing ` 5,000 is replaced with
an electronic typewriter costing ` 15,000, then ` 5,000 will be revenue expenditure and the excess value of the new
typewriter over the old one, ` 10,000 will be capital expenditure.
Deferred Revenue Expenditures

Deferred revenue expenditures represent certain types of assets whose usefulness does not expire in the year
of their occurrence but generally expires in the near future. These type of expenditures are carried forward and
are written off in future accounting periods. Sometimes, we make some revenue expenditure but it eventually
becomes a capital asset (generally of an intangible nature). If one undertake substantial repairs to the existing
building, the deterioration of the premises may be avoided. We may engage our own employees to do that work
and pay them at prevailing wage-rate, which is of a revenue nature. If this expenditure is treated as a revenue
expenditure and the current year’s-profit is charged with these expenses, we are making the current year to
absorb the entire expenses, though the benefit of whichwill be enjoyed for a number of accounting years. To
overcome this difficulty, the entire expenditure is capitalised and is added to the asset account. Another example
is an insurance policy. A business can pay insurance premium in advance, say, for a 3 year period. The right does
not expire in the accounting period in which it is paid but will expire within a fairly short period of time (3 years).
Only a portion of the total premium paid should be treated as a revenue expenditure (portion pertaining to the
current period) and the balance should be carried forward as an asset to be written off in subsequent years.
AS 26 - Intangible Asset does not accept this view. As per AS-26, “Expenditure incurred to provide future economic
benefit to an enterprise that can be recognized as an expense when it is incurred. e.g. expenditure incurred on
Scientific Research is recognized as an expense when it is incurred”. In short, the whole amount of expenditure is
treated as expense for the current year only and will not proportionately be transferred as deferred charge.
Capital and Revenue Receipts
A receipt of money may be of a capital or revenue nature. A clear distinction, therefore, should be made between
capital receipts and revenue receipts.
A receipt of money is considered as capital receipt when a contribution is made by the proprietor towards the
capital of the business or a contribution of capital to the business by someone outside the business. Capital receipts
do not have any effect on the profits earned or losses incurred during the course of a year.
Additional capital introduced by the proprietor; by partners, in case of partnership firm, by issuing fresh shares, in
case of a company; and, by selling assets, previously not intended for resale.
A receipt of money is considered as revenue receipt when it is received from customers for goods supplied or fees
received for services rendered in the ordinary course of business, which is a result of the firm’s activity in the current
period. Receipts of money in the revenue nature increase the profits or decrease the losses of a business and must
be set against the revenue expenses in order to ascertain the profit for the period.
The following are the points of difference between capital receipts and revenue receipts:
Sl. Revenue Receipt Sl. Capital Receipt

No. No.
1. It has short-term effect. The benefit is enjoyed 1. It has long-term effect. The benefit is enjoyed
within one accounting period. for many years in future.
2. It occurs repeatedly. It is recurring and regular. 2. It does not occur again and again. It is
nonrecurring and irregular.
3. It is shown in profit and loss account on the 3. It is shown in the Balance Sheet on the liability side.
credit side, as an income for the year
4. It does not produce capital receipt. 4. Capital receipt, when invested, produces revenue
receipt e.g. when capital is invested by the owner,
business gets revenue receipt
(i.e. sale proceeds of goods etc.).
5. This does not increase or decrease the value of 5. The capital receipt decreases the value of asset or
asset or liability. increases the value of liability e.g. sale of a fixed
asset, loan from bank etc.
6. Sometimes, expenses of capital nature are to be 6. Sometimes expenses of revenue nature are to be
incurred for revenue receipt, e.g. purchase of incurred for such receipt e.g. on obtaining loan (a
shares of a company is capital expenditure but capital receipt) interest is paid until its repayment.
dividend received on shares is a revenue receipt.
Capital and Revenue Profits

While ascertaining the trading profit of a business for a particular period, a proper distinction is to be made
between capital and revenue profits. If profit arises out of an ordinary nature, being the outcome of the ordinary
function and object of the business, it is termed as ‘Revenue Profit’. But, when a profit arises out of a casual and
non-recurring transaction, it is termed as Capital Profit. Revenue profit arises out of the sale of the merchandise
that the business deals in.
Capital Profit arises from:
(a) Profit prior to incorporation;
(b) Premium received on issue of shares;
(c) Profit made on re-issue of forfeited shares;
(d) Redemption of Debenture at a discount;
(e) Profit made on sale or revaluation of a Fixed Asset.
Generally, capital profits arise out of the sale of assets other than inventory at a price more than its book value or
in connection with the raising of capital or at the time of purchasing an existing business. For example, if an asset,
whose book value is ` 5,000 on the date of sale, is sold for ` 6,000 then ` 1,000 will be considered as capital profit.
Likewise, issue of shares at a premium is also a capital profit. Revenue profits are distributed to the owners of the
business or transferred to General Reserve Account, being shown in the balance sheet as a retained earning.
Capital profits are generally capitalised-transferred to a capital reserve account which can only be utilised for
setting off capital losses in future. Capital profits of a small amount (arising out of selling of one asset) is taken to
the Profit and Loss Account and added with the revenue profit-applying the concept of materiality.
Capital and Revenue Losses
While ascertaining losses, revenue losses are differentiated from capital losses, just as revenue profits are distinguished
from capital profits. Revenue losses arise from the normal course of business by selling the merchantable at a price
less than its purchase price or cost of goods sold or where there is a declining in the current value of inventories.
Capital losses may result from the sale of assets, other than inventory for less than written down value or the
diminution or elimination of assets other than as the result of use or sale (flood, fire, etc.) or in connection with
raising capital of the business (issue of shares at a discount) or on the settlement of liabilities for a consideration
more than its book value (debenture issued at par but redeemed at a premium). Treatment of capital losses
are same as that of capital profits. Capital losses arising out of sale of fixed assets generally appear in the Profit
and Loss Account (being deducted from the net profit). But other capital losses are adjusted against the capital
profits. Where the capital losses are substantial, the treatment is different. These losses are generally shown on the
balance sheet as fictitious assets and the common practice is to spread that over a number of accounting years
as a charge against revenue profits till the amount is fully exhausted.
Illustration 9.
State whether the following are capital, revenue or deferred revenue expenditure.
(i) Carriage of ` 7,500 spent on machinery purchased and installed.
(ii) Heavy advertising costs of ` 20,000 spent on the launching of a company’s new product.
(iii) ` 200 paid for servicing the company vehicle, including ` 50 paid for changing the oil.
(iv) Construction of basement costing ` 1,95,000 at the factory premises.
Solution:
(i) Carriage of ` 7,500 paid for machinery purchased and installed should be treated as a Capital Expenditure.
(ii) Advertising expenses for launching a new product of the company should be treated as a Revenue
Expenditure. (As per AS-26)
(iii) ` 200 paid for servicing and oil change should be treated as a Revenue Expenditure.
(iv) Construction cost of basement should be treated as a Capital Expenditure.
Illustration 10.
Classify the following items as capital or revenue expenditure :
(i) An extension of railway tracks in the factory area;
(ii) Wages paid to machine operators;
(iii) Installation costs of new production machine;
(iv) Materials for extension to foremen’s offices in the factory;
(v) Rent paid for the factory;
(vi) Payment for computer time to operate a new stores control system,
(vii) Wages paid to own employees for building the foremen’s offices. Give reasons for your classification.
Solution :
(i) Expenses incurred for extension of railway tracks in the factory area should be treated as a Capital Expenditure
because it will yield benefit for more than one accounting period.
(ii) Wages paid to machine operators should be treated as a Revenue Expenditure as it will yield benefit for the
current period only.
(iii) Installation costs of new production machine should be treated as a Capital Expenditure because it will
benefit the business for more than one accounting period.
(iv) Materials for extension to foremen’s offices in the factory should be treated as a Capital Expenditure because
it will benefit the business for more than one accounting period.
(v) Rent paid for the factory should be treated as a Revenue Expenditure because it will benefit only the current
period.
(vi) Payment for computer time to operate a new stores control system should be treated as Revenue Expenditure
because it has been incurred to carry on the normal business.
(vii) Wages paid for building foremen’s offices should be treated as a Capital Expenditure because it will benefit
the business for more than one accounting period.
Illustration 11.
State with reasons whether the following are Capital Expenditure or Revenue Expenditure:
(i) Expenses incurred in connection with obtaining a licence for starting the factory were ` 10,000.
(ii) ` 1,000 paid for removal of stock to a new site.
(iii) Rings and Pistons of an engine were changed at a cost of ` 5,000 to get full efficiency.
(iv) ` 2,000 spent as lawyer’s fee to defend a suit claiming that the firm’s factory site belonged to the Plaintiff. The
suit was not successful.
(v) ` 10,000 were spent on advertising the introduction of a new product in the market, the benefit of which will
be effective during four years.
(vi) A factory shed was constructed at a cost of ` 1,00,000. A sum of ` 5,000 had been incurred for the construction
of the temporary huts for storing building materials.
Solution :
(i) ` 10,000 incurred in connection with obtaining a license for starting the factory is a Capital Expenditure. It is
incurred for acquiring a right to carry on business for a long period.
(ii) ` 1,000 incurred for removal of stock to a new site is treated as a Revenue Expenditure because it is not
enhancing the value of the asset and it is also required for starting the business on the new site.
(iii) ` 5,000 incurred for changing Rings and Pistons of an engine is a Revenue Expenditure because, the change
of rings and piston will restore the efficiency of the engine only and it will not add anything to the capacity
of the engine.
(iv) ` 2,000 incurred for defending the title to the firm’s assets is a Revenue Expenditure.
(v) ` 10,000 incurred on advertising is to be treated as a Revenue Expenditure. [As per As-26]
(vi) Cost of construction of Factory shed of ` 1,00,000 is a Capital Expenditure, similarly cost of construction of
small huts for storing building materials is also a Capital Expenditure.
Illustration 12.
State clearly how you would deal with the following in the books of a Company :
(i) The redecoration expenses ` 6,000.
(ii) The installation of a new Coffee-making Machine for ` 10,000.
(iii) The building of an extension of the club dressing room for ` 15,000.
(iv) The purchase of snacks & food stuff ` 2,000.
(v) The purchase of V.C.R. and T.V. for the use in the club lounge for ` 15,000.
Solution :
(i) The redecoration expenses of ` 6,000 shall be treated as a Revenue Expenditure.
(ii) The installation of a new Coffee - Making Machine is a Capital Expenditure because it is the acquisition of an
asset.
(iii) ` 15,000 spent for the extension of club dressing room is a Capital Expenditure because it creates an asset of
a permanent nature.
(iv) The purchase of snacks & food stuff of ` 2,000 is a Revenue Expenditure.
(v) The purchase of V.C.R. and T.V. for ` 15,000 is a Capital Expenditure, because it is the acquisition of assets.
Double Entry System, Books of Prime Entry, Subsidiary Books:
Double Entry System -
Books of Prime Entry
A journal is often referred to as Book of Prime Entry or the book of original entry. In this book transactions are
recorded in their chronological order. The process of recording transaction in a journal is called as ‘Journalisation’.
The entry made in this book is called a ‘journal entry’.
Functions of Journal
(i) Analytical Function: Each transaction is analysed into the debit aspect and the credit aspect. This helps to
find out how each transaction will financially affect the business.
(ii) Recording Function: Accountancy is a business language which helps to record the transactions based on
the principles. Each such recording entry is supported by a narration, which explain, the transaction in simple
language. Narration means to narrate – i.e. to explain. It starts with the word – Being …
(iii) Historical Function: It contains a chronological record of the transactions for future references.
Advantages of Journal
The following are the advantages of a journal :
(i) Chronological Record : It records transactions as and when it happens. So it is possible to get a detailed day-
to-day information.
(ii) Minimising the possibility of errors : The nature of transaction and its effect on the financial position of the
business is determined by recording and analyzing into debit and credit aspect.
(iii) Narration : It means explanation of the recorded transactions.
(iv) Helps to finalise the accounts : Journal is the basis of ledger posting and the ultimate Trial Balance.
(v) The Trial balance helps to prepare the final accounts.
(vi) The specimen of a journal book is shown below.
Date Particulars Voucher Ledger folio Debit amount Credit amount

number (`) (`)
dd-mm-yy Name of A/c to be debited Reference of -----------
Name of A/c to be credited page number of -----------
----------- the A/c in ledger
(narration describing the
transaction)
Explanation of Journal
(i) Date Column: This column contains the date of the transaction.
(ii) Particulars: This column contains which account is to be debited and which account is to be credited. It is
also supported by an explanation called narration.
(iii) Voucher Number: This Column contains the number written on the voucher of the respective transaction.
(iv) Ledger Folio (L.F.): This column contains the folio (i.e. page no.) of the ledger, where the transaction is posted.
(v) Dr. Amount and Cr. Amount: This column shows the financial value of each transaction. The amount is
recorded in both the columns, since for every debit there is a corresponding and equal credit.
All the columns are filled in at the time of entering the transaction except for the column of ledger folio. This is filled
at the time of posting of the transaction to ‘ledger’. This process is explained later in this chapter.
Example:
As per voucher no. 31 of Roy Brothers, on 10.05.2013 goods of ` 50000 were purchased. Cash was paid immediately.
Ledger Folios of the Purchase A/c and Cash A/c are 5 and 17 respectively. Journal entry of the above transaction
is given bellow:
In the books of Roy Brothers
Journal Entries
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars Voucher Ledger Folio Amount Amount
No. (`) (`)
10.05.2013 Purchase A/c Dr. 31 5 50,000
To, Cash A/c 17 50,000
(Being goods purchased for Cash)
Illustration 13.
Let us illustrate the journal entries for the following transactions: 2012
April
1 Mr. Vikas and Mrs. Vaibhavi who are husband and wife start consulting business by bringing in their personal
cash of ` 5,00,000 and ` 2,50,000 respectively.
10 Bought office furniture of ` 25,000 for cash. Bill No. - 2013/F/3
11 Opened a current account with Punjab National Bank by depositing ` 1,00,000
15 Paid office rent of ` 15,000 for the month by cheque to M/s Realtors Properties. Voucher No. 3
20 Bought a motor car worth ` 4,50,000 from Millennium Motors by making a down payment of ` 50,000 by
cheque and the balance by taking a loan from HDFC Bank. Voucher No. M/13/7
25 Vikas and Vaibhavi carried out a consulting assignment for Avon Pharmaceuticals and raised a bill for `
10,00,000 as consultancy fees. Bill No. B13/4/1 raised. Avon Pharmaceuticals have immediately settled `
2,50,000 by way of cheque and the balance will be paid after 30 days. The cheque received is deposited
into Bank.
30 Salary of one receptionist @ ` 5,000 per month and one officer @ ` 10,000 per month. The salary for the current
month is payable to them.
Solution:
The entries for these transactions in a journal will look like:
In the Books of Vikash & Vaibhavi
Journal Entries Journal Folio-1
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars Voucher L.F Amount (`) Amount (`)
number
01-04-2013 Cash A/c Dr. 1 7,50,000
To Vikas’s Capital A/c 2 5,00,000
To Vaibhavi’s Capital A/c 3 2,50,000
(Being capital brought in by the partners)
10-04-2013 Furniture A/c Dr. 2013/F/3 4 25,000
To Cash A/c 1 25,000
(Being furniture purchased in cash)
11-04-2013 Punjab National Bank A/c Dr. 5 1,00,000
To Cash A/c 1 1,00,000
(Being current account opened with Punjab
National Bank by depositing cash)
15-04-2013 Rent A/c Dr. 3 6 15,000

To Punjab National Bank A/c 5 15,000
(being rent paid to Realtors Properties for the
month)
20-04-2013 Motor Car A/c Dr. M/13/7 7 4,50,000
To Punjab National Bank A/c 5 50,000
To Loan from HDFC Bank A/c 8 4,00,000
(Being car purchased from Millennium
Motors by paying down payment and loan
arrangement)
25-04-2013 Punjab National Bank A/c Dr. B13/4/1 5 2,50,000
Avon Pharmaceuticals A/c Dr. 9 7,50,000
To Consultancy Fees A/c 10 10,00,000
(Being amount received and revenue
recognized for fees charged)
30-04-2013 Salary A/c Dr. 11 15,000
To Salary payable A/c 12 15,000
(Being the entry to record salary obligation for
the month)
Subsidiary Books
Although once understood, the entries are easy to be written, but if transactions are too many, it may become
difficult to manage them and retrieve. Imagine there are 25 purchase transactions in a day. Because the journal
will record all transaction chronologically, it may be possible that the purchase transactions could be scattered
i.e. they may not all come together one after the other. Now, at the end of the day if the owner wants to know
the total purchases made during the day, the accountant will spend time first to retrieve all purchase transactions
from journal and then take total. This invalve time.
This being the greatest limitation of journal, it is generally sub-divided into more than one journal. On what logic
is such a sub-division made? It is done on the basis of similar transactions which are clubbed in a single book e.g.
purchase transactions, sales transaction etc. The sub-division of journal is done as follows:
Transaction Subsidiary Book
All cash and bank transactions Cash Book - has columns for cash, bank and cash
discount
All credit purchase of goods – only those Goods that are Purchase Day Book or Purchase register
purchased for resale are covered here.
All credit sale of goods Sales Day Book or sales register
All purchase returns – i.e. return of goods back to suppliers Purchase Return Book or Return Outward Book
due to defects
All sales returns – i.e. return of goods back from customers Sales Return Book or Return Inward Book
All bill receivables – these are bills accepted by customers Bills Receivable Book
to be honoured at an agreed date. This is dealt with in
depth later in the study note
All bills payable - these are bills accepted by the business Bills Payable Book
to be honoured by paying to suppliers at an agreed
date.
For all other transactions not covered in any of the above Journal Proper
categories – i.e. purchase or sale of assets, expense
accruals, rectification entries, adjusting entries, opening
entries and closing entries.
Let us see the formats for each of these and examples as illustration.
Recording of Cash and Bank Transactions
Cash Book
A Cash Book is a special journal which is used for recording all cash receipts and all cash payments. Cash Book is a
book of original entry since transactions are recorded for the first time from the source documents. The Cash Book
is larger in the sense that it is designed in the form of a Cash Account and records cash receipts on the debit side
and cash payments on the credit side. Thus, the Cash Book is both a journal and a ledger.
Cash Book as the only Book of Original Entry
This Cash Book records all types of transactions even if there are some credit transactions i.e. all transactions
are recorded and not like the ordinary Cash Book where only cash transactions are recorded. For non cash
transactions, that will be two entries in the cash Book, ultimately that will be no effect in Cash Balance. For example,
if goods are sold to Mr. X on credit for ` 5,000, the entries will be
Dr. Cr.
(1) Cash A/c Dr 5,000
To Sales A/c 5,000
(2) X A/c Dr 5,000
To Cash A/c 5,000
Although the original entry is
X A/c Dr 5,000
To Sales A/c 5,000
Types of Cash Book

There are different types of Cash Book as follows:
(i) Single Column Cash Book- Single Column Cash Book has one amount column on each side. All cash receipts
are recorded on the debit side and all cash payments on the payment side, this book is nothing but a Cash
Account and there is no need to open separate cash account in the ledger.
(ii) Double Column Cash Book- Cash Book with Discount Column has two amount columns, one for cash and
other for Discount on each side. All cash receipts and cash discount allowed are recorded on the debit side
and all cash payments and discount received are recorded on the credit side.
Triple Coulmn Cash Book- Triple Column Cash Book has three amount columns, one for cash, one for Bank and
one for discount, on each side. All cash receipts, deposits into book and discount allowed are recorded on debit
side and all cash payments, withdrawals from bank and discount received are recorded on the credit side. In fact,
a triple-column cash book serves the purpose of Cash Account and Bank Account both. Thus, there is no need to
create these two accounts in the ledger.
Dr. Specimen of Single Column Cash Book Cr.
Receipts Payments
Date Particulars L.F. Cash Date Particulars L.F. Cash
Dr. Specimen of Double Column Cash Book Cr.
Receipts Payments
Date Particulars L.F. Cash Disc. Date Particulars L.F. Cash Disc.
Allowed Received
Double Column Cash Book containing contra transaction and cheque transaction
The double column Cash book has columns on both the sides of the Cash book. This cash book can have two
columns on both the sides as under :
(a) Cash and Discount Columns,
(b) Cash and Bank columns,
(c) Bank and Discount columns.
(I) Contra Transactions
Transactions which relates to allowing discount or receiving discount in cash after the settlement of the dues are
known as Contra Transactions.
Example:
1. Received ` 500 as discount from Mr. Ghosh whose account was previously settle in full.
Cash A/c Dr. 500
To Discount Received A/c 500
(Being cash received as discount from Mr. Ghosh whose account was previous settled in full)
2. Paid ` 400 as discount to Mr. Ghosh Dastidar who settled his account in full previously.
Discount Allowed A/c Dr. 400
To Cash A/c 400
(Being discount allowed in cash to Mr. Ghosh Dastidar who settled his account in full)
(II) Cheque Transactions
When a cheque is received and no any other information at a later date about the same is given, it will be
assumed that the said cheque has already been deposited into bank on the same day when it was received.
Then the entry should be as under:
Bank A/c Dr.
To Debtors/Party A/c
But if it is found that the said cheque has been deposited into the bank at a later date, then the entry will be:
(i) When the cheque is received
Cash A/c Dr.
To Debtors/Party A/c
(ii) When the same was deposited into bank at a later date
Bank A/c Dr.
To Cash A/c
(iii) When the said cheque is dishonoured by the bank
Debtors/Party A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c
Let us see an illustration for the following cash and bank transactions in the books of Mr. Abhishek
January 1 Opening cash balance was ` 3,800 and bank balance was ` 27,500
January 4 Wages paid in cash ` 1,500
January 5 received cheque of ` 19,800 from KBK enterprises after allowing discount of ` 200
January 7 Paid consultancy charges by cheque for ` 7,500
January 10 Cash of ` 2,500 withdrawn from bank
January 12 Received a cheque for ` 4,500 in full settlement of the account of Mr. X at a discount of 10% and
deposited the same into the Bank.
January 15 X’s cheque returned dishonoured by the Bank
In the Books of Mr. Abhishek
Dr. Cash Book Cr.
Receipts Payments
Date Particulars L.F. Cash Bank Discount Date Particulars L.F. Cash Bank Discount
(`) (`) Allowed (`) (`) received
(`) (`)
1-Jan Opening Balance 3,800 27,500 4-Jan Wages paid 1,500
5-Jan Recd from KBK 19,800 200 7-Jan Consultancy fees 7,500
10-Jan Cash withdrawn 2,500 10-Jan Cash withdrawn 2,500
12-Jan Mr. X 4,500 500 15-Jan Mr. X 4,500 500
Closing balance 4,800 37,300
6,300 51,800 700 6,300 51,800 500
Please note that the balance of discount columns is not taken and these are posted directly to the respective
ledger account separately. The balance of cash and bank columns are posted into cash and bank accounts
periodically. The posting into ledger is explained later in this chapter.
Purchase Day Book
The purchase day book records the transactions related to credit purchase of goods only. It follows that any cash
purchase or purchase of things other than goods is not recorded in the purchase day book. Periodically, the totals
of Purchase Day Book are posted to Purchase Account in the ledger. The specimen Purchase Day Book is given
below:
In the Books of .........
Purchase Day Book
Name of the Suppliers and details Invoice

Date of Goods purchased reference L. F. Amount (`) Remarks
The format for Purchase Return is exactly the same; hence separate illustration is not given.
Let us see an illustration for following transactions for a furniture shop:
1. Bought 20 tables @ ` 500 per table from Majestic Appliances on credit @ 12% trade discount as per invoice
number 22334 on 2nd March.
2. Purchased three dozen chairs @ ` 250 each from Metro chairs as per invoice number 1112 on 4th March.
3. Second hand furniture bought from Modern Furnitures on credit as per invoice number 375 for ` 1200 on 7th
March.
4. Purchased seven book racks from Mayur Furnitures for ` 4900 paid for in cash on 6th March.
5. Purchased Machinery for ` 30000 from Kirloskar Ltd on 9th March as per invoice number 37.
In the Books of Furniture Shop

Purchase Day Book
Date Name of the Suppliers and Details of goods purchased Invoice L. F. Amount
reference (`)
2nd March Majestic Appliances 8,800
20 tables @ ` 500 and 12% trade discount 22334
[(20 × ` 500) = ` 10000 less 12% discount i.e., ` 1,200]
4th March Metro Chairs 9,000
3 dozen chairs @ 250 per chair 1112
7th March Modern Furnitures 375 1,200
Total 19,000
Please note that the transaction for purchase of book rack will not be entered in the purchase book as it is not
purchased on credit. (Where will it go then? It will go to the cash book!). Similarly purchase of machinery will not
form part of purchase book. It will be entered in Journal Proper.
Sales Day Book
The sales day book records transaction of credit sale of goods to customers. Sale of other things, even on credit,
will not be entered in the sales day book but will be entered in Journal Proper. If goods are sold for cash, it will be
entered in cash book. Total of sales day book is periodically posted to sales account in the ledger. The specimen
of a sales day book is given below.
In the books of ...........
Sales Day Book
Date Particulars Invoice reference L. F. Amount Remarks

The format of sales return book is exactly the same as in the case of Purchase Day Book.
Let us see how will be the following transaction recorded in the books of a Cloth Merchant.
1st July Sold Tip Top clothing 50 suits of ` 2,200 each on two months credit on invoice number -2
11th July Sold to New India Woolen 100 sweaters @ ` 250 each on invoice number 55
13th July Received an order from Modern clothing for 100 trousers @ ` 500 at trade discount of 10%
17th July Sold 50 sarees to Lunkad brothers @ ` 750 each
25th July Sold T-shirts at exhibition hall for cash for ` 7,500
In the books of Cloth Merchant

Sales Day Book
Date Particulars Invoice reference L. F. Amount
1st July Tip Top Clothing
50 suits @ ` 2,200 2 1,10,000
11th July New India Woolen
100 sweaters @ ` 250 55 25,000
17th July Lunkad brother 50 sarees @ ` 750 37,500
Total 1,72,500
Here again, cash sales at exhibition hall are not recorded. Also, merely getting an order for goods is not a
transaction to be entered in sales book.
Other Subsidiary Books – Returns Inward, Return Outward, Biils Receivable,Bills Payable.
(i) Return Inward Book- The transactions relating to goods which are returned by the customers for various reasons,
such as not according to sample, or not up to the mark etc contain in this book. It is also known as Sales Return
Book.
Generally when a customer returns good to suppliers he issues a Debit Note for the value of the goods returned by
him. Similarly the supplier who receives those goods issues a Credit Note.
Returns Inward Day Book
Date Particulars Outward L.F. Details Totals Remarks
Invoice
(ii) Return Outward Book- This book contains the transactions relating to goods that are returned by us to our
creditors e.g. goods broken in transit, not according to the sample etc. It’s also known as Purchase Return Book.
Return Outward Day Book
Date Particulars Debit Note L.F. Details Totals Remarks
(iii) Bills Receivable Book- It is such a book where all bills received are recorded and therefrom posted directly
to the credit of the respective customer’s account. The total amounts of the bills so received during the period
(either at the end of the week or month) is to be posted in one sum to the debit of Bills Receivable A/c.
Bills Receivable Day Book
No. of Date of From Name Name Name of Date of Due L.F. Amount How
Bills Receipt whom of the of Acceptor Bill Date of Bill disposed
of Bill Receiver Drawer off
(iv) Bills Payable Book- Here all the particulars relating to bills accepted are recorded and therefrom posted
directly to the debit of the respective creditor’s account. The total amounts of the bills so accepted during the
period (either at the end of the week or month) is to be posted in one sum to the credit of Bills Payable A/c.
Bills Payable Day Book
No. Date of To Name of Name Where Date Term Due L.F. Amount How
of Acceptance whom Drawer of the Payable of Bill Date of Bill disposed
Bills given Payee off
Journal Proper
We know that usual transactions are recorded in primary books of accounts. If any transaction is not recorded in
the primary books the same is recorded in Journal Proper. It includes Credit Purchase and Credit Sales of Assets;
Transfer Entries; Opening Entries; Closing Entries; Adjusting Entries and Rectification of Errors.
However, these are explained in subsequent Para.
Ledger Accounts
Ledger is the main book or principal book of account. The entries into ledger accounts travel through the route of
journal and subsidiary books. The ledger book contain all accounts viz. assets, liabilities, incomes or gains, expenses
or losses, owner’s capital and owner’s equity. The ledger is the book of final entry and hence is a permanent
record. There is a systematic way in which transactions are posted into a ledger account. Once the transactions
are posted for an accounting period, the ledger accounts are balanced (i.e. the difference between debit side
and credit side is calculated). These balances are used to ultimately prepare the financial statement like Profit
and Loss A/c and Balance Sheet. The ledger may also be divided as General ledger and Sub-ledgers. While the
General Ledger will have all ledger accounts, the sub-ledgers will have individual accounts of customers and
suppliers. If there are 10 customers, the general ledger will not have 10 individual accounts for each customer.
Instead, these 10 customer account will exist in what is called as ‘Receivables or Debtors Ledger’ and the general
ledger will have only one account that represents the customers. This is named as Debtors Control Account. Similar
is the case of supplier accounts. Such sub-ledgers are necessary for better control over individual accounts. Also,
this will avoid the general ledger from becoming too big, especially when number of customers and suppliers is
large.
The specimen of a typical ledger account is given below.
Dr. Ledger-Account Cr.

Date Particulars J. F. Amount (`) Date Particulars J. F. Amount (`)

Ledger Posting
As and when the transaction takes place, it is recorded in the journal in the form of journal entry. This entry is posted
again in the respective ledger accounts under double entry principle from the journal. This is called ledger posting.
The rules for writing up accounts of various types are as follows:
Assets : Increases on the left hand side or the debit side and decreases on the credit side or the
right hand side.
Liabilities : Increases on the credit side and decreases on the debit side.
Capitals : The same as liabilities.
Expenses : Increases on the debit side and decreases on the credit side.
Incomes or gain : Increases on the credit side and decrease on the debit side.
To summarise
Dr. Assets Cr. Dr. Liabilities & Capital Cr.
Increase Decrease Decrease Increase
Dr. Expenses or Loses Cr. Dr. Income or Gains Cr.
Increase Decrease Decrease Increase
The student should clearly understand the nature of debit and credit.
A debit denotes:
(a) In the case of a person that he has received some benefit against which he has already rendered some
service or will render service in future. When a person becomes liable to do something in favour of the firm,
the fact is recorded by debiting that person’s account : (relating to Personal Account)
(b) In case of goods or properties, that the value and the stock of such goods or properties has increased,
(relating to Real Accounts)
(c) In case of other accounts like losses or expenses, that the firm has incurred certain expenses or has lost
money. (relating to Nominal Account)
A credit denotes:
(a) In case of a person, that some benefit has been received from him, entitling him to claim from the firm a
return benefit in the form of cash or goods or service. When a person becomes entitled to money or money’s
worth for any reason. The fact is recorded by crediting him (relating to Personal Account)
(b) In the case of goods or properties, that the stock and value of such goods or properties has decreased.
(relating to Real Accounts)
(c) In case of other accounts like interest or dividend or commission received, or discount received, that the firm
has made a gain (relating to Nominal Account)
At a glance:
Dr. (Debit side) Cr. (Credit side)

DESTINATION Where the economic SOURCE of each economic benefits
benefit reaches / is received.
Receiver Giver
What comes in What goes out
All expense and losses All income and gains
Let us now understand the mechanism of posting transaction into the ledger account. Consider the transaction:
Rent paid in cash for ` 10,000. The journal entry for this transaction would be:
Jan 15 Rent A/c Dr. 10,000
To, Cash A/c 10,000
We will open two ledger accounts namely Rent A/c and Cash A/c. Let us see how the posting is made
Rent Account
Dr. Cr.
Jan15 To, Cash A/c 10,000

Cash Account
Dr. Cr.
Jan 15 By Rent A/c 10,000

Please observe the following conventions while posting a transaction into ledger accounts. Note that both the
effects of an entry must be recorded in the ledger accounts simultaneously.
(1) The posting in the account which is debited, is done on the debit side by writing the name of the account or
accounts that are credited with the prefix ‘To’.
(2) The posting in the account which is credited, is done on the credit side by writing the name of the account
or accounts that are debited with the prefix ‘By’.
Let us now see how we can create ledger account for the seven journal entries that we passed for Illustration 18.
Folio No. 1

Date Particulars J. F. Amount Date Particulars J. F. Amount
(`) (`)
1.4.2013 To Vikas’s capital A/c 1 500,000 10.4.2013 By Furniture A/c 1 25,000
1.4.2013 To Vaibhavi’s capital A/c 1 250,000 11.4.2013 By Punjab National Bank A/c 1 1,00,000
30.4.2013 By Balance c/d 6,25,000
750,000 7,50,000
1.5.2013 To Balance b/d 625,000
Folio No. 2
Dr. Mr. Vikas’s Capital Account Cr.
30.4.2013 To Balance c/d 5,00,000 1.4.2013 By Cash A/c 1 5,00,000
5,00,000 5,00,000
1.5.2013 By Balance b/d 5,00,000
Folio No. 3
Dr. Mrs. Vaibhavi’s Capital Account Cr.
1.4.2013 By Cash A/c 1 2,50,000
Folio No. 4
Dr. Furniture Account Cr.
10.04.2013 To Cash 25,000
Folio No. 5
Dr. Punjab National Bank Account Cr.
11.4.2013 To Cash A/c 1 1,00,000 15.4.2013 By Rent A/c 1 15,000
25.4.2013 To Consultancy Fees A/c 1 2,50,000 20.4.2013 By Motor Car A/c 1 50,000
Folio No. 6
Dr. Rent Account Cr.
15.4.2013 To Punjab National Bank A/c 1 15,000
Folio No. 7
Dr. Motor Car Account Cr.
20.4.2013 To Punjab National Bank A/c 1 50,000
“ To Loan from HDFC Bank A/c 1 4,00,000
Folio No. 8
Dr. Loan from HDFC Bank Account Cr.
20.4.2013 By Motor Car A/c 1 4,00,000
Folio No. 9
Dr. Avon Pharmaceuticals Account Cr.
25.4.2013 To Consultancy Fees A/c 1 7,50,000
Folio No. 10
Dr. Consultancy Fees Account Cr.
25.4.2013 By Punjab National Bank A/c 1 2,50,000
25.4.2013 By Avon Pharmaceuticals A/c 1 7,50,000
Folio No. 11
Dr. Salary Account Cr.
30.4.2013 To Salary payable A/c 1 15,000
Folio No. 12
Dr. Salary Payable Account Cr.
30.4.2013 By Salary A/c 1 15,000
Please carefully observe the posting of journal entries into various ledger accounts. Do you see some further
calculation in the cash A/c and Mr. Vikas’s Capital A/c? What is done is that after posting all transactions to
these accounts, the difference between the debit and credit sides is calculated. This difference is put on the
side with smaller amount in order to tally grand totals of both sides. The convention is to write “To Balance c/d” or
“By Balance c /d” as the case may be. This procedure is normally done at the end of an accounting period. This
process is called as “balancing of ledger accounts’.
Once the ledgers are balanced for one accounting period, the balance needs to be carried forward to the next
accounting period as a running balance. This is done by writing “To Balance b/d” or “By balance b/d” as the case
may be after the grand totals. This is also shown in the Cash A/c and Mr. Vikas’s Capital Account.
Could you now attempt to balance the other ledger accounts and carry the balances to the next accounting
period?
Important note : Please remember that the balances of personal and real accounts only are carried down to the
next accounting period as they represent resources and obligations of the business which will continue to be used
and settled respectively in future. Balances of nominal accounts (which represent incomes or gains and expenses
or losses) are not carried down to the next period. These balances are taken to the Profit and Loss Account (or
Income statement) prepared for the period. The net result of the P & L Account will show either net income or net
loss which will increase or decrease the owner’s equity.
In the above example, please note that the balances of Rent A/c, Consultancy Fees Account and Salary Account
will not be carried down to the next period, but to the P & L Account of that period.
Posting to Ledger Accounts from Subsidiary books
In the above section, we explained posting to ledger accounts directly on the basis of journal entries. In practice,
however, we know that use of subsidiary books is in vogue. Let us see how the posting to ledger accounts is done
based on these records.
For each of the subsidiary books, there is a ledger account e.g. for purchase book, there is Purchase Account, for
sales book there’s Sales A/c, for cash book there will be Cash A/c as well as Bank A/c and so on.
Let us continue with illustration seen in the section 1.17.3.1.3 above and post the totals into respective ledger
accounts. It considered that there was a Purchase of ` 19,000 and Sales of ` 1,72,500.

Date Particulars J. F. Amount Date Particulars J. F. Amount
(`) (`)
1st Jan To Balance b/d 3,800 By Wages A/c 1,500
To Bank A/c 2,500 By Balance c/d 4,800
6,300 6,300
Dr. Purchases Account Cr.

To Sundries as per purchase 19,000 By Transfer to 19,000
book P & L A/c
Dr. Sales Account Cr.

To Transfer to P & L A/c 1,72,500 By Sundries as 1,72,500
per sales book
Typical Ledger Account Balances

We have seen how to balance various ledger accounts. It can be seen that while some accounts will show debit
balance, while the other will show credit balance. Is there any relationship between the type of account (whether
it is the account of asset, liability, capital, owner’s equity, incomes or gain, expenses or losses) and the kind of
balance (debit or credit) it should show?
The answer is generally ‘Yes’. You may test to find the following are typical relationships.
Type of Account Type of balance

All asset accounts Debit balance
All liability accounts Credit balance
Capital & Owner’s equity account Credit balance
Expenses or loss accounts Debit balance
Incomes or gain accounts Credit balance
Let us test these possibilities for confirmation. How does one go about testing this? Consider ‘Cash A/c’. Whenever
business receives cash we debit it, and whenever it is paid we credit it. Is it possible to see a situation that credits
to cash are more than debits? In other words could we have negative cash in hand? No. Cash account will
therefore always show a debit balance. So is true for all real asset accounts. After solving problems, if the contrary
is observed, there is every chance that an error has been made while passing the accounting entries.
The Structure of Ledger
In practice, for the sake of convenience and ease of operations, the ledger is subdivided as follows:
(a) General Ledger: This contains all main ledger accounts excepting individual accounts of customers, vendors
and employees. For these categories there will be only one representative account in the general ledger
e.g. for customers – Trade Debtors A/c (or Trade Receivables Control A/c), for suppliers – Trade Creditors A/c
(or Trade Payables A/c) etc.
(b) Sub-Ledgers: These are primarily, Customers’ Ledger, Suppliers Ledger, Employees ledger etc. The customer
ledger will have all individual accounts of all customers. Suppliers’ ledger will have all individual accounts of
all suppliers. Employee ledger will have individual accounts of all employees.
The balances of all individual accounts must tally with the balance reflected in the representative A/c in the
general ledger. For this a periodical reconciliation is a must.
For example, if business has 3 customers A, B, and C; then an A/c for each of them is opened in the sub-ledger
called Customers Ledger and General Ledger will have only one A/c by the name of Trade Debtors A/c. All
transactions with each of them will be recorded in the individual accounts as well as the control ledger. See the
following:
Transaction
Customers’ Sub-ledger General ledger
Credit sales to A `10,000

Credit sales to B ` 20,000 A’s A/c - Debit ` 10,000
Credit sales to C ` 15,000
B’s A/c - Debit ` 20,000
Trade Debtors A/c-
Debit ` 45,000
C’s A/c - Debit ` 15,000
Such separation is made for better control. A person in charge of customer accounting is given responsibility of
all individual customer accounting in the Customers sub-ledger, whereas another person be given responsibility
for Suppliers’ sub-ledger. In bigger organizations this division of labour is an absolute necessity. The person looking
after General ledger is different.
Simultaneous posting of transactions into sub-ledgers A/cs and representative A/cs in general ledger may be quite
tedious in manual accounting. But computerised accounting automates this process as well.
Subdivisions of Ledger
Practically, the Ledger may be divided into two groups -
(a) Personal Ledger & (b) Impersonal Ledger. They are again sub-divided as :
LEDGER
PERSONAL LEDGER IMPERSONAL LEDGER
Debtors’ Ledger Creditors’ Ledger Cash Book General Ledger
Nominal Ledger Private Ledger
Personal Ledger: The ledger where the details of all transactions about the persons who are related to the
accounting unit, are recorded, is called the Personal Ledger.
Impersonal Ledger: The Ledger where details of all transactions about assets, incomes & expenses etc. are
recorded, is called Impersonal Ledger.
Again, Personal Ledger may be divided into two groups:
Viz. (a) Debtors’ Ledger, & (b) Creditors’ Ledger.
(a) Debtors’ Ledger: The ledger where the details of transactions about the persons to whom goods are sold,
cash is received, etc. are recorded, is called Debtors’ Ledger.
(b) Creditors’ Ledger: The ledger where the details of transactions about the persons from whom goods are
purchased on credit, pay to them etc. are recorded, is called Creditors’ Ledger.
Impersonal Ledger may, again be divided into two group, viz, (a) Cash Book; and (b) General Ledger.
(a) Cash Book: The Book where all cash & bank transactions are recorded, is called Cash Book.
(b) General Ledger: The ledger where all transactions relating to real accounts, nominal accounts, details of
Debtors’ Ledger and Creditors’ Ledger are recorded, is called General Ledger.
General Ledger may, again, be divided into two groups. Viz, Nominal Ledger; & Private Ledger.
(a) Nominal Ledger: The ledger where all transactions relating to incomes and expenses are recorded, is called
Nominal Ledger.
(b) Private Ledger: The Ledger where all transactions relating to assets and liabilities are recorded, is called
Private Ledger.
Advantages of sub-division of Ledger.

The advantages of sub-division of ledger are:
(a) Easy to Divide work : As a result of sub-division, the division of work is possible and records can be maintained
efficiently by the concerned employee.
(b) Easy to handle : As a result of sub-division, the size and volume of ledger is reduced.
(c) Easy to collect information: From the different classes of Ledger a particular type of transactions can easily
be found out.
(d) Minimizations of mistakes: As a result of sub-division, chances of mistakes are minimized.
(e) Easy to compute: As a result of sub-division, the accounting work may be computed quickly which is very
helpful to the management.
(f) Fixation of responsibility: Due to sub-division, allotment of different types of work to different employees is
done for which concerned employee will be responsible.
Trial Balance
After the transactions are posted to various ledger accounts (either from journal or from subsidiary books) and they
are balanced, the next stage is to draw up the list of all balances. We know that some ledger accounts will show
‘debit balance’ (debit side greater than the credit side), while the other will reflect a ‘credit balance’ (credit side
being higher than debit side). All account balances are listed to ensure that the total of all debit balances equals
the total of all credit balances. Why does this happen? Remember the dual aspect concept studied earlier in this
study note?. According to this concept, every debit has equal corresponding credit. This list of balances is called
Trial Balance.
According to the Dictionary for Accountants by Eric. L. Kohler, Trial Balance is defined as “a list or abstract of the
balances or of total debits and total credits of the accounts in a ledger, the purpose being to determine the
equality of posted debits and credits and to establish a basic summary for financial statements”. According to
Rolland, “The final list of balances, totaled and combined, is called Trial Balance”.
As this is merely a listing of balances, this will always be as on a particular date. Further it must be understood
that Trial Balance does not form part of books of account, but it is a report prepared by extracting balances of
accounts maintained in the books of accounts.
When this list with tallied debit and credit balances is drawn up, the arithmetical accuracy of basic entries, ledger
posting and balancing is ensured. However, it does not guarantee that the entries are correct in all respect. This
will be explained later in this chapter.
Although it is supposed to be prepared at the end of accounting period, computerized accounting packages
are capable of providing instant Trial Balance reports even on daily basis, as the transactions are recorded almost
on line.
Let us prepare the trial balance for the ledger accounts from the illustration 18.
Trial Balance as on...
Account name Debit (`) Credit (`)
Cash A/c 6,25,000
Vikas’s capital A/c 5,00,000
Vaibhavi’s capital A/c 2,50,000
Furniture A/c 25,000
Punjab National Bank A/c 2,85,000
Rent A/c 15,000
Motor Car 4,50,000
Loan from HDFC A/c 4,00,000
Avon Pharmaceuticals 7,50,000
Consultancy fees A/c 10,00,000
Salary A/c 15,000
Salary payable A/c 15,000
Total 21,65,000 21,65,000
It can be seen that the totals of debit and credit balances is exactly matching. This is the result of double entry
book-keeping wherein every debit has equal corresponding credit.
Feature’s of a Trial Balance
1. It is a list of debit and credit balances which are extracted from various ledger accounts.
2. It is a statement of debit and credit balances.
3. The purpose is to establish arithmetical accuracy of the transactions recorded in the Books of Accounts.
4. It does not prove arithmetical accuracy which can be determined by audit.
5. It is not an account. It is only a statement of account.
6. It is not a part of the final statements.
7. It is usually prepared at the end of the accounting year but it can also be prepared anytime as and when
required like weekly, monthly, quarterly or half-yearly.
8. It is a link between books of accounts and the Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet.
Preparation of Trial Balance:
1. It may be prepared on a loose sheet of paper.
2. The ledger accounts are balanced at first. They will have either “debit-balance” or “credit balance” or “nil-
balance”.
3. The accounts having debit-balance is written on the debit column and those having credit-balance are
written on the credit column.
The sum total of both the balances must be equal, for “Every debit has its corresponding and equal credit”.
Purpose of a Trial Balance
It serves the following purposes :
1. To check the arithmetical accuracy of the recorded transactions.
2. To ascertain the balance of any Ledger Account.
3. To serve as an evidence of fact that the double entry has been completed in respect of every transaction.
4. To facilitate the preparation of final accounts promptly.
Is Trial Balance indispensable?
It is a mere statement prepared by the accountants for his own convenience and if it agrees, it is assumed that at
least arithmetical accuracy has been done although there may be a lot of errors.
Trial Balance is not a process of accounts, but its preparation helps us to finalise the accounts. Since it is prepared
on a particular date, as at ........ / as on ........ is stated.
Trial Balance – Utility and Interpretation
The utility of Trial balance could be found in the following:
(1) It forms the basis for preparation of Financial Statements i.e. Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet.
(2) A tallied trial balance ensures the arithmetical accuracy of the entries made. If the trial balance does not
tally, the errors can be found out, rectified and then financial statements can be prepared.
(3) It acts as a quick reference. One can easily find out the balance in any ledger account without actually
referring to the ledger.
(4) If the listing of ledger accounts is systematically done in the trial balance, one can do quick time analysis.
Hence, listing is usually done in the sequence of Asset accounts, Liability accounts, Capital accounts, Owner’s
equity accounts, Income or gain accounts and Expenses or losses accounts in that order.
One can draw some quick inferences from trial balance by interpreting the same. If one plots monthly trial balances
side by side, one can analyse the movement of balances in various accounts e.g. one can see how expenses
are increasing or decreasing or showing a trend of movements. By comparing the owner’s equity balances as on
two dates, one can interpret the business result e.g. if the equity has gone up, one can interpret that business has
earned net profit and vice versa.
Trial Balance and Errors

We have seen that a tallied Trial Balance (T. B.) ensures arithmetical accuracy. What does it mean? It means
entries have been passed as per double entry, that every debit has equal corresponding credit. If the T.B. does not
tally, there could be errors in transaction entry. Such errors are called ‘Errors affecting trial balance’. These can be:
(a) Only one effect of a transaction is posted to ledger e.g. for rent paid in cash, if entry is posted to cash but not
to rent account, then obviously the T.B. will not match.
(b) Posting of wrong amount in one of the ledger accounts e.g. rent of ` 1,000 is paid in cash. The posting to Rent
A/c is done for ` 1,000, Cash A/c is recorded at ` 10,000. The T.B. will not tally.
(c) If one of the posting is entered twice, T.B. will not match.
(d) If the balance in a ledger is not correctly taken to the T.B. e.g. the Rent A/c has a balance of `1,000, but while
taking it to the T.B. it is taken as ` 100, the T.B. will through up difference.
(e) Taking balance to the wrong side in the T.B. e.g. a debit balance of ` 5,00,000 in Debtors A/c is taken as credit
balance in the TB, then there will be a mismatch.
(f) Wrong carry forwards also will result in the T.B. mismatch.
No financial statements can be prepared if the T.B. does not tally. Hence, the errors will have to be rectified before
proceeding further. The accountants therefore endeavour to minimize errors by being more careful and by doing
periodical scrutiny of the entries.
Errors which are not disclosed by a Trial Balance
The following errors cannot be detected by a Trial Balance :
(a) Errors of Omission: When the transaction is not at all recorded in the books of accounts, i.e. neither in the
debit sider nor in the credit side of the account – trial balance will agree.
(b) Errors of Commission: Where there is any variation in figure/amount, e.g. instead of ` 800 either ` 80 or ` 8,000
is recorded, in both sides of ledger accounts – trial balance will agree.
(c) Errors of Principal: When accounts are prepared not according to double entry principle e.g. Purchase of a
Plant wrongly debited to Purchase Account – Trial balance will agree.
(d) Errors of Misposting: When wrong posting is made to a wrong account instead of a correct one although
amount is correctly recorded, e.g., sold goods to B but wrongly debited to D’s Account – trial balance will
agree.
(e) Compensating Errors: When one error is compensated by another error e.g. Discount Allowed `100 not
debited to Discount Allowed Account, whereas interest received `100, but not credit to Interest Account –
trial balance will agree.
Procedure to locate Errors:
If the Trial Balance does not agree, the following procedure should carefully be followed:
(i) At first, check all ledger account balance one by one.
(ii) Addition of both the columns (Debit and Credit) should be checked.
(iii) If any difference comes divide the same by 2 and see whether the said figure appear on the correct side or
not.
(iv) Additions of the subsidiary books, and ledger accounts to be checked up.
(v) Posting from subsidiary books to the ledger to be checked up.
(vi) Opening balance of all account whether brought forward correctly or not to be checked up.
(vii) Even if the trial balance does not agree upto this level checking should be started again from the journal and
book of original entry using tick mark.
Illustration 14.
From the following ledger account balances, prepare a Trial Balance of Mr. Sen for the year ended 31st March,2013.
Capital ` 80,000 ; Sales `10,00,000; Adjusted Purchase ` 8,00,000; Current A/c(Cr) ` 10,000; Petty Cash ` 10,000;
Sales Ledger Balance ` 1,20,000; Purchase Ledger Balance ` 60,000; Salaries `24,000; Carriage Inwards ` 4,000;
Carriage Outward ` 6,000; Discount Allowed ` 10,000; Building ` 80,000; Outstanding Expenses ` 10,000; Prepaid
Insurance ` 2,000 ; Depreciation ` 4,000 ; Cash at Bank ` 80,000 ; Loan A/c (Cr) ` 66,000; Profit & Loss A/c(Cr) `
20,000; Bad Debts Recovered ` 2,000 ; Stock at 31.03.2013 ` 1,20,000; Interest Received ` 10,000; Accrued Interest
` 4,000; Investment ` 20,000; Provision for Bad Debts (01.04.2012) ` 6,000 ; General Reserve ` 20,000.
Solution:
Trial Balance of Mr. Sen
Dr. as on 31st March, 2013 Cr.
Heads of Accounts Amount (`) Heads of Accounts Amount (`)
Adjusted Purchase 8,00,000 Capital 80,000
Petty Cash 10,000 Sales 10,00,000
Sales Ledger Balance 1,20,000 Current A/c 10,000
Salaries 24,000 Purchase Ledger Balance 60,000
Carriage Inward 4,000 Outstanding Expenses 10,000
Discount Allowed 10,000 Loan A/c 66,000
Building 80,000 Profit & Loss A/c(cr) 20,000
Prepaid Insurance 2,000 Bad Debts Recovered 2,000
Depreciation 4,000 Interest Received 10,000
Cash at Bank 80,000 Provision for Bad debts 6,000
Stock (31.03.2013) 1,20,000 General Reserve 20,000
Accrued Interest 4,000
Investment 20,000
Carriage outward 6,000
12,84,000 12,84,000
Note: Closing Stock will appear in Trial Balance since there is adjusted purchase.
Adjusted purchase = Opening Stock + Purchase - Closing Stock.
It may be noted that if only adjusted purchase is considered then the matching concept is affected. Hence, to
satisfy the matching concept, closing stock is also considered in Trial Balance.
Measurement, Valuation and Accounting Estimates
At the end of the last section, it was stated that Trial Balance forms the basis for preparing financial statements.
However, there are certain other tasks that have to be completed before these final accounts are prepared. You
know that accounting entries are made on the basis of actual transactions carried out during an accounting
period. These are all included in the trial balance. However, there could be certain other business realities which
are to be recognized as either asset, liability, income, gain, expense, loss or a combination thereof. As we know
the matching concept necessitates the consideration of all aspects which may affect the financial result of the
business. Technically these are called as adjustments for which entries need to be passed, without which the
financial statements will not give a true and fair view of business activity. We discuss some of these entries and
adjustments in the following sections.
Before discussing these, let us understand the meaning of Income Statement and Balance Sheet.
Trial Balance based on ledger balances
Income Statement shows income & Balance Sheet shows assets and liabilities
gains and expenses & losses for an & owner’s equity. Profit or loss from income
accounting period. The net result is statement is added or deducted from
profit or loss. owner’s capital or equity.
Depending on the nature of business, the income statement is prepared in different forms like:
(a) In case of manufacturing concern, a Manufacturing, Trading and P & L A/c is prepared.
(b) In case of a trading or service organization, a Trading and P & L A/c is prepared.
The Manufacturing or Trading Accounts show Gross margins (or gross losses) and the P & L A/c shows Net Profit or
Net Loss.
The Balance Sheet exhibits the list of assets (which indicate resources owned) and the liabilities & owners’capital
and equity (which shows how the resources are funded).
For company type of organizations, standard formats for P & L and Balance Sheet are given in the Companies Act
that is to be adhered to. The accounting should be as per the prescribed Accounting Standards.
Closing Stock
We know when goods are purchased for resale we include them in Purchases A/c, while goods sold are shown in
Sales A/c. At the end of accounting period, some of these goods may remain unsold. If we show the entire cost of
purchases in income statement, it will not be as per the matching concept. We should only show the cost of those
goods that are sold during the period. The balance cost should be carried forward to the next accounting period
through the balance sheet. How should the closing stock be valued? According to the conservative principle,
the stock is valued at lower of cost or market price. If cost of stock is ` 125000 and its realizable market price is only
` 115000, then the value considered is ` 115000 only. What it means is the difference of ` 10000 is charged off to the
current periods profits.
Students are advised to refer to Accounting Standard 2 - ‘Valuation of Inventories’ to get thorough knowledge.
Please remember the closing stock figure does not appear in the trial balance, but is valued and directly taken to
the P & L A/c. The entry passed for this is:
Closing Stock A/c Dr.

To Trading and P & L A/c
In solving the examination problem, this entry is not actually passed, but the effect of its outcome is given. Here,
one effect is “show closing stock as asset in Balance Sheet” and second effect is “show it on the credit side of
Trading A/c”.
Note : But, if the closing stock appears in the debit side of Trial Balance, it means it has already been adjusted
against purchases. In that case, the closing stock will appear only in the asset side of the Balance Sheet.
Depreciation
When the business uses its assets to earn income, there is wear and tear of the asset life. Assets will have limited
life and as we go on using it, the value diminishes. Again the question to be asked is – at what value should the
asset be shown in the balance sheet? Consider a machine was bought on 1st April 2012 for ` 2,00,000. It’s used for
production activity throughout the year. When the final accounts are being prepared, at what value should it be
shown in Balance Sheet as on 31st March 2013?
Well, according to cost principle initial entry for purchase of machine is shown at cost paid for it e.g. `2,00,000 in
this case. But the fact that the machine is used must be recognized in financials. Hence the value in the Balance
sheet must be brought down to the extent of its use. This is called as Depreciation. How is it calculated? While there
are different methods of calculating depreciation (explained in subsequently), the simple idea is to spread it over
the useful life of the asset, so that at the end of its life the value is zero. In our example, if useful life of the machine
is taken as 10 years, the depreciation will be simply ` 2,00,000 ÷ 10 i.e. ` 20,000 every year. So a depreciation of
` 20,000 will be charged to the profit of every year and value of asset will be brought down by the same value.
Students are advised to refer to Accounting Standard 6 issued by ICAI to get thorough knowledge on Depreciation
accounting.
The entry passed for this is:

Depreciation A/c Dr.
To Fixed Asset A/c
The effect given is one – include in the P & L A/c as expense for the period and two – reduce from asset value in
the Balance Sheet.
Accrued Expenses or Outstanding Expenses
There may be expenses incurred for the current accounting period, but not actually paid for. The matching
concept, however, necessitates that this expense must be recognized as expense for the current year and should
not be deferred till its actual payment. Typically, we know salary for the month is normally paid in the 1st week of
the next month. Imagine the accounting period close on 31st March. The salary for the month of March is not paid
till 31st March. But is it is related to this month, it must be booked as expense for the current month and also as a
liability payable in the next month (which is in next accounting period). This can be shown as follows:
March salary paid in April
Mar 2013 Apr 2013
The entry for this is:

Expense A/c Dr.
To Outstanding Expense A/c or Expense payable A/c
The two effects when preparing the final accounts are:

One – add in respective expense in P & L A/c and two – show as a liability in the Balance Sheet.
Prepaid Expenses
At times we may pay for certain expenses which are period related. For example, the business has taken an
insurance policy against fire on which the annual premium payable is ` 75,000. The policy is taken on 1st January 2013
valid till 31st December 2013. But the company’s accounting period ends on 31st March 2013. When considering
the insurance expense for the accounting year, what amount should be considered? See the following.
As can be seen, out of the total premium period of 12 months, only 3 months are related to the current accounting
period and the remaining 9 months’ premium is related to the next accounting period. Hence only 3 months’
premium is to be considered as expense for the current year i.e. ` 18750 (75000 ÷ 4).
for Current Year 31st Mar 2013 Prepaid amount

9 months
3 months
1st Jan 2013 31st Dec 2013

12 months
Prepaid Insurance A/c Dr.

To Insurance A/c
The two effects while preparing final accounts are:
One – Reduce from respective expense in P & L A/c and two – show as an asset in the Balance Sheet.
Accrued Incomes
Just as expenses accrue, there are instances of income getting accrued at the end of accounting period. The
extent to which it accrues, it must be booked as income for the current accounting period. Consider, the business
has put a One year fixed deposit of ` 1,00,000 with Citi Bank at a fixed interest of 9 % p.a. on 1st February 2013 and
the interest is credited by the bank on a semi-annual basis. Also, consider that the accounting period ends on 31st
March 2013. The Citi bank will credit the 1st semi-annual interest on 31st July 2013 and the next on 31st January
2014. Now, consider the following:
31st Mar
10 months
2 months
1st Feb 2013 31st Jan 2014

12 months
It can be noticed that interest for the 2 months will be considered as accrued as on 31st of March 2013 and must
be taken as income for the current accounting year.
Accrued Interest A/c Dr.
To Interest A/c
The two effects while preparing final accounts are:
One – Show as income in the P & L A/c and two – show as an asset in the Balance Sheet.
Income Received in Advance
If an income is received which is not related to the current accounting period, it cannot be included in the current
year’s P & L A/c. So, if it’s already included as income it must be reduced. The entry for this is:
Respective Income A/c Dr.
To Income received in advance A/c
The effects while preparing final account are:
One – Reduce from respective income and two – show it as liability in Balance Sheet.
Illustration 15.
Journalize the following transactions in the books of Gaurav, post them into ledger and prepare trial balance for
June 2013 :
June 1: Gaurav started business with ` 10,00,000 of which 25% amount was borrowed from wife.
June 4: Purchased goods from Aniket worth ` 40,000 at 20% TD and 1/5th amount paid in cash.
June 7: Cash purchases ` 25,000.
June 10: Sold goods to Vishakha ` 30,000 at 30% TD and received 30% amount in cash.
June 12: Deposited cash into bank ` 20,000.
June 15: Uninsured goods destroyed by fire ` 5,500.
June 19: Received commission ` 3,500.
June 22: Paid to Aniket ` 25,500 in full settlement of A/c.
June 25: Cash stolen from cash box ` 1,000.
June 27: Received from Vishakha ` 14,500 and discount allowed ` 200.
June 30: Interest received ` 2,400 directly added in our bank account.
Solution:
In the books of Gourav
Journal Entries
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L.F. Amount (`) Amount (`)
2013 Cash A/c Dr. 10,00,000
1-Jun
To Capital A/c 7,50,000
To Loan from Wife A/c 2,50,000
(Being capital brought into business)
4-Jun Purchases A/c Dr. 32,000
To Cash A/c 6,400
To Aniket’s A/c 25,600
(Being goods purchased at 20% TD & 1/5th amount
paid in cash)
7-Jun Purchases A/c Dr. 25,000
To Cash A/c 25,000
(Being cash purchases)
10-Jun Cash A/c Dr. 6,300
Vishakha’s A/c Dr. 14,700
To Sales A/c 21,000
(Being goods sold at 30% TD & 30% amount received
in cash)
12-Jun Bank A/c Dr. 20,000
To Cash A/c 20,000
(Being cash deposited in bank)
15-Jun Loss by Fire A/c Dr. 5,500
To Purchases A/c 5,500
(Being uninsured goods lost by fire)
To Commission A/c 3,500
(Being commission received)
22-Jun Aniket’s A/c Dr. 25,600
To Cash A/c 25,500
To Discount A/c 100
(Being paid to Aniket in full settlement & discount
received)
25-Jun Loss by Theft A/c Dr. 1,000
To Cash A/c 1,000
(Being cash stolen)
Discount A/c 200
To Vishakha’s A/c
(Being amount received from Vishakha & discount 14,700
allowed)
30-Jun Bank A/c 2,400

To Interest A/c 2,400
(Being interest received directly added into bank
account)
1,150,700 1,150,700

Date Particulars J.F. Amount (`) Date Particulars J.F. Amont (`)
1/6/13 To Capital A/c 7,50,000 4/6/13 By PurchasesA/c 6,400
1/6/13 To Loan from Wife A/c 2,50,000 7/6/13 By Purchases A/c 25,000
10/6/13 To Sales A/c 6,300 12/6/13 By Bank A/c 20,000
19/6/13 To Commission A/c 3,500 22/6/13 By Aniket’s A/c 25,500
27/6/13 To Vishakha’s A/c 14,500 25/6/13 By Loss by Theft A/c 1,000
30/6/13 By Balance c/d 9,46,400
10,24,300 10,24,300
1/7/13 To Balance b/d 9,46,400
Dr. Capital Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amt. (`) Date Particulars J.F. Amt. (`)
30/6/13 To Balance c/d 7,50,000 1/6/13 By Cash A/c 7,50,000
7,50,000 7,50,000
1/7/13 By Balance b/d 7,50,000
Dr. Loan from Wife Account Cr.

Date Particulars J.F. Amount (`) Date Particulars J.F. Amt. (`)
30/6/13 To Balance c/d 2,50,000 1/6/13 By Cash A/c 2,50,000
2,50,000 2,50,000
1/7/13 By Balance b/d 2,50,000
Dr. Purchases Account Cr.

4/6/13 To Cash A/c 6,400 15/6/13 By Loss by fire 5,500
4/6/13 To Aniket’s A/c 25,600 30/6/13 By Balance c/d 51,500
7/6/13 To Cash A/c 25,000
57,000 57,000
1/7/13 To Balance b/d 51,500
Dr. Aniket’s Account Cr.

22/6/13 To Cash A/c 25,500 4/6/13 By Purchases A/c 25,600
22/6/13 To Discount A/c 100
25,600 25,600
Dr. Vishakha’s Account Cr.

10/6/13 To Sales A/c 14,700 27/6/13 By Cash A/c 14,500
27/6/13 By Discount A/c 200
14,700 14,700
Dr. Sales Account Cr.

30/6/13 To Balance c/d 21,000 10/6/13 By Cash A/c 6,300
10/6/13 By Vishakha’s A/c 14,700
21,000 21,000
1/7/13 By Balance b/d 21,000
Dr. Bank Account Cr.

12/6/13 To Cash A/c 20,000 30/6/13 By Balance c/d 22,400
30/6/13 To Interest A/c 2,400
22,400 22,400
1/7/13 To Balance b/d 22,400
Dr. Loss by Fire Account Cr.

15/6/13 To Purchases A/c 5,500 30/6/13 By Balance c/d 5,500
5,500 5,500
1/7/13 To Balance b/d 5,500
Dr. Commission Account Cr.

30/6/13 To Balance c/d 3,500 19/6/13 By Cash A/c 3,500
3,500 3,500
1/7/13 By Balance b/d 3,500
Dr. Discount Account Cr.

27/6/13 To Vishakha’s A/c 200 22/6/13 By Aniket’s A/c 100
30/6/13 By Balance c/d 100
200 200
1/7/13 To Balance b/d 100
Dr. Loss by Theft Account Cr.

25/6/13 To Cash A/c 1,000 30/6/13 By Balance c/d 1,000
1,000 1,000
1/7/13 To Balance b/d 1,000
Dr. Interest Account Cr.

30/6/13 To Balance c/d 2,400 30/6/13 By Bank A/c 2,400
2,400 2,400
1/7/13 By Balance b/d 2,400
Trial Balance as on 30.6.13

Dr. Cr.
Name of Account (`) (`)
Cash A/c 9,46,400 -----
Capital A/c ----- 7,50,000
Loan from Wife A/c ----- 2,50,000
Purchases A/c 51,500 -----
Aniket’s A/c ----- -----
Vishakha’s A/c ----- -----
Sales A/c ----- 21000
Bank A/c 22,400 -----
Loss by Fire A/c 5,500 -----
Commission A/c ----- 3500
Discount A/c 100 -----
Loss by Theft A/c 1,000 -----
Interest A/c ----- 2,400
Total 10,26,900 10,26,900
1.5 ACCOUNTING FOR DEPRECIATION
A business or concern holds fixed assets for regular use and not for resale. The capability of a fixed asset to render
service cannot be unlimited. Except land, all other fixed assets have a limited useful life. The benefit of a fixed asset
is received throughout its useful life. So its cost is the price paid for the ‘Series of Services’ to be received or enjoyed
from it over a number of years and it should be spread over such years.
Depreciation means gradual decrease in the value of an asset due to normal wear and tear, obsolescence etc. In
short, depreciation means the gradual diminution, loss or shrinkage in the utility value of an asset due to wear and
tear in use, effluxion of time or introduction of technology in the market. A certain percentage of total cost of fixed
assets which has expired and as such turned into expense during the process of its use in a particular accounting
period.
Indian Accounting Standard (AS 6) states that “Depreciation is allocated so as to charge a fair proportion of the
depreciable amount in each accounting period during the expected useful life of the asset.”
“Depreciation accounting is a system of accounting which aims to distribute the cost or other basic value of
tangible capital assets, less salvage (if any), over the estimated useful life of the unit (which may be a group of
assets) in a systematic and rational manner. It is a process of allocation, not of valuation. Depreciation for the year
is the portion of the total charge under such a system that is allocated to the year. Although the allocation may
properly take into account occurrences during the year, it is not intended to be the measurement of the effect of
all such occurrences.”
The above definition may be criticized as under:
(i) It does not classify properly what is meant by systematic and rational manner. The word ‘rational’ may mean
that it should reasonably be related to the expected benefits in any case.
(ii) Historical cost and any other kind of cost should be allocated or not does not defined by this definition.
(iii) Some Accountants are in a belief that depreciation is nothing but an arbitrary allocation of cost. According
to them, all the conventional methods say allocation of historical cost over a number of years is arbitrary.
Certain Useful Terms
Amortization - Intangible assets such as goodwill, trademarks and patents are written off over a number of
accounting periods covering their estimated useful lives. This periodic write off is known as Amortization and that is
quite similar to depreciation of tangible assets. The term amortization is also used for writing off leasehold premises.
Amortization is normally recorded as a credit to the asset account directly or to a distinct provision for depreciation
account. Though the write off of intangibles that have no limited life is not approved by some Accountants, some
concerns do amortize such assets on the ground of conservatism.
Depletion - This method is specially suited to mines, oil wells, quarries, sandpits and similar assets of a wasting
character. In this method, the cost of the asset is divided by the total workable deposits of the mine etc. And
by following the above manner rate of depreciation can be ascertained. Depletion can be distinguishable
from depreciation in physical shrinkage or lessening of an estimated available quantity and the latter implying a
reduction in the service capacity of an asset.
Obsolescence – The term ‘Obsolescence’ refers to loss of usefulness arising from such factors as technological
changes, improvement in production methods, change in market demand for the product output of the asset or
service or legal or medical or other restrictions. It is different from depreciation or exhaustion, wear and tear and
deterioration in that these terms refer to functional loss arising out of a change in physical condition.
Dilapidation - In one sentence Dilapidation means a state of deterioration due to old age or long use. This term
refers to damage done to a building or other property during tenancy.
Nature of Depreciation
Depreciation is a term applicable in case of plant, building, equipment, machinery, furniture, fixtures, vehicles,
tools etc. These long-term or fixed assets have a limited useful life, i.e. they will provide service to the entity (in the
form of helping in the generation of revenue) over a limited number of future accounting periods. Depreciation
implies gradual decrease in the value of an asset due to normal wear and tear, obsolescence etc. In short,
depreciation means the gradual diminution, loss or shrinkage in the utility value of an asset due to wear and tear in
use, effluxion of time or introduction of technology in the market. It makes a part of the cost of assets chargeable
as an expense in profit and loss account of the accounting periods in which the assets helped in earning revenue.
Thus, International Accounting Standard (IAS)-4 provides that “Depreciation is the allocation of the depreciable
amount of an asset over its estimated useful life.”
In Accounting Research Bulletin No. 22, AICPA observed that “Depreciation for the year is the portion of the total
charge under such a system that is allocated to the year. Although the allocation may properly take into account
occurrences during the year, it is not intended to be the measurement of the effect of all such occurrences.”
Causes of Depreciation
A. Internal Causes
(i) Wear and tear : Plant & machinery, furniture, motor vehicles etc. suffer from loss of utility due to vibration,
chemical reaction, negligent handling, rusting etc.
(ii) Depletion (or exhaustion) : The utility or resources of wasting assets (like mines etc.) decreases with
regular extractions.
B. External or Economic Causes

(i) Obsolescence : Innovation of better substitutes, change in market demand, imposition of legal
restrictions may result into discarding an asset.
(ii) Inadequacy : Changes in the scale of production or volume of activities may lead to discarding an
asset.
C. Time element : With the passage of time some intangible fixed assets like lease, patents, copy-rights etc., lose
their value or effectiveness, whether used or not. The word “amortization” is a better term to speak for the
gradual fall in their values.
D. Abnormal occurrences : An accident, fire or natural calamity can damage the service potential of an asset
partly or fully. As a result the effectiveness of the asset is affected and reduced.
Characteristics of Depreciation
The Characteristics of Depreciation are:
(i) It is a charge against profit.
(ii) It indicates diminution in service potential.
(iii) It is an estimated loss of the value of an asset. It is not an actual loss.
(iv) It depends upon different assumptions, like effective life and residual value of an asset.
(v) It is a process of allocation and not of valuation.
(vi) It arises mainly from an internal cause like wear and tear or depletion of an asset. But it is treated as any
expense charged against profit like rent, salary, etc., which arise due to an external transaction.
(vii) Depreciation on any particular asset is restricted to the working life of the asset.
(viii) It is charged on tangible fixed assets. It is not charged on any current asset. For allocating the costs of
intangible fixed assets like goodwill. etc, a certain amount of their total costs may be charged against
periodic revenues. This is known as amortization.
Objective and Necessity for Providing Depreciation

Eric Kohler defined depreciation as “the lost usefulness, expired utility, the diminution in service yield.” Its
measurement and charging are necessary for cost recovery. It is treated as a part of the expired cost for an asset.
For determination of revenue, that part or cost should be matched against revenue. The objects or necessities of
charging depreciation are:
(i) Correct calculation of cost of production: Depreciation is an allocated cost of a fixed asset. It is to be calculated
and charged correctly against the revenue of an accounting period. It must be correctly included within the
cost of production.
(ii) Correct calculation of profits: Costs incurred for earning revenues must be charged properly for correct
calculation of profits. The consumed cost of assets (depreciation) has to be provided for correct matching of
revenues with expenses.
(iii) Correct disclosure of fixed assets at reasonable value: Unless depreciation is charged, the depreciable
asset cannot be correctly valued and presented in the Balance Sheet. Depreciation is charged so that the
Balance Sheet exhibits a true and fair view of the affairs of the business.
(iv) Provision of replacement cost: Depreciation is a non-cash expense. But net profit is calculated after charging
it. Through annual depreciation cash resources are saved and accumulated to provide replacement cost at
the end of the useful life of an asset.
(v) Maintenance of capital: A significant portion of capital has to be invested for purchasing fixed assets. The
values of such assets are gradually reduced due to their regular use and passage of time. Depreciation on
the assets is treated as an expired cost and it is matched against revenue. It is charged against profits. If it is
not charged the profits will remain inflated. This will cause capital erosion.
(vi) Compliance with technical and legal requirements: Depreciation has to be charged to comply with the
relevant provisions of the Companies Act and Income Tax Act.
Note: As per Companies Act 1956, a company have to provide for depreciation on fixed assets before declaration
of dividends.
Methods of Charging Depreciation
There are different concepts about the nature of depreciation. Moreover, the nature of all fixed assets cannot be
the same. As a result, different methods are found to exist for charging depreciation. A broad classification of the
methods may be summarized as follows:
Capital/Source of Fund
(i) Sinking Fund Method
(ii) Annuity Method
(iii) Insurance Policy Method
Time Base
(i) Fixed Installment Method
(ii) Reducing Balance Method
(iii) Sum of Years’ Digit Method
(iv) Double Declining Method
Use Base
(i) Working Hours Method
(ii) Mileage Method
(iii) Depletion Service Hours Method
(iv) Unit method
Price Base
(i) Revaluation Method
(ii) Repairs Provision Method
Some important Methods of Charging Depreciation are discussed as below :
I. Fixed/Equal Instalment OR Straight Line Method
Features:
(i) A fixed portion of the cost of a fixed asset is allocated and charged as periodic depreciation.
(ii) Such depreciation becomes an equal amount in each period.
(iii) The formula for calculation of depreciation is : Depreciation = (V-S)/n
Where,
V = Cost of the asset
S = Residual value or the expected scrap value of the asset n = Estimated life of the asset
Illustration: 16
Machine Cost of Expenses incurred at the time of Estimated Residual Expected Useful Life
No. Machine purchase to be capitalized Value in years
(`) (`) (`)
1 90,000 10,000 20,000 8
2 24,000 7,000 3,100 6
3 1,05,000 20,000 12,500 3

4 2,50,000 30,000 56,000 5
Solution:
Machine Cost of Expenses incurred at Total Cost Estimated Expected Depreciation Rate of
No Machine the time of purchase of Asset = Residual Useful Life = (d-e)/f Depreciation
(`) to be capitalize (b+c) Value in years under SLM =
(`) (g/d)×100
(`) (`) (`)
a b c d e f g h
1 90,000 10,000 1,00,000 20,000 8 10,000 10%
2 24,000 7,000 31,000 3,100 6 4,650 15%
3 1,05,000 20,000 1,25,000 12,500 5 22,500 18%
4 2,50,000 30,000 2,80,000 56,000 10 22,400 8%
Illustration 17.
A machine is purchased for ` 7,00,000. Expenses incurred on its cartage and installation ` 3,00,000. Calculate the
amount of depreciation @ 20% p.a. according to Straight Line Method for the first year ending on 31st March, 2014
if this machine is purchased on:
(a) 1st April, 2013
(b) 1st July, 2013
(c) 1st October, 2013
(d) 1st January, 2014
Solution:
Here, Total Cost of Asset = Purchased Price + Cost of Cartage and Installation
=
` 7,00,000 + ` 3,00,000 = ` 10,00,000
Amount of Depreciation:
Period from the date of purchase to date of closing accounts
= Total Cost of Asset × Rate of Depreciation ×
12
(a) The machine was purchased on 1st April, 2013:
12
Amount of Depreciation = ` 10,00,000 × 20% × = ` 2,00,000
12
(b) 1st July, 2013
9
12
(c) 1st October, 2013
6
12
(d) 1st January, 2014
3
Amount of Depreciation = ` 10,00,000 × 20% × = ` 50,000
12
II. Reducing / Diminishing Balance Method or Written Down Value Method
Features:
(i) Depreciation is calculated at a fixed percentage on the original cost in the first year. But in subsequent years
it is calculated at the same percentage on the written down values gradually reducing during the expected
working life of the asset.
(ii) The rate of allocation is constant (usually a fixed percentage) but the amount allocated for every year
gradually decreases.
Illustration 18.
On 1.1.2011 a machine was purchased for ` 1,00,000 and ` 50,000 was paid for installation. Assuming that the rate
of depreciation was 10% on Reducing Balance Method, calculate amount of depreciation upto 31.12.2013.
Solution:
Year Opening Book Value (`) Rate Depreciation Closing Book Value
(`) (`)
2011 1,50,000 10% 15,000 1,35,000
2012 1,35,000 10% 13,500 1,21,500
2013 1,21,500 10% 12,150 1,09,350
Note: Cost of the machine (i.e. Opening Book Value for the year 2011)
= Cost of Purchase + Cost of Installation
= ` 1,00,000 + ` 50,000 = ` 1,50,000
Illustration 19.
On 1.1.11 machinery was purchased for ` 80,000. On 1.7.12 additions were made to the amount of ` 40,000. On
31.3.2013, machinery purchased on 1.7.2012, costing ` 12,000 was sold for ` 11,000 and on 30.06.2013 machinery
purchased on 1.1.2014 costing ` 32,000 was sold for ` 26,700. On 1.10.2013, additions were made to the amount of
` 20,000. Depreciation was provided at 10% p.a. on the Diminishing Balance Method.
Show the Machinery Accounts for three years from 2011-2013. (year ended 31st December)
Solution:
Statement of Depreciation
Date Particulars Machines – I Machines – II Machines – III Total
Cost = ` 80,000 Cost = ` 40,000 Cost = ` 20,000 Depreciation
` ` ` ` ` `
01.01.2011 Book Value 48,000 32,000
31.12.2011 Depreciation 4,800 3,200 8,000
01.01.2012 W.D.V. 43,200 28,800
01.07.2012 Purchase 28,000 12,000
31.12.2012 Depreciation 4,320 2,880 1,400 600 9,200
01.01.2013 W.D.V. 38,880 25,920 26,600 11,400
31.03.2013 Depreciation 285 285
W.D.V. 11,115
Sold For 11,000
Loss on sale 115
30.06.2013 Depreciation 1,296 1,296
W.D.V. 24,624
Sold For 26,700
Profit on Sale 2,076
01.10.2013 Purchase 20,000
31.12.2013 Depreciation 3,888 2,660 500 7,048
01.01.2014 W.D.V. 34,992 23,940 19,500
Dr. Machinery Account Cr.
Date Particulars Amount (`) Date Particulars Amount

(`)
01.01.11 To, Bank A/c 80,000 31.12.11 By, Depreciation A/c 8,000
,, Balance c/d 72,000
80,000 80,000
01.01.12 To, Balance b/d 72,000 31.12.12 By, Depreciation A/c 9,200
01.07.12 ,, Bank A/c 40,000 ,, Balance c/d 1,02,800
1,12,000 1,12,000
01.01.13 To, Balance b/d 1,02,800 31.3.13 By, Bank (Sale) A/c 11,000
30.06.13 ,, P & L A/c (Profit on Sale) 2,076 ,, Depreciation A/c 285
,, Bank A/c 20,000 30.6.13 ,, P & L A/c (Loss on Sale) 115
,, Bank A/c (Sale) 26,700
31.12.13 ,, Depreciation A/c 1,296
,, Depreciation A/c 7,048
1,24,876 1,24,876
Provision for Depreciation Account

Provision of depreciation is the collected value of all depreciation. Provision of depreciation account is the account
of provision of depreciation. With making of this account we are not credited depreciation in asset account, but
transfer every year depreciation to provision of depreciation account. Every year we adopt this procedure and
when assets are sold we will transfer sold asset’s ‘total depreciation’ to credit side of asset account, for calculating
correct profit or loss on fixed asset. This provision uses with any method of calculating depreciation.
There are following features of provision for depreciation account:
• Fixed asset is made on its original cost and every year depreciation is not transfer to fixed asset account.
• Provision of depreciation account is Conglomerated value of all old depreciation.
• This system can be used both in straight line and diminishing method of providing depreciation.
The journal entries will be :
(i) For purchase of asset
Asset’s A/c Dr.
To Cash/Bank A/c
(ii) For providing depreciation at end of year
To Provision for depreciation A/c
(iii) For sale of assets
Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
To Asset Sales A/c
(iv) Cost of assets sold transferred from Assets Account to Sale of Assets Account.
Assets Sales A/c Dr.
To Asset’s A/c.
(v) Total depreciation on asset sold transferred from provision for depreciation account.
Provision for depreciation A/c Dr.
To Asset Sales A/c
(vi) Profit or loss on sale of assets will be transferred from asset sale account to Profit or Loss Account.
Disposal of an Asset
When an asset is sold because of obsolescence or inadequacy or any other reason, the cost of the asset is
transferred to a separate account called “Asset Disposal Account”. The following entries are to be made:
(i) When the cost of the asset is transferred:
Asset Disposal A/c Dr.
To, Asset A/c (original cost)
(ii) When depreciation provided on the asset is transferred:
Provision for Depreciation A/c Dr.
To, Asset Disposal A/c
(iii) For charging depreciation for the year of sale:
(iv) When cash received on sale of asset:
Bank/Cash A/c Dr.
(v) When loss on disposal is transferred to Profit & Loss A/c:
Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
(vi) When profit on disposal is transferred to Profit & Loss A/c:
To, Profit & Loss A/c
Illustration 20.
S & Co. purchased a machine for ` 1,00,000 on 1.1.2011. Another machine costing ` 1,50,000 was purchased
on 1.7.2012. On 31.12.2013, the machine purchased on 1.1.2011 was sold for ` 50,000. The company provides
depreciation at 15% on Straight Line Method. The company closes its accounts on 31st December every year.
Prepare – (i) Machinery A/c, (ii) Machinery Disposal A/c and (iii) Provision for Depreciation A/c.
Solution:
S & Co.
Date Particulars Amount (`) Date Particulars Amount (`)

1.1.2011 To, Bank A/c 1,00,000 31.12.2011 By, Balance c/d 1,00,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
1.1.2012 To, Balance b/d 1,00,000

1.7.2012 To, Bank A/c 1,50,000 31.12.2012 By, Balance c/d 2,50,000
2,50,000 2,50,000
1.1.2013 To, Balance b/d 2,50,000 31.12.2013 By, Machinery Disposal A/c 1,00,000
31.12.2013 By, Balance c/d 1,50,000
2,50,000 2,50,000
1.1.2014 To, Balance b/d 1,50,000
Dr. Provision for Depreciation Account Cr.

31.12.2011 To, Balance c/d 15,000 31.12.2011 By, Depreciation A/c 15,000
15,000 15,000
31.12.2012 To, Balance c/d 41,250 1.1.2012 By, Balance b/d 15,000
31.12.2012 By, Depreciation A/c 26,250
(` 15,000 + ` 11,250)
41,250 41,250
31.12.2013 To, Machinery Disposal A/c 30,000 1.1.2013 By, Balance b/d 41,250
31.12.2013 To, Balance c/d 33,750 31.12.2013 By, Depreciation A/c 22,500
63,750 63,750
1.1.2014 By, Balance b/d 33,750
Dr. Machinery Disposal Account Cr.

31.12.2013 To, Machinery A/c 1,00,000 31.12.2013 By, Provision for Depreciation A/c 30,000
By, Depreciation A/c
15,000
By, Bank A/c
50,000
By, Profit & Loss A/c(Loss on Sale)
5,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
Working Notes
1. Depreciation for the machine purchased on 1.7.2012
For the year 2012 (used for 6 months) = ` 1,50,000 × 15% × 6/12 = ` 11,250
For the year 2013 (used for full year) = ` 1,50,000 × 15% = ` 22,500
2. Depreciation for the machine purchased on 1.1.2011
Depreciation = ` 1,00,000 × 15% = ` 15,000
So, Depreciation for 2 years = ` 15,000 × 2 = ` 30,000
Profit or Loss on Sale of Assets – Method of Depreciation Calculation

Sometimes an asset is sold before the completion of its useful life for some unavoidable circumstances (due to
obsolescence etc.) including a part of the asset which is no longer required in future. If the sale price is less than
the WDV, there will be loss, and vice versa. The profit & loss on sale of asset is adjusted in the year of Sale in Profit
& Loss Account.
Accounting Treatment
a. Where no provision for depreciation account is maintained:
WDV of the amount sold will be transferred to ‘Assets Disposal Account’. The entries will be as follows:
(i) WDV of asset has been transferred to Asset Disposal A/c
To Asset A/c
(ii) In case of Sale of an Asset
Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
To Asset Disposal A/c
(iii) For depreciation (if any)
Depreciation (P & L A/c) Dr.
(iv) In case of Profit on Sale of Asset
To Profit & Loss A/c
(v) In case of Loss on Sale of Asset
b. Alternative Approach
In this situations, all adjustments are to be prepared through the assets account. The entries are as follows:
(i) In case of Assets sold
Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
To Assets A/c
(ii) In case of Depreciation
Depreciation (Profit & Loss ) A/c Dr.
To Assets A/c
(iii) In case of Profit on Sale
Assets A/c Dr.
To Profit & Loss
(iv) In case of Loss on Sale
To Assets A/c
Illustration 21.
On 1st April, 2011, Som Ltd. purchased a machine for `66,000 and spent `5,000 on shipping and forwarding charges,
`7,000 as import duty, `1,000 for carriage and installation, `500 as brokerage and `500 for an iron pad. It was
estimated that the machine will have a scrap value of ` 5,000 at the end of its useful life which is 15 years. On 1st
January, 2012 repairs and renewals of ` 3,000 were carried out. On 1st October, 2013 this machine was sold for `
50,000. Prepare Machinery Account for the 3 years.
Solution:
In the books of Som Ltd.

01.04.2011 To, Bank A/c 66,000 31.03.2012 By, Depreciation A/c 5,000
To, Bank A/c 14,000 By, Balance c/d 75,000
80,000 80,000
01.04.2012 To, Balance b/d 75,000 31.03.2013 By, Depreciation A/c 5,000
By, Balance c/d 70,000
75,000 75,000
By, Depreciation A/c 2,500

01.04.2013 To, Balance b/d 70,000 01.10.2013
By, Bank A/c (sale) 50,000
By, Profit & Loss A/c (Loss) 17,500
70,000 70,000
Working Note :
1. Total Cost = ` 66,000 + ` 5,000 + ` 7,000 + ` 1,000 + ` 500 + ` 500 = ` 80,000
Total Cost - Scrap Value 80,000 - 5,000

Depreciation = = = ` 5,000
Expected life 15
The amount spent on repairs and renewals on 1st January, 2012 is of revenue nature and hence, does not form
part of the cost of asset.
Change of Method
As per AS-6, the depreciation method selected should be applied consistently from period to period. Change in
depreciation method should be made only in the following situations:
(i) For compliance of statute.
(ii) For compliance of accounting standards.
(iii) For more appropriate presentation of the financial statement.
Procedure to be followed in this case:
(i) Depreciation should be recalculated applying the new method from the date of its acquisition/ installation
till the date of change of method.
(ii) Difference between the total depreciation under the new method and the accumulated depreciation
under previous method till the date of change may be surplus/ deficiency.
(iii) The said surplus is credited to Profit & Loss Account under the head “depreciation written Back”.
(iv) Deficiency is charged to Profit & Loss Account.
(v) The journal entries will be :
(a) If old value is less
Profit and Loss A/c. Dr.
To, Assets A/c.
(b) If old value is more
Asset A/c. Dr.
To, Profit and Loss A/c.
(vi) The above change of depreciation method should be treated as change in accounting policy and its post
effect should be disclosed and quantified.
Illustration 22.
Ram Ltd. which depreciates its machinery at 10% p.a. on Diminishing Balance Method, had on 1st January,
2013 ` 9,72,000 on the debit side of Machinery Account.
During the year 2013 machinery purchased on 1st January, 2011 for ` 80,000 was sold for ` 45,000 on 1st July, 2013
and a new machinery at a cost of ` 1,50,000 was purchased and installed on the same date, installation charges
being ` 8,000.
The company wanted to change the method of depreciation from Diminishing Balance Method to Straight Line
Method with effect from 1st January, 2010. Difference of depreciation up to 31st December, 2013 to be adjusted.
The rate of depreciation remains the same as before. Show Machinery Account.
Solution:
In the books of Ram Ltd.
Date Particulars Amount Date Particulars Amount (`)

(`)
01.01.13 To, Balance b/d 9,72,000 01.07.13 By, Depreciation A/c [W.N.3] 3,240
(9,07,200+64,800) By, Bank A/c - Sale 45,000
By, Loss on sale of Machine A/c
01.07.13 To, Bank A/c 1,58,000 [W.N.4] 16,560
(1,50,000 + 8,000)
31.12.13 By, Depreciation A/c:
- For the year 2012 1,12,000
- For ½ year [1,58,000×10%×½] 7,900
By, Profit & Loss A/c :
Adjustment 11,200
By, Balance c/d :
- M1 (9,07,200 – 1,12,000 – 11,200) 7,84,000
- M2 Nil
- M3 (1,58,000 – 7,900) 1,50,100
11,30,000 11,30,000
Working Notes :
(1) At 10% depreciation on Diminishing Balance Method :
`
If balance of machinery in the beginning of the year is 10
Depreciation for the year is 1
Balance of Machinery at the end of the year 2
By using the formula, balance of asset on 1st January 2010 will be calculated as follows:
`
Balance as on 1 January, 2013
st
9,72,000
Balance as on 1st January, 2012 is 9,72,000 × 10/9 = 10,80,000
Balance as on 1st January, 2011 is 10,80,000 × 10/9 = 12,00,000
This balance, ` 12,00,000 is composed of 2 machines, one of ` 11,20,000 and another of ` 80,000.
`
Depreciation at 10% p.a. on Straight Line Method on ` 11,20,000 1,12,000
Total Depreciation for 2011 and 2012 (` 1,12,000 x 2) 2,24,000
Total Depreciation charged for 2011 and 2012 on Diminishing Balance Method (1,12,000 + 2,12,800
1,00,800)
Balance to be charged in 2013 to change from Diminishing Balance Method to Straight Line 11,200
Method
(2) Machine purchased on 1st January, 2011 for ` 80,000 shows the balance of ` 64,800 on 1st January
2013 as follows :
`
Purchase price 80,000
Less : Depreciation for 2011 8,000
72,000
Less : Depreciation for 2012 7,200
Balance as on Jan. 1, 2013 64,800
(3) On second machine (original purchase price ` 80,000), depreciation at 10% p.a. on ` 64,800 for 6 months, viz.,
` 3,240 has been charged to the machine on July 1 2013 i.e., on date of sale.
(4) Loss on sale of (ii) machine has been computed as under:
`
Balance of the machine as on 1.1.2013 64,800
Less : Depreciation for 6 months up to date of sale 3,240
Balance on date of sale 61,560
Less : Sale proceeds 45,000
Loss on sale 16,560
Illustration 23.
M/s. Hot and Cold commenced business on 01.07.2008. When they purchased a new machinery at a cost of
` 8,00,000. On 01.01.2010 they purchased another machinery for ` 6,00,000 and again on 01.10.2012 machinery
costing ` 15,00,000 was purchased. They adopted a method of charging depreciation @ 20% p.a. on diminishing
balance basis.
On 01.07.2012, they changed the method of providing depreciation and adopted the method of writing off
the Machinery Account at 15% p.a. under straight line method with retrospective effect from 01.07.2008, the
adjustment being made in the accounts for the year ended 30.06.2013.
The depreciation has been charged on time basis. You are required to calculate the difference in depreciation
to be adjusted in the Machinery on 01.07.2012, and show the Machinery Account for the year ended 30.06.2013.
Solution:
In the books of M/s Hot and Cold
Date Particulars Amount Date Particulars Amount

` `
01.07.12 To, Balance b/d 6,73,280 30.6.13 By Depreciation A/c 3,78,750
To, Profit and Loss A/c 21,720 By Balance c/d 18,16,250
(Depreciation Overcharged)
01.10.12 To, Bank A/c 15,00,000
(Purchase)
21,95,000 21,95,000
Workings:
1. Statement of Depreciation:
Date Particulars Machine – I Machine – II Total Depreciation

` ` `
01.07.2008 Book Value 8,00,000
30.06.2009 Depreciation @ 20% 1,60,000 1,60,000
01.07.2009 W.D.V. 6,40,000
01.01.2010 Bank (Purchase) 6,00,000
30.06.2010 Depreciation @ 20% 1,28,000 60,000 1,88,000
01.07.2010 W.D.V. 5,12,000 5,40,000
30.06.2011 Depreciation @ 20% 1,02,400 1,08,000 2,10,400
01.07.2011 W.D.V. 4,09,600 4,32,000
30.06.2012 Depreciation @ 20% 81,920 86,400 1,68,320
01.07.2012 W.D.V. 3,27,680 3,45,600
6,73,280 7,26,720
2. Depreciation Overcharged:
Now depreciation under Straight Line Method
On ` 8,00,000 @ 15% = ` 1,20,000 × 4 years (from 01.07.2008 to 30.06.2012) ` 4,80,000

On ` 6,00,000 @ 15% = ` 90,000 × 2.5 years (from 01.01.2010 to 30.06.2012) ` 2,25,000
` 7,05,000
Depreciation overcharged = Reducing Balance Basis – Straight Line Basis

=
` (7,26,720 – 7,05,000)
=
` 21,720
3. Depreciation for the year:
On ` 14,00,000 @ 15% for the year ` 2,10,000

On ` 15,00,000 @ 15% for the 9 months ` 1,68,750
` 3,78,750
1.6 RECTIFICATION OF ERRORS
Opening Entries: The opening entry is an item which is passed in the Journal Proper or General Ledger. The purpose
of passing this entry is to record the opening balances of the accounts transferred from the previous year to the
new year. The accounts which are appearing on the assets side of Balance Sheet are debited in the opening entry
while which accounts are appearing in the liabilities side are credited.
At the end of each accounting period, the books of accounts need to be closed for preparation of final accounts.
Also, in the beginning of the new accounting period, new books of accounts are to be opened. For this purpose,
opening and closing entries need to be passed. These entries are passed in journal proper.
The opening entries are passed only for those ledger A/c balances which are carried forward from earlier period
to the current accounting period. In other words, the balances of assets, liabilities and owners’ capital and equity
accounts are only considered for such opening entries. The opening entry is passed with the closing balances of
assets and liabilities & capital accounts in the last year’s balance sheet.
The entry can be given as:
All Asset A/cs Dr.
To All Liabilities A/c
To Owners’ Capital A/cs
Illustration 24.
Consider the following balances in the Balance Sheet as on 31st March 2013. Pass the opening entry on 1st April 2013.
Subodh’s Capital A/c 2,75,000
Loan from HDFC Bank 4,25,000
Plant and machinery 3,30,000
Cash in hand 20,000
Balance at Citi Bank 1,75,000
Trade Debtors 3,55,000
Closing Stock 1,35,000
Trade Payables 2,95,000
Outstanding Expenses 40,000
Prepaid Insurance 20,000
Solution:
The opening entry will be as follows:
Plant and machinery A/c Dr. 3,30,000
Cash in hand A/c Dr. 20,000
Balance at Citi Bank A/c Dr. 1,75,000
Trade Debtors A/c Dr. 3,55,000
Closing Stock A/c Dr. 1,35,000
Prepaid Insurance Dr. 20,000
To Subodh’s Capital A/c 2,75,000
To Loan from HDFC Bank A/c 4,25,000
To Trade Payables A/c 2,95,000
To Outstanding Expenses A/c 40,000
Closing Entries: All the expenses and gains or income related nominal accounts must be closed at the end of
the year. In order to close them, they are transferred to either Trading A/c or Profit and Loss A/c. Journal entries
required for transferring them to such account is called a ‘closing entry’.
The Closing Entries are passed on the basis of trial balance for transferring the balances to Trading and Profit and
Loss A/c. These entries are mainly for:
(a) Transferring purchases and direct expenses (goods related) to Trading A/c
Trading A/c Dr.
To Opening stock A/c
To Purchases A/c
To Factory expenses A/c
To Freight & carriage inward A/c
(b) Transferring sales and closing stocks
Sales A/c Dr.
Closing Stock A/c Dr.
To Trading A/c
(c) Transferring gross profit or gross loss to P & L A/c
Gross Profit
Trading A/c Dr.
To P & L A/c
Gross Loss
P & L A/c Dr.
To Trading A/c
(d) Transferring expenses
P & L A/c Dr.
To Respective expense A/c
(e) Transferring Incomes
Respective income A/cs Dr.
To P & L A/c
(f) Transferring Net profit or Net loss
Net Profit
P & L A/c Dr.
To Capital A/c
Net Loss
Capital A/c Dr.
To P & L A/c
Illustration 25.
Pass closing entries for the following particulars as on 31st March 2013 presented by X Ltd.
Particulars Amount (`)
Opening stock 10,000
Purchases 50,000
Wages 5,000
Returns outward 5,000
Sales 1,00,000
Returns inward 10,000
Salaries 8,000
Insurance 1,000
Bad debts 3,000
Interest received 3,000
Discount allowed 4,000
Discount received 3,000
Closing stock 15,000
Solution:
In the Books of X Ltd.
Journal
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars LF Amount (`) Amount (`)
2013 Trading A/c Dr. 75,000
31st To, Opening Stock A/c 10,000
March To, Purchases A/c 50,000
To, Wages A/c 5,000
To, Returns inward A/c 10,000
(Transfer to balances for closing the latter accounts)
Sales A/c Dr. 1,00,000
Returns outward A/c Dr. 5,000
Closing Stock A/c Dr. 15,000
To, Trading A/c 1,20,000
(Transfer of balances for closing the former accounts)
Trading A/c Dr. 45,000
To, Profit and Loss A/c 45,000
(Gross profit transferred)
Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 16,000
To, Salaries A/c 8,000
To, Insurance A/c 1,000
To, Bad Debts A/c 3,000
To, Discount allowed A/c 4,000
(Transfer of balances for closing the latter accounts)
Interest received A/c Dr. 3,000
Discount received A/c Dr. 3,000
To, Profit and Loss A/c 6,000
(Transfer of balances for closing the former accounts)
Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 35,000
To, Capital A/c 35,000
(Net profit transferred to Capital A/c)
Rectification Entries (Rectification of errors): These entries are passed when errors or mistakes are discovered in
accounting records. These entries are also known as Correction Entries. These entries are also passed in Journal
Proper.
In this study note, you were introduced to the reasons why errors could occur and to the fact that while some errors
affect trial balance and some errors do not affect it. In this section, we will see in depth how the corrections are
made to the wrong entries.
When the errors affecting the T.B. are made, the normal practice is to put the difference to an A/c called as
‘Suspense A/c’ till the time errors are located. On identification of errors, the one effect goes to the correct A/c
and the other effect to the Suspense A/c. This is done for one sided errors e.g. if sales book total is wrongly taken,
but individual customers are correctly debited. Such error will cause difference in trial balance as only Sales A/c
is wrongly credited. In such cases the rectification entry will be passed through Suspense A/c. In all other cases
the rectification is done by debiting or crediting the correct A/c head and by crediting or debiting the wrong A/c
head.
Let us recapitulate the types of errors and the ways to rectify them in the following table
Type of error Rectification

(a) Error of principle – entering revenue expense as A journal entry is passed to give correct effect.
capital expense or vice versa or entering revenue
receipt as capital receipt or vice versa.
(b) Error of Omission – transaction forgotten to be Simply, the correct entry is passed.
entered in books of accounts.
(c) Errors of commission – entering to wrong head of Debit or credit wrong A/c head and post it to correct
account. head.
(d) Compensating errors – more than one error that Pass correcting entry
could compensate effect of each other.
(e) Wrong totaling of subsidiary books As it affects T.B., pass through Suspense A/c
(f) Posting on wrong side of an A/c Pass an entry with double effect – one to cancel wrong
side and other to give effect on correct side
(g) Posting of wrong amount Pass entry with differential amount
Rectification of Errors
Before preparing After preparing After preparing

trial balance trial balance final accounts
Double Single sided Double Single sided Double Single sided

sided errors errors sided errors errors sided errors errors
A. Before Preparation of Trail Balance

If errors are detected before the preparation of Trail Balance, the effect of each error should be known.
The errors are of two types: viz
(a) Double Sided Error; (b) Single Sided Error
(a) Double Sided Error:
The following principles should be followed for the purpose.

(i) What was the correct entry?
(ii) What entry had been done?
(iii) Rectifying entry.
Example: Purchased a Building for ` 3,00,000 wrongly passed through purchase account.
Solutions:
(i) Building A/c Dr. 3,00,000

To Cash A/c 3,00,000
(ii) Purchase A/c Dr. 3,00,000
To Cash A/c 3,00,000
(iii) Building A/c Dr. 3,00,000
To Purchase A/c 3,00,000
(b) Single Sided Error
Under the circumstances, no separate entry is required but the affected account should be rectified by
appropriate posting.
Example: Purchase account was overcast by ` 10,000.
Solution:
The correction to be made in Purchase Account in the following manner.
Dr. Purchase Account Cr.
Particulars ` Particulars `
By Error - Wrong posting 10,000
So, purchase account should be credited by ` 10,000.

B. After Preparation of Trial Balance
If the errors are detected after the preparations of trial balance, the following procedure should be followed:
(a) Double Sided Errors; and (b) Single Sided Errors.
(a) Double Sided Errors:
- Same as method (A) above i.e., before preparation of Trial Balance.
(b) Single Sided Errors:
- In case of Single side errors, relevant account to be rectified by applying Suspense Account.
Suspense Account
If the Trial Balance does not agree we cannot prepare final accounts. In order to prepare final account, the
difference so appeared in trail balance is to be passed through Suspense Account. When the errors will be
located and rectified suspense account will automatically be Nil or closed. The suspense account will appear in
the Balance Sheet. When it appears in the debit side of trial balance, the same will appear in the assets side of
the Balance Sheet and vice-versa.
Example: Sales Day Book was overcast by ` 1,000.
` `
Sales A/c Dr. 1,000
To Suspense A/c 1,000
C. After Preparation of Final Accounts
If the errors are detected after the preparation of final accounts the following steps should carefully be
followed.
(a) For Double Sided Errors
(i) Same as (A) before preparation of Trial Balance or (B) after preparation of Trail Balance. But all the
nominal accounts are to be replaced by Profit and Loss Adjustment Account. And the rest one will be
same as (A) or (B) stated earlier.
(ii) Suspense Account will be carried forward to the next year; and
(iii) Real and Personal Accounts are to be carried forward to the next year.
Example: Purchase a Plant wrongly debited to Purchase Account for ` 10,000
Solution:
(i) If after Trial Balance
Plant A/c Dr.
To Purchase A/c
(ii) If after Final Account
Plant A/c Dr.
To Profit and Loss Adjustment A/c
(b) for Single Sided Errors:
Same principle is to be followed like (B) after preparation of Trial Balance and all the nominal account
are to be preplaced by Profit and Loss Adjustment Account.
Example – Discount allowed was not posted to discount Account for ` 500.
Solution:
(i) If after Trial Balance
Discount Allowed A/c Dr.
To Suspense A/c
(ii) If after Final Account
Profit and Loss Adjustment A/c Dr.
To Suspense A/c
Illustration 26.
Rectify the following errors assuming that the errors were detected (a) Before the Preparation of Trial Balance; (b)
After the preparation of Trial Balance and (c) After the preparation of Final Accounts.
(i) Purchase Plant for ` 10,000 wrongly passed through Purchase Account.
(ii) Sales Day Book was cast short by ` 1,000.
(iii) Cash paid to Mr. X for ` 1,000 was posted to his account as ` 100.
(iv) Purchase goods from Mr. T for ` 3,500 was entered in the Purchase Day Book as ` 500.
(v) Paid salary for ` 3,000 wrongly passed through wages account.
Solution:
In the Books of …………………….
Journal (without narration)
Date Before preparation of Trial After preparation of Trial Balance After preparation of Final Accounts
Balance
(i) Plant A/c Dr. 10,000 Plant A/c Dr. 10,000 Plant A/c Dr. 10,000
To Purchase A/c 10,000 To Purchase A/c. 10,000 To P&L Adjustment A/c 10,000
(ii) Sales account will be credited Suspense A/c Dr. 1,000 Suspense A/c Dr. 1,000
with ` 1,000 To Sales A/c 1,000 To P&L Adjustment A/c 1,000
(iii) X Account will be debited when X A/c Dr. 900 X A/c Dr. 900
` 900 To Suspense A/c 900 To Suspense A/c 900
(iv) Purchase A/c Dr. 3,000 Purchase A/c Dr. 3,000 P&L Adjustment A/c Dr. 3,000
To T A/c 3,000 To T A/c 3,000 To T’s A/c. 3,000
(v) Salary A/c Dr. 3,000 Salary A/c Dr. 3,000 P&L Adjustment A/c. Dr. 3,000
To Wages A/c 3,000 To wages A/c 3,000 To P&L Adjustment A/c 3,000
llustration 27.
A merchant, while balancing his books of accounts notices that the T.B. did not tally. It showed excess credit of `
1,700. He placed the difference to Suspense A/c. Subsequently he noticed the following errors:
(a) Goods brought from Narayan for ` 5,000 were posted to the credit of Narayan’s A/c as ` 5,500
(b) An item of ` 750 entered in Purchase Returns Book was posted to the credit of Pandey to whom the goods
had been returned.
(c) Sundry items of furniture sold for ` 26,000 were entered in the sales book.
(d) Discount of ` 300 from creditors had been duly entered in creditor’s A/c but was not posted to discount A/c.
Pass necessary journal entries to rectify these errors. Also show the Suspense A/c.
Solution:
(a) Goods bought from Narayan are posted to credit of his A/c as ` 5,500 instead of ` 5,000. Here, it is correct to
credit Narayan’s A/c. But the mistake is extra credit of ` 500. This is one sided error, as posting to purchases
A/c is correctly made. So the rectification entry will affect the suspense A/c. This needs to be reversed by the
rectification entry:
Narayan’s A/c Dr. 500
To Suspense A/c 500
(b) Goods bought from Pandey were returned back to him. It should have appeared on the debit side of his A/c.
For rectifying we will need to debit his A/c with double the amount i.e. ` 1500 (` 750 to cancel the wrong credit
and another ` 750 to give effect for correct debit) and the effect will go to Suspense A/c. The correction entry
is:
Pandey A/c Dr. 1,500
(c) Sale of furniture was recorded in sales book. What’s wrong here? Remember that sales book records sale of
goods only and nothing else. Sale of furniture will appear in either cash book (if sold for cash) or journal proper
(if sold on credit). Hence, wrong credit to Sales A/c must be removed and credit should be given to Furniture
A/c. It’s important to note that this rectification entry will not affect the Suspense A/c. The correction entry is:
Sales A/c Dr 26,000
To Furniture A/c 26,000
(d) The discount received from creditor is not entered in discount A/c but was correctly recorded in creditors’ A/c.
This is one sided error and will therefore be routed through suspense for correction. A discount is received; it
must be credited being an income.
Suspense A/c Dr 300
To Discount received A/c 300
Let us now see how suspense A/c will Look like. Excess credit of ` 1,700 in Trial Balance will be shown on the debit
side of suspense A/c. This will bring in total debit equal to total credit.
Dr Suspense Account Cr
To Balance b/d 1,700 By Narayan 500
To Discount received 300 By Pandey 1,500
2,000 2,000
Please observe that after correcting passing all rectification entries, the Suspense A/c tallies automatically.
Illustration 28.
Pass necessary journal entries to rectify the following errors:
(a) An amount of ` 200 withdrawn by owner for personal use was debited to trade expenses.
(b) Purchase of goods of ` 300 from Nathan was wrongly entered in sales book.
(c) A credit sale of ` 100 to Santhanam was wrongly passed through purchase book.
(d) ` 150 received from Malhotra was credited to Mehrotra.
(e) ` 375 paid as salary to cashier Dhawan was debited to his personal A/c.
(f) A bill of ` 2,750 for extension of building was debited to building repairs A/c
(g) Goods of ` 500 returned by Akashdeep were taken into stock, but returns were not posted.
(h) Old furniture sold for ` 200 to Sethi was recorded in sales book.
(i) The period end total of sales book was under cast by ` 100.
(j) Amount of ` 80 received as interest was credited to commission.
Solution:
Sl No. Particulars Debit (`) Credit (`)
(a) Wrong Entry Trade Expenses Dr 200
To Cash 200
Correct entry Drawings Dr 200
To cash 200
Rectification entry Drawings Dr 200
To Trade Expenses 200
(b) Wrong Entry Nathan Dr 300
To Sales 300
Correct entry Purchases Dr 300
To Nathan 300
Rectification entry Purchases Dr 300
Sales Dr 300
To Nathan 600
Sl No. Particulars Debit (`) Credit (`)

(c) Wrong Entry Purchases Dr 100
To Santhanam 100
Correct entry Santhanam Dr 100
To Sales 100
Rectification entry Santhanam Dr 200
To Sales 100
To Purchases 100
(d) Wrong Entry Cash Dr 150
To Mehrotra 150
Correct entry Cash Dr 150
To Malhotra 150
Rectification entry Mehrotra Dr 150
To Malhotra 150
(e) Wrong Entry Dhawan Dr 375
To cash 375
Correct entry Salary Dr 375
To cash 375
Rectification entry Salary Dr 375
To Dhawan 375
(f) Wrong Entry Building Repairs Dr 2,750
To Cash 2,750
Correct entry Buildings Dr 2,750
To Cash 2,750
Rectification entry Buildings Dr 2,750
To Building Repairs 2,750
(g) Wrong Entry No entry passed
Correct entry Sales Returns Dr 500
To Akashdeep 500
Rectification entry Sales Returns Dr 500
To Asashdeep 500
(h) Wrong Entry Sethi Dr 200
To Sales 200
Correct entry Sethi Dr 200
To Furniture 200
Rectification entry Sales Dr 200
To Furniture 200
(i) Wrong Entry No entry passed
Correct entry Suspense Dr 100
To Sales 100
Rectification entry Suspense Dr 100
To Sales 100
(j) Wrong Entry Cash Dr 80
To Commission 80
Correct entry Cash Dr 80
To Interest 80
Rectification entry Commission Dr 80
To Interest 80
Effect of Errors on Profit or Loss
Some errors may affect the profit or loss for the period while other won’t. How to find it out? Remember, the P & L
A/c reflects items of incomes, gains, expenses and losses. All these accounts are nominal accounts. When an error
occurs which affects a nominal account, it will affect profit or loss otherwise not. So, errors that affect real and
personal accounts will not affect profit or loss.
Illustration 29.
Rectifying the following errors by way of journal entries and work out their effect on profit or loss of the concern:
a. Return inward book was cast short by ` 500.
b. ` 300 received from Ram has been debited to Mr. Shyam.
c. Wages paid for the installation of a machine debited to wages account for ` 1,000.
d. A purchase made for ` 1,000 was posted to purchase account as ` 100.
e. Purchase of furniture amounting to ` 3,000 debited to purchase account.
f. Goods purchased for proprietor’s use for ` 1,000 debited to purchase account.
Solution:
In the Books of …………
Journal
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L.F Amount (`) Amount (`)
(a) Return Inward A/c Dr. 500
To, Suspense A/c 500
(Return Inward Book was cast short, now rectified.)
(b) Suspense A/c Dr. 600
To, Ram A/c 300
To Shyam A/c 300
(Received from Mr. Ram has been debited to Mr.
Shyam A/c, now rectified.)
(c) Machinery A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Wages/c 1,000
(Wages paid for maintenance of machinery debited to
Wages A/c, now rectified.)
(d) Purchase A/c Dr. 900
(Purchase account was short by ` 900, now rectified.)
(e) Furniture A/c Dr. 3,000
To, Purchase A/c 3,000
(Furniture purchased wrongly debited to purchase
account, now rectified)
(f) Drawings A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Purchase A/c 1,000
(Goods purchased for proprietor’s use, debited to
purchase account, now rectified.)
Effect on Profit
Items Particulars Increase (`) Decrease (`)

(a) Decrease in Profit 500
(b) No Effect in Profit - -
(c) Increase in Profit 1,000 -
(d) Decrease in Profit 900
(e) Increase in Profit 3,000 -
(f) Increase in Profit 1,000 -
Total 5,000 1,400
Increase in Profit - 3,600
5,000 5,000
llustration 30.
The books of M/s Shakti trading for the year ended 31st March 2013 were closed with a difference that was posted
to Suspense A/c. The following errors were found subsequently:
(a) Goods of ` 12,500 returned to Thick & Fast Corporation were recorded in Return Inward book as ` 21,500 and
from there it was posted to the debit of Thick & Fast Corporation.
(b) A credit sale of ` 7,600 was wrongly posted as ` 6,700 to customer’s A/c in sales ledger.
(c) Closing stock was overstated by ` 5,000 being totaling error in the schedule of inventory.
(d) ` 8900 paid to Bala was posted to the debit of Sethu as ` 9,800.
(e) Goods purchased from Evan Traders for ` 3,250 was entered in sales book as ` 3,520.
(f) ` 1,500, being the total of discount column on the payment side of the cash book was not posted.
Rectify the errors and pass necessary entries giving effects to Suspense A/c and P & L Adjustment A/c.
Solution:
(a) There are 2 errors: one – return outward is wrongly recorded as return inward and two – amount is also recorded
wrongly. First, we need to remove extra debit to Thick & Fast corporation i.e. ` 9,000 (21,500-12,500) by crediting
it. Also we need to remove wrong credit of ` 21,500 in sales return by debiting it and credit ` 12,500 to Purchase
returns A/c.
The rectification entry will be:
Suspense A/c Dr. 21,500
To Thick & Fast Corp 9,000
To P & L Adjustment A/c 12,500
(b) In this case, error has occurred only in customer’s A/c. hence, profit or loss won’t be affected and the P & L
Adjustment A/c will not be in picture. As customer’s A/c is debited for ` 6,700 instead of ` 7,600, it needs to
be corrected.
The rectification entry will be:
Sundry Debtors A/c Dr. 900
To Suspense A/c 900
(c) Over casting of closing stock had affected profit which must be reduced through P & L Adjustment A/c.
The rectification entry is:
P & L Adjustment A/c Dr. 5,000
(d) As only personal accounts are affected, there won’t be an effect on Profits. So rectification will be done
through Suspense A/c only. The rectification entry is:
Bala A/c Dr. 8,900
Suspense A/c Dr. 900
To Sethu A/c 9,800
(e) This transaction involves correction of purchase as well as sales, and hence will affect profit. As the purchases
were booked as sales, we will need to cancel sales by debiting and freshly debit purchase. So overall effect
on profit will be 3,250 + 3,520 i.e. 6,770. The rectification enry will be:
P & L Adjustment A/c Dr. 6,770
To Evan Traders 6,770
(f) If discount is appearing on payment side of cash book, it indicates discount received while making payment
and is an item of income. Hence, it will affect profit. The accounting entry will be:
Suspense A/c Dr. 1,500
To P & L Adjustment A/c 1,500
Illustration 31.
You are presented with a trial balance of S Ltd as on 30.06.2013 showing the credit is in excess by ` 415 which was
been carried to Suspense Account. On a close scrutiny of the books, the following errors were revealed:
a. A cheque of ` 3,456 received from Sankar after allowing him a discount of ` 46 was endorsed to Sharma in
full settlement for ` 3,500. The cheque was finally dishonored but no entries are passed in the books.
b. Goods of the value of ` 230 returned by Sen were entered in the Purchase Day Book and posted therefrom
to Das as ` 320.
c. Bad debts aggregating ` 505 written off during the year in the Sales Ledger but were not recorded in the
general ledger.
d. Bill for ` 750 received from Mukherjee for repairs to Machinery was entered in the Inward Invoice Book as `
650.
e. Goods worth ` 1,234 Purchased from Mr. Y on 28.6.2013 had been entered in Day Book and credited to him
but was not delivered till 5th June 2013. Stock being taken by the purchase on 30.06.2013. The title of the
goods was, however, passed on 28.06.2013.
f. ` 79 paid for freight on Machinery was debited to freight account as ` 97.
You are required to pass the necessary journal entries for correcting the books.
Solution:
In the books of S Ltd.
Journal
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L.F. Amount (`) Amount (`)
(a) Sankar A/c Dr. 3,502
Discount Received A/c Dr. 44
To, Sharma A/c 3500
To Discount Allowed A/c 46
(Cheque received from Sankar was endorsed
to Sharma after allowing discount `46 , it was
dishonored, now rectified)
(b) Return Inward A/c Dr. 230

Das A/c Dr. 320
To, Purchase A/c 230
To, Sen A/c 230
To Suspense A/c 90
(Goods returned by sen for ` 230 wrongly recorded in
Purchase Day Book as an credit to Das as ` 320, now
rectified.)
(c) Bad debts A/c Dr. 505
To Suspense A/c 505
(Bad debts written off but not recorded, now
rectified)
(d) Repairs A/c Dr. 750
To, Purchase A/c 650
To, Mukherjee A/c 100
(Repairs of machinery for ` 750, wrongly recorded as `
650 on Purchase A/c, now rectified.)
(e) Goods- in- Transit A/c Dr. 1,234
To Trading A/c 1,234
(Goods were in Transit which were not considered,
now rectified)
(f) Machinery A/c Dr 79
Suspense A/c 18
To Freight A/c 97
(amount paid for freight on machinery was wrongly
debited to freight account, now rectified)
Illustration 32.
The books of accounts of A Co. Ltd. for the year ending 31.3.2013 were closed with a difference of `21,510 in books
carried forward. The following errors were detected subsequently:
(a) Return outward book was under cast by ` 100.
(b) ` 1,500 being the total of discount column on the credit side of the cash book was not posted.
(c) ` 6,000 being the cost of purchase of office furniture was debited to Purchase A/c.
(d) A credit sale of ` 760 was wrongly posted as ` 670 to the customers A/c. in the sales ledger.
(e) The Sales A/c was under casted by ` 10,000 being the carry over mistakes in the sales day book.
(f) Closing stock was over casted by ` 10,000 being casting error in the schedule or inventory.
Pass rectification entries in the next year.
Prepare suspense account and state effect of the errors in determination of net profit of last year.
Solution:
In the Books of A Co. Ltd.
Journal
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L/F Amount (`) Amount (`)
(a) 2013 Suspense A/c Dr. 100
April To Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c 100
1 (Returns outward book was under cast now rectified).
(b) Suspense A/c Dr. 1,500
To Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c 1,500
(Discount received was not recorded, now rectified).
(c) Office Furniture A/c Dr. 6,000
(Office furniture purchased wrongly debited to Purchase
A/c, now rectified.)
(d) Debtors’ A/c Dr. 90
To Suspense A/c 90
(Debtors account was posted ` 670 in place of ` 760, now
rectified.)
(e) Suspense A/c Dr. 10,000
(Sales account was under casted, now rectified)
(f) Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c Dr. 10,000
To Closing Stock A/c 10,000
(Closing Stock was overcastted, now rectified.)
Dr. Suspense Account Cr.

(`) (`)
2013 To Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c 100 2013 By Difference in Trial Balance 21,510
April To Pofit & Loss Adjustment A/c 1,500 April By Debtors A/c. 90
1 To Pofit & Loss Adjustment A/c 10,000 1
To Pofit & Loss Adjustment A/c 10,000
21,600 21,600
Effect on Profit
Increase Decrease
(+) (-)
` `
Item (a)……………………………….. - 100
(b)……………………………….. - 1,500
(c)……………………………….. - 6,000
(d) No effect - -
e)……………………………….. - 10,000
(f)……………………………….. 10,000 -
10,000 17,600
Profit will be decreased by 7,600 -
17,600 17,600
Illustration 33.
The Trial Balance of a concern has agreed but the following mistakes were discovered after the preparation of
final Accounts.
(a) No adjustment entry was passed for an amount of ` 2,000 relating to outstanding rent.
(b) Purchase book was overcast by ` 1,000.
(c) ` 4,000 depreciation of Machinery has been omitted to be recorded in the book.
(d) ` 600 paid for purchase of stationary has been debited to Purchase A/c.
(e) Sales books was overcast by ` 1,000.
(f) ` 5,000 received in respect of Book Debt had been credited to Sales A/c.
Show the effect of the above errors in Profit and Loss Account & Balance Sheet.
Solution:
Effects of the errors in profit and loss A/c and Balance Sheet
Profit & Loss A/c. Balance Sheet

(a) Profit was overstated by ` 2,000 (a) Capital was also overstated by ` 2,000 &
outstanding Liability was understated by 2,000.
(b) Gross profit was under stated by ` 1,000 & also the (b) Capital was understated by ` 1,000.
Net Profit.
(c) Net Profit was overstated by ` 4,000. (c) Machinery was overstated by ` 4,000 & so the
(d) No effect on Net Profit. Capital A/c was also overstated by ` 4,000.
(e) Gross Profit and Net Profit were overstated by ` (d) No effect in Balance Sheet.
1,000. (e) Capital was overstated by ` 1,000.
(f) Gross Profit & Net Profit were overstated by ` 5,000. (f) Capital & Sundry Debtors were overstated by `
5,000.
Adjusting Entry
Adjusting Entries are passed in the journal to bring into the books of accounts certain unrecorded items like closing
stock, depreciation on fixed assets, etc. These are needed at the time of preparing the final accounts.
E.g. Depreciation A/c Dr.
To, Fixed Assets A/c
SELF EXAMINATION QUESTIONS:
1. The following account has a credit balance
(A) Plant and Equipment A/c
(B) Purchase Returns A/c
(C) Purchase A/c
(D) None of the above
2. The concept that business is assumed to exist for an indefinite period and is not established with the objective
of closing down is referred to as
(A) Money Measurement concept
(B) Going Concern concept
(C) Full Disclosure concept
(D) Dual Aspect concept
3. The outflow of funds to acquire an asset that will benefit the business for more than one accounting period
is referred to as
(A) Miscellaneous Expenditure
(B) Revenue Expenditure
(C) Capital Expenditure
(D) Deferred Revenue Expenditure
4. Which of the following purpose is served from the preparation of Trial Balance?
(A) To check the arithmetical accuracy of the recorded transactions
(B) To ascertain the balance of any ledger account
(C) To facilitate the preparation of final accounts promptly
(D) All of the above.
5. An amount spent for replacement of worn out part of machine is
(A) Capital Expenditure
(B) Revenue Expenditure
(C) Deferred revenue
(D) Capital Loss
6. Sukku Limited purchased a machine on 1st July, 2013 for `8,90,000 and freight and transit insurance premium
paid `25,000 and `15,000 respectively. Installation expenses were ` 40,000 and salvage value after 5 year will
be `50,000. Under straight line method for the year ended 31st March, 2014 the amount of depreciation will
be
(A) `1,35,750
(B) `1,81,000
(C) `1,84,000
(D) `1,38,000
7. Purchase Cost of machinery `7,20,000; Carriage inwards `15,000; Transit insurance `8,000; Establishment
Charges `25,000; Workshop Rent `25,000; Salvage value `50,000 and estimated working life 8 years. On the
basis of straight line method the amount of depreciation for third year will be
(A) `96,000
(B) `89,750
(C) `88,750
(D) `91,875
(8) The cost of a Fixed Assets of a business has to be written off over its
(A) Natural Life
(B) Accounting Life
(C) Physical Life
(D) Estimated Economic Life
Answer:
1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (B) 6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (D)
State whether the following statement is True (or) False:

1. Original cost minus scrap value is the depreciable value of asset.
2. Compensation paid to employees who are retrenched is Revenue expenditure.
3. The useful life of a depreciable asset is the period over which the asset is expected to be used by the enterprise,
which is generally greater than the physical life.
4. After the transactions are posted to various ledger accounts (either from journal or from subsidiary books),
they are balanced while preparing Trial Balance for an enterprise. (added,)
5. Depreciation is charge against profit.
6. One of the objectives achieved by providing depreciation is saving cash resources for future replacement of
assets.
7. As per concept of conservatism, the Accountant should provide for all possible losses but should not anticipate
profit.
8. Wages incurred by departmental workers of a factory in installing a new machinery7 is a revenue expenditure.
9. As per the going concern concept, the enterprise should continue to exist in the foreseeable future.
10. Trial balance would not disclose error of omission.
11. Purchase of a technical know-how is revenue expenditure
12. Inauguration expenses on opening of a new Branch of an existing business will be revenue expenditure.
13. Every debit must have its corresponding and equal …………….(benefit, credit)
QUESTIONS:
1. State whether the following items are in the nature of Capital, Revenue and/or Deferred Revenue Expenditure.
(i) Expenditure on special advertising campaign ` 66,000; suppose the advantage will be received for six
years.
(ii) An amount of ` 8,000 spent as legal charges for abuse of Trade Mark.
(iii) Legal charges of ` 15,000 incurred for raising loan.
(iv) Share issue expenses ` 5,000.
(v) Freight charges on a new machine ` 1,500 and erection charges ` 1,800 for that machine.
Answer:
(i) Revenue expenditure ` 66,000.
(ii) Revenue expenditure ` 8,000.
(iii) Capital expenditure ` 15,000.
(iv) Capital expenditure ` 5,000.
(v) Capital expenditure = ` 1,500 + ` 1,800 = ` 3,300.
2. Classify the following Accounts into Personal, Real and Nominal Accounts. Also state whether it is recorded
as asset, liability, expenses/loss or revenue:
(i) Returns Inward Account
(ii) Bad Debt Recovered Account
(iii) Interest On Investment Account
(iv) Outstanding Rent Account and
(v) Capital Work-in-Progress Account
Answer:
(i) Nominal, Revenue
(ii) Nominal, Revenue
(iii) Nominal, Revenue
(iv) Personal, Liability
(v) Real, Asset
3. Classify the following under personal, real and nominal accounts.

(i) Patent Rights (vi) Advertisement
(ii) Outstanding Rent (vii) Export duty
(iii) Drawings (viii) Securities and Shares
(iv) Live Stock (ix) Suspense
(v) Bank Overdraft (x) Work-in-progress
Answer:
Personal Account (ii) Outstanding Rent
(iii) Drawings
(v) Bank Overdraft
Real Account (i) Patent Rights
(iv) Live Stock
(viii) Securities and Shares
(x) Work-in-progress
Nominal Account (vi) Advertisement
(vii) Export duty
(ix) Suspense
4. Mr. X is owner of a Cinema Hall. He spent a heavy amount for complete renovation of the hall, for installation
of air-condition machines and for sitting arrangement with cushion seats. As a result the revenue has been
doubled. He also spent for few more doors for emergency exit. State your opinion amount the treatment of
the entire expenditure.
Answer:
The size of the expenditure is not the criteria to decide whether subsequent expenditure should be capitalized. The
important question is whether the expenditure increases the future benefits from the asset beyond its pre-assessed
standard of performance as per AS-10. Only then it should capitalized.
In the instant case, the first part f expenditure i.e., Renovation etc., Renovation etc. should be capitalized because
it has enhanced the revenue earning capacity of the hall. The second part of expenditure for making more
emergency exists does not enhance the revenue of the asset. So it should be charged to revenue.
5. Mr. Agarwal could not agree the Trial Balance. He transferred to the Suspense Account of ` 296, being
excess of the debit side total. The following errors were subsequently discovered.
(i) Sales Day Book was overcast by ` 300
(ii) An amount of ` 55, received from Mr. Y was posted to his account as ` 550
(iii) Purchases Return Book total on a folio was carried forward as ` 221, instead of ` 112
(v) A car sale of ` 1,235 duly entered in the Cash Book but posted to Sales A/c as ` 235
(vi) Rest of the difference was due to wrong total in Salaries A/c. Show the Journal entries to rectify the
above errors.
Answer:
Date Particulars Amount (`) Amount (`)

(i) Sales A/c Dr. 300
(Being Sales Book overcast by now rectified)
(ii) Y A/c 495
To Suspense a/c 495
(Being amount received from Mr. Agarwal for ` 55 wrongly recorded as
` 550 now rectified.
(iii) Returns Outward A/c 109
(Being the total of purchases returns book was carried forward as ` 221,
instead of ` 112 now rectified)
(iv) Suspense A/c 1,000
Sales A/c 235
To, Car A/c / Sale of Asset A/c 1,235
(Being cash sales being ` 1,235 recorded only ` 235 as Sales A/c now
rectified)
(v) Suspense A/c 200
To, Salaries A/c 200
(Being Salary A/c was overcast by ` 200 now rectified)
6. Shyama Limited purchased a second-hand plant for ` 7,50,000 on 1st July, 2011 and immediately spent `
2,50,000 in overhauling. On 1st January, 2012 an additional machinery at a cost of ` 6,50,000 was purchased.
On 1st October, 2013 the plant purchased on 1st July, 2011 became obsolete and it was sold for ` 2,50,000.
On that date a new machinery was purchased at a cost of ` 15,00,000. Depreciation was provided @ 15%
per annum on diminishing balance method. Books are closed on 31st March in every year.
You are required to prepared Plant and Machinery Account upto 31st March, 2014.
Answer:
Books of Shyama Limited
Plant & Machinery Account
Date Particulars ` Date Particulars `
1.7.11 To Bank A/c 10,00,000 31.3.12 By Depreciation A/c 1,36,875
(7,50,000 + 2,50,000)
1.1.12 To Bank A/c 6,50,000 31.3.12 By Balance c/d 15,13,125
16,50,000 16,50,000
1.4.12 To Balance b/d 15,13,125 31.3.13 By Depreciation @ 15% on ` 15,13,125 2,26,969
By Balance c/d 12,86,156
15,13,125 15,13,125
1.4.13 To Balance b/d 12,86,156 By Bank A/c (Sale) 2,50,000
1.10.13 To Bank A/c 15,00,000 By P&L A/c (Loss on Sale) 4,47,797
By Depreciation A/c 2,48,845
27,86,156 27,86,156
Working Notes:
Written down value of Machinery which is purchased on 01.07.2011.
Particulars `
On 01.07.2011 10,00,000
Less: Depreciation for 2011 – 12 of 9 months (10,00,000 × 15% × 9/12) 1,12,500
W.D.V. for 2012-13 8,87,500
Less: Depreciation for 2012-13 1,33,125
W.D.V. for 2013-14 7,54,375
Less: Depreciation for 6 months on (7,54,375 × 15% × 6/12) 56,578
W.D.V. 6,97,797
Less: Selling Price 2,50,000
Less: On Sale of Machinery 4,47,797
Total Depreciation
(a) Machinery Purchased on 01.01.2012
Particulars `
On 01.01.2012 6,50,000
Less: Depreciation for 3 months of 2011 - 12 24,375
W.D.V. 6,25,625
Less: Depreciation for 2012-13 (6,25,625 × 15%) 93,844
W.D.V. 5,31,781
Less: Depreciation for 2013-14 79,767
W.D.V. 4,52,014
(b)
Particulars `
Machinery Purchased on 01.01.2013 15,00,000
Less: Depreciation for 6 months (15,00,000 × 15% × 6/12) 1,12,500
13,87,500
∴ Total Depreciation ` (1,12,500 + 79,767 + 56,578) = ` 2,48,845.
7. On 31st December, 2011 two machines which were purchased on 1.10.2008 costing ` 50,000 and ` 20,000
respectively had to be discarded and replaced by two new machines costing ` 50,000 and ` 25,000
respectively.
One of the discarded machine was sold for ` 20,000 and other for ` 10,000. The balance of Machinery Account
on April 1, 2011 was ` 3,00,000 against which the depreciation provision stood at ` 1,50,000. Depreciation
was provided @ 10% on Reducing Balance Method.
Prepare the Machinery Account, Provision for Depreciation Account and Machinery Disposal Account.
Answer:
Machinery Account
1.4.11 To Balance b/d 3,00,000 31.12.11 By Machine Disposal A/c 70,000
To Bank A/c 75,000 31-3.12 By Balance c/d 3,25,000
3,75,000 3,75,000
Provision for Depreciation Account

1.4.11 To Machine Disposal A/c 20,175 1.4.11 By Balance b/d 1,50,000
(16,135 + 4,040)
31.3.12 To Balance c/d 1,41,314 31.3.12 By P/L A/c 11,489
1,61,489 1,61,489
Machine Disposal Account
1.4.11 To Machine A/c 70,000 31.12.11 By Provision for Depreciation A/c 16,135
By Provision for Depreciation (on two machine 4,040
for 9 months)
By Bank A/c 30,000
By P/L A/c (Balancing Figure) 19,825
70,000 70,000
Working Note: 1. Calculation of Depreciation of Two Discarded machine till 1.4.2012

Particulars M-1 M-2 Total
Value of Machine as on 1-10-2008 50,000 20,000 70,000
Less: Depreciation for 2008-09 @ 10% (from 1.10.08 to 31.3.09) 2,500 1,000 3,500
47,500 19,000 66,500
Less: Depreciation for 2009-10 @ 10% 4,275 1,900 6,650
42,750 17,100 59,850
Less: Depreciation for 2009-10 @ 10% 4,275 1,710 5,985
38,475 15,390 53,865
Hence, Provision for Depreciation on Machine Disposal = 3,500 + 6,650 + 5,985 = 16,135.
Working Note: 2. Depreciation on Discarded Machine:

Particulars `
Book Value of machine as on 01.04.2011 53,865
Less: Depreciation @ 10% for 9 months (till 31.12.2011)(53,865 × 10% × /12)
9
4,040
Value of Discarded Machine as on selling date 49,825
Working Note: 3. Depreciation of Machine in use:

Particulars ` `
Value of Machine on 1.4.11 3,00,000
Less: Cost of Discarded Machine 70,000
2,30,000
Less: Provision for Depreciation on 1.4.11 1,50,000
Less: Depreciation on Discarded Machine 1.4.11 16,135 1,33,865
96,135
Depreciation @ 10% on ` 96,135 9,614
Add: Depreciation for 3 months on 75,000 @ 10% 1,875
Total Depreciation 11,489
EXERCISE:
1. Classify the following Accounts into Personal, Real and Nominal Accounts:
(i) Patent Rights A/c
(ii) Drawings A/c
(iii) Purchase Return A/c
(iv) South Sports Club A/c
(vi) Prepaid Insurance A/c
(vii) Bank Overdraft A/c
(viii) Free samples A/c
Answer:
Real A/c (i)
Personal A/c (ii), (iv), (v), (vii)
Nominal A/c (iii), (vi), (vii)
2. State which of the following items are (i) Capital Expenditure; (ii) Revenue expenditure; (iii) Deferred Revenue
expenditure:
(i) Legal charges of ` 15,000 incurred for raising loan.
(ii) An amount of ` 7,500 spent as legal charges for abuse of Trade-Mark.
(iii) Carriage paid on a new machine purchased for ` 18,000.
(iv) ` 25,000 spent on construction of animal-huts.
Answer:
Capital Expenditure (i), (iii), (iv)
Revenue Expenditure (ii)
3. The total of debit side of the Trial Balance of Lotus Stores as at 31.03.2016 is ` 3,65,000 and that of the credit
side is ` 2,26,000.
After checking, the following mistakes were discovered:
Items of account Correct figures (as it should be) Figures as it appears in the Trial Balance
(`) (`)
Opening Stock 15,000 10,000
Rent and Rates 36,000 63,000
Sundry Creditors 81,000 18,000
Sundry Debtors 1,04,000 1,58,000
Ascertain the correct total of the Trial Balance.
Answer:
The correct total is — ` 2,89,000
4. On 1st April, 2010, M/s. N. R. Sons & Co. purchased four machines for ` 2,60,000 each. On 1st April, 2011, one
machine was sold for ` 2,05,000. On 1st July, 2012, the second machine was destroyed by fire and insurance
claim received ` 1,75,000 on 15th July, 2012. A new machine costing ` 4,50,000 was purchased on 1st
October, 2012. Books are closed on 31st March every year and depreciation has been charged @ 15% per
annum on diminishing balance method. You are required to prepare machinery account for 4 years still 31st
March, 2014. (Calculations to be shown in nearest rupee).
Answer:
Machinery A/c Balance as on 01.04.2014 (Dr.) `6,25,256.
Depreciation as on 31.03.2014 — `1,10,339.
Study Note - 2
ACCOUNTING FOR SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

2.1 Bills of Exchange
2.2 Consignment Accounting
2.3 Joint Venture Accounts
2.4 Insurance Claim (Loss of Stock and Loss of Profit)
2.1 BILL OF EXCHANGE
Introduction
Business activity involves exchange of goods or services for money. A business transaction gets ‘closed’ if the
exchange is settled immediately. When goods are purchased from supermarket and paid for in cash the settlement
is instant. Same is the case when we go to a restaurant, have food and pay either by cash or credit card. Most
of the settlements are not on cash basis, where payment for goods or services is deferred at the behest of both
parties to the transaction. Such deferred payments are done through instruments like cheques, pay order, letter of
credit, promissory note, bills of exchange, hundies etc. These instruments facilitate credit transactions and hence
sometimes they are referred to as credit instruments or negotiable instruments. Even in ancient times some credit
instrument like hundies were extremely popular.
In case of credit transaction, the supplier normally gets a promise from the customer that he will settle the payment
at a future date as agreed. It could either be a promissory note or bill of exchange. The promissory note is written by
the customer as an undertaking to pay the money, whereas the bill of exchange is a note drawn by the seller and
accepted by the buyer. In India, the Negotiable Instruments Act 1981 governs the provisions for bills of exchange.
As per this act, the bill of exchange is defined as “ an instrument in writing containing an unconditional order signed
by the maker, directing a certain person to pay a certain some of money only to the order of the certain person
or to the bearer of the instrument”
Based on this definition the following features of a bill of exchange are noticed:
(a) It’s an instrument in writing.
(b) It contains an unconditional order.
(c) It’s signed by the drawer.
(d) It’s drawn on a specific person.
(e) There is an order to pay a specific sum of money.
(f) It must be dated.
(g) It specifies to whom the payment is to be made e.g. to the maker or to person mentioned by him or to the
bearer.
(h) The amount of money to be paid must be certain.
(i) It must be properly stamped
(j) It may be made payable on demand, or after a definite period of time.
Whereas, a bill of exchange is drawn by seller and accepted by buyer; a promissory note, on the other hand, is
created by the buyer as an undertaking to pay to the seller.
Accounting for Special Transactions
Specimen of a bill of exchange:
Stamp Address of Drawer

Date
Three months after date pay to a sum of ` 50,000 (Fifty Thousands only) far the value received.
To B accepted
(B’s signature & stamp)

A
(Drawer)
Parties to Bill of Exchange

The parties involved in transaction that uses bill of exchange as a mode of settlement are:
(a) Drawer: He is a person who draws the bill. Typically, he is the seller or a creditor.
(b) Drawee: He is the person on whom the bill is drawn. Normally, he is the buyer or debtor. He has to pay the
amount of the bill to the drawer on the due date.
(c) Payee: He is the person to whom the amount of bill is payable. He may be the drawer himself or the creditor
of the drawer.
(d) Endorsee: He is the person in whose favour the bill is endorsed by the drawer. He is usually the creditor of the
drawer.
(e) Drawee in case of need: Sometimes the name of another person is mentioned as the person who will accept
the bill if the original drawee does not accept it: such a person is called the ‘Drawee in case of need’.
Calculation of Due Date
Date of Maturity is also known as Due Date. The date on which the amount of the bill becomes payable is called
‘Due Date’ or ‘Date of Maturity’. The period between the date of drawing of the bill and the due date is called
Tenure of the Bill. To compute due date, three days (called Grace Period) are included to the date of maturity of
the period of the bill.
The date of maturity of the period of bills depends on whether the bill is payable on date or bill is payable on sight.
If the bill is payable on date, the date of maturity is computed by including tenure of bill to the making of the bill.
Date of maturity can be understood with the help of the following example:
Date of Drawing 12.12.2012
Tenure + 3 Months
——————
12.03.2013
However, If the bill becomes due at sight, the date of maturity is counted by including tenure of the bill to the date
of acceptance of the bill. In that case, the due date of the bill is calculated as follows:
Date of Acceptance 16.12.2012
Tenure + 3 months
16.3.2013
The due date of the bill after including grace period of 3 days is 15.3.2013 if the bill is payable at date and 19.3.2013
if the bill is payable at sight.
For computing the date of maturity, following points should be noted:
1. Days of grace are allowed on bills payable on maturity of a fixed period. In case of bills payable on demand,
amount is required to be paid on presentation and no grace period is allowed.
2. If period of the bill matures on a date which is not there in the month in question, then the due date is taken
as the last date of the month. For example, if a bill is drawn on 31.1.2013 and the period of the bill is 3 months,
the period bill becomes payable on 30.4.2013 and after including grace days, due date is 3.5.2013.
3. In case the expiry date of a bill falls on a holiday, the bill becomes payable on the preceding day. But when
the maturity date is a bank holiday or a Sunday and the second day of grace is also a holiday, the bill is
payable on the next working day.
4. The tenure of the bill can be explained in months or in days. The due date of bill should be computed
considering this fact in mind. Hence, if S draws bill on A on 31.1.2013 of one month, the maturity date of the
bill is computed as follows :

Tenure +1 month
28.2.2013
Days of Grace + 3 days
03.03.2013
However, if tenure of the bill is 30 days, the expiry date of the bill is computed as follows :
Tenure + 30 days
02.03.2013
Days of Grace + 3 days
5.3.2013
Hence, tenure of one month and 30 days are different.
Acceptance of a Bill of Exchange
When the drawee puts his signature across the face of a bill of exchange with or without the words “accepted”,
it is called acceptance.
A bill, except in certain special cases, requires acceptance; otherwise the liability of the drawee cannot be
established thereon.
Acceptance may be General or Qualified. When the drawee accepts liability to pay the amount mentioned in
the bill in full, without any condition or limitation, it is a case of general acceptance. When the drawee accepts
subject to some qualifications as regards amount, tenor, domicile etc. it is a case of qualified acceptance.
Discounting a Bill
If the holder of a bill wants to get the money of the bill before its due date, he can do so by selling the bill to a
bank or a Discounting House who in consideration of a charge called discount, provides him with ready cash. This
is known as discounting the bill. Discount charged by the bank is the interest at a certain rate per cent per annum
on the amount of the bill for its unexpired period, i.e., the period from the date of discounting upto the date of
maturity. This discount has no connection with the cash discount and must not be confused therewith.
Dishonour of Bill
Dishonour of a Bill means that the acceptor refuses to honour his commitment on due date and for this, payment
of the bill on presentation does not take place. At the time of dishonour of a bill, original relationship between the
parties is restored, that is, the drawee again becomes the debtor of the drawer in his books and drawer is treated
then as a creditor in the books of drawee. Moreover, the drawer becomes liable here to compensate the bank
(or for that matter endorsee) if the bill is not retained by the drawer till date of the maturity.
To provide a legal evidence of dishonour, the fact of dishonour is to be noted on the bill by ‘Notary Public’. The
fact of dishonour which he is recording is called ‘noting’ and the amount charged by him for his services are
called ‘noting charges’. These charges are to be paid by the holder of the bill on the date of default. Actually the
acceptor of the bill is liable for the dishonour, the noting charges paid by the holder are to be reimbursed by the
acceptor.
Renewal of Bills
Sometimes the drawee of a bill is not able to meet the bill on due date. He may request the drawer to draw a
new Bill for the amount due. Sometimes he pays a certain amount out and accepts a first bill for the balance for
which he has to pay a certain amount of interest which is either paid in cash or is included with the fresh bill. This
bill is known as Renewal of Bills. That, the amount of the new bill will be face value of the original bill minus cash
payment, if any, plus interest for the renewed period.
Retirement of Bill
Sometimes the drawee pays the bill before the date of maturity. Under the circumstances, the drawer allows certain
amount of rebate or discount which is calculated on certain percentage p.a. basis. The rebate is calculated from
the date of payment to the date of maturity.
Accounting entries
For the convenience of accounting, bills are classified into (i) Bills Receivable and (ii) Bills Payable. All bills are –
(i) Bills Receivable to those who receive the bills, and
(ii) Bills Payable to those who accept the bills.
Thus, the same bill is both a Bill Receivable and a Bill Payable.
Holder, of the bill, however, has following four options available to him :
(a) He may retain the bill till the date of maturity
(b) He may get the bill discounted
(c) He may endorse it to a third party in settlement of a debt
(d) He may send it to his banker for collection.
Usual entries for bill transactions are given below:
Transactions Drawer’s Books Drawee’s Books

When the bill is drawn Bills Receivable A/c ... Dr. Drawer’s A/c ... Dr.
and accepted To Drawee’s A/c To Bills Payable A/c
When the bill is duly Bank A/c ... Dr. Bills Payable A/c ... Dr.
honoured on maturity To Bills Receivable A/c To Bank A/c
(This entry will be made if the drawer retains the bill till
due date and receives payment)
When the bill is endorsed Endorsee’s A/c ... Dr.
to a creditor To Bills Receivable A/c
When the bill is (i) Bank A/c ... Dr.
discounted with the To Bills Receivable A/c
bank
(with full amount of the bill)
(ii) Discount on Bills A/c ... Dr.
To Bank A/c
(with the amount of discount)
Alternative combined entry :
Bank A/c ... Dr.
Discount on B ills A/c ... Dr.
To Bills Receivable A/c
When the bill is sent to (i) When sent:
bank for collection and Bills for Collection A/c ... Dr.
the bill is duly collected
(ii) When collected:
Bank A/c ... Dr.
To Bills for Collection A/c
Transactions Drawer’s Books Drawee’s Books
When the bill is retired Bank A/c ... Dr. Bills Payable A/c ... Dr.
before maturity Discount on Bills To Bank A/c
(or Rebate) A/c ... Dr. `` Discount on Bills
To Bills Receivable A/c (or Rebate) A/c
When the bill is (i) If retained by the drawer till maturity: Bills Payable A/c ... Dr.
dishonoured Drawee’s A/c ... Dr. To Drawer’s A/c
(ii) If discounted with Bank Bills Payable A/c ... Dr.
Drawee’s A/c ... Dr. To Drawer’s A/c
To Bank A/c
(iii) If endorsed to a creditor: Bills Payable A/c ... Dr.
To Endorsee’s A/c
(iv) If sent to Bank for collection: Bills Payable A/c ... Dr.
To Bills for Collection A/c
When Noting Charges (i) If paid by drawer: Noting Charges A/c ... Dr.
are paid on dishonoured Drawee’s A/c ... Dr. To Drawer’s A/c
bill
To Bank A/c
(ii) If paid by endorsee: Noting Charges A/c ... Dr.
To Endorsee’s A/c
(iii) If paid by discounting Bank: Noting Charges A/c ... Dr.
To Bank A/c
When the bill is renewed (i) For cancellation of the old bill: Drawee’s A/c Bills Payable A/c ... Dr.
for a further period ... Dr. To Drawer’s A/c
(ii) For interest on the extended period: Interest A/c ... Dr.
To Interest A/c
(iii) For drawing the new bill : Drawer’s A/c ... Dr.
Bills Receivable A/c ... Dr. To Bills Payable A/c
To Drawee’s A/c
Types of Bills of Exchange

(a) Trade bill: This bill is drawn to settle a trade transaction.
(b) Accommodation bill: This bill is used without a trade transaction and is for mutual benefit. If Mr. X is in need of
money, he draws a bill on his friend Mr. Y who accepts it. This bill is then discounted with bank (bank will pay
money before due date) and the money is shared between X and Y. On the due date, Y will pay to the bank
and X will pay Y his share.
Law generally does not recognise such bills.
Proportionate Discount Charges
If the date of maturity of a bill falls on a date of a month within the accounting year, discounting of bill can be done
without any problem. But when the date of maturity falls on a month of the next year i.e. the due date falls on two
accounting periods, problem will arise. In such a situation, proportionate amount of discount will be charged to
Profit and Loss Account. This can be understood with the help of the following example:
A bill was drawn on 1st November, 2013 for ` 20,000 for 3 months. The bill was discounted
12 3 by the bank on same day
@12% p.a. Therefore, the total amount of discount will be `600 (i.e. 20,000 x × ).
100 12
So 2/3rd of `600, i.e. `400 will be transferred to Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st December, 2013.
Treatment of Discount in the Books of the Bank

The following entries are recorded in the books of the bank:
a. When the bill is discounted:

Bill Discounted A/c Dr.
To, Customer’s Current A/c
To, Discounting on Bill A/c
b. When amount is received from the drawee:

Cash A/c Dr.
To, Bills Discounted A/c
Transactions Entries in the books of Drawer Entries in the books of Drawee
1 If the bill is drawn Bills Receivable A/c Dr. Drawer A/c Dr.
To, Drawee A/c To, Bills Payable A/c
2 If the bill is discounted Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
by the bank Discount A/c Dr. —
To, Bills Receivable A/c
3 If the bill is honoured at Bills Payable A/c Dr.
the due date — To, Cash / Bank A/c
Insolvency of Drawee (Acceptor)

Insolvency of acceptor means that he cannot pay the amount owed by him. Therefore , on insolvency of the
acceptor, bill will be treated as dishonoured and entries for dishonour of bill will be passed in the books of respective
parties. Later on , when some amount is realized from the property or estate of the insolvent acceptor, entry for
cash received is passed and the balance of amount due from the insolvent acceptor is treated as bad debts.
In the books of acceptor the amount not paid is transferred to deficiency account (or profit and loss account).
Normally, the amount paid by the insolvent person is expressed as percentage of the amount due and is called
the ‘Rate of Dividend’. For example, if ` 25,000 is payable by Mr. A to Mr. B and Mr. A is declared insolvent and a
dividend of 20% is declared, journal entries for the final settlement are passed as under:
In the books of Mr. A

Particulars L.F. Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
Mr. B A/c Dr. 25,000
To, Cash A/c 5,000
To, Deficiency A/c 20,000
In the books of Mr. B

Particulars L.F. Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
Cash A/c Dr. 5,000
Bad Debts A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Mr. A A/c 25,000
In case of insolvency, it is better to prepare acceptor’s account to work out the amount finally owed by him. Then,
calculate cash received on account of dividend declared and the amount of bad debts.
Illustration 1.
Sagar purchased goods worth ` 1,000 from Ravi for which the latter drew a bill on the former, payable after one
month. Sagar accepted it and returned it to Ravi. Ravi endorsed it to Kamal, and Kamal to Amal. Amal discounted
the bill with State Bank of India at 6% p.a. On maturity, the bill was dishonoured, noting charge being ` 10.
Show the entries in the books of all the parties including the books of State Bank of India.
Solution:
In the books of Ravi
Journal Entries
Date Particulars L. F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Sagar A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Sales A/c 1,000
(Goods sold to Sagar)
Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Sagar A/c 1,000
(Bills drawn and accepted by Sagar for 1 month)
Kamal A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Bills Receivable A/c 1,000
(Bill endorsed to Kamal)
Sagar A/c Dr. 1,010
To, Kamal A/c 1,010
(Bill endorsed to Kamal dishonoured by Sagar including noting
charge of ` 10)
In the books of Sagar

Journal Entries
Purchase A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Ravi A/c 1,000
(Goods purchased from Ravi)
Ravi A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Bills Payable A/c 1,000
(Bill accepted for 1 month)
Bill Payable A/c Dr. 1,000
Noting Charge A/c Dr. 10
To, Ravi A/c 1,010
(Bill dishonoured at maturity, noting charge being ` 10)
In the books of Kamal

Journal Entries
To, Ravi A/c 1,000
(Bill received from Ravi)
Amal A/c Dr. 1,000
(Bill received from Ravi endorsed to Amal)
Ravi A/c Dr. 1,010
To, Amal A/c 1,010
(Bill endorsed to Amal dishonoured on maturity, noting charge
being ` 10.)
In the books of Amal

Journal Entries
To, Kamal A/c 1,000
(Bill received from Kamal.)
Bank A/c Dr. 995
Discount A/c Dr. 5
(Bill received from Kamal discounted by the Bank at 6% p.a.)
Kamal A/c Dr. 1,010
To, Bank A/c 1,010
(Bill received from Kamal dishonoured, noting charge being ` 10.)
In the books of State Bank of India

Journal Entries
Bill Discounted A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Amal’s Current A/c 995
To, Discount A/c 5
(Amal’s bill discounted which is due after 1 month.)
Amal’s Current A/c Dr. 1,010
To, Bills Discounted A/c 1,000
To, Cash A/c 10
(Bill received from Amal dishonoured at maturity, noting charge
being ` 10.)

Illustration 2.
Sunil owed Anil ` 80,000. Anil draws a bill on Sunil for that amount for 3 months on 1st April. Sunil accepts it and
returns it to Anil. On 15th April, Anil discounts it with Citi Bank at a discount of 12% p.a. On the due date the bill was
dishonoured, the bank paid noting charges of ` 100. Anil settles the bank’s claim along with noting charges in cash.
Sunil accepted another bill for 3 months for the amount due plus interest of ` 3,000 on 1st July. Before the new bill
became due, Sunil retires the bill with a rebate of ` 500. Show journal entries in books of Anil.
Solution:
Journal entries in the books of Anil
Date Particulars L.F. Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
April, 1 Bills Receivables A/c Dr 80,000
To, Sunil’s A/c 80,000
(Being acceptance by Sunil)
April, 15 Bank A/c Dr 78,000
Discount A/c Dr 2,000
To, Bills Receivables A/c 80,000
(Being discounting of the bill @ 12% p.a. & discounting
charges for 2.5 months)
June, 30 Sunil’s A/c Dr. 80,100
To, Bank A/c 80,100
(Being dishonour of the bill & noting charges paid by bank)
June, 30 Bank A/c Dr. 80,100
To, Cash 80,100
(Being cash paid to bank)
July, 1 Sunil’s A/c Dr. 3,000
To, Interest 3,000
(Being interest due from Sunil)
July, 1 Bills Receivables A/c Dr. 83,100
To, Sunil’s A/c 83,100
(Being new acceptance by Sunil for ` 80,100 & interest of
` 3,000)
July, 1 Bank A/c Dr. 82,600
Rebate A/c Dr. 500
(Being the amount received on retirement of the bill)
Illustration 3.
On 1st April Mr. Bala draws a bill of ` 1,20,000 on Mr. Lala for the amount due for 4 months. On getting acceptance,
on 5th April, Bala endorses it to Mr. Kala in full settlement of his claim of `1,40,000 by paying the difference in cash.
Lala approached Bala on 25th July saying that he needed to renew the bill for a further period of 4 months at an
interest of 12% p.a. which Bala accepted. A fresh bill including interest was accepted by Lala on 1st August. Bala
settled his liability to Kala by cheque. This was duly settled on the due date. Pass journal entries in the books of Bala
and Lala. Also show Bills Receivables A/c and bills Payable A/c.

Solution:
Journal entries in the Books of Bala
April 1 Bills Receivables A/c Dr. 1,20,000
To, Lala’s A/c 1,20,000
(Being acceptance by Lala)
April 5 Kala’s A/c Dr. 1,40,000
To, Cash A/c 20,000
To, Bills Receivables A/c 1,20,000
(Being bill endorsed to Kala & cash payment made to him)
July 25 Lala’s A/c Dr. 1,20,000
To, Kala’s A/c 1,20,000
(Being cancellation of bill for renewal)
July 25 Lala’s A/c Dr. 4,800
To, Interest A/c 4,800
(Being interest due from Lala)
July 25 Kala’s A/c Dr. 1,20,000
To, Bank A/c 1,20,000
(Being claim of Mr. Kala settled)
August, 1 Bills Receivables A/c Dr 1,24,800
To Lala’s A/c 1,24,800
(Being acceptance by Lala with interest)
Nov. 31 Bank A/c Dr 1,24,800
To Bills Receivables A/c 1,24,800
(Being payment received on due date)
Dr. Bills Receivable Account Cr.

April, 1 To Lala A/c 1,20,000 August, 5 By Kala A/c 1,20,000
August, 1 To Lala A/c 1,24,800 Nov. 30 By Bank A/c 1,24,800
2,44,800 2,44,800
Journal entries in the Books of Lala
Bala’s A/c Dr. 1,20,000
April, 1 To Bills Payable A/c 1,20,000
(Being acceptance of Bala’s bill)
Bills Payable A/c Dr. 1,20,000
July, 25 To Bala’s A/c 1,20,000
(Being cancellation of the bill for renewal)
Interest A/c Dr. 4,800
August,1 To Bala’s A/c 4,800
(being interest due to Bala)
Bala’s A/c Dr. 1,24,800
August,1 To Bills Payable A/c 1,24,800
(Being Bala’s bill accepted with interest)
Bills Payable A/c Dr. 1,24,800
Nov. 30 To Bank A/c 1,24,800
(Being settlement of the bill due)

Dr. Bills Payable Account Cr.
July, 25 To Bala A/c 1,20,000 April, 1 By Bala A/c 1,20,000
Nov. 30 To Bank A/c 1,24,800 August, 1 By Bala A/c 1,24,800
2,44,800 2,44,800
Illustration 4.
Pass journal entries in the books of Hema for the following transactions :
(i) Hema’s acceptance to Nanda for ` 5,000 renewed for 3 month with interest at 10% p.a.
(ii) Nalini’s acceptance to Hema was for ` 10,000 was retired one month before due date at a discount of 12%
p.a.
(iii) Discounted Natasha’s acceptance to Hema for ` 4,000 with the bank for ` 3,920
(iv) Neela requests Hema to renew her acceptance for ` 3,500 for 3 months. Hema accepted on the condition
that interest of ` 100 was paid in cash which Neela did.
(v) Received an acceptance from Geeta for ` 1,200 and it was endorsed to Seeta in full settlement of her claim.
Solution:
In the Books of Hema
Journal Entries
Particulars L.F Debit (`) Credit (`)
(i) Bills Payable A/c Dr. 5,000
To, Nanda’s A/c 5,000
(Being cancellation of Nanda’s bill for renewal)
Interest A/c Dr. 125
To, Nanda’s A/c 125
(Being interest due to Nanda)
Nanda’s A/c Dr. 5,125
(Being acceptance given for new bill)
(ii) Bank A/c Dr. 9,900
Discount A/c Dr. 100
(Being Nalini’s acceptance retired at discount)
(iii) Bank A/c Dr. 3,920
Discount A/c Dr. 80
(Being Natasha’s acceptance discounted)
(iv) Neela’s A/c Dr. 3,500
(Being Neela’s acceptance cancelled for renewal)
Cash A/c Dr. 100
To, Interest A/c 100
(Being interest received from Neela in cash)
To, Neela’s A/c 3,500
(Being Neela acceptance for new bill)
(v) Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 1,200
To, Geeta A/c 1,200
Geeta A/c Dr. 1,200

Illustration 5.
X bought goods from Y for ` 4,000. Y draws a bill on 1.1.2013 for 3 months which was accepted by X for this purpose.
On 1.3.2013, X arranged to retire the bill at a rebate of 12% p.a. Show the entries in the books of X and Y.
Solution:
In the books of Y
Journal
Date Particulars L.F Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
2013 X A/c Dr. 4,000
Jan 1 To, Sales A/c 4,000
(Goods sold to X)
Jan 1 Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 4,000
To, X A/c 4,000
(Bills drawn for 3 months)
March 1 Cash A/c Dr. 3,954
Rebate Allowed A/c Dr. 46
(Bills retired under a rebate of 12% p.a.)
Rebate = ` 4,000 x 12/100 x 35/365 (1st March to 4th April) = ` 46.
In the books of X
Journal
Date Particulars L.F Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
2013 Purchase A/c Dr. 4,000

Jan 1 To, Y A/c 4,000
(Goods purchased from Y)
Jan 1 Y A/c Dr. 4,000
(Bills accepted for 3 months)
March 1 Bills Payable A/c Dr. 4,000
To, Cash A/c 3,956
To, Rebate Received A/c 46
(Bills retired under a rebate of 12% p.a.)
Operating Cycle of the Accommodation Bill of Exchange

The basis for accommodation bill is not a trade transaction. It is drawn to accommodate the financial requirements
of drawer or even a drawee. This transaction presupposes trust and understanding between the parties to the
transaction. The drawer normally discounts this bill with the bank. The amount received from bank is either retained
by the drawer for himself or shared between the drawer and the drawee. On the date of maturity, the drawee
settles the bill with bank by effecting payment. The drawer will pay the drawee either full amount of the bill or his
share. Accounting entries for accommodation bill are:
Situations Drawer’s books Drawee’s books

Drawing of a bill B/R A/c Dr. Drawer A/c Dr.
To, Drawee A/c To, B/P A/c
Discounting with bank Bank A/c Dr.
Discount A/c Dr. No Entry
To, B/R A/c
Payment on due date Drawee A/c Dr. B/P A/c Dr.
To, Bank A/c To, Bank A/c

Illustration 6.
Following information is given to you by Govind from his books:
On 1st April 2012 he had with him bills of ` 1,50,000 accepted by his customers and ` 1,00,000 worth accommodation
bills accepted by his friends. He had accepted bills worth ` 90,000 for his suppliers and ` 75,000 worth accommodation
bills for his friends.
During the year the following transactions took place:
(i) He raised bills of ` 3,75,000 which were accepted by his customers.
(ii) He accepted bills of ` 2,25,000 for his suppliers.
(iii) He accepted accommodation bills of ` 60,000 for his friends.
(iv) His friend accepted accommodation bills of ` 1,25,000 for him.
(v) He honoured on due dates trade bills of ` 1,75,000 and accommodation bills of ` 85,000.
(vi) He received payments on due dates for trade bills of `4,00,000 and accommodation bills of
` 1,50,000.
(vii) He endorsed bills of ` 25,000 to his suppliers, which were honoured by the acceptors.
(viii) His customers endorsed bills of ` 30,000 to him which he accepted in favour of his suppliers.
(ix) Accommodation bills were settled on the due dates and money was paid and received duly.
Prepare Bills Receivable A/c and Bills Payable A/c for both trade and accommodation bills.
Solution:
Dr. Bills Receivable Account Cr.
1.4.2012 To Balance b/d 1,50,000 31.3.2013 By Bank A/c 4,00,000
31.3.2013 To Debtors A/c 3,75,000 31.3.2013 By Suppliers A/c 25,000
31.3.2013 By Balance c/d 1,00,000
5,25,000 5,25,000
Dr. Bills Payable Account Cr.

31.3.2013 To, Bank A/c 1,75,000 1.4.2012 By Balance b/d 90,000
31.3.2013 To, Debtors A/c 30,000 31.3.2013 By Suppliers A/c 2,25,000
31.3.2013 To, Balance c/d 1,10,000
3,15,000 3,15,000
Dr. Accommodation Bills Receivable Account Cr.

1.4.2012 To, Balance b/d 1,00,000 31.3.2013 By, Bank A/c 1,50,000
31.3.2013 To, Friends A/c (acceptors) 1,25,000 31.3.2013 By, Balance c/d 75,000

2,25,000 2,25,000

Dr. Accommodation Bills Payable Account Cr.

31.3.2013 To, Bank A/c 85,000 1.4.2012 By, Balance b/d 75,000
31.3.2013 To, Balance c/d 50,000 31.3.2013 By, Friends A/c (drawers) 60,000

1,35,000 1,35,000
Dr. Friends (acceptors of bills) Account Cr.

31.3.2013 To, Bank A/c 1,50,000 1.4.2012 By, Balance b/d 1,00,000
31.3.2013 To, Balance c/d 75,000 31.3.2013 By, Accommodation B/R A/c 1,25,000

2,25,000 2,25,000
Dr. Friends (drawers of bills) Account Cr.

1.4.2012 To, Balance b/d 75,000 31.3.2013 By, Bank A/c 85,000
31.3.2013 To, Accommodation B/P A/c 60,000 31.3.2013 By, Balance c/d 50,000

1,35,000 1,35,000
Illustration 7.
Vijay draws a bill for ` 60,000 and Anand accepts the same for mutual accommodation of both of them to the
extent of Vijay 2/3rd and Anand 1/3rd. Vijay discounts it with bank for ` 56,400 and remits 1/3rd share to Anand.
Before the due date, Anand draws another bill for ` 84,000 on Vijay in order to provide funds to meet the first bill
on same sharing basis. The second bill is discounted at ` 81,600. With these proceeds, the first bill is settled and `
14,400 were remitted to Vijay. Before the due date of the second bill, Vijay becomes insolvent and Anand receives
a dividend of only 50 paise in a rupee in full satisfaction. Pass journal entries in the books of Vijay.
Solution:
In case of accommodation bills, the proceeds of discounting are shared by parties as agreed. The discounting
charges are also shared in agreed proportion. Here, the ratio between Vijay and Anand is given as two-thirds and
one-third. The first bill of ` 60,000 is discounted at ` 56,400 which means the discounting charges are ` 3,600. The
share of each one is:
1st Bill 2nd Bill

Proceeds (`) Discount (`) Proceeds (`) Discount (`)
Vijay (2/3rd) 37,600 2,400 54,400 1,600
Anand (1/3rd) 18,800 1,200 27,200 800
Total 56,400 3,600 81,600 2,400
Further, as Vijay has become insolvent, the amount due to Anand is settled at 50% of total. To calculate this amount,
it’s necessary to post all transactions to Anand’s account and arrive at the balance.

In the Books of Vijay
Journal Entries

To, Anand’s A/c 60,000
(Being bill drawn on Anand)
Bank A/c Dr. 56,400
Discount A/c Dr. 3,600
(Being discounting of bill)
Anand’s A/c Dr. 20,000
To, Bank A/c 18,800
To, Discount A/c 1,200
(Being 1/3rd proceeds paid to Anand)
To, Bills payable A/c 84,000
(being acceptance of bill)
Bank A/c Dr. 14,400
Discount A/c Dr. 1,600
(Being proceeds of discounting 2nd bill)
Bills Payable A/c Dr. 84,000
(Being dishonour of bill)
To, Bank A/c 28,000
(Being payment of 50% & balance proved to be bad)
Dr. Anand’s Account Cr.
Particulars Amount ` Particulars Amount `
To, Bank A/c 18,800 By B/R A/c 60,000
To, Discount A/c 1,200 By Bank A/c 14,400
To, B/P A/c 84,000 By Discount A/c 1,600
By B/P A/c 84,000
To, Bank A/c 28,000
1,60,000 1,60,000

Illustration 8.
Rahim, for mutual accommodation, draws a bill for ` 3,000 on Ratan. Rahim discounted it for ` 2,925.
He remits ` 975 to Ratan. On the due date, Rahim is unable to remit his dues to Ratan to enable him
to meet the bill. He, however, accepts a bill for ` 3,750 which Ratan discounts for ` 3,625. Ratan sends
` 175 to Rahim after discounting the above bill. Rahim becomes insolvent and a dividend of 80 paise in the rupee
is received from his estate.
Pass the necessary journal entries in the books of both the parties.
Solution:
In the books of Rahim
Journal Entries
Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
To, Ratan A/c 3,000
(Bill drawn for mutual accommodation and accepted by Ratan.)
Bank A/c Dr. 2,925
Discount A/c Dr. 75
(Bill discounted by the bank.)
Ratan A/c Dr. 1,000
To, Bank A/c 975
To Discount A/c 25
(1/3 Proceeds remitted to Ratan.)
Ratan A/c Dr. 3,750
(Bill accepted.)
Bank A/c Dr. 175
Discount A/c Dr. 75
To, Ratan A/c 250
(Proceeds received from Ratan including discount charges.)
To, Ratan A/c 3,750
(Bill dishonored since e became insolvent.)
Ratan A/c Dr. 2,250*
To, Bank A/c 1,800
`` Deficiency A/c 450
(Cash paid to Ratan @80 paise in the rupee and balance transferred
to deficiency account.)
* This amount can be ascertained by preparing Ratan’s Account in Rahim’s book.

In the books of Ratan
Journal Entries
Date Particulars L.F. Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
Rahim A/c Dr. 3,000
(Bill accepted for mutual accommodation)
Bank A/c Dr. 975
Discount A/c Dr. 25
To, Rahim A/c 1,000
( 1 proceeds received from Rahim including discount)
3
To, Rahim A/c 3,750
(Bill drawn and accepted by Rahim)
Bank A/c Dr. 3,625
(Bill discounted)
Rahim A/c Dr. 250
To, Bank A/c 175
“Discount A/c 75
(Proceeds remitted to Rahim including discount)
Rahim A/c Dr. 3,750
To, Bank A/c 3,750
(Bill honoured at maturity)
To, Bank A/c 3,000
(Bill honoured at maturity)
Bank A/c Dr. 1,800
Bad Debt A/c Dr. 450
To, Rahim A/c 2,250
(Amount realised from the official liquidator of Rahim @ 80 paise in
the rupee and the balance proved bad)
Note:
Sharing discount:
After discounting of the 1st bills, Rahim received ` 2,000 (including discount)
Add: Amount remitted by Ratan (after discounting of the 2 nd
bill). ` 175
Total benefit received by Rahim. ` 2,175
Now,
After discounting of the 2nd bill Ratan received ` 3,625 (Net)
` 2,175
∴ Proportion of Rahim to Ratan = ` 3,625 x 125 = ` 75
∴ Rahim is to bear = ` 75 of discounting charges, and the balance by Ratan.

2.2 CONSIGNMENT ACCOUNTING
Introduction
The sales activity of any business can be organized in different ways. With the customers spread all over, the business
entity cannot afford to have only minimum selling points nor can it have its own resources to have the outlets all
over. The business volumes cannot be limited in any case. The core competence of a manufacturing company is to
produce a good quality product. It creates a network of its own outlets, dealers, commission agents, institutions etc
to distribute its products efficiently and effectively. Thus the selling may be handled directly through own salesmen
or indirectly through agents.
In case of direct selling, the company usually has depots all over. The stocks are transferred to these depots and
from there finally sold to ultimate customers. This involves huge expenses and problems of maintaining the same on
a permanent basis. Hence, the firm could appoint agents to whom stocks will be given. These agents distribute the
products to ultimate customers and receive commission from the manufacturer. One such way of indirect selling is
selling through consignment agents. The relationship between consignor and consignee is that of Principal-Agent
relationship.
Difference between Sale and Consignment

1. In sale the property in goods is transferred to the buyer immediately whereas in consignment the property is
transferred to the buyer only when goods are sold by the consignee. The ownership of goods remains with
the consignor when goods are transferred to the consignee by the consignor.
2. In sale, the risk attaching to the goods passes with ownership to the buyer. In case of a consignment, the risk
attaching to the goods does not pass to the consignee who acts as a mere agent. If there is any damage or
loss to the goods it is borne by the consignor provided the consignee has taken reasonable care of the goods
and the damage or loss is not due to his negligence.
3. The relationship of consignor and consignee is that of a principal and an agent as in a contract of agency
whereas the relationship of buyer and seller is governed by the Sale of Goods Act.
4. Unsold goods on consignment are the property of the consignor and may be returned if not saleable in the
market whereas goods sold on sale basis are normally not returnable unless there is some defect in them.
Main Terms of Consignment Trade

Consignor – He is the person who sends goods to agents e.g. a manufacturer or wholesaler.
Consignee – He is the agent to whom goods are sent for selling.
Proforma Invoice – When the consignor sends the goods to the consignee, he prepares only a proforma invoice
and not an invoice. A proforma invoice looks like an invoice but is really not one. The objective of the proforma
invoice is only to convey information to the consignee regarding quantity, varieties and prices of goods sent and
expenses incurred and not to make him liable like a trade debtor.
Over-riding Commission – It is an extra commission allowed over and above the normal commission is generally
offered for the following reasons :
(i) When the agent is required to put in hard work in introducing a new product in the market.
(ii) Where he is entrusted with the work of supervising the performance of other agents in a particular area.
(iii) For effecting sales at prices higher than the price fixed by the consignor.
Ordinary Commission – This is a fee payable by consignor to consignee for sale of goods when the consignee
does not guarantee the collection of money from ultimate customer. The % of such commission is generally lower.

Del Credre Commission – This is additional commission payable to the consignee for taking over additional
responsibility of collecting money from customers. In case, the customers do not pay the consignee takes over the
loss of bad debts in his books. Although it’s paid for taking over risk of bad debts that arise out of credit sales only,
this commission is calculated on total sales and not on credit sales.
Account Sales – This is a periodical statement prepared by consignee to be sent to the consignor giving details of
all sales (cash and credit), expenses incurred and commission due for sales, destroyed-in-transit or in godown and
deducting the amount of advance remitted by him.
Operating Cycle of Consignment Arrangement

(i) Goods are sent by consignor to the consignee.
(ii) Consignee may pay some advance or accept a bill of exchange.
(iii) Consignee will incur expenses for selling the goods.
(iv) Consignee maintains records of all cash and credit sale.
(v) Consignee prepares a summary of results called as Account sales.
(vi) Consignor pays commission to the consignee.
Sometimes, the consignor may send the goods at a price higher than cost so that the consignee gets no knowledge
of the real cost of goods which is confidential for the consignor.
Accounting for Consignment Business

The consignor and consignee keep their own books of accounts. The consignor may send goods to many consignees.
Also, a consignee may act as agent for many consignors. It is appropriate that both of them would want to know
profit or loss made on each consignment. There are certain new accounts that are to be opened in addition to
regular accounts as cash or bank.
The objective of consignor in making accounts relating to consignment is two-fold viz.
(i) To ascertain the results (profit/loss) of consignment and incorporate them in his profit and loss account.
(ii) To make final settlement with the consignee.
To achieve these objectives, he prepares respectively two accounts, viz. ‘Consignment Account’ and ‘Consignee
Account’. The former is a nominal account and latter is a personal account. A separate consignment account
as well as consignee account is prepared in respect of every consignment. It is important to observe that the two
accounts are prepared by the consignor in addition to other accounts in his ledger to incorporate the results of
consignments in his books.
When goods are dispatched on Consignment no entry can be made in the Sales Account as this is not a sale, and,
until the goods are sold, they remain the legal property of the consignor. For the same reason the consignee’s
personal account cannot be debited with the value of the goods consigned. He is not a debtor until the goods
are sold.
As an agent, the consignee is not liable to pay for the goods received on consignment. Therefore, he makes no
entry in his financial books on such receipts. As, however, he is liable to account for the goods received, he keeps as
adequate record in an appropriate memorandum book. Apart from this his only concern is to record the expenses
he has incurred, the sales, his commission and his financial relationship with the consignor. A personal account for
the consignor is the only additional account a consignee needs to record his consignment transactions.

Let us see the entries in the books of consignor as well as consignee :
Situations Consignor’s books Consignee’s books

On sending goods Consignment A/c Dr. No Entry
To Goods Sent on Consignment

On expenses for sending Consignment A/c Dr. No Entry
goods
To Cash/Bank/Creditors for Expenses A/c
For advance received Cash/ Bank/ Bill Receivables A/c Dr. Consignor’s Personal A/c Dr.
from consignee
To Consignee’s Personal A/c To Cash/ Bank/ Bills Payable A/c
On expenses incurred Consignment A/c Dr. Consignor’s Personal A/c Dr.
by consignee
To Consignee’s Personal A/c To Cash/ Bank/ Creditors for
expenses A/c
On consignee reporting Consignee’s Personal A/c Dr. Cash/ Bank/ Consignment Debtors
sales A/c Dr.
To Consignment A/c
To Consignor’s Personal A/c
For commission due Consignment A/c Dr. Consignor’s Personal A/c Dr.
To Consignee’s Personal A/c To Commission A/c

For Bad Debts Consignment A/c Dr. Consignor’s Personal A/c Dr.
To Consignee’s Personal A/c To Consignment Debtors A/c

For closing the For profit :
consignment account
Consignment A/c Dr.
To General Profit and Loss A/c. No entry
For Loss
General Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To Consignment A/c
For the final settlement Cash/ Bank/ B/R A/c Dr. Consignor A/c Dr.
To Consignee A/c To Cash/ Bank/ B/P A/c

For closing the Goods Goods sent on Consignment A/c Dr. No entry
Sent on Consignment
Account To Trading/ Purchases A/c
On closing stock Stock on Consignment A/c Dr. No Entry
To Consignment A/c
Del Credere Commission and Bad Debts

Sometimes the consignor allows an extra commission to the consignee in order to cover the risk of collection from
customer on account of credit sales which is known as Del Credere Commission. Naturally, if debt is found to be
irrecoverable the same must be borne by the consignee. There will be no effect in the books of consignor. In short,
credit sales will be treated as cash sales to consignor. If no Del credere commission is given by the consignor to the
consignee, the amount of Bad debts must be borne by the consignor.

Entries in the Books of Consignor
(a) When Del Credere Commission is given
(i) For Credit Sales –

Consignee’s Personal A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c
(ii) For Bad Debts –
No Entry
(iii) For Del Credere Commission —
Consignment A/c Dr.
To, Consignee’s Personal A/c
(b) When Del Credere Commission is not given

Consignment Debtors A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c
Consignment A/c Dr.
To, Consignment Debtors A/c
(iii) (a) For realization of Cash —
Cash A/c Dr.
To, Consignment Debtors A/c if collected by Consignor
(b) Consignee’s Personal A/c Dr.
To, Consignment Debtors A/c if collected by Consignee
Entries in the Books of Consignee

(a) When Del Credere Commission is given

Consignment Debtors A/c Dr.
To, Consignor A/c

Bad Debts A/c Dr.
(iii) For realization of cash from cash from Debtors —
Cash/ Bank A/c Dr.
(iv) For Closing Bad Debts A/c-
Commission Received A/c Dr.
To, Bad Debts A/c
(b) When Del Credere Commission is not given –

There will be no entry against a bad debts entry in the books of consignee.
Valuation of Stock
Unsold stock on consignment should properly valued; otherwise final accounts cannot be prepared. Usually, unsold
stock on consignment is value at cost price plus proportionate expenses of the consignor plus proportionate non
recurring expenses of consignee.
Alternatively, total cost of goods plus total expenses incurred by the consignor plus total non recurring expenses of
the consignee are to be added and stock should valued on the basis of proportionate unsold goods.
But it must be remember while valuing stock on consignment, the usual principle for valuation of stock, that stock
should be valued at cost price or market price whichever is less.

The entry will be:

Stock on Consignment A/c Dr.
To, Consignment A/c
Needless to say that unsold stock on consignment will appear in the asset side of Balance Sheet.
Illustration 9.
X Ltd. of Gujrat purchased 5,000 sarees @ ` 100 per saree. Out of these 3,000 sarees were sent on consignment to
Y Ltd. of Kolkata at the selling price of ` 150 per saree. The consignors paid ` 5,000 for packing and freight.
Y Ltd. sold 2,500 sarees @ ` 160 per saree and incurred ` 500 for selling expenses and remitted ` 2,50,000 to Gujrat
on account. They are entitled to a commission of 5% on total sales plus a further of 25% commission on any surplus
price realized over ` 150 per saree.
1,500 sarees were sold at Gujrat @ ` 110 per saree.
Owing to fall in market price, the value of stock of saree in hand is to be reduced by 5%. Your are required to
prepare (i) Consignment Account, and (ii) Y Ltd. Account.
Solution:
(i) In the books of X Ltd.
Dr. Consignment Account Cr.

To Goods Sent on 3,00,000 By Y Ltd. A/c 4,00,000
Consignment A/c —sale proceeds
(300 × `100) (2,500 × `160)
“ Bank A/c 5,000 “ Stock on Consignment A/c 45,125
—paying freight (W.N. 1)
“ Y Ltd A/c
—selling expenses 500
—commissions (W.N. 2) 26,250
“ Profit and Loss A/c
—profit on consignment 1,13,375
transferred
4,45,125 4,45,125
Dr. Y Ltd. A/c Cr.

To Consignment A/c 4,00,000 By Bank A/c 2,50,000
—sale proceeds —advance
“ Consignment A/c
—selling expenses 500
—commissions 26,250
“ Balance c/d 1,23,250
4,00,000 4,00,000

Workings:
1. Valuation of unsold stock
(`)
Total cost (500 × `100)(without considering expenses) 50,000
Less: Reduction in price @5% 2,500
47,500
Less: Y Ltd.’s commission @5% 2,375
45,125
2. Computation of Commissions
(`)
Total sales @`160 per saree (2,500 × `160) 4,00,000
Less: In excess of `150 per saree 3,75,000
Surplus price realised 25,000
Commission to be calculated as under:
On total sales @5% (`4,00,000 × 5%) 20,000
Add: 25% on `25,000 6,250
26,250
1,500 sarees which were sold @`110 is not related to consignment account
Losses on Consignment
There are two types of losses which may arise in case of a consignment transaction, viz.
(a) Normal Loss, and
(b) Abnormal Loss
(a) Normal Loss – Normal Losses arise as a result of natural causes, e.g. evaporation, leakage, breakage etc.,
and they are inherent in nature. Since normal loss is a charge against gross profit no additional adjustment is
required for this purpose. Moreover, as the same is a part of cost of goods, when valuation of unsold stock is
made in case of consignment account the quantity of such loss (not the amount) should be deducted from
the total quantity of the goods received by the consignee in good condition. Thus,
Unsold quantity
Value of closing stock will be = Total Value of goods sent ×
Good quantity received by consignee
Illustration 10.
From the following particulars ascertain the value of unsold stock on Consignment.
Goods sent (1,000 kgs.) ` 20,000
Consignor’s expenses ` 4,000
Consignees non-recurring expenses ` 3,000
Sold (800 kgs.) ` 40,000
Loss due to natural wastage (100 kgs.)

Solution:
Value of unsold stock `
Total cost of goods sent 20,000
Add : Consignor’s expenses 4,000
Add : Non-recurring expenses 3,000
Cost of (1,000 kgs – 100 kgs) = 900 kgs. 27,000
100 kgs.
∴ Value of unsold stock (1,000 – 800 – 100) = 100 kgs. will be = ` 27,000 x
900 kgs.
= ` 3,000
(b) Abnormal Losses - Abnormal Losses arises as a result of negligence/ accident etc., e.g., theft, fire etc. Before
ascertaining the result of the consignment, value of abnormal loss should be adjusted. The method of calculation
is similar to the method of calculating unsold stock. Sometimes insurance company admits the claim in part or in
full. The same should also be adjusted against such abnormal loss.
While valuing the abnormal loss the proportionate expenses are taken only upto the stage of the loss. For example,
if goods are lost in the transit on way to the consignee’s place, the value of abnormal loss will include the basic
cost of the goods plus proportionate expenses of the consignor only and not the proportionate expenses of
consignee because consignee has spent nothing on account of these goods.
Treatment of Abnormal Loss
(i) For abnormal Loss –
Abnormal Loss A/c Dr
To Consignment A/c
(ii) For the insurance claim due / received by the consignor -
Insurance Co./Bank A/c Dr
To Abnormal Loss A/c
(iii) If goods are not insured -
Profit & Loss A/c Dr
(iv) For transferring the net loss -
Profit & Loss A/c Dr
Illustration 11.
5,000 shirts were consigned by Raizada & Co. of Delhi to Zing of Tokyo at cost of ` 375 each. Raizada & Co. paid
freight ` 50,000 and Insurance ` 7,500.
During the transit 500 shirts were totally damaged by fire. Zing took delivery of the remaining shirts and paid ` 72,000
on custom duty.
Zing had sent a bank draft to Raizada & Co. for ` 2,50,000 as advance payment. 4,000 shirts were sold by him at `
500 each. Expenses incurred by Zing on godown rent and advertisement etc. amounted to ` 10,000. He is entitled
to a commission of 5%
One of the customer to whom the goods were sold on credit could not pay the cost of 25 shirts.

Prepare the Consignment Account and the Account of Zing in the books of Raizada & Co. Zing settled his account
immediately. Nothing was recovered from the insurer for the damaged goods.
Solution:
In the books of Raizada & Co.
Particulars Amount (`) Particulars Amount (`)
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 18,75,000 By, Zing A/c 19,87,500
(5,000 x ` 375) - Sale proceeds (3,975 x ` 500)
To, Bank A/c By, Consignment Debtors A/c
- Freight 50,000 - Credit Sales (25 x ` 500) 12,500
- Insurance 7,500 57,500 By, Abnormal Loss A/c (W.N. 1) 1,93,250
To, Zing A/c By, Stock on Consignment A/c 2,01,250
- Custom Duty 72,000 (W.N.2)
- Godown Rent, Advertisement etc 10,000
- Commissions @5% on total Sales 1,82,000
(4,000×500×5%) 1,00,000

- Bad Debts 12,500
To, Profit and Loss A/c
- Profit on Consignment transferred 2,67,500
23,94,500 23,94,500
Dr. Zing Account Cr.

To, Consignment A/c By, Bank Draft A/c
Sale Proceeds 19,87,500 Advance 2,50,000
By, Consignment A/c
Expenses & Com. 1,82,000
By, Bank A/c
Final Settlement 15,55,500
19,87,500 19,87,500
Dr. Abnormal Loss Account Cr.

To, Consignment A/c 1,93,250 By, Profit and Loss A/c 1,93,250
1,93,250 1,93,250

Workings:
1. Valuation of goods Lost-in-transit and unsold Stock: (`)
Total Cost 18,75,000
Add: Consignor’s Expenses 57,500
C.P. of 5,000 Shirts 19,32,500
Less: Lost-in-transit
` 19,32,500 × 500 (1,93,250)
( )
5,000
Add: Non-recurring Ex. of Consignee 72,000

C.P. of 4,500 Shirt 18,11,250
`18,11,250 x 500
2. Value of unsold Stock = ` 2,01,250
4,500
Note:
Since Del Credere Commission is not given by the consignor to the consignee, amount of bad debt is to be charged
against Consignment Account.
Simultaneous Normal Loss and Abnormal Loss
Illustration 12.
Lubrizols Ltd. of Mumbai consigned 1,000 barrels of lubricant oil costing ` 800 per barrel to Central Oil Co. of Kolkata
on 1.1.2013. Lubrizols Ltd. paid ` 50,000 as freight and insurance. 25 barrels were destroyed on 7.1.2013 in transit.
The insurance claim was settled at ` 15,000 and was paid directly to the consignor.
Central Oil took delivery of the consignment on 19.1.2013 and accepted a bill drawn upon them by Lubrizols Ltd.,
for ` 5,00,000 for 3 months. On 31.3.2013 Central Oil reported as follows:
(i) 750 barrels were sold as ` 1,200 per barrel.
(ii) The other expenses were:
(`)
Clearing charges 11,250
Godown Rent 10,000
Wages 30,000
Printing, Stationery, Advertisement 20,000
25 barrels of oil were lost due to leakage which is considered to be normal loss.
Central Oil Co. is entitled to a commission of 5% on all the sales affected by them. Central Oil Company paid the
amount due in respect of the consignment on 31st March itself.
Show the Consignment Account, the Account of Central Oil Co., and the Lost –in-Transit Account as they will
appear in the books of Lubrizols Ltd.

Solution:
In the books of Lubrizols Ltd.
Dr. Consignment to Kolkata Account Cr.
Date Particulars Amount Amount Date Particulars Amount (`)
(`) (`)
2013 2013
Jan. 1 To Goods sent on Consignment A/c 8,00,000 Jan. 7 By, Abnormal Loss A/c 21,250
(1,000 x ` 800) Mar.31 By, Central Oil Co. A/c 9,00,000
Mar.31 To, Bank A/c – Expenses 50,000 Sale proceeds
To, Central Oil Co. A/c (750 x ` 1,200)
Freight 11,250 By, Stock on 1,76,842
Godown Rent 10,000 Consignment A/c
Wages 30,000
Printing etc. 20,000 71,250
To, Central Oil Co. A/c
Commissions @5% 45,000
To, Profit on Consignment A/c
(Transferred to Profit & Loss A/c) 1,31,842
10,98,092 10,98,092
Dr. Central Oil Co. Ltd. Account Cr.

2013 2013
Mar.31 To, Consignment to Jan.7 By, Bills Receivable A/c 5,00,000
Kolkata A/c 9,00,000 Mar.31 By, Consignment to Kolkata A/c
-Sale Proceeds - Expenses 71,250
- Commission 45,000
By, Bank (amount due) 2,83,750
9,00,000 9,00,000

2013 2013
Jan. 7 To, Consignment to Kolkata 21,250 Jan.7 By Bank-Insurance Claim A/c 15,000
A/c Mar.31 By, Profit and Loss A/c (bal. fig.) 6,250
21,250 21,250
Workings:
Valuation of Goods Lost-in-transit and Unsold Stock:
(`)
Total Cost (1,000 x ` 800) 8,00,000
Value of 1,000 barrels 8,50,000
` 8,50,000 21,250
Less: Lost-in-transit 25 × 1,000
Add: Non-recurring expenses of Consignee 11,250
Value of (1,000 – 25 – 25) = 950 Kg. 8,40,000

` 8,40,000
Therefore, Value of Stock = 200 x ` = ` 1, 76, 842 (App.)
950
Invoice Price Method
Sometimes, the Consignor does not want to reveal the cost of goods to the Consignee and therefore, invoices
goods at a price which is higher than the Cost Price. Such price is known as ‘Invoice Price’ and the difference
between the Invoice Price and the Cost Price is called ‘loading’. It may also be noted that invoice price need not
necessarily be same as selling price unless the Consignor directs the Consignee to sell the goods at the invoice
price itself.
When goods are sent at invoice price, to ascertain correct profit/loss on consignment, the items recorded at
invoice price should be brought down to Cost Price level. For this purpose, the loading included in various items
(like Opening Stock, Goods Sent on Consignment, Goods Returned by Consignee, Closing Stock) should be
eliminated by passing the necessary adjusting entries in the books of Consignor only.
Entries in the books of Consignor :
When goods are invoiced at cost When goods are invoiced at invoice price
For goods sent on Consignment A/c ... Dr. Consignment A/c ... Dr.
consignment
To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c
(with the cost of goods) (with the invoice price of goods)
Adjustment Entry for No Entry Goods Sent on Consignment A/c ... Dr.
removing loading
To Consignment A/c
(with the amount of loading)
For goods returned Goods Sent on Consignment A/c ... Dr. Goods Sent on Consignment A/c ... Dr.
by consignee
To Consignment A/c To Consignment A/c
(with the cost of goods) (with the invoice price of goods)
Adjustment Entry for No Entry Consignment A/c ... Dr.
removing loading
To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c
For opening stock Consignment A/c ... Dr. Consignment A/c ... Dr.
To Stock on Consignment A/c To Stock on Consignment A/c
(with the cost of opening stock) (with the invoice price of opening stock)
Adjustment Entry for No Entry Stock Reserve A/c ... Dr.
removing loading
To Consignment A/c
For closing stock Stock on Consignment A/c ... Dr. Stock on Consignment A/c ... Dr.
To Consignment A/c To Consignment A/c
(with the cost of closing stock) (with the invoice price of closing stock)
Adjustment Entry for No Entry Consignment A/c ... Dr.
removing loading
To Stock Reserve A/c

Illustration 13.
Mr. X, the consignor, consigned goods to Mr. Y 100 Radio sets valued ` 50,000. This was made by adding 25% on
cost. Mr. X paid ` 5,000 for freight and insurance. 20 sets are lost – in- transit for which Mr. X recorded ` 5,000 from
the Insurance company.
Mr. Y received remaining goods in good condition. He incurred ` 4,000 for freight and miscellaneous expenses
and ` 3,000 for godown rent. He sold 60 sets for ` 50,000. Show the necessary ledger account in the books of Mr. X
assuming that Mr. Y was entitled to an ordinary Commission of 10% on sales and 5% Del Credere Commission on
sales. He also reported that ` 1,000 were provide bad .
Solution:
In the books of Mr.X

(`) (`)
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 50,000 By, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 10,000
(Loading) (` 50,000x25/125)
To, Bank A/c – Expenses 5,000 By, Y A/c – Sale Proceeds 50,000
To, Y A/c By, Abnormal Loss A/c 11,000
- Freight and Misc. Expenses 4,000
- Godown Rent 3,000
To, Abnormal Loss A/c (Loading) 2,000 By, Stock on Consignment A/c 12,000
To, Stock surplus A/c 2,000
To, Y A/c
- Commission (ordinary) @ 10% 5,000
- Del credere Commission @ 5% 2,500
- Profit on Consignment A/c 9,500
83,000 83,000
Dr. Y Account Cr.

(`) (`)
To, Consignment A/c – Sale proceeds 50,000 By, Consignment A/c
- Expenses 7,000
- Commission 7,500
50,000 50,000

(`) (`)
To, Consignment A/c 11,000 By, Consignment A/c (Loading) 2,000
By, Bank A/c – Insurance Claim 5,000
By, Profit and Loss A/c 4,000
- Loss transferred
11,000 11,000

Workings:
(1) Calculation of Loading: I.P. Load C.P.
125
25 100
100 x 50,000
50,000 = ` 40,000
125
\ Loading = `(50,000 – 40,000) = ` 10,000
Loading Per Set = ` 10,000 ÷ 100 = ` 100
(2) Valuation of Goods Lost – in – transit and Unsold stock

`
Total Invoice Price 50,000
Invoice Price of 100 sets 55,000
Less: Lost In Transit 11,000
20 x 55,000
100 44,000
Add: Non recurring Expenses of Mr. Y 4,000
I. P. of 80 sets 48,000
\ For Unsold Stock of (100 – 20 -60) = 20 sets
48,000 x 20
= = ` 12,000
80
(3) Loading on Abnormal Loss = 20 x ` 100 = ` 2,000
(4) Stock surplus = 20 sets x ` 100 = ` 2,000
(5) Since Del Credere Commission is given there will not be any entry for bad debts.
Illustration 14.
On 1.7.2012, Mantu of Chennai consigned goods of the value of ` 50,000 to Pandey of Patna.
This was made by adding 25% on cost. Mantu paid ` 2,500 for freight and ` 1,500 for insurance.
1
During transit th of the goods was totally destroyed by fire and a sum of ` 2,400 was realised from the
10
insurance company. On arrival of the goods, Pandey paid ` 1,800 as carriage to godown. During
the year ended 30th June 2013, Pandey paid ` 3,600 for godown rent and ` 1,900 for selling expenses.
1
th of the remaining goods was again destroyed by fire in godown and nothing was recorded from
9 1
the insurance company. On 1.6.2013, Pandey sold half ( ) the original goods for ` 30,000 and charged
2
a commission of 5% on sales as on 30.6.2013, Pandey sent a bank draft to Mantu for the amount so far due from
him.
You are required to prepare the following ledger accounts in the books of Mantu of Chennai for the year ended
30.6.2013.
(a) Consignment to Patna Account; (b) Goods Destroyed by Fire Account; and (c) Personal Account of Pandey.

Solution:
In the books of Mantu of Chennai
Dr. Consignment to Patna Account Cr.
(`) (`)
To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 50,000 By, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 10,000
To, Bank A/c - Loading
Freight 2,500
Insurance 1,500 4,000 By, Pandey A/c 30,000
To, Pandey A/c Sale Proceeds
Carriage Inward 1,800 By, Goods Destroyed by Fire A/c 11,000
Godown Rent 3,600 By, Stock on Consignment A/c 16,800
Selling Expenses 1,900 7,300
To, Pandey A/c
Commission (5% on ` 30,000) 1,500
To, Goods Destroyed by Fire A/c 2,000
Loading
To, Stock Suspense A/c 3,000
Loading on unsold stock
67,800 67,800
Note: There is no normal Profit or Loss on Consignment.
Dr. Goods Destroyed by Fire Account Cr.

(`) (`)
To, Consignment to Patna A/c By, Consignment to Patna A/c 2,000
In transit 5,400 Loading
In Godown 5,600
By, Bank A/c – Insurance claim 2,400
By, Profit & Loss A/c 6,600
11,000 11,000
Dr. Pandey Account Cr.

(`) (`)
To, Consignment to Patna A/c By, Consignment to Patna A/c
Sale proceeds 30,000 Expense 7,000
Commission 1,500
By, Draft A/c 21,200
30,000 30,000

Working:
Valuation of goods destroyed by fire and unsold stock
Invoice Price of Goods sent 50,000
54,000
1
Less: Lost-in-Transit ( 10 x ` 54,000) 5,400
9
Goods received ( th of ` 54,000)
10 48,600
Add: Non- recurring expenses of Pandey 1,800
50,400
Less: Value of goods destroyed by fire in godown 5,600
1
( 9 th of ` 50,400)
8
Value of 10 th 44,800
9 1 9 9 1 8
∴ Goods available for sale 10 - ( th of ) = 10 - 10 = 10
9 10
1 8 1 3
Goods sold ∴ Unsold goods = - = 10 th
2 10 2
3 10
∴ Value of unsold stock = ` 44,800 x x = ` 16,800
10 8
2
Loading on goods destroyed = ` 10,000 x = ` 2,000
10
3
Loading on unsold stock = ` 10,000 x = ` 3,000.
10
Illustration 15.
Shri Babubhai oil mills of Baroda sent 10000 kg of oil to M/s Gupta & Sons in Delhi. The cost of oil is ` 40 per kg.
Babubhai paid ` 5,000 as freight and ` 2,500 as insurance. In transit 250 kg of oil was accidently destroyed for which
insurance company paid ` 450 in full settlement to Babubhai.
M/s Gupta & Sons took delivery of the balance. Later they reported that 7500 kg was sold @ ` 60 per kg. Expenses
incurred by them were rent ` 2,000, advertisement ` 5,000 and salaries ` 5000. M/s Gupta & Sons are entitled to
commission of 3% and Del Credre commission of 1.5%. One customer who purchased 1000 kg paid only 80% of
the amount due. M/s Gupta & Sons also reported loss of 100 kg due to leakage. The final amount due was settled.
Prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of Babubhai.
Solution:
In the Books of Shri Babubhai
Dr. Consignment to Delhi Account Cr.
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 4,00,000 By, M/s Gupta & Sons’ A/c (sales) 4,50,000
To, Bank A/c (Freight and Insurance) 7,500 By, Abnormal Loss A/c 10,188
To, M/s Gupta & Sons’ A/c : By, Consignment Stock A/c 86,849
Expenses 12,000
Commission 20,250

To P & L A/c (Balancing figure) 1,07,287
5,47,037 547,037

Dr. M/s Gupta & Sons’ Account Cr.
To, Consignment A/c 4,50,000 By, Consignment A/c (expenses) 12,000
By, Consignment A/c (commission) 20,250
By, Bank A/c 4,17,750

4,50,000 450,000
Calculation of Abnormal Loss: 250 kg of oil lost in transit

Cost of 250 kg @ 40/kg 10,000
Proportionate expenses of Babubhai
(250/10000*7500) 188 10,188
Calculation of closing stock Kg
Oil consigned to Delhi 10,000
Less: Lost in transit (250)
Less: Normal loss due to leakage (100)
Less: Quantity sold (7,500)
Stock in hand 2,150
`
Basic cost of stock consigned @ ` 40 400,000
Less : Cost of abnormal loss (10,188)
Cost of stock after normal loss of 100kg 389,812
Thus cost of 2150 kg
(3,89,812/9,650*2150) 86,849
Calculation of commission
Ordinary @ 3% on 4,50,000 13,500
Del Credre @ 1.5% on 4,50,000 6,750
20,250
As the consignee has paid Del Credre Commission, the responsibility of bad debts is his. Hence no entry is needed
to be passed in the books of consignor.
Illustration 16.
Sangita Machine Corporation sent 200 sewing machines to Rita agencies. It spent ` 7500 on packing. The cost of
each machine was ` 2,000, but it was invoiced at 20% above cost. 20 machines were lost in transit & insurance
company accepted claim of ` 20,000 only.
Rita agencies paid freight of ` 9,000, carriage ` 3,600, Octroi ` 1,800 and rent ` 1800. They sold 150 machines at ` 3,500
per machine. They were entitled to commission of 5% on invoice price and additional 20% of any excess realized
on invoice price and 2% Del Credre commission. They accepted a bill drawn by Sangita Machine Corporation for
` 3,00,000 and remitted the balance by demand draft along with account sale. Draw up necessary ledger accounts
in the books of Sangita Machine Corporation and Rita Agencies.

Solution:
Books of Sangita Machine Corporation
Dr. Consignment to Rita Agencies Account Cr.
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 4,80,000 By Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 80,000
(loading)
To, Bank A/c 7,500 By Abnormal Loss A/c 48,750
(Packing Expenses)
To Rita Agencies A/c By Consignment Stock A/c 75,525
Freight 9,000 By Rita Agencies’ A/c 5,25,000
(sales 150 @ 3500)
Carriage 3,600
Octroi 1,800
Rent 1,800
Commission 61,500
To Abnormal loss A/c 8,000
(load removed)
To Stock Reserve A/c 12,000
To P & L A/c 1,44,075
7,29,275 7,29,275
Dr. Rita Agencies Account Cr.

To Consignment A/c 5,25,000 By Consignment A/c (expenses) 16,200
By Consignment A/c (commission) 61,500
By Bills Receivable A/c 3,00,000
By Bank A/c (balancing figure) 1,47,300
5,25,000 5,25,000
Calculation of abnormal loss 20 machines lost in transit

Cost of 20 machines @ ` 2400 ` 48,000
Proportionate expenses of Babubhai
(20/200*7500) ` 750
` 48,750
Calculation of Closing Stock

`
Invoice value of 30 machines @ 2400 72,000
Add : Consignor’s proportionate expenses 1,125
Add : Consignee’s proportionate expenses 2,400
75,525
Stock reserve 30 machines @ `400 12,000

Calculation of Commission
Invoice price of machines sold `
(2400*150) 360,000
Commission @ 5% on this 18,000 (a)
Excess over invoice value

(5,25,000-3,60,000) 165,000
Commission @ 20% on this 33,000 (b)
Del Credre Commission @ 2% on 5,25,000 10,500 (c)
Total Commission (a+b+c) 61,500
Books of Rita Agencies

Dr. Sangita Machine Corporation Account Cr.
To, Cash A/c (expenses) 16,200 By, Consignment A/c (sales) 5,25,000
To, Commission A/c 61,500
To, Bills Payable A/c 3,00,000
To, Bank A/c (balancing figure) 1,47,300
5,25,000 5,25,000
Advance from Consignee as Security Money:

Usually the consignor takes certain some of money as advance by way of cash/draft/bill etc from the consignee
against the goods that are sent for sale to the consignee. The so called advance money is automatically adjusted
against the total dues in order to determine the net amount payable. If the advance money is not treated as
security money, then the entire amount of advance money may be adjusted even if a part of goods are sold.
But if the advance money is treated as security money, in that case, the proportionate amount of such advance
money will be carried forward. The entries in the books of both consignee and consignor will be:
In the books of Consignor In the books of Consignee

Cash/ Draft/Bill Receivable A/c Dr. Consignor A/c Dr.
To, Consignee’s Personal A/c To, Cash/ Draft/B/P A/c
Illustration 17.
Ram of Patna consigns to Shyam of Delhi for sale at invoice price or over. Shyam is entitled to a commission @ 5%
on invoice price and 25% of any surplus price realized. Ram draws on Shyam at 90 days sight for 80% of the invoice
price as security money. Shyam remits the balance of proceeds after sales, deducting his commission by sight
draft.
Goods consigned by Ram to Shyam costing ` 20,900 including freight and were invoiced at ` 28,400. Sales made
by Shyam were ` 26,760 and goods in his hand unsold at 31st Dec, represented an invoice price of ` 6,920. (Original
cost including freight ` 5,220). Sight draft received by Ram from Shyam upto 31st Dec was ` 6,280. Others were
in- transit.
Prepare necessary Ledger Accounts in the books of Ram.

Solution:
In the books of Ram
Dr. Consignment to Delhi Account Cr.
(`) (`)
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 28,400 By, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 7,500
To, Y A/c – Commission 2,394 (Loading) ` (28,400- 20,900)
To, Stock Reserve A/c 1,700 By, Shyam A/c – Sale proceeds 26,760
`(6,920 – 5,220) By, Stock on Consignment A/c 6,920
To, Profit and Loss A/c- 8,686
Profit on consignment transferred
41,180 41,180
Dr. Shyam Account Cr.

(`) (`)
To, Consignment to Delhi A/c 26,760 By, Bills Receivable A/c 22,720
To, Balance c/d (` 6,920 x 80%) 5,536 By, Consignment to Delhi A/c 2,394
- commission
By, Draft A/c 6,280
By, Draft- in- Transit A/c 902
32,296 32,296
Dr. Goods sent on Consignment Account Cr.

(`) (`)
To, Consignment to Delhi A/c 7,500 By, Consignment to Delhi A/c 28,400
To, Trading A/c (bal.fig) 20,900
28,400 28,400
Workings:
Calculation of Commission: `
Invoice value of goods 28,400
Less: Unsold stock 6,920
Invoice value of goods sold 21,480
Total sale proceeds 26,760
Less: Invoice value of goods sold 21,480
Surplus price 5,280
Commission @ 5% on ` 21,480 1,074
Add: @ 25% on ` 5,280 1,320
2,394
Deficiency of Stock
The consignee may discover some deficiency in stock on his actual physical stock taking. The value of loss arising
out of such deficiency will be calculated in the same way as the value of unsold stock. This will be brought into
account by debiting Stock Deficiency Account and crediting Consignment Account. Stock Deficiency Account
will be closed by transfer to the debit of Consignment Account or preferably of Profit & Loss Account. If, however,
there is an arrangement that any deficiency of stock will be made good by the consignee, the Deficiency Account
will be closed by transfer to the debit of the Consignee’s Personal Account.

Illustration 18.
R of Ranchi consigned goods costing ` 1,60,000 to B of Bombay. The terms of the consignment were:
(a) Consignee to get a commission of 5 per cent on cash sales and 4 per cent on credit sales.
(b) Any goods taken by the consignee himself or goods lost through consignee’s negligence, shall be valued at
cost plus 12½ per cent and no commission will be allowed on them.
The expenses incurred by the consignor were: Carriage and freight ` 6,720 and Insurance ` 3,440. The consignor
received ` 50,000 as advance against the consignment. Account Sales together with a draft for the balance due
was received by the consignor showing the following position:
Goods costing ` 1,28,000 were sold for cash at ` 1,40,000 and on credit at ` 1,08,000. Goods costing ` 8,000
were taken by B and goods costing ` 4,000 were lost through B’s negligence. The expenses incurred by B were:
Advertisement ` 1,720; other selling expenses ` 1,080.
Show the ledger accounts in the books of R.
Solution:
Books of R
Dr. Consignment to Bombay Account Cr.

(`) (`)
To Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 1,60,000 By B:
`` Bank—Expenses : Cash sales 1,40,000
Carriage and freight 6,720 Goods taken over:
Insurance 3,440 8,000+ 12½ % 9,000
“ B A/c : Goods Lost: 4,000 + 12½% 4,500
Advertisement 1,720 `` Consignment Debtors A/c
Selling expenses 1,080 — Credit sales 1,08,000
Commission on: “ Consignment Stock A/c 21,270
Cash sales 7,000 (W.N. 1)
Credit sales 4,320
`` Profit on Consignment
transferred to P/L A/c 98,490
2,82,770 2,82,770
Working Note:
1.
Valuation of unsold stock `

Cost price of goods sent 1,60,000
Add: Expenses : 6,720 + 3,440 10,160
1,70,160
20,000
Value of unsold stock: x ` 1,70,160 = ` 21,270
1,60,000

B (Consignee) Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Amount Particulars Amount (`)
(`)
To Consignment to Bombay A/c : By Bank—advance 50,000
Cash sales 1,40,000 ” Consignment to Bombay A/c :
Goods taken over 9,000 Advertisement 1,720
Goods lost 4,500 Selling expenses 1,080
Commission 11,320
” Bank—remittance 89,380
1,53,500 1,53,500
Consignment Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
Particulars Amount (`) Particulars Amount
(`)
To Consignment to Bombay A/c 1,08,000 By Balance c/f 1,08,000
1,08,000 1,08,000
Goods Sent on Consignment Account

Dr. Cr.
Particulars Amount (`) Particulars Amount
(`)
To Trading A/c – transfer 1,60,000 By Consignment to Bombay A/c 1,60,000
1,60,000 1,60,000
Return of Goods by the Consignee

If any goods are returned by the consignee to the consignor, Goods Sent on Consignment Account is debited
and Consignment Account is credited. Consignment Account is debited with expenses paid by the Consignee on
such return. In Consignee’s book, however, no entry is required for return, because no entry is passed for receiving
the goods. For expenses on return Consignor’s A/c is debited and bank is credited.
2.3 JOINT VENTURE ACCOUNTS
Introduction
Joint Venture is a temporary form of business organization. There are certain business activities or projects that may
involve higher risks; higher investments and even they demand multi-skills. In such cases, an individual person may
not be able to muster all resources. Hence two or more people having requisite skill sets come together to form
a temporary partnership. This is called a Joint Venture. There is a Memorandum of Undertaking (MOU) signed for
this purpose.
The business activities for which Joint Ventures (JV) are formed could be :
- Construction of dams, bridges, roads etc
- Buying & selling of goods for a particular season
- Producing a film
- Purchasing land selling plots

The basic features of a Joint Venture business are :
(i) It is done for a specific purpose and hence has a limited duration.
(ii) The partners are called co-venturers.
(iii) The profit or loss on joint venture is shared between the co-venturers in the agreed ratio.
(iv) The co-venturers may or may not contribute initial capital.
(v) The JV is dissolved once the purpose of the business is over.
(vi) The accounts of the co-venturers are settled immediately on dissolution.
(vii) A joint venture has no name.
Accounting Entries
There may be three ways of maintaining the books of account for the joint venture business. They are:
(a) Where separate books of accounts are maintained
(b) Where no separate books of accounts are maintained
(c) Memorandum Joint Venture
(a) When Separate Books are Maintained

As the business duration is short, the books of accounts are not very comprehensive. The basic purpose is to know
profit or loss on account of the joint venture.
(a) Like a normal P & L A/c, a “Joint Venture A/c” is opened which records all transactions related to the activities
carried out. The net result of this a/c will be either profit or loss.
(b) To record cash/bank transactions a “Joint Bank A/c” is maintained. This could take a form of cash book with
cash and bank column. It will record, the initial contributions made by each co-venturer, proceeds of sales,
expenses and distribution of net balances among co-venturers on dissolution of the venture.
(c) To record transaction related to co-venturers, “Co-Venturers’ personal A/cs” are also maintained.
The accounting entries are normally as follows:
No. Transaction Entry
1 Contribution of co-venturers Joint Bank A/c Dr. [with total]
To, Co-Venturers A/c [with individual sum contributed]
2 On purchase of goods Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To, Joint Bank/ Supplier’s/ Co-Venturers A/c
3 On making payment to suppliers of Supplier’s A/c. Dr. [with total]
goods
To, Cash/ Joint Bank/ B/P A/c [with payment made]
To, Joint Venture A/c [with discount received]
4 On supply of goods out of own stock by Joint Venture A/c Dr.
any of the co-venturers
To, Co-Venturer’s Personal A/c
5 On payment of expenses Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To, Joint Bank/ Co-Venturers A/c

No. Transaction Entry

6 For sale of goods sold For cash
Joint Bank A/c Dr.
To Joint Venture A/c
For credit
Customer’s A/c Dr.
To, Joint Venture A/c
By any Co-venturers
Co- Venturer’s A/c Dr.

7 On receiving payment from a customer Cash/ Joint Bank/ B/R A/c Dr. [with payment received]
Joint Venture A/c Dr. [with discount allowed/ bad debts]
To, Customer’s A/c [with total]

8 Contract / sale price received in form Joint Bank A/c Dr.
of shares / cash
Shares A/c Dr.

9 Commission / salary to co-venturers Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To Co-Venturers A/c
10 Unsold goods taken over by co- Co-Venturers A/c Dr.
venturers
11 Shares taken over by co-venturers Co-Venturers A/c Dr.
To Shares
12 If shares are sold in open market Joint Bank A/c Dr.
To Shares
13 For profit on joint venture Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To Co-Venturers A/c
14 For loss on joint venture Co-Venturers A/c Dr.

15 For final distribution of funds In case of a debit balance
Joint Bank A/c Dr.
To, Co-Venturer’s Personal A/c
In case of a credit balance
Co-Venturers A/c Dr.
To Joint Bank A/c

Illustration 19.
Prabir and Mihir doing business separately as building contractors undertake jointly to build a skyscraper for a
newly started public limited company for a contract price of ` 1,00,00,000 payable as ` 80,00,000 in cash and the
balance by way of fully paid equity shares of the new company. A Bank A/c was opened for this purpose in which
Prabir paid ` 25,00,000 and Mihir ` 15,00,000. The profit sharing ratio was agreed as 2:1 between Prabir and Mihir.
The transactions were:
(a) Advance received from the company ` 50,00,000
(b) Wages to contractors ` 10,00,000
(c) Bought materials ` 60,00,000
(d) Material supplied by Prabir ` 10,00,000
(e) Material supplied by Mihir ` 15,00,000
(f) Architect’s fees paid from Joint Bank account ` 21,00,000
The contract was completed and the price was duly paid. The joint venture was duly closed by Prabir taking all
the shares at ` 18,00,000 and Mihir taking over the balance material for ` 3,00,000. Prepare the Joint Venture A/c,
Joint Bank A/c. Co-venturer’s A/cs and Shares A/c.
Solution:
Dr. Joint Venture Account Cr.
To, Joint Bank A/c – wages 10,00,000 By, Joint Bank A/c - advance 50,00,000
To, Joint Bank A/c - material 60,00,000 By, Joint Bank A/c - balance price 30,00,000
To, Joint Banks A/c - Architect 21,00,000 By, Shares A/c – received 20,00,000
To, Prabir A/c - material 10,00,000 By, Mihir A/c - stock taken 3,00,000
To, Mihir A/c - material 15,00,000 By, Prabir A/c - 2/3rd loss 10,00,000
To, Shares A/c - loss 2,00,000 By, Mihir A/c - 1/3rd loss 5,00,000
1,18,00,000 1,18,00,000
Dr. Joint Bank Account Cr.

To, Prabir A/c 25,00,000 By, Joint Venture A/c – wages 10,00,000
To, Mihir A/c 15,00,000 By, Joint Venture A/c – materials 60,00,000
To, Joint Venture A/c - advance 50,00,000 By, Joint Venture A/c – Architect 21,00,000
To, Joint Venture A/c - balance 30,00,000 By, Prabir A/c - balance paid 7,00,000
By, Mihir A/c - balance paid 22,00,000
1,20,00,000 1,20,00,000
Dr. Prabir’s Account Cr.

To, Shares A/c – taken 18,00,000 By, Joint Bank A/c 25,00,000
To, Joint Venture A/c - loss 10,00,000
To, Joint Bank A/c - Balance paid 7,00,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - material 10,00,000
35,00,000 35,00,000
Dr. Mihir’s Account Cr.

To, Joint Venture A/c – stock taken 300,000 By, Joint Bank A/c 15,00,000
To, Joint Venture A/c – Loss 500,000
To, Joint Bank A/c - Balance paid 22,00,000 By, Joint Venture - material 15,00,000
30,00,000 30,00,000

Dr. Shares Account Cr.

To, Joint Venture A/c 20,00,000 By, Prabir A/c 18,00,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - loss 2,00,000
20,00,000 20,00,000
Illustration 20.
P and Q entered into a joint venture for underwriting the subscription at par of 25,000 shares of ` 10 each of a Joint
Stock Company. They agreed to share profits or losses in the ratio of 3 and 2 , respectively. The consideration for
5 5
guaranteeing the subscription was 250 other shares of ` 10 each fully paid to be issued to them.
The public took up 24,000 of the shares and the remaining shares of the guaranteed issue were taken up by P and
Q who provide cash equally. The entire shareholding of the venture was then sold through other brokers, 60% at
a price of ` 9.50 less brokerage 50 paisa per share, 20% at a price of ` 9.75 less brokerage 50 paisa per share and
the balance were taken over by P and Q equally at ` 9.00 per share.
Prepare a Joint Venture Account, the Joint Bank Account, and Capital Accounts of P and Q.
Solution :
In the books of P and Q
Particular Amount (`) Particular Amount (`)
To, Joint Bank A/c 10,000 By, Joint Bank A/c 9,063
Cost of 1,000 shares @ ` 10 Sale proceeds of shares
By, P’s Capital A/c 1,125
To, Capital A/c Shares taken
– Profit on Venture : By, Q’s Capital A/c 1,125
– P-788 Shares taken
– Q-525 1,313
11,313 11,313
Dr. Joint Bank Account Cr.
Particular Amount (`) Particular Amount (`)
To, P’s Capital A/c 5,000 By, Joint Venture A/c 10,000
To, Q’s Capital A/c 5,000 (Cost of shares)
To, Joint Venture A/c 9,063 By, P’s Capital A/c 4,663
By, Q’s Capital A/c 4,400
19,063 19,063

Particular P Q Particular P Q
Amount (`) Amount (`) Amount (`) Amount (`)
To, Joint Venture A/c 1,125 1,125 By Joint Book A/c
– Shares taken (Cost of shares) 5,000 5,000
“Joint Bank A/c 4,663 “Joint Venture Profit A/c 788
— Final Payment 4,400 “Joint Venture Profit A/c 525
5,788 5,525 5,788 5,525

Working :
Cost of 1,000 shares @ ` 10 = ` 10,000 to be contributed by P and Q equally, i.e., ` 5,000 each
Calculation of sale proceeds :
`
Share purchased 1,000
Taken as Com. 250
1,250
60% of 1,250 = 750 × ` 9 (i.e. ` 9.50 – .50) = ` 6,750
20% of 1,250 = 250 × ` 9.25 (i.e. ` 9.75 – .50) = ` 2,313
80% 9,063
20% of 1,250 = 250 × ` 9 = ` 2,250 to be taken by P and Q equally, i.e. ` 1,125 each.
(b) When no Separate Books of Accounts are Maintained
The co-venturers may decide not to keep separate books of account for the venture if it is for a very short period
of time. In this case, all co-venturers will have account for the transactions in their own books. Here no Joint Bank
A/c is opened and the co-venturers do not contribute in cash. Goods are supplied by them from out of their stocks
and expenses for the venture are also settled the same way.
Each co-venturer will prepare a Joint Venture A/c and the other Co-Venturer’s A/c in his books. Naturally, the profit
or loss is separately calculated by each co-venturer. Each co-venturer will take into A/c all transactions i.e. done
by himself and by his co-venturer as well.
The accounting entries are:
In books of Co-venturer A In books of co-venturer B
When goods are supplied and expenses paid by A
Joint Venture A/c Dr. Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To, Goods A/c To, A’s A/c
To, Cash / Bank A/c
When goods are supplied by B and expenses paid by B
To, B’s A/c To, Goods A/c
To, Cash / Bank A/c
When advance is given by A to B or bill accepted by A
B’s A/c Dr. Cash / Bank A/c Dr.
To, Cash / Bank A/c B/R A/c Dr.
To, B/P A/c To, A’s A/c
When sale proceeds are received by A
Cash / Bank A/c Dr. A’s A/c Dr.
To, Joint Venture A/c To, Joint Venture A/c
When sale proceeds are received by B
B’s A/c Dr. Cash / Bank A/c Dr.
For unsold goods taken over by A
Goods A/c Dr. A’s A/c Dr.
To Joint Venture A/c To Joint Venture A/c
For unsold goods taken over by B
B’s A/c Dr. Goods A/c Dr.
For profit on joint venture business
To, B’s A/c To, A’s A/c
To, P & L A/c To, P & L A/c
For loss on joint venture business
B’s A/c Dr. A’s A/c Dr.
P & L A/c Dr. P & L A/c Dr.

After closure the business of joint venture, the co-venturer who has received surplus cash will remit it to the other
co-venturer.
As a variation from this system, the co-venturers may decide to maintain a separate ‘Memorandum Joint Venture
A/c’ in joint books. In this transactions made by each co-venturer is shown against their name. This A/c will show profit
or loss. The co-venturers will keep an account called “Joint venture with co-venturer A/c” wherein all transactions
done by him only are recorded.
Illustration 21.
John and Smith entered into a joint venture business to buy and sale garments to share profits or losses in the ratio
of 5:3. John supplied 400 bales of shirting at ` 500 each and also paid ` 18,000 as carriage & insurance. Smith
supplied 500 bales of suiting at ` 480 each and paid ` 22,000 as advertisement & carriage. John paid ` 50,000 as
advance to Smith.
John sold 500 bales of suiting at ` 600 each for cash and also all 400 bales of shirting at ` 650 each for cash. John is
entitles for commission of 2.5% on total sales plus an allowance of ` 2,000 for looking after business. The joint venture
was closed and the claims were settled.
Prepare Joint Venture A/c and Smith’s A/c in the books of John and John’s A/c in the books of Smith.
Solution:
Books of John
To, Goods A/c - shirting (400x500) 2,00,000 By, Cash A/c – sales
To, Bank A/c - carriage & insurance 18,000 shirting (500 x 600) 3,00,000
To, Smith A/c - suiting (500x480) 2,40,000 suiting (400 x 650) 2,60,000
To, Smith A/c - advt & Carriage 22,000
To, Commission A/c - 2.5% 14,000
To, Allowance A/c 2,000
To, P & L A/c (5/8th share) 40,000
To, Smith A/c (3/8th share) 24,000
5,60,000 5,60,000
Dr. Smith’s Account Cr.

To, Cash A/c - advance 50,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - suiting 2,40,000
To, Cash A/c - balance paid 2,36,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - expenses 22,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - profit 24,000
2,86,000 2,86,000
Books of Smith
Dr. John’s Account Cr.
To, Joint Venture A/c - sales 5,60,000 By, Cash A/c - advance 50,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - shirting 2,00,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - expenses 18,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - commission 14,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - Allowance 2,000
By, Cash A/c - balance paid 2,36,000
5,60,000 5,60,000

(c) Memorandum Joint Venture Account
When all the parties keep accounts, the method adopted for recording the transactions relating to joint venture, is
called Memorandum Joint venture method. Here each Co-Venturer records only those joint venture transactions
which are affected by him with the help of a personal account designed as ‘Joint Venture with……….(Name of
the other Co-Venturer)……Account’. It is debited with the amount of purchases/supplies made and expenses
incurred by the Venturer.
Each Co-Venturer sends a periodic statement of joint venture transactions effected by him only, to the other Co-
Venturer and on receipt of the aforesaid statement, each Co-Venturer prepares Memorandum Joint Venture
Account in order to ascertain the profit/loss on Joint Venture transactions.
Since this account is in fact, not a part and parcel of double entry system the word ‘memorandum’ is prefixed.
Journal Entries: The journal entries which may be required at any point of time, are summarized below:
1. (a) On receipt of any amount/Bills Receivable from other Co-

Venturer:
Cash/Bank/Bills Receivable A/c Dr.
To, Joint Venture with …………..A/c
1. (b) On discounting Bills Receivable:
Bank A/c Dr. (with net proceeds)
Joint Venture with …………..A/c Dr. (with discount)
To, Bills Receivable A/c (with total)
2. On purchase of goods:
Joint Venture with …………..A/c Dr. (with total)
To, Cash/Bank A/c (with cash purchase)
To, Supplier’s A/c (with credit purchase)
3. On making payment to supplier
Supplier’s A/c Dr. (with total)
To, Cash/Bank/Bills Payable A/c (with payment made)
To, Joint Venture with …………..A/c (with discount received)
4. On supply of goods out of own stock:
Joint Venture with …………..A/c Dr. (if supplies at cost)
To, Purchases/Goods sent on Joint Venture A/c (if supplies at profit)
To, Sales A/c
5. On payment of expenses:
Joint Venture with …………..A/c Dr. (with total)
To, Cash/Bank A/c (with cash expenses)
To, Creditor’s A/c (with outstanding expenses)
6. On sale of goods:
Cash/Bank A/c Dr. (with cash sales)
Customer’s A/c Dr. (with credit sales)
To, Joint Venture with …………..A/c (with total)
7. On receiving payment from a customer:
Cash/Bank A/c Dr. (with the payment received)
Joint Venture with …………..A/c Dr. (discount allowed/bad debt)
To, Customer’s A/c (with total)

8. On taking away of unsold goods:

Goods sent on Joint Venture A/c Dr.
9. On considering some commission/salary to the Co-Venturer:
Joint Venture with …………..A/c Dr.
To, Commission/Salary A/c
10. On recording the share of Profit/Loss:
(a) When profit-
To, Profit & Loss A/c
(b) When loss-
11. On settlement of balance of Joint Venture with ……..A/c:
(a) When there is a debit balance:
Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
(b) When there is a credit balance:
To, Cash/Bank A/c
Illustration 22.
M and N decided to work in partnership with the following scheme, agreeing to share profits as under :
M — ¾th share.
N—¼th share.
They guaranteed the subscription at par of 10,00,000 shares of ` 1 each in U Ltd. And to pay all expenses up
to allotment in consideration of U. Ltd. issuing to them 50,000 other shares of ` 1 each fully paid together with a
commission @ 5% in cash which will be taken by M and N in 3 : 2.
M and N introduced cash as follows:
`
M— Stamp Charges, etc., 4,000
Advertising Charges 3,000
Printing Charges 3,000
N— Rent 2,000
Solicitor’s Charges 3,000
Application fell short of the 10,00,000 shares by 30,000 shares and N introduced ` 30,000 for the purchase of those
shares.
The guarantee having been fulfilled, U Ltd. handed over to the venturers 50,000 shares and also paid the commission
in cash. All their holdings were subsequently sold by the venturer N receiving ` 18,000 and M ` 50,000.
Write-up necessary accounts in the books of both the parties on the presumption that Memorandum Joint Venture
Account is opened for the purpose.

Solution :
Dr. Memorandum Joint Venture Account Cr.
Particulars Amount (`) Amount (`) Particulars Amount (`) Amount (`)
To, N : Cost or Shares 30,000 3
By M : Commission ( 5 )
To, M : Stamp Charges etc, 4,000 30,000
N : Commission ( 2 )
Advertising Charges 3,000 5 20,000
By M : Sale Proceeds
Printing Charges 3,000 10,000 50,000
N : Sale Proceeds
To, N : Rent 2,000 18,000
Solicitor’s Charges 3,000 5,000
To, Profit on Venture :

To, M — ¾ 54,750
To, N — ¼ 18,250 73,000
1,18,000 1,18,000
In the books of M
Dr. Joint Venture with N Cr.
To, Bank : Stamp, Adv. and 10,000 By, Bank : Commission 30,000
Printing Charges By, Bank : Sale Proceeds 50,000
To, Share of Profit 54,750
To, Bank (Remittance) 15,250
80,000 80,000
In the books of N
Dr. Joint Venture with M Cr.
To, Bank : Cost of Shares 30,000 By, Bank : Commission 20,000
To, Bank : Rent and Solicitor’s Charges 5,000 By, Bank : Sale Proceeds 18,000
To, Share of Profit 18,250 By, Bank (Remittance) 15,250
53,250 53,250
Joint Venture Business on Consignment Principle

The co-venturers may decide to appoint an agent for selling goods on their behalf on consignment basis. He is
allowed expenses and commission on sales. The agent would remit the cash to co-venturers. In such case in addition
to Joint Venture A/c and the co-venturer’s A/c a separate Account is maintained for the agent as well.
The Agent’s A/c is debited with the sales proceeds received by him and credited with the expenses incurred and
commission payable to him.
Hence additional entries are:
(i) Goods sold by the agent
Agent’s A/c Dr.

(ii) Expenses & commission entitled to agent

Joint Venture A/c Dr.
To, Agent’s A/c
(iii) Payment received from agent
Bank A/c Dr.
To, Agent’s A/c
(iv) Cash paid by agent to co-venturers
Co-Venturers’ A/c Dr.
To, Agent’s A/c
Illustration 23.
Sahani and Sahu entered into a joint venture to sale 800 bags of food grains. The business risks are to be
shared in the ratio of 3:2 between them. Sahani supplied 400 bags at ` 800 per bag and paid freight
` 8,000 and insurance ` 2,000. Sahu sent 400 bags at ` 1,000 per bag. He paid ` 2,500 as freight, Insurance ` 8,000
and sundry expenses as ` 500. Sahani paid ` 50,000 as advance to Sahu.
They appointed Sandeep as agent for sale of grains. Sandeep sold all bags at ` 1,200 per bag. He deducted `
21,000 as his expenses and commission of 5% on sales. He remitted ` 6,00,000 by cheque to Sahani and the balance
to Sahu by way of a bill of exchange. The co-venturers settled their accounts. Prepare Joint Venture A/c Sahu’s
A/c and Sandeep’s A/c in the books of Mr. Sahani.
Solution:
Books of Sahani
To, Food grains A/c (400*800) 3,20,000 By, Sandeep A/c - sales (800*1200) 9,60,000
To, Bank A/c - freight & insurance 10,000
To, Sahu A/c -food grains(400*1000) 4,00,000
To, Sahu A/c - expenses 11,000
To, Sandeep A/c - expenses 21,000
To, Sandeep A/c - commission 5% 48,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c 3/5th share 90,000
To, Sahu A/c 2/5th share 60,000
9,60,000 9,60,000
Dr. Sahu’s Account (Co-venturer) Cr.

To, Bank A/c - advance 50,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - grains 4,00,000
To, Sandeep A/c - bill 2,91,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - expenses 11,000
To, Bank A/c - final balance 1,30,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - profit share 60,000
4,71,000 4,71,000
Dr. Sandeep’s Account (Agent) Cr.

To, Joint Venture A/c - sales 9,60,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - expenses 21,000
By, Joint Venture A/c - commission 48,000
By, Bank A/c - cheque received 6,00,000
By, Sahu A/c - Bill 2,91,000
9,60,000 9,60,000

Conversion of Consignment in to JV
A variation could be that an ongoing consignment arrangement may get converted into a joint venture
arrangement. In Such case, a normal accounting for consignment business is done till the conversion. Upon the
conversion, the balance stock on consignment is transferred to the Joint Venture A/c and from that day onwards,
accounting is done on the basis of principles followed for joint venture.
Illustration 24.
Daga of Kolkata sent to Lodha of Kanpur goods costing ` 40,000 on consignment at a commission of 5% on gross
sales. The packaging and forwarding charges incurred by consignor amounted to ` 4,000. The consignee paid freight
and carriage of ` 1,000 at Kanpur. Three-fourth of the goods were sold for ` 48,000. Then the consignee remitted
the amount due from him to consignor along with the account sale, but he desired to return the goods still lying
unsold with him as he was not agreeable to continue the arrangement of consignment. He was then persuaded
to continue on joint venture basis sharing profit or loss as Daga 3/5th and Lodha 2/5th.
Daga then supplied another lot of goods of ` 20,000 and Lodha sold out all the goods in his hand for
` 50,000 (gross). Daga paid expenses ` 2,000 and Lodha ` 1,700 for the second lot of goods.
Show necessary Ledger A/c in the books of both parties. No final settlement of balance due is yet made.
Solution:
Books of Daga
Dr. Consignment to Lodha Account Cr.
To, Goods Sent on Consignment A/c 40,000 By, Lodha’s A/c (sales) 48,000
To, Bank A/c (packing & dispatching) 4,000 By, Joint Venture with Lodha A/c
To, Lodha’s A/c : (stock transferred on conversion to JV) 11,250
Freight & Carriage 1,000
Commission 2,400
To, P & L A/c 11,850
59,250 59,250
Dr. Lodha’s Account Cr.

To Consignment A/c - sales 48,000 By, Consignment A/c- expenses 1,000
By, Consignment A/c - commission 2,400
By, Cash A/c 44,600
48,000 48,000
Dr. Joint Venture with Lodha Account Cr.

To, Consignment to Lodha A/c 11,250 By, Balance c/d 42,280
To, Goods A/c 20,000
To, Bank A/c - expenses 2,000
To, P & L A/c (profit) 9,030
42,280 42,280
Books of Lodha
Dr. Daga’s Account (as consignor) Cr.
To, Cash A/c- expenses 1,000 By, Bank A/c – sales 48,000
To, Commission A/c 2,400
To, Bank A/c - remittance 44,600
48,000 48,000

Dr. Joint Venture with Daga Account Cr.

To, Cash A/c - expenses 1,700 By, Bank A/c – sales 50,000
To, P & L A/c (profit) 6,020
To, Balance c/d 42,280
50,000 50,000
Working note:
Dr. Memorandum Joint Venture Account Cr.
Particulars Amount ` Particulars Amount `
To, Daga A/c - goods 11,250 By, Lodha A/c – sales 50,000
To, Daga A/c- goods 20,000
To, Daga A/c- expenses 2,000
To, Lodha A/c- expenses 1,700
To, Net Profit :
Daga 3/5th Share 9,030
Lodha 2/5th share 6,020
50,000 50,000
Illustration 25.
Satish and Sunit made a JV to underwrite the subscription at par of the equity share capital of Soft Systems Ltd.
consisting of 100,000 shares of ` 10 each. They agreed to pay all expenses up to the allotment of shares. They
agreed to share profits or losses in the ratio of 3:2. The consideration in return for this underwriting was allotment
of 12,000 other shares of ` 10 each at par to be issued to them fully paid. Satish provided for ` 12,000 registration
fees, ` 11,000 advertisement, ` 7,500 for printing & distributing prospectus and ` 2,000 for printing & stationery. Sunit
paid ` 3,000 office rent, ` 13,750 as legal charges, and ` 9,000 salary of clerks. The issue fell short by 15,000 shares.
Satish took these over on joint A/c by paying for the same in full. He sold the entire holding at ` 12 (net). Sunit sold
the 12,000 shares allotted as consideration at the same price.
Prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of both parties.
Solution:
Books of Satish
To, Bank A/c - expenses : By, Bank A/c- sales
Registration Fees 12,000 15000 shares @12 1,80,000
Advertising 11,000 By, Sunit’s A/c – sales
Prospectus Printing 7,500 12000 shares @12 1,44,000
Printing & Stationery 2,000
To, Sunit’s A/c - expenses :
Office rent 3,000
Legal charges 13,750
Salary 9,000
To, Bank A/c - 15,000 shares @ ` 10 1,50,000

To, P & L A/c (3/5th share) 69,450
To, Sunit A/c (2/5th share) 46,300
3,24,000 3,24,000

Dr. Sunit’s Account Cr.
To, Joint Venture A/c - sales 1,44,000 By, Joint Venture A/c – expenses 25,750
By, Bank A/c - balance paid 71,950
1,44,000 1,44,000
Books of Sunit
Dr. Satish’s Account Cr.
To, Joint Venture A/c - sales 1,80,000 By, Joint Venture A/c - expenses 32,500
To, Bank A/c - balance paid 71,950 By, Joint Venture A/c - cost of shares 1,50,000
2,51,950 2,51,950
Joint Ventures running for more than one accounting period:

If a joint venture runs for more than one accounting period, it poses a special problem of calculation of the closing
stock. The stock should be valued on the basis of basic cost plus proportionate non-recurring expenses and it
should be shown in the memorandum joint venture account on the credit side at the end of the year and on the
debit side of the memorandum joint venture account of the next year. The other accounts should be made in the
usual manner. However, if the co-ventures are interested in an interim settlement at the end of the first year, they
should bring in their proportionate share in the value of the closing stock in their respective ‘Joint Venture with Co-
Venturer Account’ and finally settle their account. The share of stock should be carried forward and shown on the
debit side of the ‘Joint Venture with Co-venturer Account;
2.4 INSURANCE CLAIMS (Loss of Stock and Loss of Profit)
In course of running a business, an abnormal or accidental loss may occur in the form of a fire, theft, natural
calamity, strike, etc. As a result, the assets of the business and mainly stock of goods are destroyed partially or
wholly. Such an accident also causes a disruption of the normal business activities. To replenish the mutilated
assets, the business immediately needs some money. So, to cover the risks of such losses, it takes on a policy with
the Insurance Companies so as to recover a part or whole of the loss.
The business pays insurance premium yearly or quarterly or as per agreement. If any accidental loss occurs, the
business has to compute the amount of loss and file a claim for compensation to the Insurance Company. The
Insurance Company, in turn, appoints loss assessors to investigate the reasons and extent of the loss. As per the
report of the loss assessor, insurance claims are met.
Loss of Stock
Of the different forms of accidental losses, loss by fire is the most common one. A fire insurance policy is taken to
cover two types of losses: 1. Loss of assets (including Stock) and 2. Loss of Profits.
As stocks constitute a considerable portion of the working capital of any business and specially for trading
concerns, any loss of stock directly affects the solvency of the business. A business has to cover this risk adequately.
If stock records and stock are destroyed, it becomes difficult to ascertain the amount of stock lost. When the loss
suddenly occurs, up-to-date value of stock does not become available.
Computation of claim for Loss of Stock:

It requires two steps:
1. Calculation of value of stock on the date of fire:
If exact value of stock is not available, a Memorandum (or Estimated) Trading Account has to be prepared starting
from the very next date of the last accounting period and ending on the date of fire. Its Specimen is given below :

Trading Account
For the period (1st day of the current accounting year to the date of fire)
Dr. Cr.
To Opening Stock By Sales (less returns)
To Purchase (less returns) By Stock on sale Return
To Any other Expense like Wages, etc. (If goods sent on approval are
chargeable to Trading A/c lying with customers but yet to be
To Gross Profit confirmed, then Cost price of such
goods)
(Calculated at usual rate on sales)
By Stock on consignment (lying with
consignee at cost)
By Closing Stock (Balancing figure)
Note :
(a) Usual rate of gross profit may not be given. In that case, it should be found out from information given. If
required a Trading Account for the preceding accounting period/periods may have to be prepared to find
out the rate of gross profit.
(b) Adjustments may be necessary while preparing the Trading Accounts of the current period and preceding
accounting years for slow-moving items, abnormal or defective items not fetching same rate of gross profit,
goods distributed as samples, goods taken away by proprietors, over or under valuation of stocks, omission
of recording of stocks, etc.
2. Calculation of Actual Claim

(i) Take the book value of stock on date of fire (ascertained from the memorandum Trading —
Account)
(ii) Deduct : The value of any stock saved or salvaged —
(iii) Actual value of stock lost —
The Insurance Policy contains provisions regarding the claim for Stock Lost.
Please remember that-
(i) Even if the insured value of the goods is higher, the claim should be limited to the amount of actual loss.
(ii) If actual loss exceeds the amount of the insured value, the claim is to be limited usually by applying the
Average clause.
Average Clause: It is a clause contained in a fire insurance policy. It encourages full insurance and discourages
under-insurance. The insured person also has to bear a portion of loss himself in case the value of-stock lost is more
than the value of the policy. The net claim as per this clause is—
Policy Value
Net Claim = Actual Loss of Stock ×
Value of Stock on the date of fire
In this respect, it should be remembered that—
(a) If there is any Salvaged Stock, that is deducted from the Value of Stock on the date of fire. If there is no
Salvaged Stock, It is a case of total loss. The net claim should be limited to the Policy Value.
(b) Average clause cannot be applied in case the Policy value is equal to or more than the Actual Stock Lost
[that is, there is equal or over insurance].
Elimination of Abnormal/ Defective Items : Goods which cannot fetch the usual rate of gross profit are considered
as unusual or abnormal items.

For preparing the Memorandum Trading Account, the portion of the value of such goods which has not yet been
written off, should be deducted from the Opening Stock. If any such goods have been purchased in the current
period, the Cost Price of such goods should be deducted from purchases. If any portion of such goods have been
sold in the current period, the Selling Price should be deducted from current sales. Lastly if any portion of such,
goods remains unsold on the date of fire, the agreed value of such portion should be added with the estimated
value of normal stock to arrive at the estimated value of (total) stock on that date.
Similar adjustments may be required while preparing the Trading Account of the last financial year/s, if abnormal
items existed then.
As an alternative measure, columnar Trading Account Showing normal and abnormal items separately may be
prepared.
Illustration 26.
A fire occurred on 15th September 2013 in the premises of Sen & Co. from the following figures, calculate the
amount of claim to be lodged with the insurance company for loss of stock.
Particulars Amount
`
Stock at cost on 1.1.2012 40,000
Stock at cost on 1.1.2013 60,000
Purchases in 2012 80,000
Purchase from 1.1.2012 to 15.9.2013 1,76,000
Sales in 2012 1,20,000
Sales from 1.1.2013 to 15.9.2013 2,10,000
During the current year cost of purchase has risen by 10% above last years’ level. Selling prices have gone up by
5%. Salvage value of stock after fire was ` 4,000.
Solution:
Memorandum Trading Account for the period from 1.1.2013 to 15.9.2013
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Current Year Last Year Particulars Current Year Last Year
` ` ` `
To Opening Stock 60,000 60,000 By, Sales 2,10,000 2,00,000
,, Purchase 1,76,000 1,60,000 By, Closing Stock 1,32,000 1,20,000
,, Gross Profit 1,06,000 1,00,000
(bal. fig.) (50% of Sales)
3,42,000 3,20,000 3,42,000 3,20,000
Working:
1. Value of Closing Stock
`
Stock at last years’ level 60,000
Add: 10% increase in cost of purchase 6,000
66,000
Amount of Claim `
Less: Stock Salvaged 4,000
Actual Value of Stock last 1,28,000
Actual Value of Stock Loss

Trading Account (for ascertaining rate of Gross Profit)

For the year ended 31.12.2012
Dr. Cr.
` `
To, Opening Stock 40,000 By, Sales (less returns) 1,20,000
To, Purchase (less returns) 80,000 By, Closing Stock 60,000
To, Gross profit (bal. fig.) 60,000
1,80,000 1,80,000
∴ Percentage of gross profit on sales = (Gross Profit/Sales) x100
= (` 60,000/` 1,20,000)×100
= 50%
Illustration 27.
Mr. X’s godown was destroyed by fire on 1.6.2013 when the goods in stock were insured for ` 60,000. The following
particulars are given:
Balance Sheet (Extract)
as at 31st December 2012
Liabilities Amount Asset Amount
` `
Creditor for goods 20,000 Stock (including goods held by agent ` 2,000) 36,000
Debtors 70,000
Transactions upto 31st May, 2013 include:

` `
Cash Received from Debtors 3,40,000 Cash paid to Creditors 2,20,000
Bad Debt written off 3,500 Discount Received
1,000
Balance on 31.5.2013:
Debtors 70,000
Creditors 30,000
Additional information
(i) Debtors on 31.5.2013, included an amount owing from the agent from sales to date ` 4,000 less 10% commission
and his expenses amounting to ` 100 on 31.5.2013 – the agent still held the said goods valued at ` 3,600 (at
selling price).
(ii) Sales (total) for the periods include ` 1,600 for goods which have the selling price reduced by 50% and also `
6,000 reduced by 25%.
(iii) The normal mark up is 50% on cost and except the above, all sales can be assumed to be at the full selling
price.
(iv) All the goods were destroyed and there was no salvage value of the goods.
Calculate the amount of claim.

Solution:
In the Books of Mr. X
Debtors Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 2013
Jan 1 To Balance b/d 70,000 May 31 By Cash Received 3,40,000
May 31 ,, Sales (bal. fig.) 3,40,000 ,, Bad Debts 3,5001
(excluding form agent)
4,10,000 4,10,000
Creditors Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 2013
May, 31 To Cash paid 2,20,000 Jan. 1 By Balance b/d 20,000
,, Discount Received 1,000 2013
,, Balance c/d 30,000 May 31 ,, Purchase (bal. fig) 2,31,000
2,51,000 2,51,000
Godown Stock Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
2012 34,000 2012 By Cost of Goods Sold 2,29,0662
May, 31 To Balance b/d May ,, Stock at Agents 3,0673
(` 36,000 – ` 2,000) 2,31,000 31. ,, Stock Destroyed by fire (bal. fig) 32,867
,, Purchase from the Creditors) 2,65,000 2,65,000
Thus, amount of claim which will be lodged for ` 32,867.
Workings:
1. Bad Debts
Particulars Amount
`
Sales 4,000
Less: Commission @10% 400 500
Expenses 100 3,500
2. Cost of Goods Sold

Sales Normal Selling Price Cost (2/3 of Selling Price)
` ` `
1,600 3,200 2,133
6,000 8,000[6,000 × (100/75)] 5,333
3,32,400 (bal. fig.) – 2,21,600
3,40,000 2,29,066

3. Stock at Agent
Sales (`) Cost (`)
4,000 2,667 (` 4,000 × 2/3)
— 2,400 (` 3,600 × 2/3)
Less: Agents’ hand at the beginning 5,067
2,000
3,067
Illustration 28.
X Ltd. has taken out a fire policy of ` 1,60,000 covering its stock. A fire occurred on 31st March, 2013. The following
particulars are available :
`
Stock as on 31.12.2012 60,000
Purchases to the date of fire 2,60,000
Sales to the date of fire 1,80,000
Carriage Inwards 1,600
Commission on purchase to be paid @2%
Gross Profit Ratio @ 50% on cost
You are asked to ascertain (i) total loss of stock; (ii) amount of claim to be made against the Insurance Company
assuming that the policy was subject to average clause. Stock salvage amounted to ` 41,360.
Solution:
In the books of X Ltd.
Memorandum Trading Account
Dr. for the period ended 31st March, 2013 Cr.
Particulars ` ` Particulars `
To, Opening Stock 60,000 By, Sales 1,80,000
“ Purchase 2,60,000 “ Closing Stock 2,06,800
Add: Carriage Inward 1,600 (bal. figure)
Add: Com. on Purchase 5,200 2,66,800
“ Gross Profit 60,000
(@ 50% on cost or 33 % on sale)
3,86,800 3,86,800
Note: Carriage Inward and Com. on Purchase are direct expenses and hence, these are added to purchases.
Loss of Stock:

`
Stock at the date of fire 2,06,800
Loss of Stock 1,65,440
Amount of claim applying Average Clause

Amount of Policy
Amount of Claim = Actual Loss ×
Value of stocks at the date of fire
= ` 1,65,440 × (` 1,60,000/ ` 2,06,800)
= ` 1,28,000

Illustration 29.
A fire occurred in the premises of Sri. G. Vekatesh on 1.4.2013 and a considerable part of the stock was destroyed.
The stock salvaged was ` 28,000. Sri Venkatesh had taken a fire insurance policy for ` 17,10,000 to cover the loss
of stock by fire.
You are required to ascertain the insurance claim which the company should claim from the insurance company
for the loss of stock by fire. The following particulars are available:
` `
Purchases for the year 2012 9,38,000 Stock on 1.1.12 1,44,000
Sales for the year 2012 11,60,000 Stock on 31.12.2012 2,42,000
Purchases from 1.1.13 to 1.4.13 1,82,000 Wages paid during 2012 1,00,000
Sales from 1.1.13-1.4.13 24,00,000 Wages paid 1.1.13-1.4.13 1,80,000
Sri Venkatesh had in June 2012 consigned goods worth ` 50,000, which unfortunately were lost in an accident.
Since there was no insurance cover taken, the loss had to be borne by him full.
Stocks at the end of each year for and till the end of calendar year 2011 had been valued at cost less 10%. From
2012, however there was a change in the valuation of closing stock which was ascertained by adding 10% to its
costs.
Solution:
In order to find the rate of gross profit on sales for the year 2012, the following Trading Account is to be prepared
for the same year as:
Trading Account
For the year ended 31st Dec. 2012
Dr. Cr.
` `
To, Opening Stock 1,60,000 By, Sales 11,60,000
1,44,000 × (100/90) By, Stock lost by Accident 50,000
To, Purchases 9,38,000 By, Closing Stock (2,42,000 ×100/110) 2,20,000
To, Wages 1,00,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c (G.P. transferred) 2,32,000
14,30,000 14,30,000
Rate of Gross Profit on Sales = 2,32,000/11,60,000 × 100 = 20%
Trading A/c for the period (from 1.1.13-1.4.13)

Dr. Cr.
` `
To, Purchases 1,82,000 By, Closing Stock 2,28,000
To, Wages 18,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c (G.P. @20% of sales) 48,000
4,68,000 4,68,000
Amount of Claim = Stock destroyed – Salvaged
= ` 2,28,000 – ` 28,000
= ` 2,00,000
As the policy amount is less than the value of stock destroyed, average clause is applicable. Here, the amount of
claim will be:
Net Claim = Loss of Stock × (Amount of Policy / Stock at the date of fire)
= 2,00,000 × (1,71,000 / 2,28,000) = 1,50,000/-

Illustration 30.
On 1.4.2013, godown of Y Ltd. was destroyed by fire. The records of the company revealed the following particulars:

`
Stock on 1.1.2012 75,000
Stock on 31.12.2012 80,000
Purchases during 2012 3,10,000
Sales during 2012 4,00,000
Purchase from 1.1.2013 to the date of fire 75,000
Sales from 1.1.2013 to the date of fire 1,00,000
In valuing Closing Stock of 2012, ` 5,000 was written off whose cost was ` 4,800. Part of this stock was sold in 2013 at
a loss of ` 400, at ` 2,400. Stock salvaged was ` 5,000. The godown and the cost of which was fully insured.
Indicate from above amount of claim to be made against the insurance company.
Solution:
(a) For ascertaining the rate of Gross Profit

Trading Account
Dr. for the year ended 31.12.2012 Cr.
Particulars ` ` Particulars ` `
“ Purchases 3,10,000 “ Closing Stock 80,000
Less: Purchase of Abnormal 4,800 3,05,200 Add: Loss on value of 200 80,200
items of goods abnormal items
“ Gross Profit (bal. fig.) (`5,000 – `4,800)

1,00,000
4,80,200 4,80,200
` 1,00,000
Percentage of Gross Profit on sales = ×100
` 4,00,000
= 25%

for the period ended 31st March, 2013
Dr. Cr.
Particulars ` Particulars ` `
“ Purchases 75,000 Less: Sale of abnormal Stock (` 2,000 98,000

2,400 – ` 400)
“ Gross Profit (@25% on ` 98,000) 24,500
“ Closing Stock
(bal. fig.) 81,700
1,79,700 1,79,700

Alternative approach
In a combined form
Trading Account
for the year ended 31st December, 2013
Dr. Cr.
Normal Abnormal Normal Abnormal
Particulars Items ` Items Total Particulars Items ` Items Total
` ` ` `
To Opening Stock 75,000 --- 75,000 By Sales 4,00,000 --- 4,00,000
,, Purchase ,, Closing Stock 80,200 (-) 200 80,000
,, Gross Profit @25% 3,05,200 4,800 3,10,000 ,, Gross Loss
on sales 1,00,000 --- 1,00,000 --- 5,000 5,000
4,80,200 4,800 4,85,000 4,80,200 4,800 4,85,000

for 3 months ending 31st March, 2013
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Items Items Total Particulars Items Items Total
` ` ` ` ` `
To Opening Stock 80,200 (-) 200 80,000 By Sales 98,000 2,000 1,00,000
,, Purchase ,, Closing Stock 81,700 2,4001 84,100
,, Gross Profit 75,000 --- 75,000 (bal. fig)
24,500 4,600 29,100
1,79,700 4,400 1,84,100 1,79,700 4,400 1,84,100
1. 50% of ` 4,800 i.e., remaining abnormal stocks are valued at cost.
Amount of Claim `
Value of Stock at the date of fire 84,100
79,100
Illustration 31.
On 30.09.2013 the stock of Harshvardhan was lost in a fire accident. From the available records the following
information is made available to you to enable you to prepare a statement of claim of the insurer:
Particulars Amount ` Particulars Amount

`
Stock at cost on 1.4.2012 75,000 Sales less returns for the year ended 6,30,000
31.3.2013
Stock at cost on 31.3.2013 1,04,000
Purchase less returns up to 30.09.2013 2,90,000
Purchases less returns for the year 5,07,500
ended 31.3.2013 Sales less returns up to 30.09.2013 3,68,100
In valuing the stock on 31.03.2013 due to obsolescence 50% of the value of the stock which originally cost ` 12,000
had been written-off. In May 2013, ¾th of these stocks had been sold at 90% of original cost and it is now expected
that the balance of the obsolete stock would also realize the same price, subject to the above, G.P had remained
uniform throughout stock to the value of ` 14,400 was salvaged.

Solution:
for the period ended 30.09.2013
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Items Items Total Particulars Items Items Total
` ` ` ` ` `
To Opening Stock 98,000 6,000 1,04,000 By Sales 3,60,000 8,100 3,68,100
,, Purchase 2,90,000 --- 2,90,000 (Less returns)
(Less: Returns) ,, Closing
Stock
,, Gross Profit 90,000 4,800 94,800 1,18,000 2,700 1,20,700
(25% on Normal
Sales) 4,78,000 10,800 4,88,800 4,78,000 10,800 4,88,800
∴ Amount of Claim `
Stock at the date of fire 1,20,700
1,06,300
Workings:
Trading Account
for the year ended 31.03.2013
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Opening Stock 75,000 By Sales (Less: Returns) 6,30,000
,, Purchase (Less: Returns) 5,07,500 ,, Closing Stock 1,10,0001
,, Gross Profit 1,57,500

7,40,000 7,40,000
` 1,57,500
So, Percentage of Gross Profit on sales = × 100 = 25%
` 6,30,000
1. Closing Stock
Particulars Amount
`
Add: Stock Written off 6,000

1,10,000
2. Sale of Abnormal Items of goods

3
` 12,000 × 4 × (90/100) = ` 8,100
3. Closing Stock of Abnormal Items

1
` 12,000 × 4 × (90/100) = ` 2,700

B. LOSS OF PROFIT
Introduction
A fire may create a consequential loss to a business over and above the instantaneous damage of stock. It
disrupts normal activities for some time during which the business has to go on paying standing charges like rent,
salaries etc. without any effective return. It also causes a loss of profits which the business could have earned if
normality was not disturbed by the accident.
A business may cover the risk of such loss by taking out a “Loss of Profit” or “Consequential Loss Policy”. It is a
separate Policy. But any claim under this Policy is admitted provided the claim for loss of asset is also admitted
under a different policy.
We should remember that loss of profit insurance cover the following risk which happened as a result of fire. Viz,
(a) Loss of Net Profit; (b) payments made for standing (fixed) overhead charges, e.g., Salaries, Rent, Depreciation
etc. (c) Any additional cost of working.
Certain Important Terms

Standing Charges
Standing charges or fixed overhead charges are to be paid even if there is a reduction in turnover or stoppage
of work which include; Rent, Rates and Taxes; Salaries to payment Staffs; Depreciation of fixed Assets, Director’s
Remuneration; Sundry standing charges which are restricted to 5% of the total of specified insured standing
charges. Under loss of profit insurance, gross profit means net profit + insured standing charges.
Indemnity Period
“The period commences at the date of damage and ends not later than the stated number of months thereafter.
This is the maximum period in respect of which the insurers are liable and should the business recover and becomes
normal before the expiry of such period, liability at once ceases.” In short, it comes from the period of damage
upto the date when the business begins its normal operational activities or it is the period commencing on the day
on which the damages occurs and may vary from three months to a period of years. The period is selected by the
proposer and should be sufficient to extend over the full period of any likely interruption.
Indemnity
Indemnity is the difference between the actual profit earned after the damage and that which should have been
earned had no damage occurred.
Standard Turnover
The turnover during that period in the twelve months immediately preceding the date of the damage which
corresponds with the indemnity period.
Annual Turnover
It is the period of 12 months immediately before the date of damage.
Net Profit
It is the ordinary net profit of the business which is disclosed by the income statement excluding capital receipts
and payments. It excludes non-operating income (i.e., income from investment) for the purpose of insurance
indemnity.
Gross Profit
Gross Profit is the total of the net profit plus insured standing charges. If there is no net profit the amount would be
insured standing charges less such a proportion of any net trading loss.
Example:
Particulars Amount
`
Gross Profit (from Trading Account) 12,000
(Sale ` 16,000 Less: non-standing charges ` 4,000)
All standing charges 15,000
Net Loss
3,000
Insured standing charges say 14,000
Now, for profit for insurance purpose
Gross profit will be considered as: ` 14,000/15,000 × ` 12,000 = ` 11,200

Calculation of the amount of claim under “loss of Profit” Policy

1. Find out the rate of Gross Profit [after considering trend of business etc.]
2. Find out the short sales [Standard turnover – Actual turnover of the period of dislocation]
3. Find out Gross Profit on short sales.
4. Find out the Amount Admissible for Additional Expenses
It should be the minimum of :
(a) Actual expenses (b) Gross profit on additional sales generated by additional expenditure
Net Profit + Insured Standing Charges

and (c) Additional expenses × Net Profit + All Standing Charges or
Gross Profit on Annual Turnover

Additional Expenses × Gross Profit on Annual Turnover + Uninsured Standing Charges
5. Add (3) and (4). From the total deduct saving in any insured standing charge during the period of indemnity.
The result is gross claim.
Policy Value
6. Under average clause : Net Claim = Gross Claim × Gross Profit on Aannual Turnover
Illustration 32.
From the following particulars prepare a claim for loss of profits under the Consequential Loss Policy.
Date of Fire: June 30, 2013
Period of indemnity: Six Months
Particulars Amount
`
Sum Insured 25,000
Turnover for the year ended June 30, 2013 1,00,000
Net Profit for the accounting year ending March 31, 2013 6,250
Standing charges for the accounting year ending March 31, 2013 14,250
Turn Over for the year ending March 31, 2013 99,000
Turn Over for the indemnity period from 1.7.13 – 31.12.13 28,000
Turn Over for the period from 1.7.12 – 31.12.12 55,000
The turnover of the year 12-13 had shown a tendency of increase of 10% over the turnover of the preceding year.
Solution:
Short Sales
Particulars Amount
`
Standard Turnover (from 1.7.12 – 31-12-12) 55,000
Add: 10% increase in 12-13 5,500
60,500
Less: Actual Sales 28,000
Short Sales 32,500

Rate of gross Profit on Sales
= (Net Profit + Insured Standing Charges) / Sales x 100 = 20.70%
Gross Claim
Particulars Amount
`
Gross Profit on short sales = 32,500 x 20.70% 6,730
Add : Increased Cost of Workings NIL
6,730
Less: Saving in Standing Charges NIL

Amount of Gross Claim 6,730
Illustration 33.
There was a serious fire in the premises of M/s ABC on 1.9.2013. Their business activities were interrupted until 31st
December, 2013, when normal trading conditions were re-established. M/s. ABC are insured under the loss or profit
policy for ` 42,000 the period of indemnity being six months. You are able to ascertain the following information.
(i) The net profit for the year ended 31st December, 2012 was ` 20,000
(ii) The annual insurable standing charges amounted to ` 30,000, of which ` 2,000 were not included in the
definition of insured standing charges under the policy.
(iii) The additional cost of working in order to investigate the damage caused by the fire amounted to ` 600 and
but for the expenditure the business would have had to shut down.
(iv) The savings in insured standing charges in consequence of the fire amounted to ` 1,500.
(v) The turnover for the period for four months ended April 30, August 31, December 31, in each of the years 2012
and 2013 was as follows:
Year Amount Amount Amount

` ` `
2012 65,000 80,000 95,000
2013 70,000 80,000 15,000
You are required to compute the relevant claim under the terms of the loss of profit policy.
Solution:
Short Sales
Standard Turnover (four months ended 31 December, 2012
st
95,000
Less: Actual Sales (four months ended 31 December, 2013)
st
15,000
Short Sales 80,000
Reduction of Gross Profit

G.P. Ratio = Turnover ×100
= [ ` 20,000 + ` 28,000/ ` 2,40,000) × 100] = 20%

∴ Reduction in gross profit in short sales = ` 80,000 x 20% = ` 16,000
Additional cost of working for mitigating damage ` 600

As all standing charges are not insured, amount admissible for additional expenses

= × Additional Expenses
Net Profit + All Insured Standing Charges
` 20,000 + ` 28,000
= × ` 600 = ` 576
` 20,000 + ` 30,000
Total Claim
Particulars Amount
`
Gross Profit on short sales 16,000
Add: Additional cost of workings 576
16,576
Less: Savings in Standing Charges 1,500
Gross Claim 15,076
Applying Average Clause

Policy Amount ` 42,000
Net Claim = Gross Profit on Aannual Turnover × Gross Claim = × ` 15,076 = ` 12,922
` 49,000*
* Gross Profit on Annual Turnover = Sales for 12 months ended 31st August, 2012 is ` 2,45,000
= ` 2,45,000 × 20% = ` 49,000
Illustration 34.
A fire occurred on 1st July, 2012 in the premises of A. Ltd. and business was practically disorganized up to 30th
November 2012. From the books of account, the following information was extracted:
Sl. No. Particulars Amount

`
1. Actual turnover from 1st July 2013 to November, 2013 1,20,000
2. Turnover from 1 July to 30 November, 2012
st th
4,00,000
3. Net Profit for the last financial year 1,80,000
4. Insured Standing Charges for the last financial year 1,20,000
5. Turnover for the last financial year 10,00,000
6. Turnover for the year ending 30th June, 2013 11,00,000
7. Total Standing Charges for the year 1,44,000
The company incurred additional expenses amounting to ` 18,000 which reduced the loss in turnover. There was
also a savings during the indemnity period of ` 4,972.
The company holds a ‘Loss of Profit’ policy for ` 3,30,000 having an indemnity period for 6 months. There has
been a considerable increase in trade and it has been agreed that an adjustment of 20% be made in respect of
upward trend in turnover.
Compute claim under ‘Loss of Profit Insurance’.

Solution:
Particulars Amount
`
Short Sales:
Standard Turnover (from 1.7.2012 to 30.11.2012) 4,00,000
Add: Increase @ 20% 80,000
4,80,000
Less: Actual Sales during indemnity period 1,20,000
(i.e., from 1.7.2013 to 30.11.2013)
3,60,000
∴ Gross Profit @30% on Short Sales (` 3,60,000 x 30%) =
1,08,000
Additional Expenses:
Least of the following:
(a) Actual amount 18,000
(b) Gross Profit on additional sales @30% 36,000
Net Profit+Insured Standing Charges

(c) × Additional Expenses
Net Profit +All Standing Charges 16,972 16,972
3,96,000
= × ` 18,000 = 16,972
`4,20,000 1,24,972
Less: Saving in Expenses 4,972

1,20,000
Net Claim = Amount of Claim x (Amount of Policy/G.P. on Annual Adjusted Turnover

= ` 1,20,000 x ( ` 3,30,000/ ` 3,96,000) = ` 1,00,000
Note:
` 3,00,000
1. Rate of Gross Profit : x 100 = 30%
` 10,00,000
QUESTIONS:
1. Babai sold goods to Kachari for ` 90,000 on 1st April, 2014 for which the later accepted three bills of ` 30,000
each due respectively in 1,2 and 3 months. The first bill is retained by Babai and is duly met. The second bill
was discounted (discount being ` 600) and is met in due course. The third bill is also discounted (discount
being ` 900) and is dishonoured, the Noting charges being ` 150.
New arrangements were duly made whereby Kachari pays Cash ` 10,150 and accepted and new bill due
in 2 months for the balance of the amount with interest at 15% p.a. The bill is retained, on due date the same
is dishonoured, noting charges being ` 180. Kachari declared insolvent on 15th Sept. 2014 and 35 paise in a
rupee were received from his estate.
Required:
Pass Journal entries in the Books of Babai.
[Answer: Total of Journal Entries — `2,82,660. Interest on renewal of bills — [`20,000 × 15% × 2/12] =`500.],
Received from estate - `20,680 × 0.35 =`7,238.]
2. Gouru and Gyani were friends and in need of funds. On 1st April, 2015 Gouru drew a bill for ` 2,00,000 for three
months on Gyani. On 04.04.2015 Gouru got the bill discounted at 15% per annum and remitted half of the
proceeds to Gyani. On the due date, Gyani could not meet the bill, instead, Gouru accepted Gyani’s bill
for ` 1,20,000 on 4th July, 2015 for two months. This was discounted by Gyani at 15% per annum and out this `

19,500 was paid to Gouru after deducting ` 500 discounting charges. Due to financial crisis, Gouru became
insolvent and the bill drawn on his was dishonoured and his estate paid 40%.
• Days of grace for discount purposes may be ignored.
Required:
(i) Give Journal Entries and
(ii) Prepare Gyani’s Account – in the books of Gouru.
[Answer: Total of Journal Entries — `8,80,000,Amount transferred to Deficiency A/c - `1,20,000 × 60% = `72,000.]
3. On 15th December, 2014 the premises of Nagar Ltd. were destroyed by fire, but sufficient records were saved
from which the following particulars were ascertained:
`
Stock at cost on 1 April, 2013
st
2,20,500
Stock at cost on 31st March, 2014 2,38,800
Purchases less returns, year ended 31st March, 2014 11,94,000
Sales less returns, year ended 31st March, 2014 14,61,000
Purchases less returns, 1st April, 2014 to 15th December, 2014 10,15,000
Sales less returns, 1st April, 2014 to 15th December, 2014 11,62,000
In valuing stock for Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2014 ` 6,900 had been written off for certain stock which
was a poor selling line, having cost of ` 20,700. A portion of these goods were sold in June, 2014 at a loss of
` 750 on the original cost of ` 10,350. The remainder of this stock was now estimated to be worth the original
cost. Subject to the above exception, gross profit had remained at a uniform rate throughout. The stock
salvaged was ` 17,500. The stock was insured for ` 2,50,000.
Required:
Calculate the amount of claim to be lodged with the Insurance company for Loss of Stock.
[Answer: Rate of Gross Profit 20%, Amount of Claim — `2,36,679]
4. Mr. Naitik sends goods to the value of ` 9,37,500 at cost to Mr. Jatin on consignment basis to be sold at 5%
commission on sales on 01.01.2015. Jatin accepted a bill of ` 2,50,000 drawn by Naitik for 4 months on the
same date. Naitik discounted the bill with his banker @ 15% p.a. on 04.02.2015. Naitik incurred ` 75,000 by way
of freight and other expenses, whereas expenses of Jatin were ` 50,000 out of which 60% were non-recurring.
Jatin sent the final balance of ` 7,68,750 to Naitik on 31.03.2015 along with account sales. The Gross Profit
margin is 25% on Sales and 10% of Goods Remained unsold with Jatin.
You are required to prepare:
(i) Consignment Account and
(ii) Jatin Account – in the books of Mr. Naitik.
[Answer: Amount transferred to General P& L A/c — `1.10.500, Amount of goods sold on consignment —
(`9,37,500/0.90)×0.90 = `11,25,000
Or , (`8,43,750/0.75)×0.90 =`11,25,000]
5. X and Y entered into a joint venture for purchase and sale of some household items. They agreed to share
profits and losses in the ratio of their respective contributions. X contributed ` 10,000 in cash and Y ` 13,000.

The whole amount was placed in a Joint Bank Account. Goods were purchased by X for ` 10,000 and
expenses paid by Y amounted to ` 2,000. They also purchased goods for ` 15,000 through the Joint Bank
Account. The expenses on purchase and sale of the articles amounted to ` 6,000 (including those met by Y).
Goods costing ` 20,000 were sold for ` 45,000 and the balance were lost by fire.
Prepare Joint Venture Account, Joint Bank Account and the Ventures’ Accounts closing the venture.
[Profit on Joint venture: X - `8,000; Y - `6,000.]
6. Jiban and Mitrik decided to work in joint venture with the following scheme, agreeing to share profits in the
ratio of 2/3 and 1/3:
They guaranteed the subscription at par of 50 lakhs shares of ` 10 each in Rainbow Ltd. and to pay all
expenses up to allotment in consideration of RAINBOW LTD. issuing to them 3,00,000 other shares of ` 10 each
fully paid together with a commission @ 5% in cash which will be taken by Jiban and Mitrik in 3 : 2.
Co-ventures introduced cash as follows:
JIBAN Stamp charges, etc. ` 1,65,000

Advertising charges ` 1,35,000
Car expenses ` 1,54,000
Printing charges ` 1,88,000
MITRIK Rent ` 1,30,000
Solicitor’s charges ` 80,000
Application fell short of the 50 lakhs shares by 1,20,000 shares and Mitrik introduced ` 12,00,000 for the
purchase of those shares.
The guarantee having been fulfilled, Rainbow Ltd. handed over to the ventures 3,00,000 shares and also paid
the Commission in cash. All their holdings were subsequently sold by the venture Mitrik receiving ` 12,50,000
and Jiban ` 25,00,000.
You are required to prepare the:
(i) Memorandum Joint Venture Account and
(ii) Joint Venture Account with Mitrik – in the Books of JIBAN.
[Answer: Share of Profit on Joint Venture: Jiban —`27,98,667, Mitrik —`13,99,333.]


Study Note - 3
PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PROFIT
ORIENTED ORGANIZATIONS

3.1 Introduction
3.2 Preparation of Financial Statements
3.3 Bad Debts
3.1 INTRODUCTION
Preparation of final accounts is the final destination of the accounting process. As discussed earlier these final
accounts include two statements – Income statement which reflects the outcome of business activities during
an accounting period (i.e. profit or loss) and the balance sheet which show the position of the business at the
end of the accounting period (i.e. resources owned as assets and sources of funds as liabilities plus capital). The
objective of financial statements is to provide information about the financial strength, performance and changes
in financial position of an enterprise that is useful to a wide range of users in making economic decisions. Financial
statements should be understandable, relevant, reliable and comparable. Reported assets, liabilities and equity
are directly related to an organization’s financial position. Reported income and expenses are directly related to
an organization’s financial performance.
Financial statements are intended to be understandable by readers who have “a reasonable knowledge of business
and economic activities and accounting and who are willing to study the information diligently”.
In this chapter, we will see how conceptually these statements are prepared and what each of them contains.
3.2 PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Profitability Statement – This statement is related to a complete accounting period. It shows the outcome of business
activities during that period in a summarized form. The activities of any business will include purchase, manufacture,
and sell.
Balance Sheet – Business needs some resources which have longer life (say more than a year).
Such resources are, therefore, not related to any particular accounting period, but are to be used over the useful
life thereof. The resources do not come free. One requires finance to acquire them. This funding is provided by
owners through their investment, bank & other through loans, suppliers by way of credit terms. The Balance Sheet
shows the list of resources and the funding of the resources i.e. assets and liabilities (towards owners and outsiders).
It is also referred as sources of funds (i.e. liabilities & capital) and application of funds (i.e. assets). Let us discuss
these statements in depth.
Trading Account: It is an account which is prepared by a merchandising concern which purchases goods and sells
the same during a particular period. The purpose of it to find out the gross profit or gross loss which is an important
indicator of business efficiency.
The following items will appear in the debit side of the Trading Account:
(i) Opening Stock: In case of trading concern, the opening stock means the finished goods only. The amount of
opening stock should be taken from Trial Balance.
(ii) Purchases: The amount of purchases made during the year. Purchases include cash as well as credit purchase.
The deductions can be made from purchases, such as, purchase return, goods withdrawn by the proprietor,
goods distributed as free sample etc.

Preparation of Financial Statements of Profit Oriented Organizations
(iii) Direct expenses: It means all those expenses which are incurred from the time of purchases to making the
goods in suitable condition. This expenses includes freight inward, octroi, wages etc.
(iv) Gross profit: If the credit side of trading A/c is greater than debit side of trading A/c gross profit will arise.
The following items will appear in the credit side of Trading Account:
(i) Sales Revenue: The sales revenue denotes income earned from the main business activity or activities. The
income is earned when goods or services are sold to customers. If there is any return, it should be deducted
from the sales value. As per the accrual concept, income should be recognized as soon as it is accrued and
not necessarily only when the cash is paid for. The Accounting standard 7 (in case of contracting business)
and Accounting standard 9 (in other cases) define the guidelines for revenue recognition. The essence of
the provisions of both standards is that revenue should be recognized only when significant risks and rewards
(vaguely referred to as ownership in goods) are transferred to the customer. For example, if an invoice is made
for sale of goods and the term of sale is door delivery; then sale can be recognized only on getting the proof
of delivery of goods at the door of customer. If such proof is pending at the end of accounting period, then
this transaction cannot be taken as sales, but will be treated as unearned income.
(ii) Closing Stocks: In case of trading business, there will be closing stocks of finished goods only. According to
convention of conservatism, stock is valued at cost or net realizable value whichever is lower.
(iii) Gross Loss: When debit side of trading account is greater than credit side of trading account, gross loss will
appear.
Dr Trading Account for the year ended Cr

Opening stock: Sales
Finished goods less sales returns
Purchases Closing stock
Less: purchase returns Finished goods
Gross Profit Gross Loss
(transferred to P & L A/c) (transferred to P & L A/c)
Total Total
Preparation of Trading Account

Illustration 1.
Following are the ledger balances presented by M/s. P. Sen as on 31st March 2013.
(`) (`)
Stock (1.4.2012) 10,000 Sales 3,00,000
Purchase 1,60,000 Return Inward 16,000
Carriage Inwards 10,000 Return Outward 10,000
Wages 30,000 Royalty on Production 6,000
Freight 8,000 Gas and Fuel 2,000
Additional Information:
(1) Stock on 31.3.2013: (i) Market Price ` 24,000; (ii) Cost Price ` 20,000;
(2) Stock valued ` 10,000 were destroyed by fire and insurance company admitted the claim to the extent of
` 6,000.
(3) Goods purchased for ` 6,000 on 29th March, 2013, but still lying in-transit, not at all recorded in the books.
(4) Goods taken for the proprietor for his own use for ` 3,000.
(5) Outstanding wages amounted to ` 4,000.
(6) Freight was paid in advance for ` 1,000.

Solution:
In the books of M/s. P. Sen
Trading Account
Dr. For the year ended 31st March, 2013. Cr.
Particulars Amount Amount Particulars Amount Amount
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To Openign Stock 10,000 By, Sales 3,00,000
To Purchase 1,60,000 Less: Return Inward 16,000 2,84,000
Less: Return Outward 10,000
1,50,000 By, Closing Stock 20,000
Less: Goods taken by
Proprietor 3,000 Add: Stock Destroyed 10,000
1,47,000 30,000
Add: Goods-in-transit 6,000 1,53,000 Add: Goods-in-Transit 6,000 36,000
To Wages 30,000
Add: Outstanding 4,000 34,000
To, Carriage Inwards 10,000

To, Freight 8,000
Less: Prepaid 1,000 7,000
To, Royalty on production 6,000
To, Gas & fuel 2,000
To, Profit & Loss A/c. 98,000
- Gross profit transferred
3,20,000 3,20,000
Note: (a) Stock should be valued as per cost price or market price whichever is lower.
(b) The claim which was admitted by insurance company and the loss of stock, will not appear in Trading
Account.
Profit and Loss Account:
The following items will appear in the debit side of the Profit & Loss A/c:
(i) Cost of Sales: This term refers to the cost of goods sold. The goods could be manufactured and sold or can be
directly identified with goods.
(ii) Other Expenses: All expenses which are not directly related to main business activity will be reflected in the P
& L component. These are mainly the Administrative, Selling and distribution expenses. Examples are salary to
office staff, salesmen commission, insurance, legal charges, audit fees, advertising, free samples, bad debts
etc. It will also include items like loss on sale of fixed assets, interest and provisions. Students should be careful
to include accrued expenses as well.
(iii) Abnormal Losses: All abnormal losses are charged against Profit & Loss Account. It includes stock destroyed
by fire, goods lost in transit etc.
The following items will appear in the credit side of Profit & Loss A/c:
(i) Revenue Incomes: These incomes arise in the ordinary course of business, which includes commission received,
discount received etc.
(ii) Other Incomes: The business will generate incomes other than from its main activity. These are purely incidental.
It will include items like interest received, dividend received, etc .The end result of one component of the P &
L A/c is transferred over to the next component and the net result will be transferred to the balance sheet as
addition in owners’ equity. The profits actually belong to owners of business. In case of company organizations,
where ownership is widely distributed, the profit figure is separately shown in balance sheet.

Dr Profit and Loss Account for the year ended Cr

Gross Loss Gross Profit
(transferred from Trading A/c) (transferred from Trading A/c)
Administrative expenses Other Income
Office salaries Interest received
Communication Commission received
Travel & Conveyance Profit on sale of assets
Office rent Rent received
Depreciation of office assets Net loss
Audit fees
Insurance
Repairs & maintenance
Selling & Distribution expenses
Advertising
Salesmen commission
Delivery van expenses/Depreciation on
delivery vans/Bad debts
Financial expenses
Bank charges
Interest on loans
Loss on sale of assets
Net profit
Total Total
Preparations of Profit & Loss Account

Illustration 2.
From the following particulars presented by Sri Tirlhankar for the year ended 31st March 2013, Prepare Profit and
Loss Account.
Gross Profit ` 1,00,000, Rent ` 22,000; Salaries, ` 10,000; Commission (Cr.) ` 12,000; Insurance ` 8,000; Interest (Cr.)
` 6,000; Bad Debts ` 2,000; Provision for Bad Debts (1.4.2012) ` 4,000; Sundry Debtors `40,000; Discount Received
` 2,000; Plant & Machinery ` 80,000.
Adjustments:
(a) Outstanding salaries amounted to ` 4,000;
(b) Rent paid for 11 months;
(c) Interest due but not received amounted to ` 2,000
(d) Prepaid Insurance amounted to ` 2,000;
(e) Depreciate Plant and Machinery by 10% p.a.
(f) Further Bad Debts amounted to ` 2,000 and make a provision for Bad Debts @5% on Sundry Debtors.
(g) Commissions received in advance amounted to ` 2,000.

Solution
In the Books of Sri Tirlhankar
Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended 31st March 2013
Dr. Cr.

(`) (`) (`) (`)
To Rent 22,000 By Trading A/c. 1,00,000
Add: Outstanding 2,000 24,000 -Gross Profit
” Salaries 10,000 ” Commission 12,000
Add: Outstanding 4,000 14,000 Less: Received in advance 2,000 10,000
” Insurance 8,000 ” Interest 6,000
Less: Prepaid 2,000 6,000 Add: Accrued Interest 2,000 8,000

” Bad Debts 2,000
Add: further Bad Debts 2,000 4,000 ” Discount received 2,000
” Depreciation on Plant & 8,000 ” Provisions for Bad Debts 4,000
Machinery @10% on
` 80,000
” Capital A/c. 66,100 Less: New Provision @ 5% on 1,900
(Net Profit Transferred) (` 40,000 – ` 2,000) 2,100
1,22,100 1,22,100
Profit and Loss Appropriation Account

We know that the net profit or loss is added to or deducted from owner’s equity. The net profit may be used by the
business to distribute dividends, to create reserves etc. In order to show these adjustments, a P & L Appropriation
A/c is maintained. Distribution of profits is only appropriation and does not mean expenses. After passing such
distribution entries, the remaining surplus is added in owner’s equity.
The format of P & L Appropriation A/c is given below
Dr. Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the year ended ——————— Cr.

To Proposed dividend By Net profit transferred from P & L A/c
To Transfer to General Reserve
To Surplus carried to Capital A/c
Total Total
Illustration 3.
X,Y and Z are three Partners sharing profit and Losses equally. Their capital as on 01.04.2012 were: X
` 80,000 ; Y ` 60,000 and Z ` 50,000.
They mutually agreed on the following points (as per partnership deed)
(a) Interest on capital to be allowed @ 5% P.a. (b) X to be received a salary @ ` 500 p.m. (c) Y to be received a
commission @ 4% on net profit after charging such commission. (d) After charging all other items 10% of the net
profit to be transferred General Reserve.
Profit from Profit and Loss Account amounted to ` 66,720. Prepare a Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the
year ended 31st March, 2013.

Solution:
In the books of X,Y and Z
Dr. For the year ended 31st March, 2013 Cr.
To, Interest on Capital: By, Profit and Loss A/c 66,720
X 4,000
Y 3,000
Z 2,500 9,500
“ Salaries
X : (`500 x 12) 6,000
“ Commission
Y 19701
“ General Reserve 4,9252
“ Net Divisible Profit
X 14,775
Y 14,775
Z 14,775 44,325
66,720 66,720
Workings:
1. Net Profit before charging Y’s Commission = ` (66,720 – 15,500) = ` 51,220
4
Less: Y’s Commission @ 4% i.e.- ( 104 X ` 51,220) = ` 1,970
49,250
2. Transfer to General Reserve = ` 49,250 x 10% = ` 4,925
Balance Sheet: Horizontal format of Balance Sheet is also used by the business other than company
A. Liabilities
(a) Capital: This indicates the initial amount the owner or owners of the business contributed. This contribution could
be at the time of starting business or even at a later stage to satisfy requirements of funds for expansion, diversification
etc. As per business entity concept, owners and business are distinct entities, and thus, any contribution by owners
by way of capital is liability.
(b) Reserves and Surplus: The business is a going concern and will keep making profit or loss year by year. The
accumulation of these profit or loss figures (called as surpluses) will keep on increasing or decreasing owners’
equity. In case of non-corporate forms of business, the profits or losses are added to the capital A/c and not shown
separately in the balance sheet of the business.
(c) Long Term or Non-Current Liabilities: These are obligations which are to be settled over a longer period of time
say 5-10 years. These funds are raised by way of loans from banks and financial institutions. Such borrowed funds
are to be repaid in installments during the tenure of the loan as agreed. Such funds are usually raised to meet
financial requirements to procure fixed assets. These funds should not be generally used for day-to-day business
activities. Such loan are normally given on the basis of some security from the business e.g. against a charge on
the fixed assets. So, long term loan are called as “Secured Loan” also.
(d) Short Term or Current Liabilities: A liability shall be classified as Current when it satisfies any of the following :
• It is expected to be settled in the organisation’s normal Operating Cycle,
• It is held primarily for the purpose of being traded,
• It is due to be settled within 12 months after the Reporting Date, or
• The organization does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months
after the reporting date (Terms of a Liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement
by the issue of Equity Instruments do not affect its classification)

Current liabilities comprise of :
(i) Sundry Creditors - Amounts payable to suppliers against purchase of goods. This is usually settled within 30-180
days.
(ii) Advances from customers – At times customer may pay advance i.e. before they get delivery of goods. Till
the business supplies goods to them, it has an obligation to pay back the advance in case of failure to supply.
Hence, such advances are treated as liability till the time they get converted to sales.
(iii) Outstanding Expenses: These represent services procured but not paid for. These are usually settled within 30–60
days e.g. phone bill of Sept is normally paid in Oct.
(iv) Bills Payable: There are times when suppliers do not give clean credit. They supply goods against a promissory
note to be signed as a promise to pay after or on a particular date.
These are called as bills payable or notes payable.
(v) Bank Overdrafts: Banks may give fund facilities like overdraft whereby, business is permitted to issue cheques
up to a certain limit. The bank will honour these cheques and will recover this money from business. This is a
short term obligation.
B. Assets
In accounting language, all debit balances in personal and real accounts are called as assets. Assets are broadly
classified into fixed assets and current assets.
(a) Fixed Assets: These represent the facilities or resources owned by the business for a longer period of time. The
basic purpose of these resources is not to buy and sell them, but to use for future earnings. The benefit from use of
these assets is spread over a very long period. The fixed assets could be in tangible form such as buildings, machinery,
vehicles, computers etc, whereas some could be in intangible form viz. patents, trademarks, goodwill etc. The fixed
assets are subject to wear and tear which is called as depreciation. In the balance sheet, fixed assets are always
shown as “original cost less depreciation”.
(b) Investments: These are funds invested outside the business on a temporary basis. At times, when the business has
surplus funds, and they are not immediately required for business purpose, it is prudent to invest it outside business
e.g. in mutual funds or fixed deposit. The purpose if to earn a reasonable return on this money instead of keeping
them idle. These are assets shown separately in balance sheet.
Investments can be classified into Current Investments and Non-current Investments.
Non-current Investments are investments which are restricted beyond the current period as to sale or disposal.
Whereas, current investments are investments that are by their nature readily realizable and is intended to be held
for not more than one year from the date on which such investment is made.
(c) Current Assets: An asset shall be classified as Current when it satisfies any of the following :
• It is expected to be realised in, or is intended for sale or consumption in the organisation’s normal Operating
Cycle,
• It is held primarily for the purpose of being traded,
• It is due to be realised within 12 months after the Reporting Date, or
• It is Cash or Cash Equivalent unless it is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a Liability for at least
12 months after the Reporting Date.
Current assets comprise of:
(i) Stocks: This includes stock of raw material, semi-finished goods or WIP, and finished goods.
Stocks are shown at lesser of the cost or market price. Provision for obsolescence, if any, is also reduced. Generally,
stocks are physically counted and compared with book stocks to ensure that there are no discrepancies. In case
of discrepancies, the same are adjusted to P & L A/c and stock figures are shown as net of this adjustment.
(ii) Debtors: They represent customer balances which are not paid. The bad debts or a provision for bad debt is
reduced from debtors and net figure is shown in balance sheet.

(iii) Bills receivables: Credit to customers may be given based on a bill to be signed by them payable to the business
at an agreed date in future. At the end of accounting period, the bills accepted but not yet paid are shown as
bills receivables.
(iv) Cash in Hand: This represents cash actually held by the business on the balance sheet date. This cash may
be held at various offices, locations or sites from where the business activity is carried out. Cash at all locations is
physically counted and verified with the book balance. Discrepancies if any are adjusted.
(v) Cash at Bank: Dealing through banks is quite common. Funds held as balances with bank are also treated as
current asset, as it is to be applied for paying to suppliers. The balance at bank as per books of accounts is always
reconciled with the balance as per bank statement, the reasons for differences are identified and required entries
are passed.
(vi) Prepaid Expenses: They represent payments made against which services are expected to be received in a
very short period.
(vii) Advances to suppliers: When amounts are paid to suppliers in advance and goods or services are not received
till the balance sheet date, they are to be shown as current assets. This is because advances paid are like right to
claim the business gets.
Please note that both current assets and current liabilities are used in day-to-day business activities. The current assets
minus current liabilities are called as working capital or net current assets. The following report is usual horizontal
form of balance sheet. Please note that the assets are normally shown in descending order of their liquidity. Also,
capital, long term liabilities and short term liabilities are shown in that order.
In case other than Company :
Liabilities Amount Assets Amount

Capital Fixed Assets:
(separate figures are shown for Land less depreciation
each owner) Building less depreciation
Long term Liabilities: Plant and Machinery
Loans from banks or financial less depreciation
Institutions Vehicles less depreciation
Current Liabilities: Computer systems less depreciation
Sundry creditors Office equipments less depreciation
Bills payable Current Assets:
Advances from customers Stocks
Outstanding expenses Sundry debtors less provisions
Bills receivables
Cash in hand
Cash at bank
Prepaid expenses
Advances to suppliers
Total Total

Illustrations 4.
Following is the Trial Balance of M/s Brijesh and Sons. Prepare final accounts for the year ended on 31st March 2013.
Particulars Debit (`) Credit (`)

Stock as on 01.04.2012: Finished goods 2,00,000
Purchases and Sales 22,00,000 35,00,000
B ills receivables 50,000
R eturns 1,00,000 50,000
Carriage Inwards 50,000
Debtors and Creditors 2,00,000 4,00,000
Carriage Outwards 40,000
Discounts 5,000 5,000
Salaries and wages 2,20,000
Insurance 60,000
R ent 60,000
Wages and salaries 80,000
Bad deb ts 10,000
Furniture 4,00,000
Brijesh’s capital 5,00,000
Brijesh’s drawing 70,000
Loose tools 1,00,000
Printing & stationery 30,000
Advertising 50,000
Cash in hand 45,000
Cash at b ank 2,00,000
Petty Cash 5,000
Machinery 3,00,000
Commis sion 10,000 30,000
T otal 44,85,000 44,85,000
Adjustments: (i) Finished goods stock. Stock on 31st March was valued at Cost price ` 4,20,000 and market price
` 400,000. (ii) Depreciate furniture @ 10% p.a. and machinery @ 20% p.a. on reducing balance method. (iii) Rent
of ` 5,000 was paid in advance. (iv) Salaries & wages due but not paid ` 30,000. (v)Make a provision for doubtful
debts @ 5% on debtors. (vi) Commission receivable ` 5,000.
Solution :
Dr. Trading Account for the year ended 31st March 2013 Cr.
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Opening stock : Sales 35,00,000
Finished goods 2,00,000 Less: Sales Returns 1,00,000 34,00,000
Purchases 22,00,000
Less: Purchases returns 50,000 21,50,000 Closing stock
Carriage inwards 50,000 Finished goods 4,00,000
Wages & salaries 80,000
Gross Profit c/d 13,20,000
38,00,000 38,00,000

Dr. Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2013 Cr.
Administrative expenses - Gross Profit b/d 13,20,000
Salaries & wages 2,20,000 Discount received 5,000
Add: Not paid 30,000 2,50,000 Commission received 30,000
Depreciation on furniture 40,000 Add : receivable 5,000 35,000
Depreciation of Machinery 60,000
Insurance 60,000
Rent 60,000
Less: Paid in advance 5,000 55,000
Selling & Distribution
expenses:
Advertising 50,000
Carriage Outwards 40,000
Discounts 5,000
Bad debts 10,000
Commission 10,000
Provision for doubtful debts 10,000
Net profit 740,000
13,60,000 13,60,000
Dr. Balance Sheet as on 31st March 2013 Cr.

Liabilities Amount (`) Amount (`) Assets Amount (`) Amount (`)
Brijesh’s Capital 5,00,000 Fixed Assets:
Less : Drawings 70,000 Furniture 400,000
Add : Net Profit for the year 7,40,000 11,70,000 Less: Depreciation 40,000 3,60,000
Long term Liabilities: - Machinery 300,000
Less: Depreciation 60,000 2,40,000
Loose tools 1,00,000
Current Liabilities:
Sundry creditors 4,00,000
Outstanding salaries & wages 30,000 Current Assets:
Stocks 4,00,000
Sundry debtors 200,000
Less: Provision for doubtful
debts 10,000 1,90,000
Bills receivables 50,000
Cash in hand 45,000
Cash at bank 2,00,000
Petty cash 5,000
Prepaid Rent 5,000
Commission receivable 5,000
16,00,000 16,00,000

Notes :
(1) Closing stock is valued at market price here as it is less than cost price (conservatism concept)
(2) Returns in debit column mean sales return, while that in credit column means purchase returns
(3) Discounts in debit column mean allowed (expense) and that in credit means received (income)
(4) Commission in debit column mean allowed (expense) and that in credit means received (income)
(5) There are two peculiar items given in the TB. One is Salaries & wages and the other is Wages and salaries.
The interpretation is – where first reference is made to wages, it’s assumed to be directly for goods and
taken to Trading A/c. If the first reference is to salaries, it’s assumed to be related to office and taken to
P & L.
Illustrations 5.
Mr. Arvindkumar had a small business enterprise. He has given the trial balance as at 31st March 2013
Mr. Arvinkumar’s Capital 1,00,000
Machinery 36,000
Depreciation on machinery 4,000
Repairs to machinery 5,200
Wages 54,000
Salaries 21,000
Income tax of Mr. Arvindkumar 1,000
Cash in had 4,000
Land & Building 1,49,000
Depreciation on building 5,000
Purchases 2,50,000
Purchase returns 3,000
Sales 4,98,000
Citi Bank 7,600
Accrued Income 3,000
Salaries outstanding 4,000
Bills receivables 30,000
Bills payable 16,000
Bad debts 2,000
Discount on purchases 7,080
Debtors 70,000
Creditors 62,520
Total 7,08,200 7,08,200
Additional information:
(1) Stock as on 31st March 2013 was valued at ` 60,000
(2) Write off further ` 6,000 as bad debt and maintain a provision of 5% on doubtful debt.
(3) Goods costing ` 10,000 were sent on approval basis to a customer for ` 12,000 on 30th March, 2013. This was
recorded as actual sales.

(4) ` 2,400 paid as rent for office was debited to Landlord’s A/c and was included in debtors.
(5) General Manager is to be given commission at 10% of net profits after charging his commission.
(6) Works manager is to be given a commission at 12% of net profit before charging General Manager’s commission
and his own.
You are required to prepare final accounts in the books of Mr. Arvindkumar.
Solution :
In the books of Mr. Arvindkumar
Dr. Trading Account for the year ended 31st March 2013 Cr.
Opening stock: Sales 4,98,000
Finished goods 74,000 Less: Sent on approval (12,000) 4,86,000
Purchases 2,50,000
Less: Purchases returns (3,000) 2,47,000 Closing stock:
Finished goods 60,000
Wages 54,000 Add sent on approval 10,000 70,000
Gross Profit c/d 181,000
5,56,000 5,56,000
Dr. Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2013 Cr.
Administrative expenses: Gross Profit b/d 1,81,000
Salaries 21,000 Discount received 7,080
Repairs to machinery 5,200
Depreciation of Machinery 4,000
Depreciation of Building 5,000
Rent 2,400
Selling & Distribution
expenses:
Bad debts 2,000
Additional bad debts 6,000
Less: Provision opening (10,000) 480

Commission to works
manager 18,000
Commission to General
Manager 12,000
Net profit 1,20,000
1,88,080 1,88,080

Balance Sheet as on 31st March 2013
Arvind kumar’s Capital 1,00,000 Fixed Assets:
Less: drawings (income tax) (1,000) Land & building 1,49,000
Add: Net Profit for the year 1,20,000 2,19,000 Machinery 36,000
Long term Liabilities: - Current Assets:
Current Liabilities: Stocks 60,000
Sundry creditors 62,520 Add: Sent on approval 10,000 70,000
Outstanding salaries 4,000 Sundry debtors 70,000
Less: Goods on
approval (12,000)
Citi Bank Overdraft 7,600 Less: Bad debts (6,000)
Less: Related to
Bills payable 16,000 landlord (2,400)
Less: Provision for
Commission payable 30,000 doubtful debts (2,480) 47,120
Bills receivable 30,000
Cash in hand 4,000
Accrued Income 3,000
3,39,120 3,39,120
Notes:
(1) The closing entries are passed for the items: depreciation, accrued income, outstanding salary. Hence,
they are directly taken to the respective places in Balance sheet and P & L A/c.
(2) Income tax paid for Mr. Arvindkumar will be treated as drawings.
(3) Commission payable to works manager & general manager is computed as below:
`
Profit before charging any commission 1,50,000
Commission to works manager @ 12% on 1,50,000 18,000
Profit after works manager’s commission 1,32,000
Commission to General Manager 12,000
(1,32,000/110 x 100)
Illustrations 6.
Abhay runs a small shop and deals in various goods. He has not been able to tally his trial balance and has closed
it by taking the difference to Suspense A/c. It is given below.
Particulars (as on 31st March 2013) Debit (`) Credit (`)

Abhay’s capital 1,50,000
Drawings 75,000
Fixed assets 1,35,000
Purchases & returns 6,75,000 13,500
Sales & returns 34,000 8,50,000
Due from customer & to creditors 95,000 3,25,000

Expenses 45,750
Cash 3,000
Bank deposits & interest earned 55,000 5,750
Suspense A/c 4,000
Advertising 2,00,000
Total 13,51,250 13,51,250
Mr. Abhay has requested you to help him in tallying his trial balance and also prepare his final accounts. On
investigation of his books you get the following information:
(i) Closing Stock on 31st March 2013 was ` 45,000 at cost and could sell over this value.
(ii) Depreciation of ` 13,500 needs to be provided for the year.
(iii) A withdrawal slip indicated a cash withdrawal of ` 15,000 which was charged as drawing. However, it was
noticed that ` 11,000 was used for business purpose only and was entered as expenses in cash book.
(iv) Goods worth ` 19,000 were purchased on 24th March 2013 and sold on 29th March 2013 for `23,750. Sales
were recorded correctly, but purchase invoice was missed out.
(v) Purchase returns of ` 1,500 were routed through sales return. Party’s A/c was correctly posted.
(vi) Expenses include ` 3,750 related to the period after 31st March 2013.
(vii) Purchase book was over-cast by ` 1,000. Posting to suppliers’ A/c is correct.
(viii) Advertising will be useful for generating revenue for 5 years.
Solution: Rectification of errors:
(a) Cash withdrawn was recorded as
Cash A/c Dr 15,000
To Bank 15,000
But it was charged to drawing and ` 11,000 was recorded as expenses as well i.e.
Drawings A/c Dr 15,000
Expenses A/c Dr 11,000
To Cash 26,000
This resulted in negative cash of ` 11,000. The rectification entry to be passed is
Cash A/c Dr 11,000
To Drawings 11,000
(b) Omitted transaction to be recorded
Purchases A/c Dr 19,000
To Suppliers’ A/c 19,000
(c) Incorrect recording of purchase returns corrected by
Suspense A/c Dr 3,000
To Purchase return A/c 1,500
To sales return A/c 1,500
(d) Incorrect expenses rectified by
Prepaid expenses A/c Dr 3,750
To Expenses A/c 3,750
(e) Over-casting of purchase book rectified by
Suspense A/c Dr 1,000
To Purchases 1,000
Based on these rectifications we can now proceed to complete the final accounts.

Dr. Trading Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013 Cr.
To Opening stock - 36,500 By Sales 8,50,000
To Purchases 6,75,000 Less: Returns (34,000)
Less: Returns (13,500) Add: Rectification 1,500 8,17,500
Less: Additional returns (1,500) By Closing stock 45,000
Add: Purchases missed out 19,000
Less: Over-casting rectified (1,000) 6,78,000
To Gross Profit c/d 1,48,000
8,62,500 8,62,500
Dr. Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013 Cr.
To, Expenses 45,750 By, Gross Profit b/d 1,48,000
Less : Prepaid 3,750 42,000
By, Interest on Bank
To. Depreciation 13,500 deposits 5,750
To, Advertising 2,00,000 By, Net Loss 1,01,750
2,55,500 2,55,500
Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2013
Abhay’s Capital 1,50,000 Fixed Assets
Add: Wrong charge 11,000 Gross Block 1,35,000
to drawing Less: Depreciation 13,500
1,61,000 1,21,500
Less: Drawings 75,000 86,000
Current Assets:
Current Liabilities: Stocks 45,000
Sundry Creditors 3,25,000 Sundry Debtors 95,000
Add: Missed out
purchase 19,000 3,44,000 Cash in hand (3,000)
Add: Rectification 11,000 8,000
Fixed deposit with Bank 55,000
Prepaid expenses 3,750
Miscellaneous Expenditure:
Profit & Loss (Dr.) 1,01,750
4,30,000 4,30,000
Note : The expenditure incurred on intangible items after the date AS 26 became/becomes mandatory (01.04.2003
or 01.04.2004, as the case may be) would have to be expensed when incurred since these do not meet the definition
of an ‘asset’ as per AS 26. Hence, full amount of Advertisement expense is charged to Profit & Loss Account.

Illustration 7.
Mr. Oswal maintains his accounts on Mercantile basis. The following Trial Balance has been prepared from his
books as at 31st March, 2013 after making necessary adjustments for outstanding and accrued items as well as
depreciation:
Trial Balance
as at 31st March, 2013
Particulars Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
Plant and Machinery 2,12,500
Sundry Creditors 2,64,000
Sales 6,50,000
Purchases 4,20,000
Salaries 40,000
Prepaid Insurance 370
Advance Rent 2,000
Outstanding Salary 6,000
Advance Salary 2,500
Electricity Charges 2,650
Furniture and Fixtures 72,000
Opening Stock 50,000
Outstanding Electricity Charges 450
Insurance 1,200
Rent 10,000
Miscellaneous Expenses 14,000
Cash in hand 3,000
Investments 80,000
Drawings 24,000
Dividend from Investments 8,000
Accrued Dividend from Investments 1,500
Depreciation on Plant and Machinery 37,500
Depreciation on Furniture 8,000
Capital Account 2,11,970
Telephone Charges 6,000
Sundry Debtors 1,70,500
Stationery and Printing 1,200
Cash at Bank 65,000
Interest on Loan 8,000
Interest Due but not paid on loan 1,500
Loan Account 90,000
12,31,920 12,31,920
(i) Salaries include ` 10,000 towards renovation of Proprietor’s residence.
(ii) Closing Stock amounted to ` 75,000.
Mr. Oswal, however, request you to prepare a Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March,
2013 and a Balance Sheet as on that date following cash basis of accounting.

Solution:
In the books of Mr. Oswal
Trading and Profit and Loss Account
Dr. for the year ended 31st March, 2013 Cr.
(`) (`) (`) (`)
`` Purchases 4,20,000 `` Closing Stock 75,000
`` Profit & Loss A/c.
Gross Profit transferred 2,55,000
7,25,000 7,25,000
To, Salaries 40,000 By, Trading A/c.
Less: Outstanding 6,000 -Gross Profit transferred 2,55,000
Salaries 34,000 `` Dividend 8,000
Add: Advance Salary 2,500 Less: Accrued Dividend 1,500 6,500
36,500
Less: Renovation (Drawings) 10,000 26,500
`Ìnsurance 1,200
Add: Prepaid 370 1,570
``Rent 10,000
Add: Advance Rent 2,000 12,000
`Èlectricity Charges 2,650
Less: Outstanding 450 2,200
``Miscellaneous Expenses 14,000
``Stationery & Printing 1,200
``Depreciation:
Plant & Machinery 37,500
Furniture & Fixtures 8,000 45,500
`Ìnterest on Loan 8,000
Less: Outstanding 1,500 6,500
``Telephone Charges 6,000
`` Capital Account
Net Profit transferred 1,46,030
2,61,500 2,61,500
Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2013

Liabilities Amount Amount Assets Amount Amount
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Capital Account 2,11,970 Plant and Machinery 2,12,500
(at cost less depreciation)
Add: Net Profit 1,46,030 Furniture & Fixtures 72,000
(at cost less depreciation)
3,58,000 Investments 80,000
Less: Drawings Stock-in-Trade 75,000
(24,000+10,000) 34,000 3,24,000
Debtors 1,70,500
Loan Account 90,000 Cash at Bank 65,000
Sundry Creditors 2,64,000 Cash in hand 3,000
6,78,000 6,78,000

Illustration 8.
The following Trial Balance has been prepared from the books of Mr. Sexena as on 31st March, 2013 after making
necessary adjustments for depreciation on Fixed Assets, outstanding and accrued items and difference under
Suspense Account.
Trial Balance as at 31st March, 2013
Particulars Dr. Particulars Cr.

(`) (`)
Machineries 1,70,000 Sundry Creditors 82,000
Furniture 49,500 Capital Account 2,45,750
Sundry Debtors 38,000 Outstanding Expenses:
Drawings 28,000 Salaries 1,500
Travelling Expenses 6,500 Printing 600
Insurance 1,500 Audit Fees 1,000
Audit Fees 1,000 Bank Interest 1,200
Salaries 49,000 Discounts 1,800
Rent 5,000 Sales (Less Return) 6,80,000
Cash in hand 7,800
Cash at Bank 18,500
Stock-in-trade (1-4-2012) 80,000
Discounts 1,200
Purchase (Less Returns) 4,60,000
Depreciation:
Machineries 30,000
Furniture 5,500
Suspense Account 39,400
10,13,850 10,13,850
On the subsequent scrutiny following mistakes were noticed:

(i) A new machinery was purchase for ` 50,000 but the amount was wrongly posted to Furniture Account as `
5,000.
(ii) Cash received from Debtors ` 5,600 was omitted to be posted in the ledger.
(iii) Goods withdrawn by the proprietor for personal use but no entry was passed ` 5,000.
(iv) Sales included ` 30,000 as goods sold cash on behalf of Mr. Thakurlal who allowed 15% commission on such
sales for which effect is to be given.
You are further told that:-
(a) Closing stock on physical verification amounted to ` 47,500.
(b) Depreciation on Machineries and Furniture has been provided @ 15% and 10%, respectively, on reducing
balancing system.
Full year’s depreciation is provided on addition.
You are requested to prepare a Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2013 and a
Balance Sheet as on that date so as to represent a True and Correct picture.

Solution:
In the books of Mr. Sexena
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Opening Stock 80,000 By, Sales
(` 6,80,000 - ` 30,000) 6,50,000
`` Purchases 4,60,000 `` Closing Stock 47,500
Less: Drawings 5,000 4,55,000
`` Profit & Loss A/c.
Gross Profit transferred 1,62,500
6,97,500 6,97,500
To, Salaries: 49,000 By, Trading A/c. 1,62,500
(Gross Profit)
`` Rent 5,000 `` Bank Interest 1,200
`` Insurance 1,500 `` Selling Commission
`` Audit Fees 1,000 (15% on ` 30,000) 4,500
`` Printing & Stationery 1,500 `` Discount Received 1,800
`` Miscellaneous Expenses 21,200
`` Discount Allowed 1,200
`` Travelling Expenses 6,500
`` Depreciation:
Machinery 37,500
Furniture 5,000 42,500
`` Capital Account
(Net Profit transferred) 40,600
1,70,000 1,70,000
Balance Sheet

(`) (`) (`) (`)
Capital Account 2,45,750 Machinery 2,50,0001
Add: Net Profit 40,600 Less: Depreciation 37,500 2,12,500
2,86,350
Less: Drawings Furniture 50,0002
(28,000+5,000) 33,000 2,53,350
Less: Depreciation 5,000
45,000
Sundry Creditors 82,000 Stock 47,500
Outstanding Liabilities: Debtors (38,000-5,600) 32,400
Salaries 1,500 Cash 7,800
Audit Fees 1,000 Bank 18,500
Printing 600 3,100 Prepaid Insurance 250
Thakurlal’s A/c.
(30,000 – 4,500) 25,500
3,63,950 3,63,950

Notes:
`
1. Machinery as per Trial Balance 1,70,000
Add: Depreciation 30,000
2,00,000
Additions 50,000
2,50,000
2. Furniture 49,500
Add: Depreciation 5,500
55,000
Less: Wrong Debit 5,000
3. Suspense A/c. is eliminated by item 50,000
(i) ` 45,000 (50,000 – 5,000) and item
(ii) by 5,600 (debited), respectively.
Illustration 9.
The following Trail Balance has been extracted from the books of Mr. Agarwal as on 31.3.2013:
Trial Balance as on 31.3.2013
Particulars Dr. Particulars Cr.

(`) (`)
Purchase 6,80,000 Sales 8,38,200
Sundry Debtors 96,000 Capital Account 1,97,000
Drawings 36,000 Sundry Creditors 1,14,000
Bad Debts 2,000 Outstanding Salary 2,500
Furniture & Fixtures 81,000 Sale of Old Papers 1,500
Office Equipments 54,000 Bank Overdraft (UBI) 60,000
Salaries 24,000
Advanced Salary 1,500
Carriage Inward 6,500
Travelling Expenses 6,500
Stationery & Printing 1,500
Rent 18,000
Electricity & Telephone 6,800
Cash In Hand 5,900
Cash at Bank (SBI) 53,000
Stock (1.4.2012) 50,000
Repairs 7,500
Motor Car 56,000
Depreciation:
Furniture 9,000
Office Equipment 6,000 15,000
12,13,200 12,13,200
(i) Sales includes ` 60,000 towards goods for cash on account of a joint venture with Mr. Reddy who incurred
` 800 as forwarding expenses. The joint venture earned a profit of ` 15,000 to which Mr. Reddy is entitled to
60%
(ii) The motor car account represents an old motor car which was replaced on 1.4.2012 by a new motor car
costing ` 1,20,000 with an additional cash payment of ` 40,000 laying debited to Purchase Account.

(iii) UBI has allowed an overdraft limit against hypothecation of stocks keeping a margin of 20%. The present
balance is the maximum as permitted by the Bank.
(iv) Sundry Debtors include ` 4,000 as due from Mr. Trivedi and Sundry Creditors include ` 7,000 as payable to him.
(v) On 31.3.2013 outstanding rent amounted to ` 6,000 and you are informed that 50% of the total rent is
attributable towards Agarwal’s resident.
(vi) Depreciation to be provided on motor car @ 20% (excluding sold item).
Mr. Agarwal requests you to prepare a Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31.3.2013 and
a Balance Sheet as on that date.
Solution.
In the books of Mr. Agarwal
(`) (`) (`) (`)
`` Purchases 6,80,000 Less: Sale on account of Joint
Venture 60,000 7,78,200
Less: Motor Car 40,000 6,40,000
`` Closing Stock (W.N. 1) 75,000
`` Carriage Inward 6,500
`` Profit & Loss A/c 1,56,700
-Gross Profit transferred
8,53,200 8,53,200
-Gross Profit transferred 1,56,700
`` Travelling Expenses 6,500 `` Sale of old papers 1,500
`` Printing & Stationery 1,500 `` Profit on Joint Venture 6,000
(40% of ` 15,000)
`` Electricity & Telephone 6,800 `` Profit on replacement of 24,000
Motor Car (W. N. 2)
[(1,20,000–(56,000+40,000)]
`` Rent 18,000
Add: Outstanding 6,000
24,000
Less: Drawings 12,000 12,000
`` Bad Debts 2,000
`` Miscellaneous Expenses 12,000
`` Repairs 7,500
`` Depreciation on:
Furniture 9,000
Office Equipment 6,000
Motor Car (W.N. 3) 24,000 39,000
`` Capital Account
- Net Profit transferred 76,900
1,88,200 1,88,200

Balance Sheet
Liabilities Amount (`) Amount (`) Assets Amount (`) Amount

(`)
Capital Account 1,97,000 Furniture & Fixtures 90,000
Add: Net Profit 76,900 Less: Depreciation 9,000
2,73,900 81,000
Less: Drawings Office Equipment 60,000
(36,000+12,000) 48,000
2,25,900 Less: Depreciation 6,000
Bank Overdraft 60,000 54,000
Creditors 1,14,000 Motor Car 56,000
Less: Due to Trivedi 4,000 Additions 1,20,000
1,10,000 1,76,000
Less: Sold 56,000
1,20,000
Less: Depreciation 24,000
Amount payable to Reddy 54,000 96,000
(60,000 - 6,000)
Outstanding Liabilities: Stock 75,000
Salaries 2,500 Debtors 96,000
Rent 6,000 Less: Due from Trivedi 4,000
8,500 92,000
Cash 5,900
Bank 53,000
Prepaid Salary 1,500
4,58,400 4,58,400
Workings
1. Depreciation on Motor Car
on new motor car i.e., @ 20% on ` 1,20,000 = ` 24,000
2. Profit on Replacement of Motor Car
`
Cost of new Motor Car 1,20,000
Less: Exchange Value 56,000
Cash Payment 40,000 96,000
Profit on replacement 24,000
3. Closing Stock
Maximum allowable limit (100 – 20)% = 80% of stock.
Overdraft is ` 60,000 which is equal to 80%.
100
So, closing stock = ` 60,000 x
80
=
` 75,000.

FINAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTNERSHIP FIRM
Illustration 10.
From the following particulars prepare a Final Accounts of M/s. X & Y for the year ended 31st March 2013.

Sales 8,20,000 Land 11,000
Opening Stock 3,00,000 Purchase 3,80,000
Loan (Dr.) 20,000 Interest (Cr.) 1,000
Wages 60,000 Salaries 40,000
Carriage Inwards 4,000 Carriage Outward 2,000
Returns inward 4,000 Returns Outwards 3,000
Furniture 10,000 Trade charges 8,000
Drawings Capital
- X 12,000 - X 24,000
- Y 10,000 - Y 16,000
Cash 3,000
(i) Closing Stock amounted to ` 1,20,000;
(ii) Provide Interest on drawings (on an average 6 months) and interest on capital @ 6% and 4% respectively.
(iii) Y is to get a salary of ` 400 p.m.
(iv) X is to get a commissions @ 2% on gross sales
(v) 50% of the profit is to be transferred to Reserve Fund.
(vi) Depreciations on furniture @ 10% p.a.
The partners share profit and loss equally.
Solution:
In the books of M/s. X & Y
Dr. Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013 Cr.

(`) (`) (`) (`)
`` Purchases 3,80,000 Less: Return Inwards 4,000 8,16,000
Less: Returns Outwards 3,000 3,77,000 `` Closing Stock 1,20,000
`` Wages 60,000
`` Carriage Inward 4,000
`` Profit & Loss A/c
-Gross Profit transferred 1,95,000
9,36,000 9,36,000
`` Carriage Outward 2,000 - Gross Profit 1,95,000
`` Trade Charges 8,000 `` Interest 1,000
`` Depreciation on:
- Furniture 1,000
To, P&L Appropriation A/c.
- Net Profit transferred 1,45,000
1,96,000 1,96,000



(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Interest on Capital By, Profit and Loss A/c 1,45,000
X: 960 -Net Profit
Y: 640 1,600 By, Interest on Drawings:
X: 360
To, Salary Y: 300 660
Y: 4,800
To, Commission – X 16,400
`` Reserve Fund (50%) 61,430
`` Net Divisible Profit
X: 30,715
Y: 30,715
61,430
1,45,660 1,45,660
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars X Y Particulars X Y
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Drawings 12,000 10,000 By, Balance b/d. 24,000 16,000
`` Interest on Drawings 360 300 `` Interest on Capital 960 640
`` Balance c/d. 59,715 41,855 `` Salary --- 4,800
`` Commission 16,400 ---
`` Share of Profit 30,715 30,715
72,075 52,155 72,075 52,155
Balance Sheet
Liabilities Amount (`) Assets Amount (`) Amount (`)

Capital : Land 11,000
X 59,715 Furniture 10,000
Y 41,855 Less: Depreciation 1,000 9,000
Reserve Fund 61,430
Loan 20,000
Cash 3,000
1,63,000 1,63,000

3.3 BAD DEBTS
Debts : The amount which is receivable from a person or a concern for supplying goods or services is called Debt.
Debts may be classified into :
(i) Bad debts;
(ii) Doubtful debts and
(iii) Good debts
(i) Bad Debts : Bad debts are uncollectable or irrecoverable debt or debts which are impossible to collect is
called Bad Debts. If it is definitely known that amount recoverable from a customer can not be realized at all,
it should be treated as a business loss and should be adjusted against profit. In short, the amount of bad debt
should be transferred to Profit and Loss Account for the current year to confirm the principles of matching.
(ii) Doubtful Debts : The debts which will be receivable or cannot be ascertainable at the date of preparing the
final accounts (i.e., the debts which are doubtful to realise) is known as doubtful debts. Practically it cannot
be treated as a loss on that particular date, as such, it cannot be written off. But, it should be charged against
Profit and Loss Account on the basis of past experience of the firm.
(iii) Good Debts : The debts which are not bad i.e., there is neither any possibility of bad debts nor any doubts
about its realization, is called good debts. As such, no provision is necessary for it.
Provisions for Doubtful Debts

It has already been stated above that for any unknown/ known part of doubtful debts provisions must be made
against Profit and Loss Account on the basis of past experience. This is known as Provision for Bad Debts; Reserve
for Bad Debts or Provision for Bad and Doubtful Debts. It must be noted that Provision should be calculated on
the basis of certain percentage on total doubtful debts (after adjusting bad debts , if any). It is nothing but a loss
of the current year which actually written off in the next year. This is done on the reason that the amount of loss is
impossible to ascertain until it is proved bad. That is why, it is charged against Profit and Loss Account in the form
of Provision.
Accounting Steps
The 1st year
(a) For Bad Debts
Bad Debts A/c Dr.
To Sundry Debtors A/c
(b) For creating provision for Doubtful Debts
Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To Provision for Doubtful Debts A/c
(c) For Transferring Bad Debts
To Bad Debts A/c
The Second/ subsequent year

(a) (i) For Bad Debts
Bad Debts A/c Dr.
To Sundry Debtors A/c
(ii) Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To Bad Debts A/c
(b) For provision of Doubtful Debts
(i) If closing provision is more than the opening provision-


To Provision for Doubtful debts A/c
(ii) If Closing Balance is less than opening provision -
Provision for Doubtful Debts A/c Dr.
To Profit and Loss A/c
Illustration 11.
Prepare Bad Debts Accounts, Provision for Bad Debts Accounts under each of the above methods from the
following information and also the Profit and Loss Account and Balance sheet:-
01.01.2012 Provision for Bad Debts ` 5,000
31.12.2012 Bad Debts written off ` 3,000
Sundry Debtors ` 1,25,000
31.12.2013 Bad Debts written off ` 2,500
Sundry Debtors ` 1,00,000
Provision for Doubtful debts to be provided for @ 5% for 2012 and 2.5% for 2013.
Solution: First Method
In the Books of ....
Dr. Bad Debts Account Cr.
31.12.2012 To, Sundry Debtors A/c 3,000 31.12.2012 By, Profit and Loss A/c 3,000
3,000 3,000
31.12.2013 To, Sundry Debtors A/c 2,500 31.12.2013 By, Profit and Loss A/c 2,500
2,500 2,500
Dr. Provision for Bad Debts Account Cr.
31.12.2012 To, Balance c/d 6,250 01.01.2012 By, Balance b/d 5,000
(5% on `1,25,000) 31.12.2012 “Profit and Loss A/c (Bal Trf) 1,250
6,250 6,250
31.12.2013 To, Profit and Loss A/c 3,750 01.01.2013 By, Balance b/d 6,250
“Balance c/d 2,500
(2.5% on 1,00,000)
6,250 6,250
Dr. Profit and Loss Account (Extract) for the year ended 31 Dec, 2012 st
Cr.
Particulars (`) Particulars (`)
To Bad Debts A/c 3,000
“ Provision for Bad Debts 6,250
Less: Existing Provision 5,000 1,250
Dr. Profit and Loss Account (Extract) for the year ended 31st Dec., 2013 Cr.
To Bad Debts A/c 2,500 By, Provision for Bad Debts 6,250
Less: Existing Provision 2,500 2,750
Balance Sheet (Extract) as at 31st December, 2012

Liabilities (`) (`) Assets (`) (`)
Debtors 1,25,000
Less : Bad debts 6,250 1,18,750

Balance Sheet (Extract) as at 31st December, 2013
Debtors 1,00,000
Less : Bad debts 2,500 97,500
Second Method

2012 2012
Dec. 31 To, Sundry Debtors A/c 3,000 Dec. 31 By, Provision for Bad 3,000
Debts A/c - Transfer
3,000 3,000
2013 2013
Dec. 31 To, Sundry Debtors A/c 2,500 Dec. 31 By, Provision for Bad 2,500
Debts A/c - Transfer
2,500 2,500

2012 2012
Dec. 31 To, Bad Debts A/c 3,000 Jan. 1 By, Balance b/d 5,000
“Balance c/d 6,250 2012
(5% on `1,25,000) Dec. 31 “Profit and Loss A/c (Bal fig) 4,250
9,250 9,250
2013 To, Bad debts A/c 2,500 2013 By, Balance b/d 6,250
Dec. 31 “Profit and Loss A/c 1,250 Jan.1
“Balance c/d
(2.5% on 1,00,000) 2,500
6,250 6,250
Profit and Loss Account (Extract)

Dr. For the year ended 31st December, 2012 Cr.
To Bad Debts 3,000
To Provision for Bad Debts:
— New 6,250
Less: Old 5,000 1,250
4,250

Dr. For the year ended 31st Dec, 2013 Cr.

To Bad Debts A/c. 2,500 By, Provision for Bad Debts 6,250
Less: Provision required 2,500 3,750
The Balance Sheet under this method will be similar to the First Method stated above.

Illustration 12.
On 01.01.2013 the balance of Provision for doubtful debts was ` 5,000. The Bad Debts during the year were ` 900.
The Sundry Debtors as on 31.12.2013 stood at ` 40,400 out of these debtors of ` 400 are bad and cannot be
realized. The Provision for Doubtful Debts is to be raised to 5% on Sundry Debtors. Show the necessary ledger
accounts and the balance sheet.
Solution:
In the Books of ………..

2013 To, Balance b/d 900 2013 By, Provision for Bad debts A/c 1,300
Dec 31 Dec 31
” To, Sundry Debtors A/c 400
1,300 1,300

2013 To, Bad Debts A/c 1,300 2013 By, Balance b/d 5,000
Dec 31 Jan 1
” To, Profit and Loss A/c 1,700
” To, Balance c/d 2,000

[5% on (40,400-400)]
5,000 5,000
Dr. Sundry Debtors Account Cr.

2013 To, Balance b/d 40,400 2013 By, Bad debts A/c 400
Dec 31 Dec 31
” By Balance c/d 40,000
40,400 40,400

Dr. For the year ended 31st Dec, 2013 Cr.
To Bad Debts A/c. 900 By, Provision for Bad Debts A/c
Add: Further Bad Debts 400 1,300 Existing Provision 5,000 3,000
Less: New Provision 2,000

As at 31st December, 2013
Debtors 40,400
Less : Bad debts 400
40,000
Less: Provision for Bad debts
2,000 38,000

Provision for Discount On Debtors:
We know that Cash discount is allowed by the suppliers to customer for prompt settlement of cash. Naturally a
provision is created for this purpose. Thus, the provision which is created on Sundry Debtors for allowing discount
on receipt of Cash in that accounting period is called Provision for Discount on Debtors. It is needless to say that if
the customer pays their debts before the due dates, they may claim discounts and that is why discount is allowed
to debtors for prompt settlement is an usual way. Where goods are sold on credit, debtors accounts are debited
but the amount may not be realized in this same accounting periods. Naturally, a possible aims to allow discount
whether cash is received. The same will happen in the next accounting period. Due to this reason a provision for
discount on debtors is made on the basis of past experience at an estimate rate on Sundry Debtors. Care should
be taken while calculating discount. Discount should be calculated at a specified rate on of debtors (i.e. after
discounting bad debts and provision for bad debts)
Accounting Steps
For the First year
(a) (i) For Discount Allowed-
To, Sundry Debtors A/c
(ii) When Discount Allowed is transferred
To, Sundry Debtors A/c
(b) For Provision for Discount on Debtors –
To, Provision for Disc on Debtors A/c
For the Second/ Subsequent year
(a) (i) For Discount Allowed-
To, Sundry Debtor A/c
(ii) For Provision for Discount on Debtors –
Provision for Discount on Debtor A/c Dr.
To, Discount Allowed A/c
(b) Next year provision is estimated-
(i) If new provision is more than old one-
To, Provision for Discount on Debtor A/c
(ii) If new provision is less than old one-
Provision for Discount on Debtor A/c Dr.
Illustration 13.
On 01.04.2012, M/s Singh Bros. had a provision for bad debts of ` 6,500 against their book debts. During 2012-13,
` 4,200 proved irrecoverable and it was desired to maintain the provision for bad debts @4% on debtors which
stood at ` 1,95,000 before writing off Bad Debts. They also decided to maintain a provision for discount on debtors
@2%. Show Provision for Bad Debt Account and Provision for Discount on Debtors Account as would appear in the
books of the firm in 2012-13.

Solution:
In the books of …………….
Dr. Provision for Bad Debt Account Cr.

31-3-2013 To, Bad Debts A/c 4,200 1-4-2012 By, Balance b/d 6,500
31-3-2013 “ Balance c/d 7,632 31-3-2013 “ Profit & Loss A/c 5,332
(4% on `1,95,000-`4,200 or -further provision required
`1,90,800)
11,832 11,832
Dr. Provision for Discount on Debtors Account Cr.

31-3-2013 To, Balance c/d 3,663 1-4-2012 By, Balance b/d —
[2% on (`1,95,000-`4,200 - 31-3-2013 “ Profit & Loss A/c 3,663
` 7,632)] -further provision required
3,663 3,663
Illustration 14.
A company maintains its reserve for bad debts @ 5% and a reserve for discount on debtors @ 2%.
You are given the following details :
2012 2013
(`) (`)
Bad debts 800 1,500
Discount allowed 1,200 500
Sundry debtors (before providing all bad debts and discounts) amounted to ` 60,000 on 31.12.2012 and ` 42,000
on 31.12.2013.
On 1.1.2012, Reserve for bad debts and Reserve of discount on debtors had balance of ` 4,550 and
` 800 respectively.
Show Reserve for Bad Debts and Reserve for Discount on Debtors Account.
Solution.
In the books of …………..
Dr. Reserve for Bad Debts Account Cr.
31-12-2012 To, Bad Debts A/c. 800 1-1-2012 By, Balance b/d 4,550
31-12-2012 To, Profit and Loss A/c. 850
(provision found excess)
31-12-2012 To, Balance c/d (5% on 2,900
` 58,000)
4,550 4,550
31-12-2013 To, Bad Debt A/c. 1,500 1-1-2013 By, Balance b/d 2,900
To, Balance c/d (5% on 2,000 31-12-2013 By, Profit and Loss A/c. (for 600
` 40,000) the provision required)
3,500 3,500

Dr. Reserve for Discount on Debtors Account Cr.
31-12-2012 To, Discount Allowed A/c. 1,200 1-1-2012 By, Balance b/d 800
31-12-2012 To Balance c/d 1,102 31-12-2013 “ Profit & Loss A/c 1,502
(2% on ` 58,000-` 2,900) -further provision required
2,302 2,302
31-12-2013 To, Discount Allowed A/c. 500 1-1-2013 By, Balance b/d 1,102
31-12-2013 To Balance c/d 760 31-12-2013 “ Profit & Loss A/c 158
(2% on ` 40,000-` 2,000) -further provision required
1,260 1,260
Recovery of Bad Debts

We know that bad debt is a loss and as much, transferred to current year’s Profit and Loss Account. Now, if the
amount of bad dent is received in any succeeding year the same will be credited to Profit and Loss of that year
as an income that is, recovery of bad debt is as income i.e., clear profit.
Accounting Steps
(a) When bad debts are recovered
Cash/Bank A/c. Dr.
To Bad Debts Recovery A/c.
(b) When the same is transferred
Bad Debts Recovery A/c. Dr.
To Profit & Loss A/c.
Illustration 15.
On 31.12.2012, Sundry Debtors and Provision for Doubtful Debts are ` 50,000 and ` 5,000 respectively. During the
year 2013, ` 3,000 are bad and written off on 30.9.2013, an amount of ` 400 was received on account of a debt
which was written off as bad last year on 31.12.2013, the debtors left was verified and it was found that sundry
debtors stood in the books were ` 40,000 out of which a customer Mr. X who owed ` 800 was to be written off as
bad.
Prepare Bad Debt A/c. Provision for Doubtful A/c. assuming that some percentage should be maintained for
provision for Doubtful debt as it was on 31.12.2012.
Show also how the illustration appear in Profit & Loss A/c. and Balance Sheet.
Solution:
In the books of ……….
Dr. Bad Debt Account Cr.
2013 To, Sundry Debtors A/c 3,000 2013 By, Provision for Bad Debt A/c 3,800
Sept. 30 Dec. 31
Dec. 31 To, X A/c. 800
3,800 3,800
Dr. Provision for Doubtful Debt Account Cr.
2013 To, Bad Debt A/c 3,800 2013 By, Balance b/d 5,000
Dec. 31 “ Balance c/d 3,920 Dec. 31
[10% on ` 39,200 “ Profit & Loss A/c 2,720
(` 40,000 - ` 800)] -for the provision required
7,720 7,720
Workings : Calculation of ‘%’ of Provision for bad debts —
(5,000/50,000 × 100) = 10%

Profit & Loss Account (Extract)

Dr. For the year ended 31.12.2012 Cr.
(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Bad Debts 3,400 By Bad Debts Recovery A/c 400
” Provision for Bad Debts:
Existing 5,000
Less: Provision Required 3,920 1,080

As at 31.12.2013
Liabilities Amount (`) Assets Amount (`) Amount (`)

Sundry Debtors 40,000
Less: Bad Debts 800
39,200
Less: Provision for Bad 3,920 35,280
Debts

1. At the year end, an amount outstanding for electricity consumed during that year will be dealt in the
Accounts for the year by following the accounting concept of
(A) Realisation
(B) Accrual
(C) Conservatism
2. Contingent Liability would appear

(A) On the liability side
(B) On the asset side
(C) As a note in Balance Sheet
3. Bad debts Recovered `750. It will be

(A) Credited to Bad debts A/c
(B) Credited to debtor’s personal A/c
(C) Debited to creditor’s personal A/c
(D) Credited to bad debts recovered A/c
4. When Sales = `1,80,000, Purchase = `1,60,000, Opening Stock = `34,000 and rate of the Gross Profit is 20% on
cost, the Closing Stock would be
(A) `50,000
(B) `44,000
(C) `46,000
Answer:
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (B)

1. Advance payment of Tax is shown in the Liabilities side of Balance Sheet.
2. Inventory valuation affects only the income statement
QUESTIONS:
1. Prepare trading and profit and loss account for the year ended 31st December, 2014 from the following
details:
` `
Purchase 1,50,000 Rent, rates and taxes 2,450
Sales 2,70,000 Interest received 540
Returns outward 20,000 Discount allowed 600
Returns inward 30,000 Discount received 460
Wages 25,000 Insurance charges 500
Salaries 15,000 Bad debts 650
Carriage inward 3,000 Trade expenses 200
Carriage outward 2,000 Advertisement 900
Duty and clearing charges 500 Depreciation : on plant 1,250
Factory rent 2,500 on furniture 300
Office rent 1,500 Stock on 1.1.14 37,000
Fuel and power 1,000 Stock on 31.12.14 55,000
Travelling and conveyance 950
[Answer: Gross Profit ` 96,000, Net Profit ` 70,700.]
2. The following is the trial balance of Hari as on 31st March, 2014. You are requested to prepare the trading
and profit and loss account for the year ended 31st March, 2014 and a balance sheet as on that date after
making the necessary adjustments:
Dr. Cr.
` `
Purchases 3,10,000
Sales 4,20,000
Discount on sales 20,000
Stock of goods as on 1.4.13 50,000
Cash in hand 2,100
Cash at bank 12,000
Mr. Hari’s capital 2,88,600
Drawings 4,000
Rates and taxes 5,000
Salaries 32,000
Postage and telephones 11,500
Commission paid to salesmen 35,000
Insurance 9,000
Furniture and fittings 22,000
Advertising 17,000

Printing and stationery 3,000

Motor car 48,000
Bad debts 2,000
Cash discounts 4,000
General expenses 14,000
Carriage inwards 22,000
Carriage outwards 10,000
Wages 20,000
Sundry creditors 40,000
Sundry debtors 96,000
7,48,600 7,48,600
The following adjustments are to be made:
(i) Stock on 31st March, 2014 was valued at ` 1,45,000.
(ii) Mr. Hari has taken out for personal use goods costing ` 5,000 out of purchases during the year.
(iii) Furniture purchased for ` 10,000 was wrongly included in purchases.
(iv) ` 5,000 due from a debtor included in sundry debtors has become bad.
(v) Creditors include a balance of ` 4,000 to the credit of Mr. Ram in respect of which it has been settled that
only ` 1,000 is to be paid to him.
(vi) Provision for bad debts to be created at 5% on sundry debtors.
(vii) Depreciate furniture and fittings by 10% and motor car by 25%.
(viii) The salesmen are entitled to a commission of 10% on sales.
[Answer: Gross Profit `1,58,000, Net Loss `11,250, Balance Sheet Total - `3,10,350]
3. From the following trial balance and information, prepare trading and profit and loss account of Mr. Rishabh
for the year ended 31.3.14 and a balance sheet as on that date :
Dr. Cr.
` `
Capital - 1,00,000
Drawings 12,000 -
Land and buildings 90,000 -
Plant and machinery 20,000 -
Furniture 5,000 —
Sales — 1,40,000
Returns outward — 4,000
Debtors 18,400 -
Loan from Gajanand on 1.7.13 @ 6% p.a. — 30,000
Purchases 80,000 —
Returns inward 5,000 —
Carriage 10,000 -
Sundry expenses 600 -
Printing and stationery 500 —
Insurance expenses 1,000 -
Provision for bad and doubtful debts — 1,000

Provision for discount on debtors — 380
Bad debts 400 —
Profit of textile department - 10,000
Stock of general goods on 1.4.13 21,300 -
Salaries and wages 18,500 -
Creditors — 12,000
Trade expenses 800 -
Stock of textile goods on 31.3.14 8,000 -
Cash at bank 4,600 —
Cash in hand 1,280 -
2,97,380 2,97,380
Information:
(i) Stock of general goods on 31.3.14 valued at ` 27,300.
(ii) Fire occurred on 23.3.14 and ` 10,000 worth of general goods were destroyed. The insurance company
accepted claim for ` 6,000 only and paid the claim money on 10.4.14.
(iii) Bad debts amounting to ` 400 are to be written off. Provision for bad and doubtful debts is to be made at 5%
and for discount at 2% on debtors. Make a provision of 2% on creditors for discount.
(iv) Received ` 6,000 worth of goods on 27.3.14 but the invoice of purchase was not recorded in purchases book.
(v) Rishabh took away goods worth ` 2,000 for personal use but no record was made thereof.
(vi) Charge depreciation at 2% on land and buildings, 20% on plant and machinery, and 5% on furniture.
(vii) Insurance prepaid amounts to ` 200.
[Answer: Gross Profit `61,000, Net Loss `38,098, Balance Sheet Total - `1,73,088
Purchases — `(80,000 + 6,000) – `2,000 = `84,000]
4. On 1st April, 2013 the balance of provision for bad and doubtful debts was ` 13,000. The bad debts during the
year 2013-14 were ` 9,500. The sundry debtors as on 31st March, 2014 stood at ` 3,25,000 out of these debtors
of ` 2,500 are bad and cannot be realized. The provision for bad and doubtful debts is to be raised to 5% on
sundry debtors.
(i) Pass necessary adjustment entries for bad debts and its provision on 31st March, 2014.
(ii) Prepare the necessary ledger accounts.
(iii) Show the relevant items in the profit and loss account and Balance Sheet.
[Answer: Provision for Bad and Doubtful Debts as on 31st March,2014 (as per P& L A/c) — `15,125,
Sundry Debtors as on 31st March,2014 (as per Balance Sheet) — `3,06,375.]
5. On 31st December, 2014 sundry debtors and provision for bad debts stood at ` 60,000 and ` 4,500 respectively.
During the year 2015, bad debts amounting to ` 3,460 were written off. On 30th June, 2015 an amount of ` 240
was received on account of a debt written off as bad last year. The debtors list on 31st December, 2015 was
verified and it was found that amongst sundry debtors amounting to ` 40,680, Sri Becharam who owed ` 680
was to be written off as bad. It was decided to maintain the provision for bad debts at the same percentage
as it was on 31st December, 2014.
Prepare bad debts account and provision for bad debts account. Also show how the relevant items would
appear in the profit and loss account and balance sheet.
[Answer: Provision for Bad Debts as on 31st March, 2014 (as per P& L A/c) — `2,400,
Sundry Debtors as on 31st March, 2014 (as per Balance Sheet) — `37,000]

Study Note - 4
PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
NOT-FOR PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS
4.1 Preparation of Financial Statements of Not-for Profit Organizations
4.1 PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NOT-FOR PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS
Until now, we have seen accounting treatment for business transaction of business entities whose main objective is
to earn profit. There are certain organisations that are not established for making profit but to provide some service.
These services are generally given to members who make subscriptions to avail them. These are also called as
non-trading entities. The examples of such organisations are:
Gymkhana / sports clubs; Educational institutions; Public hospitals; Libraries; Cultural clubs like Rotary or Lions club;
Religious institutions; Charitable trusts
These organisations get their funds in the form of contributions by way of entrance fees, life membership fees, annual
subscriptions, donations, grants, legacies etc. The accounting of such organisations is based on similar principles
followed by the other organisations. Given the nature of these institutions, there are certain items of revenue and
expenses that need special understanding so that accounting treatment could be correctly decided.
Special Items
There are certain items of revenue and expenses that are unique for the non-trading entities. They could be listed as:
Revenue items Expenditure items
Donations Upkeep of grounds
Entrance fees Tournament expenses
Subscriptions Prizes
Grants received Events
Let us see what accounting treatment should be given to some of the special items:
(a) Entrance Fees – These are received at the time of admission of a new member and thus are one-time fees.
They are non-recurring in nature. It could be either capitalized as they are non-recurring or taken as revenue
as per the rules of the institution. There’s a view that addition of member is an ongoing activity and thus every
year the institute will get entrance fees. So it may be taken as a normal revenue receipt.
(b) Donations – They could be used for meeting capital or revenue expenses. If donations are received for a
special purpose, the amount is credited to a fund from which the amounts are disbursed. The fund may be
invested in specified securities. Income from such investments is credited to the fund A/c only. Small donation
amounts which are not earmarked for any specific purpose may be treated as revenue receipts.
(c) Legacy – Many times trusts are formed in the memory of certain persons by their will. In such case after the
demise of the person, the funds pass on to the institution. Such legacies are of course one-time and therefore
should be taken to the capital fund.
(d) Endowments – Sometimes, donations are also in the form of endowments to be used as per instructions of the
donor. These are to be treated as capital receipts.
(e) Life membership fees – These could be taken as capital receipts and every year a charge is debited based
on some logic. In other words, when received, it could be treated as deferred receipt in the balance sheet
and every year a specific amount is credited to I & E A/c.
(f) Subscriptions – These are annual receipts and therefore taken as revenue receipts. These must be recognised
as revenue on the accrual concept.

Preparation of Financial Statements of Not-For Profit Organizations
Financial Statements
These non-profit organisations prepare:-
Receipt and Payment Account – This is similar to cash book. Entries are made on cash basis and items pertaining
to previous year or current year or subsequent years are also recorded. Receipts are shown on debit side and
payments are shown on credit side. Capital as well as revenue items are entered in the R & P A/c. This account
is real account in nature. No provisions are recorded in this account. The account has an opening and a closing
balance which is reflected as an asset in the balance sheet.
Features of Receipts and Payments Account
1. It is an Account which contains all Cash and Bank transactions made by a nonprofit organization during a
particular financial period.
2. It starts with the opening balances of Cash and Bank. All Cash Receipts both capital & revenue during the
period are debited to it.
3. All Cash Payments both capital & revenue during the period are credited to this Account. It ends with the
closing Cash and Bank Balances.
4. While recording the Cash and Bank transactions all entries are made on Cash Basis.
5. It is a summary of Cash Book.
6. It follows Real Account.
Income and Expenditure Account – This is similar to the Profit and loss A/c and is prepared exactly based on same
principles. As the name suggests only revenue items are recorded herein. Incomes are recorded on the credit side
while the expenses on the debit side. Both incomes and expenses must be taken on the basis of accrual concept.
This account should reflect only items that are pertaining to current period. Previous and subsequent year items are
to be excluded. This account shows either a surplus or deficit. Excess of income over expenditure is called surplus
and excess of expenditure over income is called as deficit.
Features of Income and Expenditure Account
1. It follows Nominal Account.
2. All expenses of revenue nature for the particular period are debited to this Account on accrual basis.
3. Similarly all revenue incomes related to the particular period are credited to this account on accrual basis.
4. All Capital incomes and Expenditures are excluded.
5. Only current year’s incomes and expenses are recorded. Amounts related to other periods are deducted.
Amounts outstanding for the current year are added.
6. Profit on Sale of Asset is credited. Loss on Sale of Asset is debited. Annual Depreciation on Assets is also debited.
7. If income is more than expenditure, it is called a Surplus, and is added with Capital or General Fund etc. in
the Balance Sheet.
8. If expenditure is more than income, it is a deficit, and is deducted from Capital or General Fund etc. in the
Balance Sheet.
Balance Sheet – It is prepared as on the last day of the accounting period. It also has assets and liabilities and
prepared based on accounting equation. But, there’s no capital account. Instead there is a capital fund. The
surplus or deficit from Income & Expenditure A/c is adjusted against this capital fund at the end of the year.
Receipt and Payment Account
Receipts Amount (`) Payments Amount (`)

Starts with opening balance
All receipts - capital or revenue All payments - Capital or revenue
May be related to any period previous, May be related to any period previous,
current or subsequent. current or subsequent.
Ends with closing balance

Income and Expenditure Account
Expenses Amount (`) Income Amount (`)
Only revenue expenses Only revenue receipts
Only related to current period Only related to current period
Shows either surplus Or shows deficit
Difference between Receipts and Payments Account and Income and Expenditure Account
Receipts & Payments Account Income & Expenditure Account
1. It is a summarised Cash Book It closely resembles the Profit & Loss Account of a Trading
concern.
2. Receipts are debited and Payments are credited. Incomes are credited and Expenditures are debited.
3. Transactions are recorded on Cash basis. Transactions are recorded on Accrual Basis
4. Amounts related to previous period or future Transactions are recorded on accrual basis. All amounts
period may remain included. Outstanding not related to the current period are excluded.
amount for current year is excluded.
Outstanding amounts of current period are added.
5. It records both Capital and Revenue transactions. It records Revenue transactions only.
6. It serves the purpose of a Real Account. It serves the purpose of a Nominal Account.
7. It starts with opening Cash and Bank It does not record such balances,rather its final balance
shows a surplus or a deficit for the period.
Balances and ends with closing Cash and Bank
Balances.
8. It does not record notional loss or noncash It considers all such expenses for matching against
expenses like bad debts, depreciations etc. revenues
9. Its closing balance is carried forward to the same Its closing balance is transferred to Capital Fund or
account of the next accounting Period. General Fund or Accumulated Fund in the same period’s
Balance Sheet.
10. It helps to prepare an Income & Expenditure A/c. It helps to prepare a Balance Sheet.
Fund Asset Accounting and its peculiarities:

Following are the concepts of some funds which are generally maintained by organizations:
(i) Capital Fund : It is also called “General Fund” or “Accumulated Fund.” It is actually the Capital of a non-profit
concern. It may be found out as the excess of assets over liabilities. Usually “Surplus” or “Deficit” during a period
is added with or deducted from it. A portion of Capitalised incomes like donations may be added with it.
(ii) Special Fund: It may be created out of special donation or subscription or out of a portion of the “Surplus”.
For example a club may have a “Building Fund”. It may be used for meeting some specific expenses or for
acquiring an asset. If any income is derived out of investments made against this fund or if any profit or loss
occurs due to sale of such investments, such income or profit or loss is transferred to this fund.
Other Treatments
(a) If the Special Fund is used to meet an expense
Special Fund A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c (amt. of expense)
The balance of the Fund is shown as a liability.
If the balance is transferred to Capital Fund, the entry will be—
To Capital Fund A/c (Balance of Special Fund )

(b) If the Special Fund is used to purchase an asset

Asset A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c (Cost of the asset )
To Capital Fund A/c (Special Fund closed)
(iii) Donations
(a) Donation received for a particular purpose should be credited to Special Fund. For example, Donation
received for Building should be credited to Building Fund A/c.
(b) For other donations received the by-laws or rules of the concern should be followed.
(c) If there is no such rule, donations received of non-recurring nature should be credited to Capital Fund.
Recurring donations received should be credited to Income & Expenditure Account.
(d) Donation paid by the concern should be debited to Income & Expenditure Account.
(iv) Legacy received : It is to be directly added with Capital Fund after deduction of tax,( if any). It is a kind of
donation received according to the will made by a deceased person.
(v) Entrance Fees or Admission Fees

(a) The rules or by-laws of the concern should be followed.
(b) If there is no such rule, Admission or Entrance Fees paid once by members for acquiring membership
should be added with Capital Fund.
(c) If such fees are of small amounts covering the expenses of admission only, the fees may be credited to
Income & Expenditure Account.
(vi) Subscriptions
(a) Annual subscriptions are credited to Income & Expenditure Account on accrual basis.
(b) Life membership subscription is usually credited to a separate account shown as a liability.
Annual Subscription apportioned out of that is credited to Income & Expenditure Account and deducted from
the liability. Thus the balance is carried forward till the contribution by a member is fully exhausted. If any member
dies before hand, the balance of his life Membership contribution is transferred to Capital Fund or General Fund.
Illustration 1.
On 31st December 2012, a club had subscription in arrears of `16,000 and in advance `4,000. During the year ended
31-12-2013, the club received subscription of `2,08,000 of which `10,400 was related to 2014. On 31st December
2012, there were 4 members who had not paid subscription for 2013 @ `1,600 per person. Write up subscription A/c
for the year 2013.
Solution:
A single subscription account should be prepared to reflect both advance and arrears figures. The balancing figure
will reflect the subscription amount that will be recognised as Income and transferred to I & E A/c as shown below:
Dr. Subscription Account Cr.

To, Balance b/d (arrears) 16,000 By, Balance b/d (advance) 4,000
To, I & E A/c (income for 2013) 1,92,000 By, R & P A/c (received) 2,08,000
To, Balance c/d (advance) 10,400 By, Balance c/d (arrears) 6,400
2,18,400 2,18,400

Illustration 2.
The sports club of Orissa had received in 2012-2013 ` 2,000 towards subscription. Subscription for 2011-12 unpaid
on 1.4.2012 were ` 200.
Subscriptions paid in advance on 31.3.2012 were ` 50 and the same on 31.3.2013 was ` 40. Subscriptions for 2012-
2013 unpaid on 31.3.2013 were ` 90.
Show how the subscriptions item will appear in the Income and Expenditure Account.
Solution:
Particulars Amount
(`)
Subscriptions received during the year 2012-2013 2,000
Add : Subscription outstanding on 31.3.2013 90
2,090
Less : Subscription outstanding on 1.4.2012 200
1,890
Add : Subscription paid in advance on 31.3.2012 50
1,940
Less : Subscription received in advance on 31.3.2013 40
Subscription Income for 2012-2013 1,900
Illustration 3.
The amount of Subscription appears in the Income and Expenditure Account of South Indian Club is
` 3,000.
Adjustments were made in respect of the following:
Subscription for 2012 unpaid at 1st Jan. 2013, ` 400; ` 200 of which was received in 2013.
Subscription paid in advance at 1.1.2013 ` 100.
Subscription paid in advance at 31.12.2013 ` 80.
Subscription for 2013 unpaid at 31.12.2013 ` 140.
Prepare Subscription Account.
Solution:

To, Balance b/d 400 By, Balance b/d 100
To, Income & Expenditure A/c 3,000 By, Cash Received (bal fig) 3,040
To, Balance (paid in advance to 2013) 80 By, Balance c/d 340
[200 + 140]
3,480 3,480
To, Balance b/d: By, Balance b/d (2013) 80
For 2012 200
For 2013 140
Note: Opeaning Outstanding Subscription = ` 400, ` 200 received in 2013.

Illustration 4.
From the following information, prepare the Subscription Account for the year ending on March, 31, 2013
(i) Subscription in arrears on 31.03.2012 ` 1,500
(ii) Subscription received in advance on 31.03.2012 ` 1,000
(iii) Amount of Subscription received during 2012-13 ` 40,000, which includes ` 500 for the year 2011-12, `
1,500 for the year 2013-14.
(iv) Subscription outstanding ` 1,000.
Solution:

To, Balance b/d 1,500 By, Balance b/d 1,000
To, Income & Expenditure A/c 39,500 By, Bank A/c 40,000
By, Balance c/d
For 2011-12 500
To, Balance c/d For 2012-13 1,000
For 2013-14 1,500
42,500 42,500
Illustration 5.
The accumulated balance of Life Membership fees at the beginning of the year 2012 was `6,40,000. This represents
the balance of life membership fees paid by 20 members since the club started about 6 years ago. In the current
year, 10 new life memberships were received totaling ` 4,00,000.
It’s the policy of the club to spread these fees over 20 years to income. The amount payable per person is always
` 40,000.
What is the amount to be recognised as income for the current year and what amount will be deferred through
the balance sheet?
Solution:
Income to be recognised for new members
Life membership fees per person `40,000
Income to be spread over 20 years
Income to be recognised each year `2,000
Members added during the year 10
Income to be recognised (10×2000) `20,000
Amount to be carried forward `3,80,000

Income to be recognised for old members
No. of members 20
Income to be recognised each year `2,000
Income to be recognised (20×2000) `40,000
Total income to be recognised (20,000+40,000) `60,000
Amount to be shown in the balance sheet
Accumulated Balance `6,40,000
Add: New fees received `4,00,000
Less: Recognised as income (`60,000)
Balance to be carried forward `9,80,000
Restaurant Trading and Bar Trading

Some clubs have Restaurant and Bar facilities for members and outsiders. Under the circumstances, Restaurant
Trading or Bar Trading Account is opened to ascertain the Restaurant or Bar profit, it is just like Trading Account which
is opened in case of a trading concern. The Restaurant or Bar profit so ascertained from Restaurant Trading or Bar
Trading is transferred to the Income and Expenditure Account as we generally transfer the Gross Profit from Trading
Account to Profit and Loss Account in case of Trading concern. Hence, the method of preparing a Restaurant or
Bar Trading Account is just like the method of preparing a Trading Account.
Illustration 6.
The following summary of the Cash Book has been prepared by the treasurer of a club:

To Balance b/d 4,740 By Wages – outdoor staff 13,380
” Subscriptions 29,720 ” Restaurant Purchase 50,400
” Entrance Fees 3,200 ” Rent – 18 months’ to July 30, 2013 7,500
” Restaurant Receipts 56,800 ” Rates 2,700
” Games & Competition Receipts 13,640 ” Secretary’s Salary 3,120
” Due to Secretary for Petty 80 ” Lighting 7,200
Expenses ” Competition Prizes 4,000
” Printing & Postage etc. 6,000
” Placed in Fixed Deposit 8,000
” Balance c/d 5,880
1,08,180 1,08,180
On April 1, 2012 the club’s assets were:- Furniture ` 48,000, Restaurant stock ` 2,600; Stock of prizes ` 800; ` 5,200
was owing for supplies to the restaurant.
On March, 31, 2013, the Restaurant stocks were ` 3,000 and prizes in hand were ` 500, while the club owed ` 5,600
for restaurant supplies.

It was also found that subscriptions unpaid at March 31, 2013, amounted to ` 1,000 and that the figure of ` 29,720
shown in the Cash Book included ` 700 in respect of previous year and ` 400 paid in advance for the following year.
Prepare an account showing the Profit or Loss made on the Restaurant and a General Income and Expenditure
Account for the year ended 31.3.2013, together with a Balance Sheet as at that date, after writing 10% off the
Furniture.
Solution:
Restaurant Trading Account
For the year ended 31st March, 2013
Dr. Cr.

(`) (`) (`) (`)
To Opening Stock A/c 2,600 By Restaurant Receipts A/c 56,800
” Purchases A/c 50,400 ” Closing Stock A/c 3,000
” Add: Outstanding for 31.3.13 5,600
56,000
Less: Outstanding for 01.04.12 5,200
50,800
” Income & Expenditure A/c 6,400
(G.P. transferred)
59,800 59,800
Balance Sheet
as at 1st April, 2012

(`) (`)
Accumulated Fund: (bal. fig.) 50,390 Furniture and Equipment 48,000
Owing for supplies to Restaurant 5,200 Restaurant Stock 2,600
Outstanding Rent (Jan. to March 2012) 1,250 Stock of Prize 800
Outstanding Subscriptions 700
Cash and Bank 4,740
56,840 56,840

Dr. Cr.
Expenditure Amount Amount Income Amount Amount

(`) (`) (`) (`)
To Wages 13,380 By Subscription : Subscription 29,720
already received
`` Rent 7,500 Less: Outstanding for 1.4.12 700
`` Less: Outstanding on 1.4.2012 1,250 29,020
6,250 Add: Outstanding for 2013 1,000
`` Less: Prepaid for 3 months 30,020
(7,500 x 3/18) 1,250 5,000
`` Rates 2,700 Less: Received in advance 400 29,620
``Secretary’s Salary 3,120 `` Games Competition Receipts 13,640
`` Lighting, Cleaning, Services 7,200 `` Restaurant Trading –
Gross Profit 6,400
`` Competition Prize 4,000
`` Add: Opening Stock 800
4,800
`` Less: Closing Stock 500 4,300
`` Printing, Postage and Sundries 6,000
`` Dep. on Furniture and 4,800
Equipment @ 10%
`` Surplus – Excess of income over 3,160
expenditure
49,660 49,660

(`) (`) (`) (`)
Accumulated Fund: Furniture and Equipment 48,000
Balance on 1.4.2012 50,390 Less: Depreciation 4,800 43,200
Add: Surplus 3,160 53,550 Restaurant Stock 3,000
Entrance fees 3,200 Stock of Prize 500
Subscription received in advance 400 Outstanding Subscriptions 1,000
Owing for supplies to Restaurant 5,600 Prepaid Rent 1,250
Outstanding Petty Expenses 80 Fixed Deposit with Bank 8,000
Cash and Bank 5,880
62,830 62,830

Illustration 7.
‘Citizen Club’ was registered in a city and the accountant prepared the following Receipts and Payments Account
for the year ended Dec. 31, 2013 and showed a deficit of ` 14,520 :
(`) (`)
Receipts : Subscriptions 62,130
Fair Receipts 7,200
Variety Show Receipts (net) 12,810
Interest 690
Bar Collection 22,350
Cash spent more 1,000 1,06,180
Payments : Premises 30,000

Honorarium to Secretary 12,000
Rent 2,400
Rates and Taxes 3,780
Printing and Stationery 1,410
Sundry Expenses 5,350
Wages 2,520
Fair Expenses 7,170
Bar Purchase- payments 17,310
Repairs 960
New Car (less proceeds of old car ` 9,000) 37,800
1,20,700
Deficit 14,520
The additional information should be obtained:

1.1.2013 31.12.2013
(`) (`)
Cash in hand 450 –
Bank balance as per Pass Book 24,690 10,440
Cheques issued not presented for Sundry Expenses 270 90
Subscriptions due 3,600 2,940
Premises at Cost 87,000 1,17,000
Accumulated dep. on Premises 56,400 –
Car at Cost 36,570 46,800
Accumulated dep. on Car 30,870 –
Bar Stock 2,130 2,610
Creditors for Bar Purchases 1,770 1,290
Cash overspent represents honorarium to secretary not withdrawn due to Cash deficit. His annual honorarium is
` 12,000. Depreciation on premises and car is to be provided at 5% and 20% on written-down value.
You are required to prepare the correct Receipts and Payments Account, Income and Expenditure Account and
Balance Sheet as at Dec. 31, 2013.

Solution:
In the Books of Citizen Club
Receipts and Payments Account
Dr. Cr.
To Balance b/d 450 By, Premises 30,000
” Bank (24,690 – 270) 24,420 ” Honorarium to Secretary 11,000
” Subscription 62,130 ” Rent 2,400
” Fair Receipts 7,200 ” Rates and Taxes 3,780
” Variety Show Receipts 12,810 ” Printing and Stationery 1,410
” Interest 690 ” Sundry Expenses 5,350
” Bar Receipts 22,350 ” Wages 2,520
” Fair Expenses 7,170
” Bar Purchases 17,310
” Repairs 960
” New Car 37,800
” Bank Balance (10,440 – 90) 10,350
1,30,050 1,30,050

Dr. for the year ended 31st December, 2013 Cr.
Expenditure Amount Amount Income Amount Amount

(`) (`) (`) (`)
To Honorarium to Secretary 11,000 By, Subscriptions 62,130
Add: Outstanding 1,000 12,000 Add: Outstanding for 2012 2,940
” Rent 2,400 65,070
” Rates and Taxes 3,780 Less: Outstanding for 2011 3,600 61,470
” Printing and Stationery 1,410 ” Fair receipts 7,200
” Sundry Expenses 5,350 ” Variety show receipts 12,810
” Wages 2,520 ” Interest 690
” Fair Expenses 7,170 ” Profit on sale of old car 3,300
[(` 9,000 - (36,570 - 30,870)]
”Repairs 960 ” Profit on Bar Trading 6,000
”Depreciation on:
Premises@ 5% on 60,600 3,030
Car @20% on 46,800 9,360
” Surplus—Excess of Income over 43,490
Expenditure
91,470 91,470

Balance Sheet
as at 31st December, 2013
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Capital Fund as on 1.1.13 65,130 Premises at Cost 1,17,000
Add: Surplus 43,490 1,08,620 Less: Depreciation 59,430 57,570
Creditors (for bar purchase) 1,290 Car at Cost 46,800
Secretary’s honorarium Less: Depreciation 9,360 37,440
outstanding 1,000 Bar Stock 2,610
Outstanding Subscription 2,940
Cash at bank 10,350
1,10,910 1,10,910
Balance Sheet
as at 1st January, 2013
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Capital Fund (bal. in figure) 65,130 Premises at Cost 87,000
Creditors (for bar purchase) 1,770 Less: Depreciation 56,400 30,600
Car at Cost 36,570
Less: Depreciation 30,870 5,700
Bar Stock 2,130
Outstanding Subscription 3,600
Cash at bank 24,420
Cash in Hand 450
66,900 66,900
Dr. Bar Trading Account for the year ended 31.12.2013 Cr.
Particulars Amount Amount Particulars Amount

(`) (`) (`)
To, Opening stock 2,130 By, Bar Receipts 22,350
To, Bar Purchase 17,310 By, Closing Stock 2,610
Add: closing creditors for bar 1,290
purchase 18,600
Less: Opening creditors for purchase
1,770 16,830
To, Income and Expenditure A/c 6,000
(Gross profit Transferred)
24,960 24,960
2. Calculation of Depreciation of Premises

W.D.V `
Cost Price 87,000
Less: Accumulated Dep 56,400
30,600
Add: Purchase 30,000
60,600
Depreciation of Premises: 60,600 x 5% = 3,030

Illustration 8.
Prepare Income & Expenditure A/c for the year ended 31-12-2013 and the balance sheet as on 31-12-2013 in the
books of an Education society.

Library Books 2,30,000
Books Added during the year 52,200
Furniture 1,59,500
Addition to Furniture 35,500
Buildings 37,89,000
Investment 21,25,000
Creditors 1,77,900
Debtors 59,700
Investment Reserve Fund 1,85,000
Entrance Fees 2,02,600
Examination Fees 32,500
Certificate Fees 7,800
Subscriptions Received 2,75,800
Hire Charges 95,500
Interest 85,000
Other Receipts 4,400
Salary 1,55,900
Postage & Telephone 2,500
Insurance 10,400
Examination Expenses 24,000
Periodicals 15,600
Prizes Fund 2,15,000
Prizes Investments 2,10,400
Prizes Investment Income 10,200
Prizes Given 9,500
Prizes Bank Balance 2,450
Donations (capital) 1,99,000
General Expenses 5,250
Capital Fund 54,71,720
Bank Balance 65,500
Cash in Hand 1,520
Total 69,62,420 69,62,420
Additional information :
Subscription receivable `22,500, subscription received for 2014 `7,850, Interest accrued on investments `6,250, salary
outstanding for 2013 `12,500, Prepaid insurance `4,500.
Depreciate Books @ 15%, Building @ 1% and Furniture @ 10%.

Solution:
Dr. Income & Expenditure Account for the year ended 31.12.2013 Cr.
Expenditure Amount (`) Amount (`) Income Amount (`) Amount (`)
To Salary 1,55,900 By Examination fees 32,500
Add: Outstanding 12,500 1,68,400 By Certificate fees 7,800
To Printing & Stationery 8,500 By Subscriptions 2,75,800
To Postage & Telephone 2,500 Add: Receivable 22,500
To Insurance 10,400 Less: Pre-received (7,850) 2,90,450
Less: Prepaid (4,500) 5,900 By Hire charges 95,500
To Examination Expenses 24,000 By Interest 85,000
To Periodicals 15,600 By Other Receipts 4,400
To General Expenses 5,250 By Accrued interest 6,250
To Depreciation on Books 38,415
To Depreciation on Building 37,890
To Depreciation on
Furniture 17,725
To Surplus 1,97,720
5,21,900 5,21,900
Balance Sheet as at 31.12.2013
Buildings 37,89,000
Less: Depreciation @ 1% (37,890) 37,51,110
Capital Fund 54,71,720 Library Books 2,30,000
Add: Entrance fees 2,02,600 Add: Purchased in 2012 52,200
Add: Donations 1,99,000 Less: depreciation @ 15% (38,415) 2,43,785
Add: Surplus 1,97,720 60,71,040 Furniture & fixture 1,59,500
Add: Purchased in 2012 35,500
Less: Depreciation @ 10% (17,725) 1,77,275
Investment Reserve Fund 1,85,000
Prize Fund 2,15,000 Investment 21,25,000
Add: Fund Income 10,200 Prize Investments 2,10,400
Less: Fund Expenses (9,500) 2,15,700 Debtors 59,700
Creditors 1,77,900 Prize Bank balance 2,450
Subscription received in 7,850 Bank balance 65,500
advance
Salary Outstanding 12,500 Cash in hand 1,520
Subscription receivable 22,500
Interest Accrued 6,250
Prepaid Insurance 4,500
66,69,990 66,69,990

Illustration 9.
The following information was obtained from the books of Young Bengal Club as on 31-03-2013 at the end of first
year of the club. Prepare the Receipts & Payments A/c, Income & Expenditure A/c and Balance sheet of the club
(1) Donations received for Building & Books - ` 2,00,000
(2) Other revenue incomes and receipts were:
Rev. Income (`) Actual Receipts (`)

Entrance fees 17,000 17,000
Subscription 20,000 19,000
Locker rent 600 600
Sundry Income 1,600 1,060
Refreshment account Nil 16,000
(3) Other revenue expenditure and actual payments were
Rev. Exp (`) Actual Payment (`)

Land (cost `10,000) Nil 10,000
Furniture (cost ` 146,000) Nil 130,000
Salaries 5,000 4,800
Maintenance of play ground 2,000 1,000
Rent 8,000 8,000
Refreshment account Nil 8,000
Donations were utilized to the extent of `25,000 for buying books, balance were unutilized. In order to keep it safe,
9% Govt. Securities were purchased on 31-3-2013 for `1, 60,000. Remaining amount was put in bank as term deposit
on 31-3-2013. Depreciate Furniture and books @ 10% for the whole year.
Solution:
Dr. Receipt and Payments for the year ended 31.3.2013 Cr.

To Donations 2,00,000 By Library books 25,000
To Entrance fees 17,000 By Land 10,000
To Subscription 19,000 By Furniture 1,30,000
To Locker Rent 600 By Salaries 4,800
To Sundry income 1,060 By Maintenance 1,000
To Refreshment A/c 16,000 By Rent 8,000
By Refreshment A/c 8,000
To Balance c/d (Overdraft) (Bal. fig.) 1,08,140 By 9% Govt. Securities 1,60,000
By Term deposits 15,000
3,61,800 3,61,800

Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended 31.3.2013

Dr. Cr.
Expenditures ` ` Incomes ` `
To Salary 4,800 By Subscriptions 19,000
Add: Outstanding 200 5,000 Add: Outstanding 1,000 20,000
`` Playground maintenance 1,000 `` Locker Rent 600
Add: Outstanding 1,000 2,000 `` Sundry Income 1,060
`` Rent 8,000 -Add: Outstanding 540 1,600
`` Depreciation on: `` Profit on Refreshment 8,000
Furniture 14,600
Library Books 2,500 17,100 `` Deficit
(Excess of Expenditure over 1,900
Income)
40,100 40,100
Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2013
Liabilities ` ` Assets ` `
Capital Fund --- Land 10,000
Entrance Fees 17,000 Furniture 1,46,000
Donation for Building. Library Less: Depreciation 14,600 1,31,400
Room Fund 2,00,000 Library Books 25,000
Creditors for Furniture 16,000 Less: Depreciation 2,500 22,500
Outstanding Salaries 200 9% Govt. Bond 1,60,000
Outstanding Expenses for Subscription Receivable 1,000
Playground
1,000 Accrued Sundry Income 540
Bank Term Deposit 15,000
Bank overdraft
1,08,140 Deficit 1,900
3,42,340 3,42,340
Workings:
(1) Refreshment Account
Dr. Cr.

(`) (`)
To, Payment for Refreshment 8,000 By, Refreshment Receipts 16,000
To, Income and Expenditure A/c
(Profit on Refreshment) 8,000
16,000 16,000

(2) Calculation of Term Deposit:
Donation Recd – (library books purchase + 9% Govt. Securities)
= 2,00,000 – (25,000 + 1,60,000)
= 2,00,000 – 1,85,000
=15,000
(3) Since there was no capital fund
(4) Donation received for Building and Library Room is treated as capital item.
(5) Since the investment in Govt. Securities has been made at the closing date of the year, no interest has
accrued.
Illustration 10.
Following is the receipt and payment A/c of a club for the year ended 31-03-2013
Dr. Receipt and Payments for the year ended 31.3.2013 Cr.

To Opening balance: By Administrative expenses 1,25,000
Cash 3,000 “ Programme expenses 2,75,000
Bank 7,000 “ F.D. with bank 1,25,000
“ Membership fees received: “ Investment in ICICI Bonds 3,00,000
“ Fixed assets
up to 31-03-2012 14,000 purchased 80,000
for 2012-13 1,50,000
for 2013-14 16,000
“ Advertisements 5,00,000
“ F.D. with bank 75,000
“ Interest on savings A/c 700
“ Interest on F.D 22,000 “ Closing balance:
“ Sale of tickets - Programmed 25,000 Cash 2,700
“ Govt. Security Maturity Bank 5,000
(cost 80,000 & interest 8,000) 1,00,000
9,12,700 9,12,700
The club informs you that:
(a) Membership fee for 2012-13 due is `25,000; and `1,000 from a member who has not yet paid for 2011-12 as
well. A provision needs to be done on this.
(b) Income receivable on 31-03-2013 on ICICI bond is `30,000 and on Govt. Securities is `24,000
(c) Prepaid expenses on 31-3-2013 amounts to `7,000
(d) Outstanding expenses as on 31-3-2013 `8,000
(e) Depreciation to be provided is `12,500
(f) Programme is an annual feature.

The Balance Sheet as on 31-3-2012 is also provided as below:
Liabilities Amount (`) Assets Amount (`)

Trust fund 5,00,000 Cash 3,000
Accumulated surplus 1,05,000 Bank Account 7,000
Subscriptions in advance 10,000 Fixed Deposit 2,00,000
Outstanding Expenses 10,000 Govt. Securities 3,00,000
Fixed Assets 95,000
Subscription receivable 15,000
Prepaid expenses 5,000
6,25,000 6,25,000
Prepare Income and Expenditure Account and the Closing Balance Sheet for the year 2012-13.
Solution:

To, Opening receivable 15,000 By, Opening advance received 10,000
To, I & E A/c 1,85,000 By, Received during year 1,80,000
(balancing figure) By, Closing receivable :
To, Closing advance received 16,000 for 2011-12 1,000
for 2012-13 25,000
2,16,000 2,16,000
Dr. Expenses Account Cr.

To, Opening prepaid 5,000 By, Opening outstanding 10,000
To, Bank 1,25,000 By, I & E A/c (balancing figure) 1,21,000
To, Closing outstanding 8,000 By, Closing prepaid 7,000
1,38,000 1,38,000
Provision for doubtful Subscriptions Account

For 2011-12 1,000 By Balance c/d 2,000
For 2012-13 1,000
2,000 2,000

Dr. Income & Expenditure Account for the year ended 31.3.2013 Cr.
Expenditures ` Incomes `
To Administrative Expenses 1,21,000 By Subscriptions 1,85,000
” Depreciation on Assets 12,500 ” Interest Income 84,700
” Provision on subscription 2,000 [700+22,000+30,000+24,000+8,000]
” Surplus 3,96,200 ” Surplus from Programme 2,50,000
[25,000 + 5,00,000 – 2,75,000]
” Profit on sale of investment 12,000
5,31,700 5,31,700
Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2013 st

(`) (`) (`) (`)
Trust Fund 5,00,000 Cash 2,700

Accumulated surplus 1,05,000 Bank 5,000
Add: surplus for 2012-13 3,96,200 5,01,200 Govt. Securities 3,00,000
Subscription Recd in Less: sold 80,000 2,20,000
Advance 16,000 Fixed Deposit 2,00,000
Outstanding Expenses 8,000 Add: Addition 1,25,000
3,25,000
Less: Matured 75,000 2,50,000
ICICI Bond 3,00,000
Accrued Interest:
Govt. Securities 24,000
ICICI Bonds 30,000 54,000
Outstanding Subscription:
2011 -12 1,000
2012 -13 25,000
26,000
Less: Prov. for doubtful debt 2,000 24,000
Prepaid Expenses 7,000
Fixed Assets 95,000
Add: Additions 80,000
1,75,000
Less: Depreciation 12,500 1,62,500
10,25,200 10,25,200
Profit on disposal of Investment `

Amount received 1,00,000
Less: Interest 8,000
Net received 92,000
Cost of disposed investment 80,000
Profit on disposal 12,000

Illustration 11.
Prepare the Balance Sheet of Ocean Blue club based on following information: `
Furniture (before depreciation) 8,000 Outstanding consultancy 1,000
Depreciation on furniture 800 Allowances outstanding 800
Building fund 30,000 Capital Grants 10,000
Income from building fund 2,000 Entrance fees (50% be funded) 4,000
Fixed deposits 20,000 Legacies received(funded) 8,000
Opening General fund 10,000 Prize fund 10,000
Excess of income over expenditure 20,000 Income of prize fund 1,000
Opening balance of capital fund 60,000 Expenses of prize fund 800
Cost of swimming pool 40,000 Investment of prize fund 10,000
Equipments 20,000 Balance in current A/c 10,000
Investment of general fund 36,000 Cash in hand 800
Subscription outstanding 10,000
Solution:
Balance Sheet as at ...............
Capital Fund Fixed Assets:
Op balance 60,000 Swimming Pool 40,000
Add: Capital grants 10,000 Equipments 20,000
Add: Legacies 8,000 Furniture 8,000
Add: Entrance fees (50%) 2,000 80,000 Less: Depreciation 800 7,200
General Fund Investment
Op balance 10,000 General fund 36,000
Surplus 20,000 30,000 Prize fund 10,000 46,000
Building Fund Receivables
Op balance 30,000 Subscription 10,000
Add: Income 2,000 32,000 Cash & bank
Prize Fund Cash in hand 800
Op balance 10,000 Current A/c 10,000
Add: Income 1,000 Fixed deposit 20,000 30,800
Less: Expenses 800 10,200
Allowances
Outstanding 800
Consultancy
Outstanding 1,000
1,54,000 1,54,000

Preparation of opening and closing Balance Sheet from a given Receipt and Payment Account and Income and
Expenditure Account
Students must remember –
A. While preparing opening Balance Sheet
(a) At first, take the opening balance of Cash and Bank which are given in the Receipts and Payments
Account as “Balance b/d”. The same will appear in the assets side of the opening Balance Sheet.
(b) All the opening assets will appear in the assets side of the opening Balance Sheet which are given in the
form of adjustments. Similarly, all the opening liabilities will also appear in the liabilities side of the opening
Balance Sheet.
(c) Ascertain the difference between the assets side and the liabilities side of the opening Balance Sheet
which will be treated as “Capital Fund”.
B. While preparing closing Balance Sheet

(a) At first, take the closing balance of Cash and Bank which are given in the Receipts and Payments
Account as “Balance c/d”. The same will appear in the asset side of the closing Balance Sheet.
(b) All the opening fixed asset which have appeared in the asset side of the opening Balance Sheet (after
charging all adjustments), if not sold or cost, including addition, if any.
(c) All the closing current liabilities including capital fund, surplus or deficit (which we get from income and
Expenditure Account), other funds like, Donation, Entrance Fees etc. also appear in the liabilities side of
the closing Balance Sheet.
(d) Now, each individual item of Receipts and Payments Account should be compared with each individual
item of Income and Expenditure Account and the same is to be adjusted accordingly. It must be
remembered that items which are appeared in the credit side of the Receipts and Payments Account
must be compared with the items which is appeared in the debit side of Income and Expenditure and
vice-versa.
Illustration 12.
The following are the items of Receipts and Payments of the Bengal Club as summarized from the books of account
maintained by the Secretary:
Receipts Amount Payments Amount

(`) (`)
Opening Balance 1.1.2013 4,200 Manager’s Salary 1,000
Entrance Fees 2012 1,000 Printing and Stationery 2,600
Do 2013 10,000 Advertising 1,800
Subscriptions 2012 600 Fire Insurance 1,200
Do 2013 15,000 Investments Purchased 20,000
Interest Received on Investments 3,000 Closing Balance 31.12.2013 7,600
Subscriptions 2014 400
34,200 34,200

It was ascertained from enquiry that the following represented a fair picture of the Income and Expenditure of the
Club for the year 2013 for audit purpose:
Expenditure Amount (`) Amount (`) Income Amount (`)
Manager’s Salary 1,500 Entrance Fees 10,500
Printing & Stationery 2,000 Subscription 15,600
Add: Accrued 400 2,400 Interest on Investments 4,000
Advertising (accrued Nil) 1,600
Audit Fees 500
Fire Insurance 1,000
Depreciation 4,940
Excess of Income over Expenditure 18,160
30,100 30,100
You are required to prepare the Balance Sheet of the Club as on 31.12.2012 and 31.12.2013, it being given that the
values of the Fixed Assets as on 31.12.2012 were: Building ` 44,000, Cricket Equipment ` 25,000 and Furniture ` 4,000.
The rates of depreciation are Building 5%, Cricket Equipments 10%, Furniture 6%.
Your are entitled to make assumptions as may be justified.
Solution:
In the books of Bengal Club
Balance Sheet as at 31st December, 2012
(`) (`)
Outstanding Liabilities: Building 44,000
Advertisement (1,800 – 1,600) 200 Furniture 4,000
Printing and Stationery (2,600 – 2,000) 600 Cricket Equipment 25,000
Capital Fund 78,000 Entrance Fees in arrear 1,000
(Balancing figure) Subscription in arrear 600
Cash 4,200
78,800 78,800
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Capital Fund: Building 44,000
Balance on 1.1.2012 78,000 Less: Depreciation 5% 2,200 41,800
Add: Excess of Income
over Expenditure 18,160 96,160 Furniture 4,000
Subscription Received in Advance 400 Less: Depreciation 6% 240 3,760
Outstanding Liabilities:
Printing and Stationery 400 Cricket Equipment 25,000
Manager’s Salary: Less: Depreciation 10% 2,500 22,500
(1,500 – 1,000) 500 Investments 20,000
Audit Fees 500 Subscriptions in arrear 600
(15,600 – 15,000)
Entrance Fees in arrear 500
(10,500 – 10,000)
Accrued Interest on
Investments 1,000
(4,000 – 3,000)
(1,200 – 1,000)
Cash 7,600
97,960 97,960

Note: Advertisement expenses and Printing and Stationery which were paid in excess over Income and Expenditure
A/c are assumed to be outstanding for the previous year.
Preparation of Receipts and Payments Account from a given Income and Expenditure Account and a Balance Sheet
Preparation of Receipts and Payments Account
Preparation of Receipts and Payments Account has already been highlighted in the previous paragraph. But if
we are asked to prepare a Receipts & Payments Account from a given Income and Expenditure Account and
the opening Balance Sheet, in that case, we are to consider each and individual items both from Income and
Expenditure Account and the Balance Sheet.
Illustration 13.
The Income and Expenditure Account of the Calcutta Club is:

Dr. Cr.
Expenditure Amount Income Amount

` `
To Salaries 1,750 By Subscription 2,000
,, General Expenses 500 ,, Donation 1,050
,, Depreciation 300
,, Excess of Income over expenditure 500
3,050 3,050
Adjustments are made in respect of the following:
(1) Subscription for 2012 unpaid at 1.1.2013 ` 200; ` 180 of which was received in 2013.
(2) Subscription paid in advance at 1.1.2013 ` 50.
(3) Subscription paid in advance at 31.12.2013 ` 40.
(4) Subscription for 2012 unpaid at 31.12.2013 ` 70.
(5) Sundry Asset at the beginning of the period ` 2,600; Sundry Asset after depreciation ` 2,700 at the end of the
period.
(6) Cash balance at 1.1.2013 ` 160.
Prepare a Receipts and Payments Account.

Solution:
In the books of Calcutta Club
Dr. Cr.
Receipts Amount Payments Amount
` `
To Balance b/d 160 By Salaries 1,750
,, Donations 1,050 ,, General Expenses 500
,, Subscriptions (Cash received) 2,100 ,, Sundry Assets 400
,, Balance c/d 660
3,310 3,310

Workings:
Subscription Account
Dr. Cr.

` `
To Balance b/d 200 By balance b/d 50
,, Income & Expenditure A/c 2,000 ,, Cash Received (bal. fig.) 2,100
,, Balance (received in advance for 40 ,, Balance (Unpaid for 2012) 20

2014)
(200 - 180)c/d
,, Balance (Unpaid for 2013) c/d 70

2,240 2,240
To Balance b/d 40
By Balance b/d
for 2012 20
for 2013 70
Sundry Assets Account

Dr. Cr.
` `
To Balance b/d 2,600 By Depreciation 300
,, Purchase (bal. fig.) 400 By Balance c/d 2,700

3,000 3,000

1. In the case of non-profit organization donations received by the organization are reflected in
(A) Income and Expenditure Account
(B) Capital Account
(C) Receipts and Payments Account
2. Which of the following item(s) is (are) shown in the Income and Expenditure Account?
(A) Only items of Capital nature
(B) Only items of Revenue nature, which are received during the period of Accounts
(C) Only items of Revenue nature pertaining to the period of Accounts
(D) Both the items of Capital and Revenue nature
3. Salary debited to Income and Expenditure Account for the year was `48,000. Outstanding ? salary paid in the
beginning of the year and the outstanding salary at the end of the year were `6,000 and `7,500 respectively.
The amount of Salary to be shown in Receipts and Payments Account will be:
(A) `48,000

(B) `40,500
(C) `54,000
(D) `46,500
4. Which of the following item does not match with receipts and payments account?
(A) It is a summarized cash book
(B) Transactions are recorded in it on cash basis
(C) It records revenue transactions only
(D) It serves the purpose of a real account
5. Receipts and payments Account records

(A) Only revenue nature receipts
(B) Only capital nature receipts and payment
(C) Only revenue nature receipts and payments
(D) Both the revenue and capital nature receipts and payments
6. The Income and expenditure Account and the Receipts and Payments Account of a Local Club at the end
of a particular year show the following amounts:
As per Income Expenditure A/c As per Receipts and Payments A/c
(`) (`)
Printing Charges 7,500 6,900
Rent Paid 12,000 11,000
When there were no outstanding of Rent and Printing charges at the beginning of that year, the difference of
`1,600 will be shown in the Balance Sheet at the end of the year as:
(A) Asset
(B) Liabilities
(C) Ignored
(D) Capital Fund
7. Income Statement of a charitable institution is known as

(A) Profit and Loss A/c
(B) Receipts and payments A/c
(C) Income and Expenditure A/c
(D) Statement of Affairs
8. The Receipts and Payments Account generally begins with

(A) Credit Balance
(B) Debit Balance
(C) Both Debit and Credit Balance
Answer:
1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (C) 5. (D) 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (B)


1. Income and Expenditure Account is prepared by adopting accrual principle of accounting
2. Receipts and Payment Account is a Real Account.
3. Life membership fee is a Capital nature receipt.
4. Transactions are recorded on accrual basis in the ‘Income and Expenditure Account’.
5. Revenue nature receipts and payments which relates to a particular accounting period are shown in the
Income and Expenditure.
6. Items of receipts and payments which are revenue in nature and which relate to any accounting period, are
shown in the Income and Expenditure Account.
7. Subscription is a revenue nature receipt.
QUESTIONS:
1. From the following Receipts and Payments Account of Jaipur Krida Parishad for the year ended 31st March,
2014 and additional information given, prepare an income and expenditure account for the year ended 31st
March, 2014 and balance sheet as on 31st March, 2014.
Receipts and Payments Account for the ended 31.3.14
Receipts Amount Payment Amount (`)

(`)
Opening Balance : Cash 18,600 Secretary Honorarium 1,25,000
Bank 55,450 Staff Salaries 4,10,000
Subscription 4,30,000 Charities 25,000
Sale of Old News Papers 3,500 Printing & Stationary 15,000
Legacies 80,000 Postage expenses 1,500
Interest on investment 25,000 Rates & Taxes 8,500
Endowment Fund Receipts 1,50,000 Upkeep of group 65,000
Proceeds of Sports & Concerts 1,45,600 Purchase of sports materials 2,10,000
Advertisement in the Year Book 1,15,400 Miscellaneous Expenses 55,850
Closing balance: Cash 24,500
Bank 83,200
10,23,550 10,23,550
Assets and liabilities as on 31st March, 2013 and 31st March, 2014 were as follows:-
Particulars 31.03.13(`) 31.03.14(`)

Outstanding subscription 45,600 85,600
Subscription received in advance 12,400 16,300
Office equipments 80,000 68,000
Furniture 60,000 54,000
Ground land 5,00,000 5,00,000
Sports material 20,000 27,000
Outstanding staff salaries 40,000 50,000
There was no purchase and sale of office equipments and furniture during the year. Legacies receipts shall be
capitalized. Investments are made in securities, the rate of interest being 9% per annum, the date of investment
was 1st July, 2012 and the amount of investment was ` 3,00,000. Due date of interest was 31st March every year.

Answer:
Jaipur Krida Parished
Income & Expenditure Account for the year ending 31st March, 2014
Expenditure Amount (`) Income Amount (`) Amount (`)
To Secretary Honorarium 1,25,000 By Subscription 4,30,000

Add:
Adv. On 31.03.2013 12,400
Out. On 31.03.2014 85,600
5,28,000
Less:
Out on 31.03.13 45,600
Adv on 31.03.14 16,300 61,900 4,66,100
To Staff Salary (4,10,000 – 40,000 + 4,20,000 By Interest on Investment (25,000 27,000
50,000) + 2,000) @ 9% on 3,00,000
To Charities 25,000 By Sale Old News Paper 3,500

To Printing and Stationary 15,000 By Proceeds of Sports Concert 1,45,600
To Postage & Telephone Exp. 1,500 By Advertisement 1,15,400
To Rates & Taxes 8,500 By Deficit (excess of expenditure 1,79,250
over income)
To Upkeeps of Grounds 65,000
To Sports Material Used (2,10,000 + 2,03,000
20,000 – 27,000)
To Misc. Expenses 55,850
To Depreciation:
Furniture 6,000
Office Equipments 12,000 18,000
9,36,850 9,36,850

Subscription Received in Advance 16,300 Cash in hand 24,500
Outstanding Salary 50,000 Cash at bank 83,200
Legacies 80,000 Subscription outstanding 85,600
Endowment fund 1,50,000 Accrued interest 2,000
Capital Fund 1.4.13 10,27,250 Sports material 27,000
Less: Deficit 1,79,250 8,48,000 Investment 3,00,000
Office Equipment 68,000
Furniture 54,000
Ground land 5,00,000
11,44,300 11,44,300

Working Note:

Subscription received in advance 12,400 Cash in hand 18,600
Outstanding Staff salary 40,000 Cash at bank 55,450
Capital fund (b/f) 10,27,250 Subscription outstanding 45,600
Sports material 20,000
Investment 3,00,000
Office equipment 80,000
Furniture 60,000
Ground land 5,00,000
10,79,650 10,79,650
2. The Income & Expenditure Account of Jayashree Sangha Club for the year ended 31.12.2012 as given below:
Expenditure ` Income `
To Salaries 20,500 By Subscription 52,000
To Newspaper 1,500 By Sale of Newspaper 2,500
To Audit Fees 2,500 By Admission Fees 12,000
To General Expenses 22,000 By Donation 15,000
To Printing & Stationery 7,500 By Miscellaneous Income 500
To Travelling Expenses 2,000
To Rent 3,500
To Depreciation of Furniture 2,500
To Surplus 20,000
82,000 82,000
The following is the Balance Sheet of the Club as on 31.12.2011

(`) (`)
Outstanding salary 2,000 Furniture 15,000
Subscription received in advance 2,500 Sports equipment 20,000
Accumulated fund 45,500 Accrued Subscription 5,000
Cash at Bank 10,000
50,000 50,000
Prepare Receipts & Payments Account for the year ended 31.12.2012 taking into account the following
adjustments:
(i) Subscription received in advance ` 1,500
(ii) Salary due for ` 1,500 but not paid for the year
(iii) 60% of the admission fee to be capitalized
(iv) Subscription due for 2012 but not received ` 3,000

Answer:
Jayashree Sangha Club
Receipt and Payment Account for the year ended 31.12.2012
Receipts ` Payments `
To Balance b/d 10,000 By Salary A/c (W/N – 2) 21,000
To Admission Fees ` 12,000 ÷ 40% 30,000 By General Expenses 22,000
To Sale of News Paper 2,500 By Audit Fees 2,500
To Donation 15,000 By Printing & Stationary 7,500
To Misc. Income 500 By Rent 3,500
To Subscription (W/N-1) 53,000 By Travelling Expenses 2,000
By News Paper 1,500
By Balance c/d at 31.12.2012 51,000
1,11,000 1,11,000
Balance Sheet of the Club as on 31.12.2011

(`) (`)
Accumulated Fund 45,500 Sports Equipment 20,000
Add: Surplus 20,000 65,500 Furniture 15,000
Admission Fees 18,000 Less: Depreciation 2,500 12,500
Subscription received in advance 1,500 Accrued Subscription 3,000
Outstanding Salaries 1,500 Cash at Bank 51,000
86,500 86,500
Working Notes:
(1) Subscription received during the year
Particulars ` `
Subscription on accrual basis for 2012 52,000
Add: Subscription of 2011 received in 2012 5,000
Subscription received in advance 1,500
58,500
Less: Subscription for 2012 3,000
Subscription for 2012 received in 2011 2,500 5,500
53,000
(2) Salary paid in 2012
Particulars `
Salary as per Income & Expenditure A/c 20,500
Add: Paid for 2011 2,000
Less: Outstanding for 2012 1,500
21,000

3. Following is the Balance Sheet of the Rashtriya Club as on 1st April, 2014:

(`) (`)
Capital Fund 5,42,500 Investment in 4% bonds 1,50,000
Creditors 1,00,000 Stock 60,000
Subscription received in advance for 2014-15 30,000 Outstanding subscriptions:
Outstanding salaries 70,000 For 2012-13 1,90,000

For 2013-14 3,00,000
Balance at Bank 42,500
7,42,500 7,42,500
Following balances on 31st March, 2015:

Creditors ` 50,000; Subscriptions for 2015-16 ` 40,000; Cash at Bank ` 1,77,000; Arrears of Subscriptions for 2013-
14 ` 1,00,000: Arrears of Subscriptions for 2014-15 ` 2,70,000; Members arrears for provisions sold ` 40,000.
Details of Transactions during 2014-15:
Subscription received out of arrears of 2012-13 ` 1,80,000; Arrears of 2013-14 ` 1,70,000; Cash sales of provisions
` 1,20,000; Salaries paid ` 4,00,000; Interest received ` 4,500; 4% Bonds purchased ` 1,00,000 on 1.4.2014; Cash
purchases of provision 9,00,000; Credit sale of provision to members ` 9,00,000.
Other information:
Subscription during 2014-15 was ` 7,00,000; Total purchase of provision ` 10,90,000; Profit on provisions `
1,20,000; the salaries for the year 2014-15 were ` 4,50,000 Rent ` 20,000.
You are required to prepare the Receipts and Payments Account, and the Income and Expenditure Account
for the year ending 31st March, 2015.
Answer:
for the year ended 31st March, 2015
Dr. Cr.
To Balance in hand 42,500 By Salaries 4,00,000
To Subscriptions for: By Investment purchased 1,00,000
2012-13 1,80,000 By Purchase of provisions 90,000
2013-14 1,70,000 By Creditors (W.N.3) 10,50,000
2014-15 (W.N.4) 4,00,000 By Balance in hand 1,77,000
To Cash Sales 1,20,000
To Interest 4,500
To Debtors (W.N.2) 8,60,000
To Subscriptions (for 2015-16) 40,000
18,17,000 18,17,000

Dr. Cr.
Expenditure ` Incomes `
To Salaries 4,50,000 By Subscriptions for 2014-15 7,00,000
To Rent 20,000 By Interest 4,500
To Bad Debts (W.N.4) (Subscription for 2013- 30,000 Add: Accrued interest 5,500 10,000
14)
To Excess of Income over expenditure 3,30,000 By Profit on Provision 1,20,000
8,30,000 8,30,000
Working Notes:
(1) Provisions Account
Dr. Cr.
To Opening Stock 60,000 By Sales - Credit ` 9,00,000
To Purchases 10,90,000 Cash ` 1,20,000 10,20,000
To Profit 1,20,000 By Closing Stock (Balance in figure) 2,50,000
12,70,000 12,70,000
(2) Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
To Sale of Provisions 9,00,000 By Cash (Bal. Fig.) 8,60,000
By Balance c/d 40,000
9,00,000 9,00,000
(3) Creditors Account
Dr. Cr.
To Cash (Bal. Fig.) 10,50,000 By Balance b/d 1,00,000
To Balance c/d 50,000 By Provisions 10,00,000
11,00,000 11,00,000
(4) Subscription Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 Particulars 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15
To Balance b/d 1,90,000 3,00,000 — By Balance b/d — — 30,000
To Income and — — 7,00,000 By Cash A/c 1,80,000 1,70,000 4,00,000*
Expenditure A/c
By Bad Debts A/c — 30,000 —
By Balance c/d 10,000* 1,00,000 2,70,000
1,90,000 3,00,000 7,00,000 1,90,000 3,00,000 7,00,000
*means balancing figure.

EXERCISE:
1. Jodhpur Club furnishes you the Receipts and Payments Account for the year ended 31.03.2013.
Receipts Amount (`) Payment Amount (`)

Cash in hand (01.04.12) 40,000 Salary 20,000
Cash in bank (01.04.12) 1,00,000 Repair expenses 5,000
Donations 50,000 Furniture 60,000
Subscriptions 1,20,000 Investments 60,000
Entrance fee 10,000 Miscellaneous Expenses 5,000
Interest on investments 1,000 Insurance premium 2,000
Interest from banks 4,000 Billiards table and other sports items 80,000
Stationary expenses 1,500
Drama expenses 5,000
Sale of old newspaper 1,500 Cash in hand (31.03.13) 26,500
Sale of drama tickets. 10,500 Cash in bank (31.03.13) 72,000
3,37,000 3,37,000
Additional information:
(i) Subscriptions in arrear for 2012-13 ` 9,000 and subscription in advance for the year 2013-14 ` 3,500.
(ii) ` 400 was the insurance premium outstanding as on 31.03.2012.
(iii) Miscellaneous expenses prepaid ` 900.
(iv) 50% of donation is to be capitalized.
(v) Entrance fees to be treated as revenue income.
(vi) 8% interest has accrued on investments for five months.
(vii) Billiards table and other sports equipments costing ` 3,00,000 were purchased in the financial year 2011-
12 and of which ` 80,000 was not paid 31.03.12. There is no charge for Depreciation to be considered.
You are required to prepare income and expenditure account for the year ended 31.03.13 and Balance
Sheet of the Club as at 31.03.13.
Answer:
(i) Excess of Income over Expenditure - `1,41,500;
(ii) Balance Sheet Total as on 01.04.2012 — `4,40,000;
(iii) Balance Sheet Total as on 31.03.2013 — `5,30,400.
2. The Income and Expenditure Account of the Bhartia Club for the year ended 31st March, 214 is as follows:
Dr. Cr.
To Salaries 95,000 By Subscription 1,50,000
To General Expenses 20,000 By Entrance Fee 5,000
To Audit Fee 5,000 By Collection for Annual Sports Meet 65,000
To Stationery and Printing 9,000
To Secretary’s Honorarium 20,000
To Interest 2,000
To Bank Charges 1,000

To Depreciation 6,000
To Expenditure on Annual Sports Meet 50,000
To Surplus 12,000
2,20,000 2,20,000
Other Information:
Expenditure `
Subscription outstanding on 31.03.2013 12,000
Subscription received in advance on 31.03.2013 9,000
Subscription outstanding on 31.03.2014 15,000
Subscription received in advance on 31.03.2014 5,400
Salaries outstanding on 31.03.2013 8,000
Salaries outstanding on 31.03.2014 9,000
Audit fee outstanding on 31.03.2013 4,000
Audit fee outstanding on 31.03.2014 5,000
General expenses period on 31.03.2014 1,200
Sports equipments as on 31.03.2014 52,000
Sports equipments after depreciation on 31.03.2014 54,000
Other balances as on 31.03.2014:
Freehold Ground 2,00,000
Bank Loan 40,000
Cash & Bank 32,000
You are required to prepare the Receipts and Payments Account for the year ended 31st March, 2014 and
Balance sheet as at 31st March, 2014.
Answer:
(i) Receipts and payment A/c Balance for the year ended 31.03.2014 — `32,000;
(ii) Subscription Received during 2013-14 — `1,43,400.
(iv) Salary paid during 2013-14 — `94,000.
(v) Balance Sheet Total as on 31.03.2014 — `3.02.200.
3. Income and Expenditure Account and the Balance Sheet of Nav Bharat Club are as under:
Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31st March, 2012
Dr. Cr.
To Upkeep of Ground 21,000 By Subscription 56,640
To Printing & Stationery 2,800 By Sale of old newspapers 530
To Salaries 28,000 By Lectures 8,000
To Depreciation: By Entrance Fee 2,900
Ground & Building 9,000 By Miscellaneous Incomes 1,200
To Repairs 3,500
To Surplus 3,970
69,270 69,270

Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2012

(`) (`) (`) (`)
Capital Fund: Ground & Building 1,43,200
Opening Balance 1,56,430 Furniture 9,000
Add: Entrance Fee 2,900 Sports Prize Fund:
Add: Surplus 3,970 1,63,300 Investment 43,000
Sports Prize Fund: Subscription 2,600
Opening Balance 51,000 Cash and Bank 19,400 65,000
Add: Interest 4,500
55,500
Less: Prizes 6,500 49,000
Outstanding Salary 4,200
Subscription in Advance 700
2,17,200 2,17,200
The following adjustments have been made in the above accounts:

(i) Upkeep of ground ` 1,500 and printing and stationery ` 510 relating to 2010-2011 were paid in 2011-12.
(ii) One-half of entrance fee has been capitalized.
(iii) Subscription outstanding in 2010-11 was ` 3,100 and for 2011-12 ` 2,600.
(iv) Subscription received in advance in 2010-11 was ` 1,100 and in 2011-12 for 2012-13 ` 700.
(v) Outstanding salary on 31.03.2011 was ` 3,600.
Prepare Receipts & Payments Account for the year ended on 31st March, 2012.
Answer:
(i) Receipts and payments A/c Balance 19,400,
(ii) Subscription received during 2011-12 `56,740.

Study Note - 5
PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FROM
INCOMPLETE RECORDS

5.1 Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records
5.1 PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FROM INCOMPLETE RECORDS
Introduction
Many times small business organizations do not maintain a comprehensive accounting system which is based
on the double entry principle. The businessman is usually happy with the minimum information like the balances
of cash and bank accounts and whether he has made a profit or loss. These people maintain rough or sketchy
records that serve a limited purpose. Because, the principle of double entry is not followed, it is often referred to
as a ‘single entry system’. Such system maintains only personal accounts and cash book. Expenses and incomes
are reflected in the cash book, whereas personal accounts reflect the debtors’ and creditors’ position. This system
usually follows the principle of ‘cash basis accounting’ and hence no accrual or non-cash entries are passed. For
example, entries like depreciation, provision for expenses, accrued incomes have no place under such system.
Features of Single Entry System:

Single Entry System has the following features.
(a) Maintenance of books by a sole trader or partnership firm : The books which are maintained according to this
system can be kept only by a sole trader or by a partnership firm.
(b) Maintenance of cash book : In this system it is very often to keep one cash book which mixes up business as
well as private transactions.
(c) Only personal accounts are kept : In this system, it is very common to keep only personal accounts and to avoid
real and nominal accounts. Therefore, sometimes, this is precisely defined as a system where only personal
accounts are kept.
(d) Collection of information from original documents : For information one has to depend on original vouchers,
example, in the case of credit sales, the proprietor may keep the invoice without recording it anywhere and
at the end of the year the total of the invoices gives an idea of total credit sales of the business.
(e) Lack of uniformity : It lacks uniformity as it is a mere adjustment of double entry system according to the
convenience of the person.
(f) Difficulty in preparation of final accounts : It is much difficult to prepare trading, profit and loss account and
balance sheet due to the absence of nominal and real accounts in the ledger.
Difference between single entry system and double entry system:

The distinctions between double entry system and single entry system are as follows:
(i) In double entry system both the aspects (debit and credit) of all the transactions are recorded. But in single
entry system, there is no record of some transactions, some transactions are recorded only in one of their
aspects whereas some other transactions are recorded in both of their aspects.
(ii) Under double entry system, various subsidiary books such as sales book, purchases book etc are maintained.
Under single entry system, no such subsidiary books except cash book which is also considered as a part of
ledger is maintained.
(iii) In the case of double entry system, there is a ledger which contains personal, real and nominal accounts. But
in single entry system, the ledger contains some personal accounts only.
(iv) Under double entry system, preparation of trial balance is possible whereas it is not possible to prepare a trial
balance in single entry system. Hence accuracy of work is uncertain.

Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records
(v) Under double entry system, Trading A/c, Profit & Loss A/c and the Balance Sheet are prepared in a scientific
manner. But under single entry system, it is not possible – only a rough estimate of profit or loss is made and a
Statement of Affairs is prepared which resembles a balance sheet in appearance but which does not present
an accurate picture of the financial position of the business.
Benefits of single entry system
(a) It’s quick and easy to maintain.
(b) One doesn’t require employing a qualified accountant.
(c) This is extremely useful for business run by individuals where the volume of activity is not large,
(d) It is economical as it does not need a comprehensive record keeping.
Weaknesses of single entry system
(a) As principle of double entry is not followed, the trial balance cannot be prepared. As such, arithmetical
accuracy cannot be guaranteed.
(b) Profit or loss can be found out only by estimates as nominal accounts are not maintained.
(c) It is not possible to make a balance sheet in absence of real accounts. d) It is very difficult to detect frauds
or errors.
(d) Valuation of assets and liabilities is not proper.
(e) The external agencies like banks cannot use financial information. A bank cannot decide whether to lend
money or not.
(f) It is quite likely that the business and personal transactions of the proprietor get mixed.
The method
As the records are incomplete, how does a businessman find out whether he has made a profit or loss? There is
no fixed methodology but some techniques can give rough calculations that help assessing the business results.
Consider a businessman had cash of `15,000. He purchased goods for `10,000, sold the same for `17,000. Here, the
estimate of profit is `7,000 (17,000-10,000) and a closing cash of `22,000. Another way is to find out the increase or
decrease in capital (or net assets).
This method is called statement of affairs method. The statement of affairs is similar to the Balance Sheet with regard
to the format and is based on the same accounting equation of
Capital = Assets less Liabilities
The opening as well as closing statement of affairs is made on the basis of information available. Then a statement
of profit or loss is prepared. This is made by considering the changes in capital due to additional money brought
in by the businessman and the drawings made by him during the period.
Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended.....

Capital (at the end) xx
Less : Capital (at the beginning) xx xx
Add : Drawings xx
xx
Less : Further Capital (if any) xx
Profit/Loss xx
Less : Adjustments, if any say, Bad debts,
Depreciation etc. xx
Net Profit/Loss for the period xx
Less : Appropriation items :
(i) Interest on partner’s capital xx
(ii) Partners’ salaries etc. xx xx
Divisible Profit xx

Illustration 1.
Mr. Prakash keeps his accounts on single entry system. He has given following information about his assets and
liabilities.
Item On 31-3-2015 On 31-3-2016
Creditors 55,200 58,500
Cash at bank 600 1500
Bills payable 26,400 28,200
Bills receivables 16,200 18,300
Debtors 45,600 56,000
Stock in trade 31,000 47,300
Machinery 66,200 78,000
Computer 18,000 17,000
During the year, Prakash brought in additional ` 7,500 cash in business. He withdrew goods of `2,100 and cash of
` 7,200 for his personal use. Interest on opening capital is to be given at 5% and interest on drawing is to be charged
at 10%.
Prepare statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31-03-2016.
Solution:
Here the information about opening and closing capital is not given. Both these figures can be computed based
on statement of affairs as on 31-03-2015 and 31-03-2016. These can be worked out on the basis of information given.
The balancing figures in both statements will represent capital figures as on those two days.
These figures will then be used together with the information to find out profit or loss. The interest on capital will
increase it while, interest on drawings will result in decrease in capital. This will be included in the statement of profit
or loss for the year ended 31-03-2016.
Statement of Affairs as on 31-3-2016

Creditors 55,200 Cash at Bank 600
Bills payable 26,400 Bills receivables 16,200
Capital (balancing figure) 96,000 Debtors 45,600
Stock in trade 31,000
Machinery 66,200
Computers 18,000
1,77,600 1,77,600

Creditors 58,500 Cash at Bank 1,500
Bills payable 28,200 Bills receivables 18,300
Capital (balancing figure) 131,400 Debtors 56,000
Stock in trade 47,300
Machinery 78,000
Computers 17,000
2,18,100 2,18,100

Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31-03-2016

Closing Capital as per statement of affairs as on (31-3-2015) 1,31,400
Less: Opening Capital as per statement of affairs as on (31-3-2013) (96,000)
Increase or decrease in capital 35,400
Add: Drawings (goods + cash) 9,300
Add: Interest on drawings @ 10%on ` 9,300 930
Less: Interest on opening capital @ 5% (96,000 * 5%) (4,800)
Less: Fresh capital introduced (7,500)
Net Profit or loss for the year 33,330
Illustration 2.
On 1st April 2012, Neha started a beauty Parlour. She acquired a shop for `12,00,000 and paid `2,00,000 for interior
fittings. She put `4,00,000 into business bank A/c. She carried on till 31st March 2013, when she wanted to know
what the parlour has earned over the period. She has approached you to find out the business results with following
information as on 31-03- 2013:
In addition to the shop and fitting she had following possessions: Stock `6,00,000, Motor car (purchased on 30-09-
2012) `5,50,000, Cash at bank `2,50,000. Based on her limited knowledge she has told you to charge depreciation
of 2% p.a. on shop, 5% p.a. on fittings and 20% on car.
On 31-3-2013, ` 1,40,000 was payable to creditors, and ` 1,00,000 to a friend for money borrowed for business. She
had withdrawn ` 2,000 per month from the business.
Prepare her statement of profit or loss for the year.
Solution:

Capital (balancing figure) 18,00,000 Shop 12,00,000
Fittings 2,00,000
Bank 4,00,000
18,00,000 18,00,000

Creditors 1,40,000 Shop (12,00,000 Less 2% of 12,00,000) 11,76,000
Loan from Friend 1,00,000 Fittings (2,00,000 Less 5% of 2,00,000) 1,90,000
Capital (balancing figure) 24,71,000 Cash at Bank 2,50,000
Motor car [5,50,000 × 20% × ½] 4,95,000
Stock in trade 6,00,000
27,11,000 27,11,000

Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31.03.2013
Closing Capital as per statement of affairs as on 31-3-2013 24,71,000
Less: Opening Capital as per statement of affairs as on 31-3-2012 (18,00,000)
Increase or (decrease) in capital 6,71,000
Add: drawings (2000*12) 24,000
Net Profit or loss for the year 6,95,000
Note:
Depreciation calculation
Shop @ 2% for 1 year on ` 1,200,000 24,000
Fittings @ 5% for 1 year on ` 200,000 10,000
Car @20% for 6 months on ` 550,000 55,000
Alternative method: Conversion of single entry to double entry:

It may be possible to prepare the P & L A/c and Balance Sheet for such organizations by converting the records
into double entry method. In this method, various ledger accounts are prepared e.g. sales, purchases, debtors,
creditors, Trading A/c, cash book. As full information is not available the balancing figure in each of these accounts
needs to be correctly interpreted. For example, if we know opening & closing balances in Debtors’ A/c and the
cash received from debtors; then the balancing figure will obviously indicate sales figures. Also, if we know opening
and closing balances of creditors & credit purchases figures; then the balancing figure will certainly mean cash
paid to creditors.
Once these figures are calculated, it’s easy to prepare the financial statements in regular formats.
Illustration 3.
From the following particulars presented by Rama Brothers, who maintain their accounts under Single Entry System,
calculate total purchase and total sales.
Balance on
Particulars 1.4.2012 31.3.2013
` `
Debtors 28,000 24,000
Bills Receivable 14,000 15,000
Creditors 16,000 32,000
Bills Payable 8,000 15,000
Transaction during the year Amount

`
Cash Received from Debtors 2,00,000
Cash paid to creditors 1,60,000
Discount Allowed 1,000
Discount Received 2,000
Bad Debts 3,000
Returns Inwards 5,000
Return Outward 6,000
Bills Receivable dishonoured 4,000
Cash paid against Bills Payable 10,000
Cash Received against Bills Receivable 16,000
Cash Sales 60,000
Cash Purchase 40,000

Solution:
In the books of Rama Brothers
Bills Receivable Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Balance b/d 14,000 By Cash 16,000
,, Total Debtors c/d 21,000 ,, Debtors (B/R Dishonours) 4,000
(bal. fig.) ,, Balance c/d 15,000
35,000 35,000
Total Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
` `
To Balance b/d 28,000 By Cash Received 2,00,000
,, B/R Dishonoured 4,000 ,, Discount Allowed 1,000
,, Credit Sales (bal. fig.) 2,22,000 ,, Dab Debts 3,000
,, Returns Inward 5,000
,, Bills Receivable A/c 21,000
2,54,000 2,54,000
Bills Payable Account

Dr. Cr.
` `
To Cash 10,000 By Balance b/d 8,000
,, Balance c/d 15,000 ,, Creditors A/c (bal. fig.) 17,000
25,000 25,000
Total Creditors Account

Dr. Cr.
` `
To Cash Paid 1,60,000 By Balance b/d 16,000
,, Discount Received 2,000 ,, Credit Purchase (bal. fig.) 2,01,000
,, Returns Outwards 6,000
,, Bills Payable 17,000

2,17,000 2,17,000

Calculate of Total Sales
Particulars Amount
`
Total Sales:
Cash Sales 60,000
Credit Sales 2,22,000
2,82,000
Calculate Total Purchase

Particulars Amount
`
Total Purchase:
Cash Purchase 40,000
Credit Purchase 2,01,000
2,41,000
Illustration 4.
Mrs. Laxmi, a retail trader needs final accounts for the year ended 31-03-2013 for the purpose of taking a bank loan.
However, she informs you that principle of double entry had not been followed. With following inputs, prepare a Profit
& Loss A/c for the year ended 31-03-2013 and Balance sheet as on 31-03-2013. Details of receipts and payments:
(1) Cash deposited in bank ` 3,500
(2) Dividend on personal A/c deposited into bank ` 250
(3) Tuition fees of Laxmi’s daughter paid by cheque `4,500
(4) Rent for the year by cheque ` 9,000
(5) Cash received from debtors ` 52,500
(6) Paid to creditors ` 40,025
(7) Salaries & wages paid in cash ` 9,000
(8) Transportation in cash ` 2,750
(9) Office electricity in cash ` 6,600
(10) Electricity (house) in cash ` 7,200
(11) General expenses in cash ` 890.
Opening and closing balances of assets & liabilities:
Particulars 31-3-2012 31-3-2013

Stock 42,500 22,500
Bank 55,500 20,500
Cash 10,850 10,500
Debtors 16,800 14,800
Creditors 15,600 22,800
Investments 15,000 15,000
She also informs you that she draws `6,000 from bank on monthly basis and some debtors deposit cheques directly
in bank.

Solution:
Dr. Stock Account Cr.
To Balance b/d 42,500 By Cost of sales (bal. fig) 90,135
To Purchases (credit) 47,225 By Balance c/d 22,500
To Cash (purchases) 22,910
1,12,635 1,12,635
Dr . Bank Account Cr.

To Balance b/d 55,500 By Drawings (tuition fees) 4,500
To Cash A/c 3,500 By Rent 9,000
To Capital (dividend) 250 By Creditors 40,025
To Debtors (balancing figure) 86,775 By Drawings (@ ` 6,000 pm) 72,000
1,46,025 1,46,025

To Balance b/d 10,850 By Bank 3,500
To Debtors 52,500 By Salaries & wages 9,000
By Transportation 2,750
By Electricity 6,600
By Drawings (electricity) 7,200
By General expenses 890
By Purchases (balancing figure) 22,910
63,350 63,350
Dr. Debtors Account Cr.

To Balance b/d 16,800 By Cash 52,500
To Sales (credit Sales) (balancing figure) 1,37,275 By Bank 86,775
1,54,075 1,54,075
Dr. Creditors Account Cr.

To Bank 40,025 By Balance b/d 15,600
To Balance c/d 22,800 By Purchases (credit) (bal. fig.) 47,225
62,825 62,825

Dr. Mrs. Laxmi’s capital Account Cr.

To Drawings (tuition fees) 4,500 By Balance b/d (bal. fig.) 1,25,050
To Drawings (electricity) 7,200 By Bank (dividend ) 250
To Drawings (bank) 72,000
To Balance c/d 41,600
1,25,300 1,25,300
Dr. Trading Account Cr.

To Opening stock A/c 42,500 By Sales A/c 1,37,275
To Purchases A/c 70,135 By Closing Stock A/c 22,500
To Gross profit c/d 47,140
1,59,775 1,59,775
Dr. Profit & Loss Account Cr.

To Rent 9,000
To Salary & wages 9,000 By Gross Profit b/d 47,140
To Transportation 2,750
To Electricity 6,600
To General Expenses 890
To Net Profit c/d 18,900
47,140 47,140
Balance sheet as on 31st March 2013

Creditors 22,800 Stock 22,500
Capital (balancing figure) 41,600 Bank 20,500
Net profit 18,900 Cash 10,500
Debtors 14,800
Investment 15,000
83,300 83,300

QUESTIONS:
1. Mr. Kumar kept no books of accounts for his business. An analysis of his rough Cash Book for the calendar
year 2015 shows the following particulars :
Received from Debtors 60,000 Overdraft on 1-1-2015 7,400
Further Capital introduced 5,000 Paid to Creditors 25,000
Business Expenses 10,000
Wages paid 15,500
Proprietor’s drawings 3,000
Balance at Bank on 31-12-2015 4,000
Cash in hand 100
65,000 65,000
The following information are also available:
On 31-12-2014 On 31-12-2015
` `
Debtors 53,000 88,000
Creditors 15,000 19,500
Stock-in-trade 17,000 19,000
Plant and Machinery 20,000 20,000
Furniture and Fittings 1,400 1,400
All his sales and purchases were on credit
From the above particulars prepare Trading’and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31 -12-2015 and
a Balance Sheet as at that date after providing for dcprcciauon on Plant and Machinery @ 10 per cent, and
on Furniture and Fittings @ 5 per cent, per annum.
Solution:
Working:
Balance Sheet as at 31-12-2014
Liabilities ` Assets `
Creditors 15,000 Debtors 53,000
Bank Overdraft 7,400 Stock-in-trade 17,000
Capital (balancing figure) 69,000 Furniture and Fittings 1,400
Plant & Machinery 20,000
91.400 91,400

Dr. Total Debtors Account Cr.
` `
To Balance b/f 53,000 By Cash 60,000
” Sales (balancing figure) 95,000 ” Balance c/f 88,000
1,48,000 1,48,000

Dr. Total Creditors Account Cr.
` `
To Cash 25,000 By Balance b/f 15,000
” Balance c/f 19,500 ” Purchases (balancing figure) 29,500
44,500 44,500

Mr. Kumar
Trading and Profit & Loss Account
` `
To Opening Stock 17,000 By Sales 95,000
“ Purchases 29,500 “ Closing Stock 19,000
“ Wages 15,500
Gross Profit c/d 52,000
1,14,000 1,14,000
10,000 By Gross Profit b/d 52,000
To Business Expenses
“ Depreciation:
on Plant & Machinery 2,000
on Furniture & Fittings 70 2,070
“ Net Profit—transferred
to Capital 39,930
52,000 52,000
Capital: Fixed Assets:
as on 1-1-92 69,000 Plant & Machinery 20,000
Add: Fresh Less: Depreciation 2,000 18,000
Capital put in 5,000 Furniture & Fittings 1,400
Net Profit 39,930 Less: Depreciation 70 1,330

1,13,930
Less: Drawings 3,000 1,10,930 Current Assets:
Stock-in-trade 19,000
Sundry Creditors 19,500 Sundry Debtors 88,000
Cash at Bank 4,000
Cash in hand 100

1,30,430 1,30,430

2. Mr. Jaiswal commenced business as a Cloth Merchant on 1stJanuary, 2015, with a capital of ` 2,000. On the
same day, he purchased furniture for cash ` 600. The books are maintained by Single Entry. From the following
particulars (i) calculate the cash on hand as on 31-12-15, (ii) prepare a Trading and Profit and Loss Account
for the year ending 31st December, 2015 and (iii) a Balance Sheet as on that date :
`
Sales (including cash sales of ` 1,400) 3,400
Purchases (including cash purchases of ` 800) 3,000
Jaiswal’s drawings 240
Salaries of Staff 400
Bad Debts written off 100
Business Expenses 140
Stock of goods on 31-12-2015 1,300
Sundry Debtors on 31 -12-2015 1,040
Sundry Creditors on 31-12-2015 720
Mr. Jaiswal took cloth costing ` 100 from the shop for private use and paid ` 40 cash to his son, but omitted to
record these transactions in his books. Provide depreciauon on furniture at 10 per cent per annum.
Solution:
Workings:
Dr. Cash Book Cr.
` `
To Capital 2,000 By Furniture 600
“ Sales 1,400 “ Purchases 800
“ Sundry Debtors (as per 860 “ Drawings (240 4- 40) 280
Debtors A/c) “ Salaries 400
“ Business Expenses 140
“ Sundry Creditors (as per Creditors A/c) 1,480
“ Balance c/f 560
4,260 4.260
Total Debtors Account
` `
To Sales (3,400-1,400) 2,000 By Bad Debts 100
“ Cash (balancing figure) 860
“ Balance c/f 1,040
2,000 2,000
Total Crdditors Account
` `
To Cash (balancing figure) 1,480 By Purchases (3,000 – 800) 2,200
“ Balance c/f 720
2,200 2,200

Mr. Jaiswal Trading and Profit & Loss Account
` `
To Purchases 3,000 By Sales 3,400
“ Less: Cloth taken for private use 100 2,900 “ Closing Stock 1,300
“ Gross Profit c/d 1,800
4,700 4,700
To Salaries 400 By Gross Profit b/d 1,800
“ Bad Debts 100
“ Business Expenses 140
“ Depreciation on Furniture 60
“ Net Profit—transferred to Capital 1,100
1,800 1,800
Balance Sheet as at 31st December 2015
Capital 2,000 Furniture 600
Add: Net Profit 1,100 Less: Depreciation 60 540
3,100 Stock-in-trade 1300
Less : Drawings (280 + 100) 380 2,718 Sundry Debtors 1,040
Sundry Creditors 720 Cash 560
3,440 3,440
3. N is a small trader. He maintains no books but only an account with a bank in which all takings are lodged
after meeting business expenses and his personsl drawings and in which all payments for business purchases
are passed through.
You are required to ascertain his trading result for the year ended 31-3-15 and Balance Sheet as on that date
from the following information:
(i) The bank statement shows deposits during the year of ` 12,020 and withdrawals of ` 11,850.
(ii) The Assets and Liabilities on 31-3-16 were: Stock— ` 1,100; Book Debts— ` 1,150; Bank balance—` 320;
Furniture—` 2,000 and Trade creditors— ` 400.
(iii) In the absence of reliable information, estimates are supplied on the following matters:
(a) The Stock and Book Debts have each increased by ` 100 during the year. There was no purchase or
sale of furniture during the year.
(b) The trade creditors were ` 200 on 1-4-95.
(c) During the year the personal expenses amounted to ` 800 and business expenses ` 700.
Solution:
Workings—
(1) Statement of Bank Balance `

Balance on 31-3-16 320
Add: Withdrawals during the year 11,850
12,170
Less : Deposits during the year 12,020
Balance as on 1-4-15 150

(2) Receipts from customers during the year—

Amount deposited into Bank 12,020
Add: Expenses met out of receipts
Personal 800
Business 700 1,500
13,520
(3) Sales faring the year— `

Receipts from customers as in (2) 13,520
Add: Sundry Debtors at the end 1,150
14,670
Less : Sundry Debtors at the beginning (1,150-100) 1,050
13,620
(4) Purchases during the year—
Payments to suppliers 11,850
Add: Sundry Creditors at the end 400
12,250
Less : Sundry Creditors at the beginning 200
12,050
(5) Capital on 1-4-15
Liabilities ` Asstes `
Sundry Creditors Capital 200 Furniture 2,000
(balancing figure) 4,000 Stock (1,100-100) 1,000
Bank 150
4,200 4,200
Mr. N
Dr. for the year ended 31-3-16 Cr.
` `
To Opening Stock 1,000 By Sales 13,620
Purchases 12,050 “ Closing Stock 1,100
“ Gross Profit c/d 1,670
14,720 14,720
To Business Expenses 700 By Gross Profit b/d 1,670
Net Profit—transferred to Capital 970
1,670 1,670

Capital as on 1-4-15 4,000 Furniture 2,000
Add: Net Profit 970 Stock 1,100
4,970 Sundry Debtors 1,150
Less: Drawings 800 4,170 Bank 320
Sundry Creditors 4,00
4,570 4,570
4. The Statement of Affairs of Mr. M on Saturday, the 31st December 2015 was as follows:
` `
Capital 50,000 Fixed Assets 30,000
Sundry Creditors 10.000 Stock 10,000
Liability for Expenses 1,000 Debtors 15,000
Bank 5,000
Cash 1,000
61,000 61,000
Mr. M did not maintain his books on the Double Entry System. But he carefully follows the following system:
1. Every week he draws ` 200.
2. After meeting his weekly sundry expenses (` 100 on average) and his drawings, the balance of weekly
collections is banked at the commencement of the next week.
3. No cash purchase is made and creditors are paid by cheques.
4. Sales are at fixed price which include 20% profit on sales.
5. Credit sales are few and are noted in a diary. Payments are received in cheques only from such parties.
6. Expenses other than sundries and other special drawings are made in cheques.
7. All unpaid bills are kept in a file carefully.
The following are his bank transactions for 13 weeks :
` `
Balance on Jan. 1 5,000 Creditors paid 40,000
Cheques deposited 2,000 Rent paid 600
Cash deposited 42,000 Expenses (other than
Sundry Expenses) 3,000
Balance on April 1 5,400
49,000 49,000
After 13 weeks on 1st April (Monday) the entire cash was missing when it was to be deposited in the bank. The
following further facts are ascertained :
1. Stock on that day was valued at ` 4,000 ;
2. Sundry Debtors amounted to ` 20,000 as per diary ;
3. Sundry Creditors were ` 8,000 as per unpaid bills file. Find out the amount of cash missing.

Solution:
` `
To Balance b/f 15,000 By Bank 2,000
To Credit Sales (balancing figure) 7,000 “ Balance c/f 20,000
22,000 22,000
Dr. Sundry Creditors Account Cr.
` `
To Bank 40,000 By Balance b/f 10,000
To Balance c/f 8,000 By Credit Purchases (balancing figure) 38,000
48,000 48,000
` `
To Balance b/f 1,000 By Drawings: (13 x ` 200) 2,600
“ Cash Sales 48,000 “ Sundry Expenses :
(13 x ` 100) 1,300
“ Bank 42,000
“ Balance being cash missing 3,100
49,000 49,000
Note: Calculation of Cash Sales— `

Add: Purchases 38,000
48,000
Less: Closing Stock Cost of goods sold 4,000
44,000
Add : Gross Profit: 20% on Sales i.e., 25% on cost 11,000
Total Sales 55,000
Less: Credit Sales 7,000
Cash Sales 48,000
5. The following information is supplied from defective records. You are required to prepare Trading and Profit &
Loss Account for the year ended 31st December, 2015 and Balance Sheet as on that date:
1st January 31st January
2015 2015
` `
Creditors 15,770 12,400
General Expenses owing 600 330
Sundry assets 11,610 12,040
Stock 8,040 11,120
Cash in hand and at Bank 6,960 8,080
Debtors ? 17,870

Details relating to the year’s transactions :
`
Cash and discount credited to Debtors 64,000
Returns from Debtors 1,450
Bad debts 420
Sales—Cash and Credit 71,810
Discount allowed by Creditors 700
Returns to Creditors 400
Capital introduced (paid into Bank) 8,500
Receipts from Debtors (paid into Bank) 62,500
Cash purchases 1,030
Expenses paid by cash 9,570
Purchase of machinery by cheque 430
Withdrawn from Bank into cash 9,240
Drawings by cheque 3,180
Cash payment into Bank 5,000
Cash in hand at end 1,200
Payments to Creditors by cheque 60,270
Solution:
Workings—
Sundry Creditors 15,770 Sundry Assets 11.610
Outstanding Expenses 600 Stock-in-trade 8.040
Capital (balancing figure) 26,770 Sundry Debtors 16.530
2.960
Cash in hand
4,000
Cash at Bank
43,140 43.140
Dr. Cash Book Cr.
Cash Bank Cash Bank

` ` ` `
To Balance b/f 2,960 4,000 By Cash Purchases 1,030 —
“ Capital introduced — 8,500 “ Expenses 9,570 —
“ Debtors — 62,500 “ Machinery — 430
“ Bank (C) 9,240 “ Cash (C) — 9,240
“ Cash (C) — 5,000 “ Drawings — 3,180
“ Cash Sales 4,600 — “ Creditors — 60,270
“ Bank (C) 5,000 —
“ Balance c/f 1,200 6,880
16,800 80,000 16,800 80,000
Note : O
pening Cash Book Balances:Cash at Bank : Balancing figure i.e., 80,000 - (8,500+62,500+5,000) =
`4,000

Cash in hand : 6,960 - 4,000 = ` 2,960

Cash Sales : Balancing figure i.e., 16,800 - (2,960 + 9,240) = ` 4,600.
` `
To Balance b/f (balancing figure) 16,530 By Cash 62,500
“ Sales (71,810 – 4,600) 67,210 “ Discount 1,500
“ Bad Debts 420
“ Returns 1,450
“ Balance c/f 17,870
83,740 83,740
Dr. Sundry Creditors Account Cr.
` `
To Bank 60,270 By Balance b/f 15,770
Discount 700 Purchases (balancing figure) 58,000
Returns 400
Balance c/f 12,400
73,770 73,770
Books of. ..........

` `
To Opening Stock ` 8,040 By Sales: Cash 4,600
Credit 67,210
To Purchases: Cash 1,030 71,810
Credit 58,000
59,030 Less: Returns 1,450 70,360
Less: Returns 400 58,630
“ Gross Profit c/d 14,810 “ Closing Stock 11,120
81,480 81,480
“ Expenses 9,300 By Gross Profit b/d 14,810
“ Discount 1,500 “ Discount 700
“ Bad Debts 420
“ Net Profit transferred to Capital 4,290
15,510 15,510

Capital as on 1-1-15 26,770 Sundry Assets 12,040
Add : Fresh Capital put in 8,500 Stock-in-trade 11,120
Net Profit 4,290 Sundry Debtors 17,870
39,560 Cash in hand 1,200
Less: Drawings 3,180 36,380 Cash at bank 6,880
Outstanding Expenses 330
49,110 49,110
EXERCISE:
1. Mr. Dave does not maintain his accounts strictly on double entry system. The following statement of affairs
was, however, prepared by him as on 31st March, 2014:
Statement of Affairs
` `
Capital account 28,000 Leasehold land 2,075
Sundry creditors 3,170 Plant and machinery 4,940
Bills payable 2,150 Stock-in-trade 9,673
Book debts 15,550
Cash in hand 1,082
33,320 33,320
On 31st March, 2015 it was learnt that he had introduced further capital of `1,000 on 1st July,2014 and he had
drawn `1,580 on various dates during the year. It was also ascertained that the proprietor had taken `75 worth
of goods for his own use.
Statement prepared on the same date disclosed that book debts were `14,640, creditors were `2,039 and
bills payable were `1,775. The stock was valued at `11,417 and the cash in hand amount to `917 on the same
date.
You are required to prepare: (a) a statement of profit or loss for the year 2014 – 15; and (b) a statement of
affairs of Dave as on 31st march, 2015 taking into consideration the following:
5% reserve to be created on book debts, 7 ½ % depreciation to be written off plant and machinery, `125 to
be written off the lease, 5% interest to be allowed on capital.
[Answer: Net Profit `1,602, Total of Statement of Affairs — `32,761]

2. Mr. A does not maintain complete double entry books of accounts. From the following details determine
profit for the year and prepare a statement of affairs as at the end of the year.
`1,000 (cost) furniture was sold for `5,000 on 1st January, 2014. 10% depreciation is to be charged on furniture.
Mr. A has drawn `1,000 per month. `2,000 was invested by Mr. A in 2014.
01.01.14 31.12.14
` `
Stock 40,000 60,000
Debtors 30,000 40,000
Cash 2,000 1,000
Bank 10,000 5,000 (overdraft)
Creditors 15,000 25,000
Outstanding expenses 5,000 8,000
Furniture (cost) 3,000 2,000
Bank balance on 1st January,2014 is as er cash book, but the bank overdraft on 31st December, 2014 is as per
bank statement. `2,000 cheques drawn in December, 2014 have not been encased within the year.
[Answer: Net Profit `7,800, Total of Statement of Affairs — `1,02,800]

Study Note - 6
PARTNERSHIP
6.1 Admission of Partner

6.2 Retirement of Partner
6.3 Death of Partner
6.4 Dissolution of a Partnership Firm
6.5 Insolvency of a Partner
6.6 Amalgamation of Firms and Conversion to a Company
6.7 Conversion or Sale of a Partnership Firm to a Company
6.1 ADMISSION OF PARTNER
Partners of a continuing business may, by common consent, decide to admit a new partner for additional
capital, technical skill or managerial efficiency. At the time of such admission, the usual adjustments required
are : (1) Adjustment regarding Profit Sharing Ratio; (2) Adjustment regarding Valuation of Assets and Liabilities;
(3) Adjustment regarding Goodwill; (4) Adjustments regarding accumulated Profits or Losses and (5) Adjustment
regarding Capital Contribution of New partner and Capitals of existing partners.
1. Adjustment regarding Profit Sharing Ratio : The new partner becomes entitled to a share of future profits which
is sacrificed by the existing (old) partners in his favour. The sacrifice may be made by one or all of the existing
partners. The new profit sharing ratio has to be found out.
It should be noted that :
(a) The new profit sharing ratio may be agreed upon by the partners. [It may be given and we need not calculate
it]
(b) The mutual profit sharing ratio among the existing partners may remain unaltered after giving away the
new partner’s share.
Example : X and Y were partners sharing profit/losses as 3 : 2. They admit as a new partner giving him 1/5th share
of future profits. What should be the new profit sharing ratio?
Solution : Z’s share = 1/5 Balance = 1 – 1/5 = 4/5
X’s share = 4/5 x 3/5 = 12/25; Y’s share = 4/5x2/5 = 8/25; Z’s share = 1/5 = 5/25. The new profit sharing ratio =
12 : 8 : 5.
(c) The mutual profit sharing ratio among existing partners may be changed by agreement.
Example : P and Q were partners sharing profits/losses as 4 : 3. R is admitted as a new partner for 1/5 th share. P
and Q decide to share the balance of profits equally.
Solution : R’s share = 1/5 Balance = 1 – 1/5 = 4/5.
P’s share = 4/5 × 1/2 = 4/10; Q’s share = 4/5 × 1/2 = 4/10; R’s share = 1/5 = 2/10. New Ratio = 4 : 4 : 2 or 2 : 2 : 1.
(d) If the sacrifice made individually by the existing partners is given then New Ratio should be calculated
by deducting the sacrifice from the old ratio.
Example : A, B & C were partners sharing profits/loses as 3 : 2: 1. They admitted D as a new partner giving him 1/6th
share of future profits. D acquired 3/24 th share from A and 1/24 share from B. Calculate the new Profit Sharing Ratio.

Partnership
Solution : New Ratio = Old Ratio – Sacrifice Ratio

A = 3/6 – 3/24 = 12/24 – 3/24 = 9/24; B = 2/6-1/24 = 8/24 – 1/24 = 7/24; C = 1/6 – Nil = 4/24 – Nil = 4/24; D=3/24 +
1/24=4/24 The new ratio = 9 : 7 : 4 : 4.
Thus regarding Profit Sharing Ratio we can sum up as follows :

1. Old Ratio = Profit Sharing Ratio of existing Partners (before admission of new partner)
= Given or Equal (If not mentioned)
2. New Ratio = Future Profit Sharing Ratio among all partners (including new partner, after his admission)
= Given or = Old Ratio – Sacrificing Ratio made by each of existing partners.
3. Sacrificing ratio = Share of an existing partner under Old Ratio – his Share under new ratio.
But unless otherwise mentioned the mutual profit sharing Ratio between the existing partners will remain unaltered.
In that case Sacrifice Ratio = Old Ratio.
It will be evident from subsequent discussions that proper use of the above ratios will be required for solving problems
regarding Admission of a new partner.
2. Adjustment Regarding Valuation of Assets and Liabilities : The Book values of assets as shown in the Balance
Sheet may not reflect their current realizable values. Similarly the liabilities included in the Balance Sheet may
not exhibit their actual position. Whenever a change takes place in a partnership business in the form of
admission or retirement or death of a partner or due to change in profit sharing ratio, revaluation of assets
or liabilities become necessary.
The effect of Revaluation are given in two ways : (a) by incorporation the changes of the Balance Sheet Values
and (b) without changing the Balance Sheet values.
(a) By Incorporating Changes in the Balance sheet values
Prepare : Revaluation Account
(i) For decrease in the value of assets, increase in the value of liabilities, provision for unrecorded liabilities:
Revaluation A/c Dr
To Assets A/c (with the decrease in value)
To Liabilities A/c (with the increase in value)
(ii) For increase in the value of assets, decrease in the value of liabilities, unrecorded assets
Assets A/c Dr (with the increase in value)
Liabilities A/c Dr (with the decrease in value)
To Revaluation A/c
(iii) For profit on revaluation :
Revaluation A/c Dr
To old partners capital A/c (in their old profit sharing ratio) [For loss on revaluation, the reverse entry should
be made]
Proforma :
Revaluation Account
Dr. Cr.
To Assets (Decrease) xxx By Assets (Increase) xxx
To Liabilities (Increase) xxx By Liabilities (Decrease) xxx
To Partners Capital A/c xxx By Partners Capital A/c xxx
(Share of Revaluation Profit) (Share of Revaluation loss)
xxx xxx

(b) Without changing the Balance sheet Values
Prepare : Memorandum Revaluation Account
(i) Record increase/decrease in the value of assets and liabilities as discussed.
(ii) Share the profit or loss on Revaluation amongst the old partners in their old profit sharing Ratio.
(iii) Reverse the increase/decrease in the value of assets and liabilities.
(iv) After reversal, calculate profit or loss.
(v) Share the profit/loss, after reversal amongst all the partners (including the new partner) in their new profit
sharing ratio.
Memorandum Revaluation Account
Dr. Cr.
To Assets (Decrease) xx By Assets (Increase) xx
To Liabilities (Increase) xx By Libilities (Decrease) xx
To Partners Capital A/c xx By Partners Capital A/c xx
(Share of Revaluation Profit) (Share of Revaluation loss)
[Old Partners in old xx [Old Partners in their
Profit sharing Ratio] Old profit sharing ratio]
xxx xxx
To Reversal of Items b/d xx By Revarsal of Items b/d xx
To Partners Capital A/c xx By Partners capital A/c xx
(Revaluation Profit amount all (Revaluation loss amought all
partners in new profit sharing Ratio) partners in their new Profit sharing
(Ratio)
xxx xxx
3. Adjustment regarding Goodwill : It is being separately discussed later.

Adjustment Regarding Goodwill
Goodwill is an invisible force that helps a business to earn more than the normal return on investment enjoyed by
similar businesses. It is the sum total of the reputation and other favourable attributes built up by a business. Goodwill
results into larger number of customers, higher turnover and more profits for a business. The additional profits earned
by the business or its “super profits” indicate that it has goodwill. Thus goodwill is a real but intangible asset.
When the amount paid for the purchase of a business is in excess of its net assets, such excess payment is treated
as “Goodwill at Cost” or “Purchased Goodwill”.
Where there is no purchase or sale but a change of constitution takes place like admission of a new partner etc.,
the value of goodwill may be recognised as “Inherent/Potential” Goodwill. Accounting Treatment of Goodwill as
Read with the Relevant Accounting Standard issued by the ICAI.
(A) Accounting Standard 10 (AS—10) to related is ‘Accounting for Fixed Assets’.
(B) Paragraph 16 of this standard stipulates that “Goodwill should be recorded in the books only when
some consideration in money or money’s worth has been paid for it. Whenever a business is acquired for a
price (payable in cash or in shares or otherwise) which is excess of the value of the net assets of the business
taken over the excess is to be termed as ‘goodwill’.”
Illustration 1.
X and Y were partners sharing profits as 4 : 3. Z joined as a new partner. The new profit sharing ratio between X, Y
and Z was agreed to be 7 : 5 : 3. The Goodwill of the firm was valued at ` 84,000. But Z could not pay any premium
for goodwill.

Partnership
Solution :
Step 1 : Calculate Z’s premium : 3/15 of ` 84,000 = ` 16,800
Step 2 : Calculate sacrifices made by X and Y : X = (4/7-7/15) = 11/105
Y = 3/7-5/15 = 10/105 Sacrifice Ratio : 11:10.
Z’s Capital A/c Dr. 16,800
To X’s Capital A/c 8,800
To Y’s Capital A/c 8,000
Treatment of Goodwill (At the time of Admission of a New Partner)

Sl. Case Journal Entry Ratio Remarks
No used
1. New Partner Cash/Bank…… Dr. Sacrifice (1) If mutual ratio between old
pays Premium for To Old Partners Capital Ratio partners do not change sacrifice
Goodwill. (Premium money) ratio = Old Ratio
(2) If Goodwill stands at or is raised
to full value, no premium should
be paid.
2. If the premium or its Old Partners Capital...... Dr. As
part is immediately To Bank withdrawn
withdrawn by old (Amount withdrawn)
partners
3. New Partner pays Either Old Ratio Write off Goodwill if it is already
Premium although Old Partners Capital ...... Dr. existing in the Books.
Goodwill appears To Goodwill (written off)
in the Books at full Cash/Bank……. Dr.
value To New Partner’s Capital
[Premium Money treated as
part of new partner’s capital]
4. New Partner No Entry Not a transaction of the business.
pays privately
for premium for
Goodwill to old
partners
5. New Partner cannot Loan to New Partner....... Dr. Sacrifice OR old ratio if the mutual ratio
pay the Premium To Old Partners Capital A/c Ratio between old partners do not
temporarily, but change.
a loan account is
opened.
6. New Partner is ‘Full value may be given or
unable to pay the may have to be calculated. For
Premium example, the new partner for
(a) A Goodwill Goodwill A/c ……. Dr. Old Ratio his 2/5th the share failed to pay
Account is raised at To Old Partners Capital A/c premium ` 5,000.
its full value [Full Value] Full value = (5000 × 5)/2
= ` 12,500
(b) A Goodwill (i) Goodwill A/c.... Dr. Old Ratio As a result No

Account is raised To Old Partners Capitals GOODWILL ACCOUNT
and written off (Raised) New will appear in the Balance
(ii) All Partners Capital A/c.. Dr. Ratio Sheet
(including new partner)
To Goodwill (Written off)

7. New Partner is unable New Partner’s Capital Dr. Sacrifice Or, old ratio if the mutual ratio
to pay the Premium To Old Partners Capitals Ratio between old Partners remain
and an adjustment is [Premium Money] unchanged.
to be made through
the Capital A/c.
8. New partner pays Or, old ratio ‘Goodwill is valued on
only a portion of the the basis of unpaid Premium.
Premium but cannot
pay the remaining
portion: For example, the new partner for
(a) For Portion Paid (a) Cash/Bank Dr. Sacrifice his 2/5th share paid ` 12,000 out of
To Old Partners Capitals Ratio ` 20,000 Premium.
[Portion Paid]
Unpaid Premium for 2/5th share =
(b) For unpaid Portion (b) Goodwill Dr. Old Ratio ` 8,000.
To Old Partners Capital Value of Goodwill = (8,000
[Goodwill for unpaid portion] × 5)/2 = ` 20,000
9. If Goodwill Account
already appears
in the Books and
Goodwill is to be
raised at its full value
(a) If Book value is (a) Goodwill Dr. Old Ratio
lower than full value To Old Partners Capital A/c
[Full value—Book Value]
(b) If Book value is (b) Old Partners Capital Dr. Old Ratio
more than full value To Goodwill
[Book value — Full Value]
Valuation of Inherent or Non-Purchased Goodwill
Serial Name of the Description of the method Other Consideration

No. Method
1. Average Under this method - (i) If profits are fluctuating, simple
Profits Value of Goodwill = Agreed Number of Years (Purchase) × Average average is taken. If profits show an
Maintainable Profits increasing trend, weights may be
Methods used.
Average Maintainable/Profit
If profits constantly decrease,
Average Annual Profits 00 the lowest of the profits after
[Simple average or may be weighted adjustments may be considered.
average considering the trend of profits]
Less: “Exceptional/Casual Income 00 (ii) Exceptional Income or Expense of
Add: Abnormal Loss 00 any particular year, should better
be adjusted against the profit of
00 that year.
Add: Capital Expenditure wrongly charged against profits 00
00
Less: Provision for Taxation (As may be required) 00 (iii) More weightage is usually given to
Adjusted Maintainable Profits 000 later years.
(“Adjustments for undercharged or overcharged Depreciation or
under or over valuation of stocks to be made, if required)

Partnership
2. Super Profits Super Profit = Future maintainable profits – Normal Return on Capital (i) Calculation of Average capital
Method Employed Employed cannot be made if
Goodwill = Super Profit × No. of years current years’ profits are not
separately given.
Steps to be followed
(ii) Trading Profits exclude any non
Steps (a) Calculation of Capital employed OR Average trading income like Interest on Non-
Capital Employed trading investments.
Sundry Assets 00 (iii) Adjustments against profits
Excluding: including provision for managerial
remuneration, should be made.
(i) Goodwill But including Goodwill at Cost Paid for
[iv) If there is any change in the value
(ii) Non-trading assets and (iii) Fictitious Assets of any fixed asset on revaluation,
Less: (i) Current Liabilities & Provisions - 00 that does not affect Annual
(ii) Contingent & Probable Liabilities - 00 Trading Profit. But adjustment for
over charged or undercharged
(Trading) Capital Employed 00 depreciation may be required to
Less: ½ of Current years trading profits after taxation - 00 adjust the profits.
(if the profits remain undistributed) (v) If there is any decrease in the value
Average Capital Employed of any Current Asset like bad debts
000
or reduction of stock and that has
Step (b) Average Annual Adjusted Profits (Maintainable) 00 not been adjusted, the adjustment
Same as shown under Method 1. But debenture interest, if any, should be made for finding out
should be added back with Profits before making provision for correct Trading Profit of the current
taxation year.
Step (c) Calculate Normal Return on Capital Employed or Average (vi) For calculating capital employed,
Capital Employed proposed dividend need not be
deducted.
[Say at 10% or 12%, etc. — as may be given or assumed]
[Please see valuation of shares’]
Step(d) Deduct Normal Return (c) from Average Maintainable Profits
(b).
The difference is called Annual Super Profit
Step (e) Goodwill = Annual Super Profit × No. of Years for which the
Super Profit can be maintained.
[Usually expressed as....years purchase of super profit]
3. Capitalization Under the method follow these steps – Here also the profits should be adjusted
of Profits (a) Calculate Annual Maintainable Profit as shown above. considering necessary adjustments for
Methods managerial remunerations, change of
(b) Calculate normal Capital Employed capitalizing the above depreciation, etc.
(A) Profits profit by applying the normal rate of return.
Maintainable Profit
Normal Capital Employed = × 100
Normal Rate of Return
(c) Calculate actual Capital Employed

(d) Goodwill = Normal Capital Employed – Actual capital
Employed.
(B) Capi- (a) Calculate Super profit as said under Method 2.

talization of
Super Profits Super Profit
(b) Goodwill = × 100
Normal Rate of Return
4. Annuity It is a derivative of super profit concept. If super profit is expected to Here also similar principles as said
Method be earned uniformly over a number of years, Goodwill is computed before should be followed for
with the help of Annuity Table. calculating — Capital Employed or
Calculate Super Profit as discussed before Average Capital Employed, Annual
Average Profits and Annual Super
Goodwill=Annual Super ProfitxPresent Value of Annuity of `1. Profits.

Illustration 2.
X and Y are partners having Capitals of ` 80,000 and ` 20,000 respectively and a profit sharing ratio of 4 : 1. Z is
admitted for 1/5 th share in the profits of the firm and he pays ` 30,000 as Capital. Find out the value of the Goodwill.
Solution:
Total Capital of the firm 30,000 × 5/1 = ` 1,50,000 [Taking Z’s Capital as base]
Less : Combined Adjusted Capital
80,000 + 20,000 + 30,000 = ` 1,30,000
Hidden Goodwill = ` 20,000
Illustration Regarding Valuation of Goodwill

Valuation of Goodwill for a non corporate assessee
Illustration 3.
From the following information, calculate the value of goodwill by super profit method.
(i) Average Capital employed in the business ` 7,00,000.
(ii) Net trading profit of the firm for the past three years ` 1,47,600; ` 1,48,100 and ` 1,52,500.
(iii) Rate of Interest expected from capital having regard to the risk involved —18%.
(iv) Fair remuneration to the partners for their services 12,000 per annum.
(v) Sundry Assets (excluding goodwill) of the firm ` 7,54,762.
(vi) Sundry Liabilities ` 31,329.
(vii) Goodwill valued at 2 years’ purchase
Solution:
Years Profits Given Adjusted Profits after Considering Remunerations

` `
1st 1,47,600 1,35,600
2nd 1,48,100 1,36,100
3rd 1,52,500 1,40,500
Total Profits 4,48,200 4,12,200
`
Average Adjusted Annual Profits (4,12,200/3) 1,37,400
Less : Normal Return on Capital @ 18% of ` 7,00,000 1,26,000
Super Profits 11,400
Therefore Goodwill = Super profit × year of Purchase = 11,400 × 2 = 22,800.
Illustration 4.
New partner pays premium for Goodwill but Goodwill Account is appearing at the Balance Sheet at full value.
Gargi and Khana were partners sharing profits and losses as 5 : 3. They agreed to admit Lilabati as a new partner
on payment of ` 9,000 as premium for Goodwill. The new profit sharing ratio was agreed as 3 : 2 : 1. The Goodwill
Account appearing in the books amounted to ` 54,000. Pass the necessary Journal Entries.
Solution:
Points to be noted
Lilabati brought in ` 9,000 as his share of premium for googwill for 1/6 in there.
Therefore, Full value of Goodwill = 9,000 × 6/1 = 54,000
There is neither overvaluation nor undervaluation.

Partnership
Calculation of Sacrifice Gargi Khana Lilabati
Old Ratio 5 3 —
8 8
3 2 1
New Ratio 6 6 6
5/8 - 3/6 = (30 - 24)/48 = 3/8 - 2/6 = (18 - 16)/48 = Nil -1/6 = (0 - 8)/48 = 8/48
6/48 2/48 (Gain)
(Sacrifice) (Sacrifice)
Journal Entries
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L.F. Amount Amount
` `
Gargi’s Capital A/c Dr. 33,750
Khana’s Capital A/c Dr. 20,250
To Goodwill A/c
54,000
(Goodwill Account written off between the old partners
in old ratio)
Bank A/c Dr. 9,000
To Gargi’s Capital A/c
6,750
To Khana’s Capital A/c
2,250
(Premium for Goodwill brought in by new partner and
shared by old partners in their sacrifice ratio 3 : 1)
Illustration 5.
Where the new partner pays premium for goodwill and also brings his own goodwill to the business.
Amal and Bimal are partners sharing profits in the ratio of 2 : 3. Charu is admitted as a partner on 1st January, 2013
and he pays into the firm cash ` 9,000 out of which ` 3,000 is premium on his admission to a quarter share,
the raitio between Amal and Bimal to be 1 : 2.
Charu also brings into the business his own Goodwill to be run as a separate unit and the Goodwill is agreed at
` 4,800.
Show the entries required to give effect to the above arrangements (for both the units separately).
Solution:
Points to be noted
1. For the First unit, ` 3,000 paid as premium should be shared by Amal and Bimal in their sacrifice ratio. We
should calculate the new ratio and the sacrifice ratio.
2. For the 2nd unit, an adjustment should be made for Charu’s own goodwill to be credited to his capital and
debited to Amal and Bimal in remaining ratio 2 : 3, excluding Charu’s share.
Working Notes :
1. Calculation of New Profit Sharing Ratio
Charu’s share = 1/4 ; Balance left = 1 – 1/4 = 3/4. Amal’s new share = 3/4 × 1/3 = 1/4;
Bimal’s new share = 3/4 × 2/3 = 2/4 and Charu’s new share = 1/4.
New Ratio = 1:2:1 Sacrifice Ratio = 3 : 2. [= Old Ratio - New Ratio]

Journal Entries Dr. Cr.

` `
1.1.13 Bank A/c Dr. 9,000
To Charu’s Capital A/c
[Amount invested as capital contribution by Charu] 9,000
1.1.13 Charu’s A/c Dr. 3,000
To Amal’s Capital A/c [3/5] 1,800
To Bimal’s Capital A/c [2/5] 1,200
[Premium paid by Chanu and credited to Amal and Bimal in their
sacrifice ratio 3: 2]
1.1.13 Amal’s Capital A/c [2/10 of ` 4,800] Dr. 960
Bimal’s Capital A/c [3/10 of ` 4,800] Dr. 1,440
To Charu’s Capital A/c 2,400
[Adjustment made for Charu’s own Goodwill brought into the
business]
4. Regarding Accumulated Profits/Losses or Reserve & Surplus
It is needless to state that if there is any accumulated profits or losses or other surpluses, the same should be transferred
to old partner’s Capital or Current Account as per old profit sharing ratio before the admission of new partner :
Entries
(a) For transferring accumulated profits
Profit & Loss A/c (Cr.) Dr.
General Reserve A/c Dr. (as per old profit sharing ratio)
Any other Surpluses A/c Dr.
To Old Partner’s Capital A/c
(b) For transferring accumulated losses
Old Partner’s Capital A/c Dr.
To Accumulated Losses A/c
Illustration 6.
X, Y and Z were in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio 3 : 2 : 1. Their Balance Sheet stood as under:
Balance Sheet
as at 1.4.2012
Capital Fixed Assets 80,000
X 40,000 Machinery Replacement 15,000
Y 30,000 Investment:
Z 20,000 90,000 Investment (MV ` 7,000) 10,000
General Reserve 12,000 Current Asset 33,000
Machinery Replacement Fund 16,000
Investment Fluctuation Fund 15,000
Current Liabilities 5,000
1,38,000 1,38,000
Show the entries for accumulated profits/reserves assuming that Mr. T is admitted as partner for 1/5th share.

Partnership
Solution:
In the books of………
Journal
Date Particulars L.F. Debit Credit
` `
General Reserve A/c Dr. 12,000
Investment Fluctuation Fund A/c Dr.
12,000
(` 15,000 – ` 3,000)
To X - Capital A/c
12,000
To Y - Capital A/c
8,000
To Z - Capital A/c
4,000
(Accumulated profits are distributed in 3 : 2 : 1)
5. Regarding Adjustment of Capital

When a new partner is admitted, the total amount of capital is determined on the basis of new partners’ capital and
his profit sharing ratio. On the basis of new profit sharing ratio old partners’ capital is to be ascertained. Thereafter,
existing capital (after considering all adjustments) is to be compared with the capital so ascertained on the basis
of new profit sharing ratio, and excess if any, is to be withdrawn by the partner concerned and deficit, if any, is to
be brought in by the concerned partner. Sometimes, the excess or deficit, is to be adjusted against the current
account of the partners.
Illustration 7.
A and B are partner in a firm sharing profit and losses in the ratio of 4 : 1. Their Balance Sheet as on 31st March 2013
stood as follows :
Capital A/c Furniture 20,000
A 25,000 Stock 40,000
B 65,000 90,000 Bills Receivable 10,000
Reserve 20,000 Debtors 30,000
Bills Payable 5,000
1,40,000 1,40,000
They agreed to take C as a partner with effect from 1st April 2013 on the following terms :
(a) A, B and C will share profit and losses in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2.
(b) C will bring ` 20,000 as premium for goodwill and ` 30,000 as capital.
(c) Half of the Reserve is to be withdrawn by the partners.
(d) The asset will be revalued as follows : Furniture ` 30,000; Stock ` 39,500; Debtors ` 28,500.
(e) A creditor of ` 12,000 has agreed to forgo his claim by ` 2,000.
(f) After making the above adjustments, the capital accounts of A and B should be adjusted on the basis of C’s
capital, by bringing cash or withdrawing cash as the case may be.
Show Revaluation Account, Partners’ Capital Account and the Balance Sheet of the new firm :

Solution :
In the books of A, B and C
Dr. Revaluation Account Cr.

` `
To Stock A/c 500 By Furniture A/c 10,000
To Prov. for Bad Debts A/c 1,500 By Creditors A/c 2,000
To Profit on Revaluation:
A 8,000
B 2,000 10,000
12,000 12,000
Particulars A B C Particulars A B C
` ` ` ` ` `
To A’s Capital A/c — 10,000 — By Balance b/d 25,000 65,000 —
To Bank A/c 8,000 2,000 — By Bank — — 30,000
To Bank A/c (bal. fig. — 14,000 — By Revaluation
To Balance c/d 75,000 45,000 30,000 — Profit 8,000 2,000 —
By Reserve 16,000 4,000 —
By Goodwill 20,000 — —
By Capital A/c 10,000 — —
By Bank (bal. fig.) 4,000 — —
83,000 71,000 30,000 83,000 71,000 30,000
Balance Sheet
as at 1st April, 2013

` ` ` `
Capital A/c : Furniture 30,000
A 75,000 Stock 39,500
B 45,000 Debtors 30,000
C 30,000 1,50,000 Less : R/B/Debts 1,500
23,000 28,500
Creditors (25,000–2,000) 5,000 Bills Receivable 10,000
Bills Payable Cash at Bank 70,000
(`40,000 + `50,000 - `10,000
+ `4,000 - `14,000)
1,78,000 1,78,000

Partnership
Workings :
1. Sharing of Goodwill
Sacrificing Ratio :
A = 4/5 - 5/10 = (8 - 5)/10 = 3/10 (Sacrifice)
B = 1/5 - 3/10 = (2 - 3)/10 = 1/10 (Gains)
C = 2/10 (Gains)
∴ Entire goodwill to be credited to A’s Capital Account. B will have to pay A for goodwill
= ` 20,000 × 10/2 x 1/10

= ` 10,000.
2. Adjustment of Capital
C brings for 2/10 ` 30,000
∴ A will have to bring for 5/10 = ` 30,000 x 5/10 x 10/2 = ` 75,000
And B should bring for 3/10 = ` 30,000 x 3/10 x 10/2 = ` 45,000
Illustration 8.
Special Points : (a) Journal Entries; (b) Portion of Premium for Goodwill and Reserve withdrawn; (c) Discount received
on payment of creditor.
Brick, Sand and Cement were partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3:2:1 respectively.
Following is their Balance Sheet as on 31st December, 2012.
Liabilities ` ` Assets `
Capital Accounts : Land & Buildings 50,000
Brick 30,000 Furniture 15,000
Sand 20,000 Stock 20,000
Cement 10,000 60,000 Bill Receivable 5,000
Debtors 7,500
Reserve 29,800 Cash in hand and at Bank 2,500
Creditors 6,200
Bills Payable 4,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
Lime is to be admitted as a partner with effect from 1st January, 2013 on the following terms
(a) Lime will bring in ` 15,000 as Capital and ` 12,000 as premium for goodwill. Half of the premium will be withdrawn
by the partners.
(b) Lime will be entitled to : 1/6th share in the profits of the firm.
(c) The assets will be revalued as follows Land and Building— ` 56,000; Furniture — ` 12.000; Stock— ` 16,000;
Debtors — ` 7,000
(d) The claim of a creditor for ` 2,300 is paid at ` 2,000.
(e) Half of the Reserve is to be withdrawn by the partners.
Record the Journal entries (including cash transactions) in the books of the firm and show the opening Balance
Sheet of the new firm.

Solution :
Books of Brick, Sand, Cement and Lime
Journal Entries
Dr. Cr.

` `
01.01.13 Bank A/c Dr. 15,000
To Lime’s Capital A/c
[Being amount contributed by lime on admission as a new partner] 15,000
” Bank A/c Dr. 12,000
To Brick’s Capital A/c [3/6]
To Sand’s Capital A/c [2/6] 6,000
To Cement’s Capital A/c [1/6] 4,000
[Being premium for goodwill brought in by new partner and credited 2,000
to old partners Capitals in their sacrifice ratio 3:2:1]
” Land and Buildings A/c Dr. 6,000
To Revaluation A/c
[Being value of Land & Buildings appreciated on revaluation] 6,000
” Revaluation A/c Dr. 7,500
To Furniture A/c
To Stock A/c 3,000
To Provision for Bad Debts A/c 4,000
[Being values of assets decreased on revaluation] 500
” Creditors A/c Dr. 2,300
To Bank A/c
To Revaluation A/c 2,000
[Being creditors claim discharged at a discount] 300
” Brick’s Capital A/c Dr. 600
Sand’s Capital A/c Dr. 400
Cement’s Capital A/c Dr. 200
To Revaluation A/c
[Loss on revaluation debited to’ old partners in old ratio 3 : 2 :1] 1,200
” Reserve A/c Dr. 29,800
To Brick’s Capital A/c
To Sand’s Capital A/c 14,900
To Cement’s Capital A/c 9,933
[Reserve A/c closed and credited to old partners in old ratio 3 : 2 :1] 4,967
” Brick’s Capital A/c Dr. 7,450
Sand’s Capital A/c Dr. 4,967
Cement’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,483
To Bank A/c
[Half of the Reserve withdrawn by old partners] 14,900
” Brick’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,000
Sand’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
Cement’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,000
To Bank A/c
[Half of the premium money withdrawn by old partners] 6,000

Partnership
Balance Sheet as on 1.1.2013

` ` ` `
Capital Accounts : [Note3] Land & Buildings 56,000
Brick 39,850
Sand 26,566 Furniture 12,000
Cement 13,284 Stock 16,000
Lime 15,000 Debtors
Creditors [6,200 – 2,300] 94,700 Less : Provision for Bad Debts 7,500
Bills Payable 3,900 Bill Receivable 500 7,000
4,000 Cash in hand and at
Bank [Note 2] 5,000
6,600
1,02,600 1,02,600
Working Notes :
1. It is assumed that after giving 1/6th share of profits to Lime, the balance will be shared by old partners in old
ratio 3 : 2 : 1. So, Sacrifice Ratio = Old Ratio = 3 : 2 : 1.
2. Cash and Bank `

As per last Balance Sheet 2,500
Add: Lime’s Capital Contribution and Premium (net) 27,000
29,500
Less: Paid to creditors 2,000
Less: Portion of Reserve withdrawn 14,900
Less: Share of premium withdrawn 6,000
6,600
3. Capital Brick Sand Cement Lime

Balances 30,000 20,000 10,000 —
Add: Capital brought in — — — 15,000
Add: Share of Premium for Goodwill 6,000 4,000 2,000 —
Add: Share of Reserves 14,900 9,933 4,967 —
Less: Share of Reserves withdrawn 7,450 4,967 2,483 —
Less: Share of Premium for goodwill withdrawn 3,000 2,000 1,000 —
Less: Loss on Revaluation 600 400 200 —
39,850 26,566 13,284 15,000

Illustration 9.
Arun and Anand were partners sharing profits in the ratio of 3:2. Their position as on 31st March, 2013 was as under :
Arun’s Capital 12,000 Land and Buildings 8,000
Anand’s Capital 10,000 Plant and Machinery 10,000
General Reserve 12,000 Sundry Debtors 11,000
Workmen’s Compensation Fund 4,000 Stock 12,000
Sundry Creditors 12,000 Cash at Bank 9,000
50,000 50,000
They decided to admit Ashok for a 20% profit on the following terms : (a) The liability on Workmen’s Compensation
Fund is to be determined at ` 2,000; (b) Ashok to bring in ` 3,000 as premium out of his share of ` 3,600. He is also
to bring in ` 20,000 as his capital; (c) General Reserve is to be maintained at its original value; (d) ` 2,000 out of
creditors to be paid at 5% discount.
Pass the necessary journal entries to give effect to the above arrangement; to show the capital accounts and
prepare the Balance Sheet of the new firm.
Points to be noted
1. Ashok pays premium ` 3,000. This should be shared by Arun and Anand in their sacrifice ratio, which is eventually
the old ratio 3 : 2. For the unpaid Premium [` 3,600 — ` 3,000 = ` 600]. Goodwill Account to be raised
at ` 3,000 × 1/5 = 600. This is to be credited to old partners in old ratio 3 : 2.
2. For General Reserve to be maintained, the following adjustment will be required.
Particulars Arun Anand Ashok

` ` `
Credited in Old Ratio between old partners 7,200 (Cr.) 4,800 (Cr.)
(12,000 as 3 : 2)
Debited in New Ratio (12 : 8 : 5) 5,760 (Dr.) 3,840 (Dr.) 2,400 (Dr.)
Net Effect 1,440 (Cr) 960 (Cr.) 2,400 (Dr.)
Solution:
Arun, Anand and Ashok
` `
31.3.13 Workmen’s Compensation Fund A/c Dr. 2,000
[` 4,000 — ` 2,000]
To Revaluation A/c 2000
(Value of liability reduced)
31.3.13 Bank A/c Dr. 20,000
To Ashok’s Capital A/c 20,000
(Amount contributed as capital by incoming partner)
Bank A/c Dr. 3,000
To Arun’s Capital A/c 1,800
To Anand’s Capital A/c 1,200
(Premium for Goodwill paid by incoming partner and
shared by existing partners in their sacrificing ratio 3 : 2)

Partnership
Goodwill A/c Dr. 3,000

To Arun’s Capital A/c 1,800
(Goodwill A/c raised and credited to existing partners in
old ratio 3 : 2)
Arun Capital A/c Dr. 1,440
Anand Capital A/c Dr. 960
Ashok Capital A/c Dr. 600
To Goodwill A/c 3,000
(Being the Goodwill written off)
Creditors A/c Dr. 2,000
To Bank A/c (actual payment at 95%)
(A creditor paid off and the discount received credited to 100
revaluation A/c)
Revaluation A/c Dr. 2,100
To Arun’s Capital A/c
(Being Revaluation profit credited to old partners in the 840
ratio 3 : 2)
Dr. Capital Accounts Cr.
Date Particulars Arun Anand Ashok Date Particulars Arun Anand Ashok
2013 ` ` ` 2013 ` ` `
31.3. To General Res 5,760 3,840 2,400 31.3. By Balance b/d ,, 12,000 10,000 -
,, Goodwill A/c 1,440 960 600 Bank A/c 20,000
,, Bank A/c 1,800 1,200 -
“ Balance c/d 16,860 13,240 17,000 (Premium)
,, Goodwill A/c 1,800 1,200
,, General Res A/c 7,200 4,800 -
,, Revaluation A/c 1,260 840 -
24,060 18,040 20,000 24,060 18,040 20,000
1.4. By Balance b/d 16,860 13,240 17,000

` ` ` `
Capital Accounts’: Land and Buildings 8,000
Arun 16,860 Plant and Machinery 10,000
Anand 13,240 Stock 12,000
17,000
Ashok 47,100 Debtors 11,000
General Reserve 12,000 Cash at Bank 30,100
Workmen’s Compensation Fund 2,000 [9,000 + 20,000 + 3,000 - 1,900]
Sundry Creditors
10,000
71,100 71,100

Illustration 10.
No alteration of book values of assets and liabilities
Baisakhi and Srabani are partners sharing profits and losses in proportion to their capitals. Their Balance
Sheet as on 31st March, 2013 is given below :
Creditors 15,000 Freehold Premises 10,000
General Reserve 2,100 Machinery 3,500
Capitals : Furniture 1,750
Baisakhi 20,000 Office Equipments 550
Srabani 15,000 Stock 14,100
Bill Receivable 3,060
Debtors 17,500
Bank 1,590
Cash 50
52,100 52,100
On 1st April, 2013 they admit Poushali on the following conditions :

(i) Poushali should bring in ` 10,000 as capital and to pay ` 3,500 for goodwill as she will get 1/4th share in
profits.
(ii) A provision of 2% to be raised against debtors, stock to be reduced by 5%, Freehold Premises to be
revalued at ` 12,650, Machinery at ` 2,800, Furniture at ` 1,540 and Office equipments at ` 495.
(iii) Partners agreed that the values of assets and liabilities should remain unaltered.
Show the necessary accounts and prepare the opening Balance Sheet of the new firm.
Points to be noted
1. The Partners have decided not to alter the book values of the assets and liabilities. The effects of revaluation
may be ascertained by preparing a Memorandum Revaluation Account as follows.
(a) Calculation of Profit/Loss on Revaluation.
Memorandum Revaluation Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Provision for bad debts 350 By Freehold Premises 2,650
(@ 2% of 17,500)
To Stock 705
To Machinery 700
To Furniture 210
To Office Equipments 55
To Partners Capital A/c’s
Baisakhi : (4/7) 360
Srabani : (3/7) 270
2,650 2,650
2,650 By Reversal of Items b/d 2,020
To Reversal of Items b/d By Partners Capital A/c
(In New Ratio)
[Loss on Revaluation]
Baisakhi 270
Sarbani 203
Poushali 157 630
2,650 2,650

Partnership
(b) As General Reserve is to remain unaltered, similar adjustment will be required to be shared among old partners
in old ratio and then written back among all partner’s in new ratio.
2. Calculation of net effects on Capital Accounts. New Profit Sharing Ratio : 12 : 9 : 7
Solution :
Capital Accounts
Dr. Cr.
Baisakhi Srabani Poushli Baisakhi Srabani Poushali
Date Particulars Amount Amount Amount Date Particulars Amount Amount Amount
` ` ` ` ` `
31.3.13 To General 900 675 525 1.4.12 By Balance b/d 20000 15000 -
Reserve 270 203 157 By General 1,200 900 -
To M. Rev. A./c 31.3.13 Reserve - - 10000
By Bank A/c 360 270 -
By M. Rev. A/c 2000 1500 -
By Bank A/c
(Premium)
at 4:3.
22,390 16,792 9,318
To Balance c/d
23,560 17,670 10,000 23,560 17,670 10,000
Liabilities Amount Amount Assets Amount

` ` `
Capitals: Freehold Premises 10,000
Baisakhi 22,390 Machinery 3,500
Srabani 16,792 Furniture 1,750
Poushali 9,318 Office Equipments 550
48,500 Stock 14,100
General Reserve 2,100 Bill Receivable 3,060
Debtors 17,500
Sundry Creditors 15,000 Bank
[1,590 + 10,000 + 3,500] 15,090
Cash 50
65,600 65,600
Illustration 11.
K and L are two partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3. Their Balance Sheet as at 30th June, 2013 is a
follows :
Creditors 30,000 Furniture 40,000
Reserve 14,000 Patent 10,000
Capital Account : Debtors 44,000
K Less : Reserve for Bad Debts 5,000 39,000
L 40,000 Stock 20,000
50,000 90,000 Cash in hand 25,000
1,34,000 1,34,000

On 1st July, 2013, they take M into partnership. M brings ` 25,000 as his capital and brings ` 3,600 as his share of
goodwill. The new profit sharing ratio of K, L and M is 2:4:1. Patent is written off from the books and a reserve for Bad
Debt is created at 5%. Reserve appears in the books of new firm at its original figure.
Show the necessary Journal entries to carry out the above transactions and prepare a Balance Sheet of the new
firm as at 1st July, 2013.
Solution:
In the books of K. L. M.
Journal
` `
2013 Bank A/c Dr. 28,600
July 1 To M’s Capital A/c 25,000
To Goodiwll A/c 3,600
(Cash to be brought in by M As capital)
Goodwill A/c Dr. 3,600*
To K’s Capital A/c 3,600
(Value of goodwill credited to K’s Capital only)
Reserve A/c Dr. 14,000
To K’s Capital A/c 8,750
To L’s Capital A/c 5,250
(Reserve credited to old partners capital accounts in 5:3)
K : Capital A/c Dr. 4,000
L : Capital A/c Dr. 8,000
M : Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
To Reserve A/c 14,000
(Reserve shown at its original value)
To Patents A/c 10,000
(Patent eliminated from the book)
Reserve for Bad Debts A/c Dr. 2,800
(Excess provision written back)
K’s Capital A/c Dr. 4,500
L’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,700
(Loss on revaluation transferred)
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars K L M Particulars K L M
` ` ` ` ` `
To Reserve A/c 4,000 8,000 2,000 By Balance b/d 40,000 50,000 —
” Revaluation A/c 4,500 2,700 — ” Goodwill A/c 3,600 — —
— Loss ” Reserve A/c 8,750 5,250 —
” K’s Capital A/c — 4,950 — ” L’s Capital A/c 4,950** — —
” Balance c/d 48,800 39,600 23,000 ” Bank — — 25,000
56,850 55,250 25,000 57,300 55,250 25,000

Partnership
Balance Sheet as on July 1, 2013

` ` ` `
Capitals: Furniture 40,000
K 48,800 Debtors 44,000
L 39,600 Less : R/B/Debts 2,200 41,800
M 23,000 1,11,400 Stock 20,000
Reserve 14,000 Cash & Bank
Creditors 30,000 (25,000 + 28,600) 53,600
1,55,400 1,55,400
**Goodwill should be credited to the sacrificing ratio which is computed as under :

K = 5/8 - 2/7 = (35 - 16)/56 = 19/56 (Sacrifice)
L = 3/8 - 4/7 = (21 - 32)/56 = 11/56 (Gains)
M = 1/7 (Gains) = 8/56
∴ Entire goodwill should be credited to K’s Capital only.
Since L is gaining 11/56 from K, he must have to pay in proportionate amount to K as under, i.e., if M brings
for 8/56 ` 3,600, L should pay for 11/56 ` 4,950 (i.e. ` 3,600 x 11/56 x 56/8)
Illustration 312.
Red and White are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses is the ratio of 3:2. On 1st July 2013 the positions of the
firm as follows :
Capital Accounts : Building 50,000
Red Machinery 2,50,000
White 1,50,000 Furniture 40,000
98,000 Stock 60,000
2,48,000 Debtors 90,000
General Reserve 84,000 Cash 12,000
5,02,000 5,02,000
Blue joined the firm as a partner from this date and the following terms and conditions were agreed upon :
(a) Red, White and Blue will share the future profits of the firm in the ratio 5:3:2, respectively.
(b) Blue would first pay ` 10,000 as his share of Goodwill and this sum is to be retained in the business.
(c) The value of Machinery is to be increased by ` 20,000 and stock is to be written down by 10%.
(d) Blue would introduce such an amount of Capital in Cash which should be proportionate to the combined
Capital accounts of Red and White after making all adjustments.
It was decided that the Capital Accounts of Red and White would be adjusted on the basis of
Blue’s Capital by opening Current Accounts.
Show the Capital Accounts of the partners and the Balance Sheet of the firm after Blue’s admission.

Solution :
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Red White Blue Particulars Red White Blue
` ` ` ` ` `
To Current A/c — 8,700 — By Balance b/d 1,50,000 98,000 —
” Balance c/d 2,22,500 1,33,500 89,000 ” General Reserve 50,400 33,600 —
” Goodwill 5,000 5,000 —
” Revaluation
— Profit 8,400 5,600* —
2,13,800 1,42,200 —
” Bank — — 89,000
” Current A/c 8,700 — —
2,22,500 1,423,200 89,000 2,22,500 1,423,200 89,000
Balance Sheet
as at 1st July, 2013
Capital A/c : Building 50,000
Red 2,22,500 Machinery (2,50,000 + 20,000) 2,70,000
White 1,33,500 Furniture 40,000
Blue 89,000 4,45,000 Stock (60,000 – 6,000) 54,000
Debtors 90,000
Sundry Creditors 1,70,000 Cash (12,000+10,000+89,000) 1,11,000
Current A/c (Red) 8,700 Current A/c (White) 8,700
6,23,700 6,23,700
* Profit on Revaluations = (` 20,000 Increased Value of Machinery – ` 6,000 (Stock decreased)

= ` 14,000 in 3:2.
Workings:
1. Capital introduced by Blue
1/4 th of the combined adjusted capital of Red & White i.e. ` 3,56,000 (` 2,13,800 + ` 1,42,200) × 1/4 = ` 89,000.
2. Now, capital account of Red & While will be in proportion of Blue
Red = ` 3,56,000 × 5/8 = ` 2,22,500 – ` 2,13,800 = ` 8,700
White = ` 3,56,000 × 3/8 = ` 1,33,500 – ` 1,42,200 = (–) ` 8,700
— to be transferred to Current Accounts.

Partnership
Illustration 13.
Quick and Slow are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2. The Balance Sheet of the firm as
on 31st March, 2013 was as under :
Capital Accounts Furniture & Fixtures 60,000
Quick 1,20,000 Office Equipments 30,000
Slow 77,000 1,97,000 Motor Car 75,000
Stock 50,000
3,23,000 3,23,000
Smooth was admitted as a new with effect from 1st April, 2013 and it was agreed that he would bring some private
furniture worth ` 10,000 and private stock costing ` 8,000 and in addition contribute ` 50,000 cash towards capital.
He would also bring proportionate share of goodwill which is to be valued at two year’ purchase of the average
profits of the last three years.
The profits of the last three years were :
`
2012-13 52,000
2011-12 32,000
2010-11 28,000
However, on a checking of the past records, it was noticed that on 1.4.2011 a new furniture costing ` 8,000 was
purchased but wrongly debited to revenue, and in 2012-13 a purchase invoice for ` 4,000 dated 25.3.2013 has
been omitted in the books. The firm charges depreciation on Furniture @ 10% p.a.
Your calculation of goodwill is to be made on the basis of correct profits.
On revaluation value of Stock is to be reduced by 5% and Motor car is worth ` 85,000. Smooth duly paid the required
amount for goodwill and cash towards capital.
It was decided that the future profits of the firm would be shared as Quick — 50%, Slow — 30% and Smooth — 20%.
Assuming the above — mentioned arrangements were duly carried out, show the Capital
Accounts of the partners and the Balance Sheet of the firm after Smooth’s admission.

Solution :
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Quick Slow Smooth Particulars Quick Slow Smooth
` ` ` ` ` `
To Balance c/d 1,51,620 1,00,624 68,000 By Balance b/d 1,20,000 77,000 —
” General Reserve 18,000 12,000 —
” Revaluation A/c
— Profit 4,500 3,000 —
” Goodwill A/c 7,632 7,632 —
(a sacrificing ratio is 1 : 1)
” Furniture — — 10,000
” Stock — — 8,000
” Bank — — 50,000
” Advertisement
(for Profit) 1,488 992 —
1,51,620 1,00,624 68,000 1,51,620 1,00,624 68,000
Balance Sheet
as at April 1, 2013
Capital Accounts : Furniture & Fittings 60,000
Quick 1,51,620 Add : Brought in by Smooth 10,000
Slow 1,00,624 70,000
Smooth 68,000 3,20,244 6,480 76,480
Add : For Rectification
(` 96,000+ ` 4,000) Office Equipment 30,000
Motor car 85,000
Stock 50,000
Add : Brought in by Smooth 8,000
58,000
Less : Revaluation 2,500 55,500

Bank (18,000 + 50,000 + 15,264) 83,264
4,20,244 4,20,244

Partnership
Working :
1. Calculation of goodwill
Year Profit Adjustment Corect Profit

` `
2010-11 28,000 — 28,000
2011-12 32,000 Add: 8,000 (New furniture) 39,200
Less: 800 (Depreciation)
2012-13 52,000 Less: 4,000 (purchase omitted) 47,280
Less: 720 (Depreciation on new furniture) For 2nd years
Total 1,14,480
∴ Value of goodwill ` 1,14,480 ÷ 3 = ` 38,160 × 2 = ` 76,320
Smooth should bring ` 76,320 × 20% = ` 15,264.
2. Adjusted Profit
Furniture and Fixture A/c Dr. 6,480 (8,000 – 800 – 720)
To Creditors 4,000
” Quick’s Capital A/c 1,488
” Slow’s Capital A/c 992
3. Profit on revaluations
Motor Car – Stock = ` 10,000 – ` 2,500 = ` 7,500
Illustration 14.
A and B are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio 3 : 2. Their Balance Sheet as on 31.12.2012 stood
as follows :
Sundry Creditors 20,000 Goodwill 12,000
Capital Account Cash in hand 15,000
A Sundry Debtors
B 12,000 Less : Reserve for Bad Debts 21,000
30,000 1,000 20,000
42,000 Stock-in-trade 10,750
Fixture & Fittings 250
Profit and Loss Account 4,000
62,000 62,000
On 1.1.2013 they admit C as a partner on the following terms :

(a) The new profit sharing ratio of A, B and C becomes 5 :3 : 2.
(b) Agreed value of Goodwill is ` 20,000 and C brings the necessary premium for Goodwill in cash, half of which
is retained in the business. Book value of Goodwill should remain undisturbed.
(c) The Reserve for bad debts is to be raised to 10% of Sundry Debtors.
(d) Stock-in-trade is to be revalued at ` 12,000 but the effect is not be shown in the books.
(e) Fixture & Fittings are to be reduced to ` 150.
(f) C should bring further sum in cash in order to make his capital equal to 1/5 th of the combined adjusted
capital of A and B.
Show the necessary journal entries and the Capital Accounts of the partners and also prepare the Balance Sheet
of the new firm as at 1.1.2013.

Solution.
Journal
` `
2013
Jan. 1
Bank A/c Dr. 9,420
To C’s Capital A/c 7,280
(Goodwill and capital to be brought in by C in cash)
To A’s Capital A/c 800
To B’s Capital A/c 800
(Goodwill to be credited to A and B’s capital account in sacrificing
ratio)
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 400
B’s Capital A/c Dr. 400
To Bank A/c 800
(Half of the goodwill to be distributed)
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,400
B’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,600
To Profit and Loss A/c 4,000
(Debit balance of P&L A/c transferred to A and
B’s capital in 3 : 2)
Profit and Loss Adjustment A/c Dr. 1,200

To Reserve for Bad Debts A/c 1,100
To Fixture and Fitting A/c 100
(Value of assets is reduced on revaluation before
C’s admission)
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 720
B’s Capital A/c Dr. 480
To Profit and Loss Adjustment A/c 1,200
(Loss on revaluation transferred to A and B’s capital in 3 : 2)
C’s Capital A/c Dr. 250

To A’s Capital A/c 125
To B’s Capital A/c 125
(Effect of stock on revaluation adjusted on
C’s admission)

Partnership
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
` ` ` ` ` `
To Profit and Loss By Balance b/d 12,000 30,000 —
— Loss 2,400 1,600 — ” Bank — — 7,820
” Profit and Loss ” Goodwill 800 800 —
Adj. A/c — Loss ” C’s Capital 125 125 —
” A’s Capital 720 480 —
” B’s Capital — — 125
” Bank — — 125
(Withdraw of goodwill) 400 400 —
” Balance c/d
9,405 28,445 7,570
12,925 30,925 7,820 12,925 30,925 7,820
Balance Sheet
as at 1st January, 2013
Capital : Goodwill 12,000
A 9,405 Cash (` 15,000 + ` 9,420
B 28,445 – ` 800) 23,620
C 7,570 45,420 Sundry Debtors
Less : Prov. for Bad Debts 21,000
Sundry Creditors 20,000 2,100 18,900
Stock 10,750
Furniture and Fixtures 150
(` 250 – ` 100)
65,420 65,420
Working :
1. Goodwill to be brought in by C :
` Sacrificing ratio :
Agreed value of goodwill 20,000 A 3/5 - 5/10 = (6-5)/10 = 1/10 (Sacrifices)
Less : as per Balance Sheet 12,000 B 2/5 - 3/10 = (4-3)/10 = 1/10 (Sacrifices)
Under valuation 8,000 C 1/10 + 1/10 = 2/10 (gains)
∴ C is to bring ` 8,000 x 1/5 = 1,600 ∴ Goodwill to be shared between A and
B equally i.e. (1 : 1)

2. Adjustments for increased value of Stock
Since the increased value of stock is not to be shown in the books, the effect of the same will be:
Increased value of stock ` 1,250 (` 12,000 – ` 10,750)
Credit Debit Net Effect

` ` `
A 2 5 125 (Cr.)
750   625  
 5  10 
B 2 3 125 (Cr.)
500   375  
 5  10 
A — 2 250 (Dr.)
250  
 10 
3. Capital to be brought in By C
Existing capital of A and B 42,000

Less: P & L A/c (Dr.) 4,000
Loss on Revaluation 1,200 5,200
36,800
Add: Premium brought in by
C 1,600 x ½ 800
Stock revalued 250 1,050
37,850
1
\ C is to bring: ` 37,850 × = ` 7,570 + ` 250 (for stock) = ` 7,820.
5
6.2 RETIREMENT OF PARTNER
Introduction
A Partner may leave the firm by taking retirement. Normally the retirement takes place by consent of all the partners
and / or by other mode of communication by the intended partner to all other partners.
In case of retirement, for paying off the retiring partner(s) some adjustment are required to be done in the books
of accounts.
Steps for Adjustments / Books of Accounts :
Following steps to be taken and books of accounts to be prepared to calculate the due of retiring partner.
(1) Revaluation of Assets and liabilities.

This is required for giving the share of net assets of the firm. Treatments are:
Profit or loss on revaluation to be transferred to all the partners in old Profit Sharing ratio.
If the remaining partners decide not to alter the book value of assets or liabilities then the profit or loss on
revaluation as distributed earlier should be reversed through remaining partner’s capital account in new
profit sharing ratio. We shall have to prepare Memorandum Revaluation Account.

Partnership
(2) Undistributed profit or loss.

Any undistributed profit or loss including reserve is to be transferred in old profit sharing ratio.
Journal entries :
In case of undistributed profit or reserves:

Reserve A/c Dr.
To Old Partners Capital A/c (In old P.S.R)
In case of undistributed Loss

Old Partners Capital A/c Dr.
(3) Adjustment regarding goodwill:

At the time of retirement the retiring partner is also eligible for share of goodwill of the firm. This can be made
in the following ways :
(a) Raising of goodwill : (If goodwill is already existing in the Balance sheet the difference shall be raised)
Goodwill A/c Dr.
(Value of goodwill – existing goodwill in the balance sheet)
To All Partners Capital A/c (Old P.S.R)
(b) Goodwill raised and written off :
(i) Raise goodwill as discussed above.
(ii) Write off goodwill
Existing partners Capital A/c Dr.
To Goodwill A/c
Settlement of Dues to the Retiring Partner :
The retiring partner becomes entitled to get back his dues from the firm which consists of the following :
(i) Balance of his capital and current account at the time of retirement.
(ii) Share of goodwill, undistributed profit or loss, reserves and profit or loss on revaluation of assets and liabilities.
(iii) Salary, commission, interest on capital, if any and all other dues till the date of retirement.
(iv) Any adjustment in drawings and interest thereon.
Payment of dues.
(i) Payment at a time. Subject to availability of the fund, the payment may be made at a time. Journal entry :
Retiring Partner’s Capital A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c
(ii) If part payment be made by giving assets :
To Assets A/c

(iii) If the dues are transferred to Loan account.
To Retiring partners’ Loan A/c
(iv) If the existing partners bring in cash for making payment :
Bank/Cash A/c Dr.
To Existing Partners’ Capital A/c
(v) For interest due on Retiring Partners Loan A/c
Interest on Retiring Partner’s Loan A/c Dr.
To Retiring Partner’s Loan account.
Illustration 15.
The Balance Sheet of Baichung, Tausif and Vijayan who shared profits and losses in the ratio 3:3:2 respectively
was as follows on 31st December, 2013 :
Capitals : Machinery 31,600

Baichung 24,000 Furniture 6,400
Tausif 10,000 Stock 8,500
Vijayan 8,000 42,000 Debtors 4,300
Reserve 4,800 Cash at Bank 4,700
Creditors 8,700
55,500 55,500
Baichung retired from the business on 1st January, 2013. Revaluation of assets were made as : Machinery ` 34,000,
Furniture ` 5,000, Stock ` 9,600, Debtors ` 4,000 and Goodwill ` 10,000.
Baichung was paid ` 4,225 immediately and the balance was transferred to a Loan Account for payment in 4
equal half-yearly installments together with interest @ 6% p.a.
Show the necessary accounts, the Balance Sheet of the firm immediately after Baichung’s retirement and his Loan
Account till finally paid off.
Solution:
Books of Baichung, Tausif and Vijayan
Revaluation Account
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars Amount Amount Date Particulars Amount Amount
` ` ` `
1.1.13 To Furniture A/c 1,400 1.1.13 By Machinery A/c 2,400

To Provision On 300 By Stock A/c 1,100
Debtors A/c
To Capital A/c:
(Profit on
Revaluation)
Baichung [3/8]
Tausif [3/8] 675
Vijayan [2/8] 675
1,800
450
3,500 3,500

Partnership
Date Particulars Baichung Tausif Vijayan Date Particulars Baichung Tausif Vijayan
` ` ` ` ` `
1.1.13 To Bank A/c 4,225 1.1.13 By Balance b/d 24,000 10,000 8,000
To 6% Loan A/c 26,000 By Reserve [3:3:2] 1,800 1,800 1,200
(Balance transferred) – By Revaluation A/c 675 675 450
To Balance c/d 16,225 12,150 ” Goodwill 3,750 3,750 2,500
30,225 16,225 12,150 30,225 16,225 12,150
Tausif and Vijayan


` ` ` `
Capitals : Goodwill 10,000
Tausif 16,225 Machinery 34,000
Vijayan 12,150 Furniture Stock 5,000
28,375 Debtors 9,600
Baichung’s 6% Loan 26,000 Less : Provision
[4,700–4,225] 300 4,000
475
63,075 63,075
Baichung’s Loan 6% Account

Dr. Cr.

` `
1.1.13 To Bank A/c 7,280 1.1.13 By Baichung’s Capital A/c 26,000

[1/4 of 26,000+780] 30.6.13 By Interest 780
31.12.13 To Bank A/c 7,085 [6% of 26,000 for 6 months]
[1/4 of 26,000+585] By Interest A/c of 585
To Balance c/d 13,000 [6% of (26,000 – 6,500)
for 6 months]
27,365 27,365
1.1.14 By Balance b/d
13,000
30.6.14 To Bank A/c [6500+390] 31.06.14 By Interest A/c [6% of 13,000 for 6
6,890 390
31.12.14 To Bank A/c [6,500+195] months]
31.12.14 By Interest A/c [6% of 6,500 for 6
6,695 months] 195
13,585 13,585

Illustration 16.
A, B and C were in partnership sharing profits in the proportion of 5:4:3. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31st
March, 2013 was as under :

` `
Capital Accounts : Goodwill 40,000
A 1,35,930 Fixtures 8,200
B 95,120 Stock 1,57,300
C 61,170 Sundry Debtors 93,500
Sundry Creditors 41,690 Cash 34,910
3,33,910 3,33,910
A had been suffering from ill-health and gave notice that he wished to retire. An agreement was, therefore
entered into as on 31st March, 2013, the terms of which were as follows:
(i) The Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013, which showed a net profit of ` 48,000 was
to be reopened. B was to be credited with ` 4,000 as bonus, in consideration of the extra work which had
devolved upon him during the year. The profit sharing ratio was to be revised as from 1st April, 2012 to 3:4:4.
(ii) Goodwill was to be valued at two years’ purchase of the average profits of the preceding five years. The
Fixtures were to be revalued by an independent valuer. A provision of 2% was to be made for doubtful debts
and the remaining assets were to be taken at their book values.
(iii) The valuations arising out of the above agreement were Goodwill ` 56,800 and Fixture ` 10,980.
(iv) B and C agreed, as between themselves, to continue the business, sharing profits in the ratio of 3:2 and decided
to eliminate Goodwill from the Balance Sheet, to retain the Fixtures on the books at revised value, and to
increase the provision for doubtful debts to 6%.
You are required to submit the Journal Entries necessary to give effect to the above arrangement and to draw up
the Capital Accounts of the partners after carrying out all adjustment entries as stated above.
Solution :
Books of the Firm A, B & C
Journal Entries
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars Amount Amount
` `
31.3.13 A’s Capital A/c [5/12 of ` 48,000] Dr. 20,000
B’s Capital A/c [4/12 of ` 48,000] Dr. 16,000
C’s Capital A/c [3/12 of ` 48,000] Dr. 12,000
[Profits of ` 48,000 already shared by A, B & C as 5 : 4 : 3 written back]
Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c Dr. 4,000
To B’s Capital A/c 4,000
[B Credited with bonus of ` 4,000 for his extra work]
To A’s Capital A/c [3/11 of ` 44,000] 12,000
To B’s Capital A/c [4/11 of ` 44,000] 16,000
To C’s Capital A/c [4/11 of ` 44,000] 16,000
[The remaining profits re-distributed as 3 : 4 : 4]

Partnership

Fixtures A/c Dr. 2,780
[Values of assets increased on revaluation]
To Provision for doubtful debts A/c 1,870
[Provision created @ 2% on Debtors]
To A’s Capital A/c [3/11] 4,830
To B’s Capital A/c [4/11] 6,440
To C’s Capital A/c [4/11] 6,440
[Profit on Revaluation shared among all partners as 3 : 4 : 4]
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,32,760
To A’s Loan A/c 1,32,760
[Transfer of A’s dues to his Loan A/c]
B’s Capital A/c [3/5] Dr. 36,324
C’s Capital A/c [2/5] Dr. 24,216
To Provision for doubtful debts A/c 3,740
[Goodwill Account written off and provision on debtors increased by 4%
further on ` 93,500]
Date Particulars A B C Date Particulars A B C

2013 ` ` ` 2013 ` ` `
31.3 To Profit & Loss Adjustment 20,000 16,000 12,000 31.3 By Balance b/d 1,35,930 95,120 61,170
A/c By Profit & Loss - 4,000 -
To Loan A/c 1,32,760 - - Adjustment A/c
(Balance Transferred) (Bonus)
To Goodwill & Provision for - 36,324 24,216 By Profit & Loss 12,000 16,000 16,000
Doubtful Debts Adjustment A/c
To Balance c/d - 69,236 47,394 By Profit & Loss 4,830 6,440 6,440
Adjustment A/c
1,52,760 1,21,560 83,610 1,52,760 1,21,560 83,610
Illustration 17.
On 1.1.2010, A and B started a firm of Cost Accountants sharing profits and losses equally. Each of the partners
contributed ` 2,000 towards his capital of the firm and was allowed to draw ` 400 p.m. in anticipation of profits.
On 1.1.2011, they admitted C as a third partners with equal share and he contributed ` 3,000 towards his capital
and a further sum of ` 2,000 towards premium for goodwill. He too was entitled to draw ` 400 p.m. From 1.1.2012, A
got a part-time job of cost consultant elsewhere and considering that he would be unable to devote his full time
towards the business of the firm agreed to leave half of his share in the profits to be apportioned equally between
B and C and his drawings was reduced to ` 200 p.m. for 1st January, 2012. On 1.1.2013, B got a full time job and
in consequence A had to leave his part-time job and to devote full time in the firm. It was arranged that B will
remain only a quarter of his earlier share in the firm and would be drawing nothing from 1.1.2013. A and C would
be drawing @ ` 600 p.m. instead. The interest surrendered by B would be apportioned equally by A and C. On 31st
Dec. 2013, B decided to retire altogether from the firm.
You are required to ascertain the amount due to B by the firm from the following particulars :

(a) Profits earned by the firm : 2010 — ` 17,000; 2011 — ` 18,000
2012 — ` 24,000; 2013 — ` 28,896
(b) B’s share of goodwill is to be taken at two years’ purchase of the average of his share of profit of the previous
two years.
(c) The partners have drawn exactly what they could draw under the agreement.
Solution :
Workings:
1. Profit Sharing Ratios among the Partners in different accounting years.
Year A B C
1 1
2010 2 2 —
1 1 1
2011 3 3 3
2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 5
3 – ( 2 of 3 ) = 6 3 + 2 of 6 = 12 3 + 2 of 6 = 12
2013 1 1 15 31 1 5 5 5 1 15 55
6 + 2 of 48 = 96 4 of 12 = 48 12 + 2 of 48 = 96
Share of profit surrendered
3 5 15
4 of 12 = 48
2013 1 1 15 31 1 5 5 5 1 15 55
6 + 2 of 48 = 96 4 of 12 = 48 12 + 2 of 48 = 96
Share of profit surrendered
3 5 15
4 of 12 = 48
A’s Share of profit :
1/3
Retained Balance
1/2 × 1/3 = 1/6 1/6 (Surrendered
and Distributed)
B C
1/2 × 1/3 = 1/12 1/2 × 1/6 = 1/12
1 1 4+1 5
 B’s & C’s profit sharing ratio for 2012 = 3 + 12 = 12 + 12
B’s Share of Profit :

Partnership
5/12
Retained Surrendered and

1/4 × 5/12 = 5/48 Distributed
5/12 - 5/48 = 15/48
A C
1/2 × 15/48 = 15/96 1/2 × 15/48 = 15/96
1 15 31
A’s profit sharing ratio for 2013 = 6 + 96 = 96
5 15 55
C’s profit sharing ratio for 2012 = 12 + 96 = 96
2. Goodwill
B retires on 31.12.13 and for the purpose of calculating goodwill ‘previous two years’ should be taken 2012 and
2011. Thus, the value of goodwill will be:
5
B’s Share of Annual Profits of the previous two years: 2012 = 12 of 24,000 = ` 10,000
1
2011 = 3 of 18,000 = ` 6,000
` 16,000
16,000
Average of this 16,000 = 2 = ` 8,000; Two years purchase of the above amount = 2 × ` 8,000 = `16,000.
B’s Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
31.12.10 To Cash (Dra 4,800 1.1.10 By Cash — (Contribution) 2,000
wings) 5,700 31.12.10 ” Profit and Loss A/c
” Balance c/d — (Share of Profit)
(` 17,000 x 1/2) 8,500
10,500 10,500
4,800 By Balance b/d 5,700
31.12.10 To Cash — Drawings 1.1.10
7,900 ” Goodwill
” Balance c/d 31.12.10
— Share of Premium 1,000
(` 2,000 x 1/2)
” Profit and Loss A/c 6,000
— Share of Profit
(` 18,000 ×1/3)
12,700 12,700
By Balance b/d
31.12.11 To Cash — Drawings 4,800 1.1.11 7,900
” Profit and Loss A/c
” Balance c/d 13,100 — Share of Profit
31.12.11 10,000
(` 24,000 x 5/12)
17,900 17,900
31.12.12 To B’s Loan A/c 32,110 1.1.12 By Balance b/d 13,100
— amount transferred 31.12.12 ” Profit and Loss A/c 3,010
— (Share of Profit)
(` 28,896 x 5/48)
16,000
” Goodwill
32,110 32,110

Illustration 18.
P, Q & R were equal partners. R retired on 31st March, 2013. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31st December,
2012 was as follows :

` `
Capitals : Goodwill 18,900
P 30,000 Buildings 40,000
Q 20,000 Investments (at Cost) 5,000
R 20,000 70,000 Stock 10,000
Debtors 10,000
Cash at Bank 10,000
Investment Fluctuation Fund 1,200
Provision for Bad Debts 800
General Reserve 4,000
Trade Creditors 17,900
93,900 93,900
On 31.3.13 the following adjustments were considered : (a) Buildings were appreciated by ` 18,000; Book Debts
were considered good; Investments were considered worth ` 4,700 and Stock was valued at ` 9,400; (b)
Goodwill was considered equivalent to the average annual profits of the last three years; (c) R’s share of Profit up
to the date of his retirement was calculated on the basis of the average annual profits of the preceding three
years which were ` 8,000; ` 9,000 and ` 10,000.
Show the Journal Entries and prepare the Balance Sheet immediately after R’s retirement.
Solution:
Working notes :
8,000 + 9,000 + 10,000
1. Valuation of Goodwill : Average Annual Profits = 3 = ` 9,000 Decrease in value of
Goodwill = ` 18,900 – ` 9,000 = ` 9,900
This shall be shared amongst all the Partners’ in their old ratio.
2. R retired on 31st March, 2013, that is, after 3 months from the date of the last year ending. Estimated Profits
for 3 months = 3/12 of 9,000 = ` 2,250. The retiring partner should be credited with 1/3rd of 2,250 = ` 750.
Either the continuing Partners’ Capital accounts should be debited in their Gaining Ratio OR Profit and Loss
Suspense Account may be debited.
3. Investment at cost was shown at ` 5,000. Now It is valued at ` 4,700. Loss on Revaluation is ` 300.
The fluctuation fund in excess of ` 300 (that is ` 1,200 - ` 300 = 900) should be transferred to Revaluation
Account.

Partnership
In the books of P, Q & R

Journal Entries
Dr. Cr.
` `
31.3.13 P’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,300

Q’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,300
R’s Capital A/c Dr. 3,300
To Goodwill A/c
[Value of Goodwill written down and partners capitals 9,900
debited in old ratio 1 : 1: 1]
Profit & Loss Suspense A/c Dr. 750

To R’s Capital A/c 75
[Adjustment made for retiring partner’s estimated share of
profit]
Buildings A/c Dr. 18,000
Provision for Bad Debts A/c Dr. 800
Investment Fluctuation Fund A/c [ 1,200 - 300] Dr. 900
To Revaluation A/c
[Adjustment made for revaluation of assets and 19,700
liabilities]
Revaluation A/c Dr. 600

To Stock A/c 600
[Value of stock reduced on revaluation]
To P’s Capital A/c 6,366
To Q’s Capital A/c 6,367
To R’s Capital A/c 6,367
[Profit on Revaluation shared by all partners equally]

To P’s Capital A/c 1,334
To Q’s Capital A/c 1,333
To R’s Capital A/c 1,333
[Undistributed Reserve shared equally by all partners]
R’s Capital A/c Dr. 25,150

To R’s Loan A/c 25,150
[Dues to the retiring partner transferred to Loan A/c]

Partners Capital Accounts
Dr. Cr.
Particulars P Q R Particulars P Q R
` ` ` ` ` `
To Goodwill A/c By Balance b/d 30,000 20,000 20,000
- Written off 3,300 3,300 3,300 “ P & L Suspense A/c - - 750
“ R’s Loan A/c
(Transfer) - - 25,150 “ Revaluation A/c
(Sh. of Profit)
“ General Reserve 6,366 6,367 6,367
To Balance c/d 34,400 24,400 - 1,334 1,333 1,333
37,700 27,700 28,450 37,700 27,700 28,450
P and Q
` ` ` `
Capital : Goodwill 9,000
P 34,400 Buildings 40,000
Q 24,400 58,800 Add: Appreciation 18,000 58,000
Investment at Cost 5,000
R’s Loan A/c 25,150 Stock 9,400
Investment Fluctuation 300 Debtors 10,000
Fund Cash at Bank 10,000
Trade Creditors 17,900 P & L Suspense A/c 750
1,02,150 1,02,150
Illustration 19.
Compass, Cone and Circle are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1. The Balance Sheet of
the firm as on 31st December, 2012 was as follows :
Capital accounts : Machinery (at Cost) 50,000
Compass 40,000 Less : Provision for Dep. 8,000 42,000
Cone 60,000
Circle 20,000 1,000
Furniture
Reserve 1,20,000
Sundry Creditors 30,000 Less : Prov. for Doubtful Debts 3,000 77,000
60,000 50,000
Stocks 40,000
Cash at Bank
2,10,000 2,10,000
On 31st Mardh 2013 Conre retired and Compass an Circle continued in partnership, sharing profits and losses in
the ratio of 3 : 2. It was agreed that adjustments were to be made in the Balance Sheet as on 31st March, 2013, in
respect of the following :
(a) The Machinery was to be revalued at ` 45,000; (b) The Stock was to be reduced by 2%; (c) The Furniture was
to be reduced to ` 600; (d) The Provision for Doubtful Debts would be ` 4,000; (e) A provision of ` 300 was to be
made for Outstanding Expenses.

Partnership
The Partnership agreement provided that on the retirement of a partner, goodwill was to be valued at ` 24,000
and Cone’s share of the same was to be adjusted into the accounts of Compass and Circle. The profit up to the
date of retirement was estimated at ` 18,000.
Cone was to be paid off in full, Compass and Circle were to bring such an amount in cash so as to make their
capital in proportion to the new profit sharing ratio. Subject to the condition that a cash balance of ` 20,000 was
to be maintained as working capital.
Pass the necessary journal entire to give effect to the above arrangements and prepare the partners’ Capital
Accounts on 31st March, 2013.
Solution:
In the books of Compass, Cone and Circle

Journal

` `
31.3.2013 Reserve A/c Dr. 30,000
To Compass’s Capital A/c 15,000
To Cone’s Capital A/c 10,000
To Circle’s Capital A/c 5,000
(Reserve transferred to the capital accounts of the partners in 3 : 2 : 1)
Machinery A/c Dr. 3,000
(Value of the machinery increased on Cone’s retirement)
To Stock A/c 1,000
To Furniture A/c 400
To Provision for Bad Debts A/c 1,000
To Outstanding Expenses A/c 300
(Value of the assets reduced on Cone’s retirement)
To Compass’s Capital A/c 150
To Cone’s Capital A/c 100
To Circle’s Capital A/c 50
(Profit on revaluation transferred to the capital accounts of the
partners)
Compass’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,400
Circle’s Capital A/c Dr. 5,600
(Cone’s share of goodwill to be adjusted against remaining partner’s
capital accounts in the gaining ratio of 3 : 7)
Profit and Loss Suspense A/c Dr. 18,000
(Estimated profit transferred to the capital accounts of the partners)
Cone’s Capital A/c Dr. 84,100
To Bank A/c 84,100
(Payment is made to Cone on his retirement)
Bank A/c Dr. 46,100
(Cash to be brought in by Compass and Circle as per agreement)

Particulars Compass Cone Circle Particulars Compass Cone Circle

` ` ` ` ` `
To Cone’s Capital 2,400 — 5,600 By Balance b/d 40,000 60,000 20,000
” Bank (bal. fig.) — 84,100 — ” Reserve 15,000 10,000 5,000
” Balance c/d 78,180 — 52,120 ” Revaluation
— Profit 150 100 50
” Share of Profit 9,000 6,000 3,000
” Compass’s Capital — 2,400 —
” Circle’s Capital — 5,600 —
” Bank (bal. fig.) 16,430 — 29,670
80,580 84,100 57,720 80,580 84,100 57,720
By Balance b/d 78,180 — 52,120
Working Notes :
1. Total value of goodwill ` 24,000
∴ Cone’s share of goodwill = 24,000 × 2/6 = 8,000 to be adjusted against Compass’s and
Circle capital in 3 : 7.
Computation of ratio :
Compass = 3/5 - 3/6 = 3/30 (gain)
Circle = 2/5 - 1/6 = 7/30 (gain)
2. Bank Account
Dr. Cr.
To Balance b/d 40,000 By Cone’s Capital 84,100
” Profit — increase in Cash 18,000 ” Balance c/d 20,000
” Compass and Circle’s Capital (to be maintained)
(balance figure) 46,100
1,04,100 1,04,100
3. Total adjusted capitals of Compass and Circle :

`
Compass’s Capital 61,750
(40,000 + 15,000 + 150 + 9,000 – 2,400)
Circle’s Capital :
(20,000 + 5,000 + 50 + 3,000 – 5,600) 22,450
Add : Total Cash to be brought in 46,100
Combined adjusted capitals 1,30,300
∴ Compass’s Cap. = 1,30,300 x 3/5 = 78,180

Circle’s Cap. = 1,30,300 x 2/5 = 52,120

Partnership
ADMISSION – CUM - RETIREMENT

We have separately explained the treatment of admission of partner and the retirement of a partner. Now, we are
going to highlight the combined changes effect of simultaneous admission and retirement. It should be remembered
that no separate treatment is practically needed i.e. same principles for admission and retirement are followed
but only two sets of transactions are incorporated simultaneously.
Illustration 20.
X, Y, & Z were equal partners. Their Balance Sheet as on 31.12.12 was as follows :
Partners’ Capital Land & Freehold Property 1,00,000

X 1,00,000 Plant & Machinery 2,00,000
Y 1,00,000 Furniture & Equipment 50,000
Z 2,00,000 Stock in-trade 1,00,000
Partner’s Current A/c : 4,00,000 Sundry Debtors 1,00,000
X 50,000 Balance with Bankers 1,50,000
Y 75,000
Z 25,000 1,50,000
7,00,000 7,00,000
On 1.1.13 X retired and it was agreed that he should be paid all his dues in full on that date. For this purpose, goodwill
was to be calculated on the basis of 3 years purchase of past 3 years profits which amounted to ` 1,00,000, `
1,40,000 and ` 1,20,000 respectively.
In order to meet his obligation, a bank loan was arranged on 1.1.13 for ` 2,00,000 pledging the fixed assets as security.
Further, to compensate a loyal manager Q, it was agreed between Y and Z that Q should be admitted as a partner,
who should bring in, over and above a capital of ` 1,00,000, his share of Goodwill in cash to serve as working capital.
Y and Z agreed to forego 1/3rd of their individual share of profits to Q.
Prepare the opening Balance Sheet of the firm as on 1.1.13.
Solution :
Working Notes :
(1) Valuation of Goodwill
1,00,000 + 1,40,000 + 1,20,000
Average Annual Profits = = ` 1,20,000
3
\ Goodwill = 3 × 1,20,000 = ` 3,60,000
Premium to be paid by Q = 1/3 of 3,60,000 = ` 1,20,000 and to be shared by Y and Z equally. Similarity X should be
provided ` 1,20,000 by Y and Z equally.
(2) Journal Entries

(a) Y’s Current A/c Dr. 60,000
Z’s Current A/c Dr. 60,000
To X’s Current A/c 1,20,000
(Being X’s share of goodwill adjusted against
existing partners Y & Z in their gaining ratio 1:1)
(b) Cash A/c Dr. 1,00,000

To Q’s Capital A/c 1,00,000
(Being Capital contributed by C)

(c) Cash A/c Dr. 1,20,000
To Y’s Current A/c 60,000
To Z’s Current A/c 60,000
(Being Q’s share of premium for goodwill share between
Y & Z in their sacrificing ratio)
(d) Bank A/c Dr. 2,00,000

To Bank Loan A/c 2,00,000
(Being loan taken from Bank against hypothecation
of fixed assets)
(3)
Dr. Partner Capital Accounts Cr.
Particulars X Y Z Q Particulars X Y Z Q
To Cash A/c 2,70,000 - - - By Balance b/d 1,00,000 1,00,000 2,00,000 -

(Final “ X’s Current A/c
settlement) (Transfer) 1,70,000 - - -
To Balance c/d - 1,00,000 2,00,000 1,00,000
“ Cash A/c - - - 1,00,000
(Capital
introduced)
2,70,000 1,00,000 2,00,000 1,00,000 2,70,000 1,00,000 2,00,000 1,00,000
(4) Partners Current Account

Dr. Cr.
Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z
To X’s Capital A/c 1,70,000 - - By Balance b/d 50,000 75,000 25,000
(Tran) “ Y’s Current A/c 60,000 - -
To X’s Current A/c - 60,000 60,000 “ Z’s Current A/c 60,000 - -
To Balance c/d - 75,000 25,000 “ Cash A/c - 60,000 60,000
1,70,000 1,35,000 85,000 1,70,000 1,35,000 85,000
(5)
Dr. Balance with Bankers Account Cr.

` `
To Balance b/d 1,50,000 By X’s Capital A/c 2,70,000
To Bank Loan A/c 2,00,000
To Cash A/c (Premium for goodwill) 1,20,000
To Q’s capital A/c 1,00,000 By Balance c/d 3,00,000
5,70,000 5,70,000

Partnership

` ` ` `
Partners’ Capital A/cs : Land and Freehold Property 1,00,000
Y 1,00,000 Plant & Machinery
Z 2,00,000 Furniture & Equipment 2,00,000
Q 1,00,000 4,00,000 Stock 50,000
Debtors 1,00,000
Partner’s Current A/cs : Cash at Bank (W5) 1,00,000
Y 75,000 3,00,000
Z 25,000 1,00,000
Bank loan (Secured) 2,00,000

8,50,000 8,50,000
Illustration 21.
P, Q and R were partners sharing Profits & Losses as 2 : 3 : 5. P retired on 31.3.13 and X joined as a new partner on
the same date, the new profit sharing ratio between Q, R and X being 2 : 3 : 1. The Balance Sheet of P, Q
& R on 31.3.2013 was as follows :
Sundry Creditors 50,000 Cash in hand 2,000

Loan from X 50,000 Cash at Bank 93,000
Capitals : Stock 20,000
P 10,000 Machinery 30,000
Q 15,000 Buildings 10,000
R 20,000 45,000
1,85,000 1,85,000
X was admitted on the following terms :

(1) Machinery was to be depreciated by ` 3,000 (2) Buildings were revalued at ` 30,000 (3) Stock was to be written
off by ` 5,000 (4) Provision of 5% was made against doubtful debts (5) General Reserve would be apportioned
among the partners (6) The firm’s Goodwill was to be valued at two years purchase of the average profits of
the last three years (7) The amount due to P was retained in the business as a loan but X’s Capital contribution
should be 1/5th of the combined adjusted capitals of Q and R. His capital would be transferred from his Loan
Account, (8) the Goodwill would be wiped off from the books after X’s admission. (9) Partners decided not to alter
the book values of assets & liabilities after admission.
The profits/losses during the last 3 years had been 31.3.11 ` 20,000 (Profit) 31.3.12 ` 15,000 (loss) and 31.3.13 ` 40,000
(Profit).
Show the necessary Accounts and Balance Sheet of the firm.

Solution:
Working Notes :
1. Valuation of Goodwill
Profits for years ended : 31.3.11 ` 20,000
31.3.12 ` (15,000)
31.3.13 ` 40,000
` 45,000
So, Average Annual Profits = 45,000/3 = ` 15,000. Goodwill = 2 x ` 15,000 = ` 30,000
For Goodwill raised :

To P 6,000
To Q 9,000
To R 15,000
For Goodwill written off :

Q Dr. 10,000
R Dr. 15,000
X Dr. 5,000
To Goodwill 30,000
Dr. Memorandum Revaluation Account Cr.
` `
To Machinery 3,000 By Building 20,000
“ Stock 5,000
“ Prov. for doubtful Debts 1,500
“ P/Capital A/c
(Share of Rev. Profit)
P – 2,100
Q – 3,150
R – 5,250 10,500
20,000 20,000
To Reversal of Items b/d By Reversal of Items b/d
Building Machinery 3,000
Stock 5,000
Provision for D/Debts 1,500
By P/Capital A/c
(Share of Rev. Profit)
Q – 3,500
R – 5,250
X – 1,750 10,500
20,000 20,000

Partnership
Partners Capital Accounts

Dr. Cr.
P Q R S P Q R S
` ` ` ` ` ` ` `
To Mem. Rev A/c By Balance b/d 10,000 15,000 20,000 -
- Sh. of loss - 3,500 5,250 1,750 By General Reserve 8,000 12,000 20,000 -
To Goodwill written - 10,000 15,000 5,000
off By Memorandum 2,100 3,150 5,250 -
To P’s loss A/c 26,100 Revaluation A/c
(transfer) (Sh. of profit)
- By Goodwill raised 6,000 9,000 15,000 -
To Balance c/d 25,650 40,000 13,130 By Loan from X A/c - - - 19,880
(Transfer)
26,100 39,150 60,250 19,880 26,100 39,150 60,250 19,880
Capital Balance of X = 1/5 of (25,650 + 40,000) = 1/5 × 65,650 = 13,130

Therefore from X’s loan A/c : Loan from X A/c Dr. 19,880
Q, R & X
Balance sheet as at 31.3.13

` `
S/Creditors 50,000 Building 10,000
Loan for X 30,120 Machinery 30,000
Loan from P 26,100 Stock 20,000
Capitals : Debtors 30,000
Q : 25,650 Cash in hand 2,000
R : 40,000 Cash at Bank 93,000
X : 13,130 78,780
1,85,000 1,85,000
Illustration 22.
Shukla, Grewal, Jain and Narang were partners sharing profits and losses as 4 : 3 : 2 : 1. Their Balance Sheet as on
31.03.13 was as follows :

` `
Capital : Goodwiill 9,000
Shukla 7,000 Stock Debtors 2,000
Grewal 6,500 Cash 11,000
Jain 5,000 Profit and Loss (Dr. Balance) A/c 5,000
Narang 4,000 22,500 3,000
30,000 30,000

On that date Grewal retired and the amount due to him was paid privately by the other partners in their profit
sharing ratio. Chakraborty was then admitted as a new partner. The latter paid ` 5,000 as capital and ` 3,200 as his
share of goodwill, his share being 1/5th of the future profits. Shukla, Jain and Narang resolved to share the remaining
profits as 3 : 3 : 2. It was also decided that the capitals of Shukla, Jain, Narang and Chakraborty should be made
proportionate to their new profit sharing ratio and for this they should bring in or withdraw cash, as necessary.
Show necessary Journal Entries to give effect the above transactions.
Solution:
1. The undistributed loss should be shared by Shukla, Grewal, Jain and Narang (the old partners) in old ratio 4 :
3 : 2 : 1.
2. Grewal retired and the amount due to him was paid privately by the other Partners, Shukla, Jain, Narang in
their profit sharing ratio.
3.
(a) For 1/5th share Chakraborty’s premium is ` 3,200.
Full value of Goodwill = 3,200 × 5/1 = 16,000
(b) Write off Goodwill as per B/S
Shukla’s Capital A/c Dr. 5,143
Jain’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,571
Narang’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,286
(Goodwill written off in 4 : 2 : 1)
Jain & Narang shall also pay to Shukla the only sacrificing partner, in their gaining ratio. Jain’s
share = 1/70 × 16,000 = 229
Narang’s = 4/70 × 16,000 = 914
Jain’s Capital A/c Dr. 229
Narang’s Capital A/c Dr. 914
Cash A/c Dr. 3,200
To Shukla’s Capital A/c 4,343
(c) New Profit Sharing Ratio

Chakraborty’s Share = 1/5
Balance left = 1- 1/5 = 4/5 to be shared in 3:3:2
Shukla’s Share = 4/5 × 3/8 = 3/10;
Narang’s Share = 4/5 × 2/8 = 2/10;
Jain’s Share = 4/5 × 3/8 = 3/10
New Ratio = 3/10 : 3/10 : 2/10 : 2/10 = 3 : 3 : 2 : 2
(d) Sacrifice/Gains = Old Ratio – New Ratio
Shukla Jain Narang Ckakraborty

` ` ` `
Old Ratio [ S : J : N = 4 : 2: 1] 4/7 2/7 1/7 -
New Ratio [ S : J : N : C] 3/10 3/10 2/10 2/10
Differences 19/70 1/70 (Gain) 4/70 (Gain) 14/70 (Gain)
(Sacrifice)

Partnership
4. Adjustment of Capital Balances
Particulars Shukla Jain Narang Chakraborty

` ` ` `
Capital as per last Balance Sheet 7,000 5,000 4,000 5,000
Add: Grewal’s Capital acquired against private
Payment (6,500 – 900) in 4:2:1 3,200 1,600 800 -
Adjustment for goodwill
- Write off Goodwill as per B/s (5,143) (2,571) (1,286) -
- Adjustment for goodwill 4,343 (229) (600) (914) -
- Share of loss (1,200) (300) -
Adjusted Capitals
8,200 3,200 2,300 5,000
Therefore, Capital in Profit Sharing Ratio (3:3:2:2)
5,610 5,610 3,740 3,740
2,590 2,410 1,440 1,260
Excess Deficit Deficit Excess
Date Particulars L. F. Amount Amount

` `
Shukla’s Capital A/c Dr. Grewal’s 1,200
Capital A/c Dr. Jain’s Capital 900
A/c Dr. Narang’s Capital A/ 600
c Dr. 300
To Profit & Loss A/c 3,000
[Unshared loss written off in old ratio 4 : 3 : 2 : 1]
Grewal’s Capital A/c Dr. 5,600

To Shukla’s Capital A/c 3,200
To Jain’s Capital A/c 1,600
To Narang’s Capital A/c 800
[Retiring partners credited to continuing partners in their
remaining profit sharing ratio 4 : 2 : 1 on their private payments
to the retiring partner]
Cash A/c Dr. 5,000

To Chakraborti’s Capital A/c 5,000
[Cash brought in by the incoming partner as capital]
Shukla’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,590

Chakraborti’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,260
To Cash A/c 3,850
[Out of premium paid by the incoming partner, true premium
credited to Shukla for his sole sacrifice, the balance being
credited to Chakrabarti himself]
Cash A/c Dr. 3,850

To Jain’s Capital A/c 2,410
To Narang’s Capital A/c 1,440
[Additional Cash invested to make capitals proportionate to
new profit sharing ratio]

Shukla, Jain, Narang & Chakraborty
` ` ` `
Capital A/cs : Stock 2,000
Shukla 5,610 Debtors 11,000
Jain 5,610 Cash [5,000 + 5,000 + 13,200
Narang 3,740 3,200 + 3,850 – 3,850]
Chakraborty 3,740 18,700
Creditors 7,500
26,200 26,200
Illustration 23.
X,Y and Z are partners sharing profits and losses in the proportion to 3:2:2, respectively. The Balance Sheet of the
firm as on 01.01.2013 was as follows:
Capital Accounts; Plant and Machinery 72,000
X 1,00,000 Furniture 28,000
Y 80,000 Stock 1,12,000
Z 70,000 2,50,000 Sundry Debtors 96,000
Bank overdraft 20,000 Cash at Bank 18,000
3,26,000 3,26,000
X retired on 01.01.2013 on which date R is admitted as new partner. For the purpose of adjusting the rights as
between on partners’ goodwill to be valued at ` 84,000 and Sundry Debtors and Stock to be reduced by ` 16,000
and to ` 1,00,000 respectively. X is to receive ` 44,000 in cash on the date of retirement and the balance due to
him is to remain as loan at 8% p.a. Repayment of loan to be made at the end of each year by annual installments
representing 25% of the future profit before charging interest on loan.
R is to bring in ` 1,00,000 in cash as his capital on the date of admission. The new partners are to share profits and
losses equally after paying the interest on X’s Loan.
The net profit for the year ended 31st December 2013, is ` 64,000 before taking into account the installment payable
to X.
You are required to show:

(a) Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the year ended 31st December,2012.
(b) Capital Accounts of the new partners; and
(c) X’s Loan Account as on 31st Dec, 2013.
Solution:
In the books of X, Y, Z and R
Revaluation Account
Dr. Cr.
To, Provision for Bad Debts 16,000 By, Goodwill 84,000
,, Stock 12,000
,, Share of Profit:
- X 3/7 24,000
- Y 2/7 16,000
- Z 2/7 16,000 56,000
84,000 84,000

Partnership
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars X Y Z Particulars X Y Z
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Bank – Repayment 44,000 - - By, Balance c/d 1,00,000 80,000 70,000
,, X’s Loan A/c 80,000 - - ,, Revaluation A/c
,, Balance c/d - 96,000 86,000 - Profit 24,000 16,000 16,000
1,24,000 96,000 86,000 1,24,000 96,000 86,000

for the year ended 31.12.2013
Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
To, Loan Redemption Fund A/c 16,000 By, Profit and Loss A/c
(25% of ` 64,000) - Net Profit 64,000
,, Share of Profit:
- Y (1/3) 16,000
- Z (1/3) 16,000
- R (1/3) 16,000 48,000
64,000 64,000
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars Y Z R Date Particulars Y Z R
(`) (`) (`) (`) (`) (`)
31.12.12 To, Balance 1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000 1.1.12 By, Balance c/d 96,000 86,000 -
c/d ,, Bank A/c - - 1,00,000
31.12.12 ,, Share of 16,000 16,000 16,000
1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000 profit 1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000
By, Balance b/d 1,12,000 1,02,000 1,16,000
X’s Loan Account (8%)

Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
2012 To Bank A/c 16,000 2012 By X’s Capital A/c 80,000
Dec. 31 To Balance c/d 70,400 Jan. 1 ” Interest [80,000 × 8%] 6,400
86,400 86,400
By balance c/d 70,400

Illustration 24.
Gita and Mita are equal partners. Gita , by agreement, retires and Lata joins the firm on the basis of one third
share of profits on 01.04.2013. The balances of the books as on 31st March 2013 were:
Particulars Dr. Cr.

` `
Good will 10,000
Fixed Assets at Cost 1,20,000
Current Assets:
Stock 60,000
Debtors 40,000
Bank Balance 8,000
Creditors 20,000
Provision for Depreciation 12,000
Capital Accounts:
Gita 1,04,000
Mita 1,02,000
2,38,000 2,38,000
Goodwill and Fixed Assets valued at ` 30,000 and ` 1,40,000 respectively and it was agreed to be written up
accordingly before admission of Lata as partner. Sufficient money is to be introduced so as to enable Gita to
be paid off and leave ` 5,000 cash at Bank; Mita and Lata are to provide such sum as to make their Capitals
proportionate to their share of profit. Assuming the agreement was carried out, show the journal entries required
and prepare the Balance Sheet after admission of Lata.
All working should form part of your answer.
Solution:
I .Capital of the new firm
Particulars Amount
`
Good will 30,000
Fixed Asset 1,40,000
Stock 60,000
Debtors 40,000
Cash at Bank 5,000
2,75,000
Less: Creditors 20,000
2,55,000
Mita = ` 2,55,00 x 2/3 = ` 1,70, 000
Lata = ` 2,55,000 x 1/3 = ` 85,000
II. Amount to be brought in by Mita
Particulars Amount Amount
` `
Capital to be maintained 1,70,000
Less: Opening balance 1,02,000
Profit on Revaluation 26,000
1,28,000
To be brought in by Mita 42,000

Partnership
3. Revaluation Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Capital A/c By Goodwill A/c 20,000
,, Profit on Revaluation ,, Fixed Assets A/c 20,000
Gita 26,000 ,, Prov. For Depreciation A/c. 12,000
Mita 26,000 52,000
52,000 52,000
Bank Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Balance b/d 8,000 By Gita’s capital A/C 1,30,000
To Mita’s capital 42,000 ,, Balance c/d 5,000
Lata’s Capital 85,000 1,27,000
1,35,000 1,35,000
Journal
` `
1.4.13 Goodwill A/c Dr. 20,000
Fixed Asset A/c Dr. 20,000
Prov. for Depreciation A/c Dr. 12,000
(Increased value of assets transferred to Revaluation A/c).
Revaluation A/c Dr.
To Gita’ s Capital A/c 52,000
,, Mita’s Capital A/c 26,000
(Profit on revaluation transferred). 26,000
Gita’s Capital A/c Dr.
1,30,000
To Bank A/c
1,30,000
(Amount paid to Gita)
Bank A/c Dr. 1,27,000
To Mita’s Capital A/c 42,000
,, Lata’s Capital A/c 85,000
(Additional cash to be brought in to make their capital in proportion).
Balance Sheet
as at April 1, 2013
` `
Capital: Goodwill 30,000
Mita 1,70,000 Fixed Assets 1,40,000
Lata 85,000 Stock 60,000
Creditor 20,000 Debtors 40,000
Cash at Bank 5,000
2,75,000 2,75,000

6.3 DEATH OF PARTNER
If a partner dies, the partnership is usually dissolved. But if the surviving partners desire so, they may purchase the
share of the deceased partner and carry on the business. In that case they have to decide (1) the total amount
payable to the legal representative or executor of the deceased partner and (2) the mode of such payment.
Total Amount Payable includes:
(i) The deceased partner’s Capital and / Current Accounts last Balance.
(ii) His share of undistributed profit/loss.
(iii) His share of revaluation profit/loss
(iv) His share of goodwill.
(v) His share of Joint Life Policy, if any and
(vi) His share of profit/loss made by the firm between the last year ending and the date of his death.
The accounting procedure involved is similar to that followed in case of retirement of a partner. The mode of
payment depends on the agreement between the partners. It may be :
(i) Lump Sum Payment : If the firm has sufficient funds, the total amount payable on account of the deceased
partner is transferred to his Representative’s Account (or Executor). Such Representative’s Account is debited
and Bank Account is credited on payment of the dues.
(ii) Instalment Payment/Loan Payment : The firm may not have enough funds to make prompt payment. In such
a case, the total amount payable is transferred to a loan account in the name of the legal representative or
executor. The loan is paid off gradually by installments after considering interest on unpaid balance. The word
“Loan” may or may not be appended with the Account. But its gradual payment will definitely resemble the
payment of loan.
Illustration 25.
The following was the Balance Sheet of A, B and C who shared profits in the ratio of 1 : 2 : 2 as on 31st December,
2012.
Sundry Creditors 10,000 Goodwill 15,000

Capital A/c : Debtors 10,000
A 10,000 Machinery 20,000
B 20,000 Buildings 30,000
C 20,000 50,000 Stock 10,000
General Reserve 5,000 Cash at Bank 5,000
Investment Fluctuation Fund 3,000 Investments 10,000
Bad Debts Reserve 2,000
Bank Loan 30,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
C died on 31st March, 2013. His account is to be settled under the following terms :
Goodwill is to be calculated at the rate of 2 years purchase on the basis of the average of 5 years profit or loss.
Profit for January to March’ 13 is to be calculated proportionately on the average profit of 3 years. The profits were
: 2008 ` 3,000, 2009 ` 7,000, 2010 ` 10,000, 2011 ` 14,000, 2012 loss ` 12,000. During 2012 a Moped costing ` 4,000
was purchased and debited to Travelling Expenses Account on which depreciation is to be calculated @ 25%.
Other values agreed on assets are : Stock ` 12,000, Building ` 35,000, Machinery ` 25,000 and Investments ` 8,000.
Debtors are considered good.
Prepare new Balance Sheet of the firm, necessary Journal entries and Ledger Accounts of the Partners.

Partnership
Solution:
Working Notes :
1. Adjusted profit for 2012
Loss (12,000)
Add : Cost of Moped
Wrongly treated as Travelling Expense 4,000
Less : Depreciation not charged on Moped @25%
on ` 4,000 (1,000)
Adjusted Loss (9,000)
2. Valuation of Goodwill
Total Profit/Loss for the last 5 years = 3,000 + 7,000 + 10,000 + 14,000 – 9,000 = ` 25,000
Average Profit = ` 25,000/5 = ` 5,000; Goodwill = 2 × ` 5,000 = ` 10,000
But Goodwill is appearing at Balance Sheet at ` 15,000. Over valuation of Goodwill ` 5,000 should be written
off among A, B & C as 1 : 2 : 2.
The balance of Goodwill between A & B in the ratio 1 : 2
3. Share of Profit of Deceased Partner till his date of death
Average Profit of the last 3 years [ 2010, 2011 & 2012] = (10,000 + 14,000 – 9,000)/3 = ` 5,000
Estimated Profit for 3 months [Jan to March, ‘13] = ` 5,000 × 3/12 = ` 1,250
C’s share of profit = ` 1,250 × 2/5 = ` 500
Solution :
Books of A, B & C
Date Particulars L. F. Amount Amount
` `
Stock A/c Dr. 2,000
Buildings A/c Dr. 5,000
Moped A/c [4,000 – Depr. 1,000] Dr. 3,000
[Values of assets increased on revaluation]
Investment Fluctuation Fund A/c Dr. 3,000
Bad Debts Reserve A/c Dr. 2,000
To A’s Capital A/c 2,000
[Transfer of Reserves etc. to Partners Capitals in 1 : 2 : 2]
To Investment A/c 2,000
[Value of investments reduced]

(Being profit on revaluation shared in 1 : 2 : 2)
A’s Capital A/c Dr. 1,000
B’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
C’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
[Value of Goodwill reduced]
Profit & Loss Suspense A/c Dr. 500
To C’s Capital A/c 500
[Estimated share of Profit till his date of death transferred to the decreased
partner’s Capital]
To C’s Executors A/c 27,700
[Total dues to the deceased partner transferred to his Executor’s A/c]
Date Particulars A B C Date Particulars A B C

2011 ` ` ` 2011 ` ` `
31.3 To Goodwill A/c 1,000 2,000 2,000 31.3 By Balance b/d 10,000 20,000 20,000
To Goodwill A/c 3,333 6,667 - ” Revaluation A/c 2,600 5,200 5,200
To C’s Executors ” Sundry Reserves 2,000 4,000 4,000
A/c (Balance 27,700 A/c
transferred)
- ” P & L Suspense A/c - - 500
To Balance c/d
10,267 20,533
14,600 29,200 29,700 14,600 29,200 29,700
A and B
` ` ` `
Capital A/cs : Buildings 35,000
A 10,267 Machinery 25,000
B 20,533 30,800 Moped 3,000
C’s Executor’s A/c 27,700 (cost less depreciation)
Bank Loan 30,000 Investments 8,000
Sundry Creditors 10,000 Stock 12,000
Debtors 10,000
Bank 5,000
Profit & Loss Suspense A/c 500
(Dr.)
98,500 98,500

Partnership
6.4 DISSOLUTION OF A PARTNERSHIP FIRM
Whenever a reconstitution takes place within a Partnership in the form of admission, retirement or death of a Partner,
the existing partnership is dissolved. The Partnership firm, may however, continue, if the remaining partners desire so.
But if the partnership firm is discontinued for any reason, that is called Dissolution of the firm. Dissolution of Firm –
when does it take place [in accordance with the Indian Partnership Act of 1932]
1. By Mutual consent of all the partners or in accordance with a contract made by them [Section 40]
2. By Notice – given in writing, by any partner to all other partners if the Partnership is at will [Section 43].
3. On the happening of any one of the following events : [Section 42] : (i) expiry of the term, where the Partnership
was constituted for a fixed term; (ii) completion of the adventure for which the firm was constituted; (iii) Death
of a partner, (iv) Adjudication of a Partner as insolvent.
4. Compulsory Dissolution [Section 41]
(i) Where all the partners or all but one are adjudged insolvent.
(ii) If any event occurs making it unlawful for the business of the firm to be carried on.
5. Dissolution by Court: According to Section 44 of the Indian Partnership Act the court, at the suit of a partner,
may dissolve a firm on any one of the grounds namely –
(i) insanity of a partner;
(ii) permanent incapability of a partner to do his duties;
(iii) if a partner is guilty of misconduct that might affect prejudicially the carrying on of the business;
(iv) If a partner willfully or persistently commits breach of agreement;
(v) If a partner transfers all his shares to a third party or has allowed his share to be charged under the
Provisions of Rule 49 of order XXI of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908;
(vi) If the court considers that the business cannot be carried on except at loss;
(vii) On any other ground on which the court considers the dissolution as just and equitable.
Settlement of Accounts on Dissolution
According to Section 48 of the Indian Partnership Act the following rules should be observed for settlement of
Accounts after dissolution, subject to agreement by partners :
(a) Regarding Losses : “Losses, including deficiencies of capital, shall be paid first out of profits, next out of capital,
and lastly if necessary, by the partners individually in the proportions in which they are entitled to share profits”.
[Section 48(1)]
(b) Regarding Assets : “The assets of the firm, including any sums contributed by the partners to make up deficiencies
of capital, shall be applied in the following manner and order :
(i) in paying the debts of the firm to third parties;
(ii) In paying each partner ratably what is due to him from the firm for advances as distinguished from capital;
(iii) In paying to each partner ratably what is due to him as capital; and
(iv) The residue, if any, shall be divided among the partners in the proportions in which they are entitled to
share profits.” [Section 48(2)]
Accounting Entries Regarding Dissolution
The two separate aspects of Dissolution for which accounting entries have to be made are:
[A] Realization of Assets and Payment of liabilities and [B] Settlement of the dues of the Partners,
[A] Realization of Assets and Payment of liabilities
(i) Prepare Realisation Account
(ii) Trausfer all assets (except cash, bank & fictitious assets) and liabilities at book values to Realisation
Account.

Journal Entries
Item/Purpose Entry Special Points to be noted
1. Transfer of book values of Realization A/c..................................... Dr. (a) Cash or Bank A/c are not to be
assets as recorded in the To Sundry Assets [Book value] credited unless the firm, as a whole,
Balance Sheet (including goodwill if any, shown is sold out as a going concern.
in the Balance Sheet) (b) Debit balance of any Cap. A/c etc.
Realization A/c..................................... Dr. or Debit balance of P/L A/c not to be
transferred to Realization A/c.
To Debtors A/c
(c) If there is any Provision for bad
Provision for Bad Debts A/c................ Dr.
Debts, debit Realization A/c and
To Realization A/c. credit Debtors A/c with gross figure.
Then debit Provision A/c and credit
Realization A/c. Same treatment for
Provision for Depreciation.
2. R e a l i z a t i o n / S a l e o f Cash/Bank A/c (amt. realized).......... Dr.
above assets OR
Partners Cap. A/c................................ Dr.
(agreed value at which a partner takes
over an asset/assets)
To Realization A/c.
3. Shares etc. received as in exchange of the firm’s assets.
purchase consideration Shares A/c............................................. Dr.
To Realization A/c.
(agreed value)
4. Closing the External External Liabilities A/c.......................... Dr. (a) Alternatively – this entry may be passed
liabilities (such as creditors, outstanding (combining 4,5 & 6)
expenses, Bank Loan etc.) Liability A/c ……. Dr.
To Realization A/c. To Bank A/c (actual amt. paid)
(book value) OR,
5. External liabilities paid Realization A/c. ................................... Dr. To Partners Cap. A/c (agreed value)
off To Cash/Bank A/c To Realization A/c
(actual amt. paid) (Discount, if any received on payment/
6. External liabilities taken Realization A/c..................................... Dr. discharge)
over by any partner To Particular Partner’s (b) Where assets and liabilities are taken
Cap. A/c (agreed value) over by another business on making some
lump sum payment, separate entries for
realization of assets and / payment of
7. Unrecorded asset sold Cash / Bank A/c................................... Dr. liabilities need not be made.
or taken over by any Partners Capital A/c............................ Dr.
partner To Realisation A/c
8. If any unrecorded Realization A/c..................................... Dr.
liability is paid. To Cash/Bank A/c
(actual amt.)
9. If shares etc. received Cash/Bank A/c..................................... Dr. For sale, there may be profit or loss on sale
and shown in (3) OR, which is transferred to Realization A/c.
above are sold out or Partners Cap. A/c................................ Dr.
transferred to partners. [excluding insolvent partner]
To shares A/c

Partnership
10. Payment of Expenses Realization A/c..................................... Dr. If a partner bears such expenses personally
of Realization. To Cash/Bank A/c in pursuance of a separate agreement –
(if paid by the firm) NO ENTRY is required.
OR
To Partners Cap. A/c
(if paid by any partner)
11. Balance of Realization Realization A/c..................................... Dr.
Account
To Partners Cap. A/c
representing Profit or
(Profit shared in Profit Sharing Ratio)
Loss on Realization.
OR,
Partner’s Cap. A/c............................... Dr.
To Realization A/c.
(Loss shared in Profit Sharing Ratio)
[B] Settlement of Partners Dues – through Capital Accounts

Item/Purpose Entry Special Points to be noted
1. Prepare Capital By Balance b/d (Cr. balance)
Accounts with balance To Balance b/d (Dr. balance)
as per Balance Sheet
before the dissolution.
2. Transfer of Current A/c, if Partner’s Current A/c … Dr.
any. To Partner’s Cap. A/c.
(Credit Balance)
OR
Partner’s Capital A/c … Dr.
To Partner’s Current A/c
(Debit balance)
3. Undistributed Profit, Profit & Loss (Cr.) A/c… Dr.
Reserve, Joint Life Policy OR,
Reserve, Investment
Any Reserve A/c …….. Dr.
Fluctuation Fund,
To Partner’s Capital A/cs
Contingency Reserve
etc. transfer. [Profit sharing ratio]
4. Undistributed Loss, Partners Capital A/c… Dr. Example of unrealizable Asset-
Fictitious/Unrealizable To Profit & Loss (Dr.) A/c Advertisement Suspense A/c
Assets etc. transfer.
OR,
To Fictitious Assets A/c
(Profit Sharing Ratio)
5. Any loan taken from any Partner’s Loan A/c …. Dr. U/s 48 Repayment of loan should
partner To Cash/Bank A/c enjoy priority over repayment of
capital.

6. Any loan given to any Cash/Bank A/c….. Dr. If such amount is realized.
partner To Partner’s Loan A/c Adjustment of loan
OR against Capital
Partner's Capital A/c ..... Dr.
To Partner’s Loan A/c
7. If any Partner’s Cash/Bank A/c….. Dr. If the deficient partner is insolvent,
Capital A/c shows a To Particulars Partner’s treatment will be different-
debit balance (after
Capital A/c Vide – Insolvency of Partner.
balancing)
[Cash brought in to make up the
shortfall]
8. Payment of credit Particulars Partner’s Cap. A/c Dr. Same as above
balance (after final To Cash/Bank A/c
balancing)
Illustration 26.
A, B and C sharing profits in 3 : 1 : 1 agree upon dissolution. They each decide to take over certain assets and
liabilities and continue business separately.
Balance Sheet
as on date of dissolution

` `
Loan 1,500 Sundry Assets 17,000
Capitals: Debtors 24,200
A 27,500 Less: Bad Debts Provision 1,200 23,000
B 10,000 Stock 7800
C 7,000 44,500 Furnitures 1,000
52,000 52,000
It is agreed as follows:
(1) Goodwill is to be ignored.
(2) A is to take over all the Fixtures at ` 800; Debtors amounting to ` 20,000 at ` 17, 200. The creditors of ` 6,000 to
be assumed by A at the figure.
(3) B is to take over all the stocks at ` 7,000 and certain of the sundry assets at ` 7,200 (being book value less 10%)
(4) C is take over the remaining sundry assets at 90% of book values less ` 100 allowances and assume responsibility
for the discharge of the loan, together with accruing interest of ` 30 which has not been recorded in the books
of the firm.
(5) The expenses of dissolution were ` 270. The remaining debtors were sold to a debt collecting agency for 50%
of book values.
Prepare Realisation Account, partners’ Capital Accounts and Bank Account.

Partnership
Solution:
Realisation Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Sundry Assets: By Provision for bad debts 1,200
Capital Account A :
Sundry Assets 17,000 Fixtures 800
Debtors 24,200 Debtors 17,200
Stock 7,800 18,000
Fixtures 1,000 B: Stock 7,000
50,000 Sundry Assets 7,200
14,200
,, Bank – Expenses 270 C: Sundry Assets 8,000
,, Capital Account By Bank: Collection from Debtors 2,100
C- Interest on loan 30 By Loss on realization:
A (3/5) 4,080
B (1/5) 1,360
C (1/5) 1,360 6,800
50,300 50,300
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
` ` ` ` ` `
To Dissolution 18,000 14,200 8,000 By Balance b/d 27,500 10,000 7,000
Assets taken ,, Creditors 6,000 - -
,, Dissolution A/c 4,080 1,360 1,360 ,, Loan(with interest) - - 1,530
Loss ,, Bank
,, Bank — Final receipts - 5,560 830
Final payment 11,420 - -
33,500 15,560 9,360 33,500 15,560 9,360
Bank Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Balance b/d 3,200 By Dissolution Account
,, Dissolution A/c Expenses 270
Collection from Debtors 2,100 ,, Capital Account:
,, Capital Accounts: A 11,420
B 5,560
C 830 6,390
11,690 11,690

Working Notes: `
1. Realization of Sundry Assets:
Sundry Assets (Book Value) 17,000
Less: Taken by B [ 7,200 x (100/90)] 8,000
Remaining at book value 9,000

Taken by C: 90% of Book value
i.e. (9,000 x (90/100) = 8,100 – 100 for allowance = 8,000
2. Collection from Debtors:

Debtors (Book Value) 24,200
Less: Taken by (Book value) 20,000
4,200
Remaining at 50% i.e., ` 2100
Illustration 27.
X, Y and Z sharing profits & Losses in the ratio of 2 : 2: 1 agreed upon dissolution of their partnership on 31st December,
2012 on which date their Balance Sheet was as under :

` `
Capital : Fixed Assets 50,000
X 40,000 Joint Life Policy (at surrender Value) 10,000
Y 30,000
Reserve Fund 10,000
Joint Life Policy Fund 10,000 Debtors 10,000
Creditors 19,000 Less : Provision for
Less: Prov 500 Bad Debts 500 9,500
Salary Outstanding 18,500
2,000 Stock at Invoice Price 10,000
Less: Price loading 2,000 8,000
Investments 8,000
Less: Fluctuation Fund 500 7,500
2,000
Capital Account –Z 23,500
1,10,500 Bank 1,10,500
Investments were taken over by X at ` 6,000, creditors of ` 10,000 were taken over by Y who has agreed to settle
account with them at ` 9,900. Remaining creditors were paid ` 7,500. Joint Life Policy was surrendered and Fixed
Assets realized ` 70,000, Stock and Debtors realized ` 7,000 and ` 9,000 respectively. One customer, whose account

Partnership
was written off as bad, now paid ` 800 which is not included in ` 9,000 mentioned above. There was an unrecorded
asset estimated at ` 3,000, half of which as handed over to an unrecorded liability of ` 5,000 in settlement of claim
of ` 2,500 and the remaining half was sold in the market which realized ` 1,300.
Y took over the responsibility of completing the dissolution and he is granted a salary of ` 400 per month. Actual
expenses amounted to ` 1,100. Dissolution was completed and final payments were made on 30th April, 2013.
You are required to prepare the Realization Account, Capital Account and Bank Account.
Solution :
Dr. Realization Account Cr.
` ` ` `
To Fixed Assets A/c 50,000 By Provision on Debtors A/c 500
To Joint Life Policy A/c 10,000 By Provision on Stock A/c 2,000
To Debtors A/c 10,000 By Investment Fluctuation
To Stock (at I. P.) 10,000 Fund A/c 500
To Investments A/c 8,000 By Joint Life Policy Fund A/c 10,000
To Pro. for Disc. on 500 By Creditors A/c 19,000
Creditors A/c By Outstanding Salary A/c 2,000
To Y’s Capital A/c 10,000 By X’ Capital A/c 6,000
[Creditors taken (Investments taken over)
over- see Note] By Bank A/c :
To Bank A/c : Joint Life Policy 10,000
Creditors paid off 7,500 Fixed Assets 70,000
Unrecorded liability 2,500 Stock 7,000
paid [1/2 × 5,000] Debtors 9,800
Outstanding Salary 2,000 Unrecorded Assets (Sold) 1,300
Outstanding Expense 1,100 13,100 Bad Debt Recovered 800 98,100
To Y’s Cap. A/c 1,600
[Salary 400 × 4]
To Partner’s Capital A/c
(Profit on Realization)
X [ 2/5] 9,960
Y [2/5] 9,960
Z [1/5] 4,980 24,900
1,38,100 1,38,100


` `
To Balance b/f 23,500 By Realization A/c

To Realization A/c Creditors 7,500
Joint Life Policy 10,000 Unrecorded Liability 2,500
Fixed Assets 70,000 Outstanding Salary 2,000
Stock 7,000 Expenses 1,100
Debtors 9,800 By X’s Capital A/c 47,960
Unrecorded Assets 1,300 By Y’s Capital A/c 55,560
By Z’s Capital A/c 4,980
1,21,600 1,21,600
Dr. Partners Capital Account Cr.

Date Particulars X Y Z Date Particulars X Y Z
2013 ` ` ` 20123 ` ` `
1.1 To Balance b/d - - 2,000 1 . 1 By Balance b/d 40,000 30,000 -
30.4 To Realization 6,000 - - 30.4 By Reserve Fund 4,000 4,000 2,000
A/c [2:2:1]
To Bank A/c 47,960 55,560 4,980 By Realization A/c 9,960 9,960 4,980
(Balance (Profit)
withdrawn) By Realization A/c - 10,000 -
(Creditors)
By Realization A/c - 1,600 -
(Salary)
53,960 55,560 6,980 53,960 55,560 6,980
Note :
1. Unrecorded Asset and unrecorded liability were not recorded. Any part of such asset utilized to discharge
any part of such liability and discount received there on have been ignored.
But unrecorded asset realized (debts previously written off now recovered) has been recorded. Similarly
unrecorded asset sold has been recorded.
2. Y took over creditors of `10,000. This has been recorded. How he settles such liability is his personal matter. The
discount on payment does not benefit the firm.
Special considerations for a retiring partner and the estate of a deceased partner in relation to debts contracted
by the partnership firm:
(a) debts due on the date of retirement/death: the retiring partner and the estate of the deceased partner is
liable for the whole of the debts due by the firm at the date of retirement or death, to the extent of their share.
(b) debts incurred after retirement: where the notice of retirement is not published in accordance with law, the
retiring partner is liable for debts contracted after retirement.
(c) deceased/ insolvent partner: the estate of a deceased or bankrupt partner will not be liable for debts contracted
by the firm after the death or bankruptcy.

Partnership
Applicability of Section 37 of the Partnership Act:

In case of retirement, the retiring partner or in case of death, the executor of the deceased partner, if the dues are
not settled, then such retired partner or the executor is entitled to the following :
Maximum of :
Interest @ 6% p.a. on the amount due to them(i.e. if the amount is unsettled, like, rate of interest on loan to be
allowed to the retired partner or the executor is not mentioned)
Or
The share of profit earned for the amount due to the partner
Conditions :
(a) The surviving partners/continuing partners continue to carry on the business of the firm.
(b) The business is carried on without any final settlement of accounts between the continuing partners and the
outgoing partners or his estate.
(c) There is no contract to the contrary of the options contained in Section 37 i.e. share in the profits or interest @
6% p.a. on the unsettled capital.
Example : Unsettled capital of C ` 52,000 (Date of retirement : 30.9.12, financial year 2012-13). Net Profit earned by
the firm after C’s retirement ` 25,000. Capitals of A: ` 57,000 and B: ` 76,000)
C is entitled to the maximum of the following :
(i) Interest on unsettled capital = ` 52,000 × 6% × 6 months = ` 1,560
(ii) Profit earned out of unsettled capital = Profit × Retired or Deceased Partner’s unsettled
Dues/ Total Capital of the firm (including the amount due to the retired or deceased partner)
= ` (25,000 × 52,000)/(` 52,000 + 57,000 + 76,000) = ` 7,027.
6.5 INSOLVENCY OF A PARTNER
If a partner becomes insolvent and fails to pay his debit balance of Capital A/c either wholly or in part, the
unrecoverable portion is a loss to be borne by the solvent partners. The question now arises is that, in what ratio they
will share this loss. Prior to the decision in the leading case of Garner vs. Murray this loss was borne by the solvent
partners in the profit sharing ratio just like ordinary losses.
Decision in Garner vs. Murray Case

Justice Joyee held in the case of Garner vs. Murray that the loss arising due to the insolvency of a partner must be
distinguished from an ordinary loss (including realization loss). Unless otherwise agreed, the decision in Garner vs.
Murray requires –
(i) That the solvent partners should bring in cash equal to their respective shares of the loss on realization;
(ii) That the solvent partners should bear the loss arising due to the insolvency of a partner in the ratio of their Last
Agreed Capitals.
In case of fixed capital system, capitals as per last Balance Sheet represent last agreed capitals. In case of
fluctuating capital system, however, all necessary adjustments in respect of reserved, unappropriated profits or
losses (but not realization profit or loss), Drawings A/c., undisclosed liabilities and assets etc. must be made to get
last agreed capitals. A partner who has nil or negative balance in his capital account before dissolution does not
contribute anything to the loss arising as a result of insolvency of a partner.

Criticism of the decision of Garner vs. Murray
The following criticism may be advocated against the decisions laid down in Garner vs. Murray principle:
(i) If any solvent partner has a debit balance in capital account, he must not bear the deficiency of the insolvent
partner;
(ii) This principle does not apply if there are only two partners;
(iii) In spite of having a credit balance in capital account the solvent partner must bring cash equal to the
amount of loss on reasilation which is immaterial and useless; and
(iv) If any solvent partner who possess more private asset but contributes less capital, he will naturally, as per
Garner vs. Murray decision, bear less amount of deficiency of the insolvent partner than the other solvent
partner who possess less private assets but contributes more capital to the firm. This is not justified.
Applicability in India
According to sub section (ii) of Sec 48(b) of the Indian Partnership Act, if a partner becomes insolvent or otherwise
incapable of paying his share of the contribution, the solvent partners must share ratably the available assets
(including their own contribution to the capital deficiency). That is to say, the available assets will be distributed in
proportion to their capitals.
Thus, under the Indian Partnership Act also the solvent partners are required to make good their share of the
realization loss (i.e., capital deficiency). The total cash available after making good the solvent partners’ share
of capital deficiency shall be shared by the solvent partners in proportion to their capitals. As a result of this the
ultimate debit balance of the insolvent partner’s Capital A/c. is borne by the solvent partners in capital ratio.
The provision of the Indian Partnership Act in this respect are, thus, similar to the rules laid down by the decision in
Garner vs. Murray.
When there is a specific provision in the Partnership Deed as to how the deficiency of an insolvent partner is to be
borne by the solvent partners, such provision must be followed, because the provision of the Act will apply only
when there is no specific agreement.
Illustration 28.
A, B and C are in partnership sharing profit and losses equally and agreed to dissolve the firm on 30.06.2012. On
that date their Balance Sheet stood as follows:
Balance Sheet
as at 30th June, 2013
` `
Capital A/c Sundry Asset 50,000
A 34,000 Profit & Loss A/c 12,000
B 24,000 58,000 Capital A/c
Creditors 12,000 C 8,000
70,000 70,000
The assets are realised at 50% of the book value. Realization expenses amounted to ` 5,000. C became insolvent
and received ` 2,000 from his estates.
Close the book of the firm under (i) Fixed Capital Method and (ii) Fluctuating Capital Method applying Garner Vs.
Murray principles.

Partnership
Solution:
In the books of A, B & C
Dr. Realization Account Cr.
` `
To Sundry Asset A/c 50,000 By Bank A/c
`` Bank A/c Amount Realised 25,000
Expense 5,000 `` Capital A/c
Loss on Realization
A 10,000
B 10,000
C 10,000 30,000
55,000 55,000
Working:
(a) Under Fixed Capital Method
Deficiency of the insolvent partner Mr. C must be borne by the solvent partner A and B as per their last agreed
capital given in the Balance Sheet i.e., 17:12.
(b) Under Fluctuating Capital Method
Deficiency of the insolvent partner Mr. C must be borne by the solvent partners A & B as the following adjusted
capital which will be considered as the last agreed capital i.e., after adjusting the debit balance of Profit and
Loss Account.
Particulars A B
` `
Capital as per Balance Sheet 34,000 24,000
Less: Debit balance of P&L A/c (-) 4,000 (-) 4,000
(equally)
30,000 20,000
\ Ratio = 3:2
(a) Capital Account under Fixed Capital Method

` ` ` ` ` `
To Balance b/d --- --- 8,000 By Balance b/d 34,000 24,000 ---
`` Realisation A/c `` Bank A/c --- --- 2,000
Loss 10,000 10,000 10,000 `` Bank A/c 10,000 10,000 ---
`` Profit & Loss A/c `` A’s Capital --- --- 11,724
Loss 4,000 4,000 4,000 `` B’s Capital --- --- 8,276
`` C’s Capital A/c 11,724 8,276 ---
`` Bank A/c 18,276 11,724 ---
(bal. fig.)
44,000 34,000 22,000 44,000 34,000 22,000

To Balance b/d 25,000 By Realisation A/c
`` Capital A/c Expenses 5,000
A 10,000 `` Creditors 12,000
B 10,000 `` Capital A/c
C 2,000 A 18,276
22,000 B 11,724
47,000 47,000
(b) Under Fluctuating Capital Method

` ` ` ` ` `
To Balance b/d --- --- 8,000 By Balance b/d 34,000 24,000 ---
`` Realisation A/c `` Bank A/c 10,000 10,000 ---
Loss 10,000 10,000 10,000 `` Bank A/c --- --- 2,000
`` Profit & Loss A/c `` A’s Capital --- --- 12,000
Loss 4,000 4,000 4,000 `` B’s Capital --- --- 8,000
`` C’s Capital A/c 12,000 8,000 ---
`` Bank A/c 18,000 12,000 ---
(bal. fig.)
44,000 34,000 22,000 44,000 34,000 22,000

To Realisation A/c 25,000 By Realisation A/c
Assets realized Expenses 5,000
`` Capital A/c `` Creditors 12,000
A 10,000 `` Capital A/c
B 10,000 A 18,000
C 2,000 B 12,000
47,000 47,000
IF ALL THE PARTNERS ARE INSOLVENT

Since all partners are insolvent, creditors cannot expect to be paid in full. In such a case Sundry Creditors should
not be transferred to Realization Account. Cash in hand together with the amount realized on sale of assets and
surplus from private estate of partners, if any, less expenses will be applied in making payment to the creditors.
The balance of Creditors Account represents the deficiency to be borne by them which to be transferred to a
Deficiency Account. The balance of Capital Accounts should also to be transferred to the Deficiency Account to
close the books. Alternatively, the deficiency to be borne by the Creditors may be directly adjusted in between
Creditors Account and Capital Accounts.
The following entries required to be passed :
(i) To pay-off the creditors
Creditors A/c Dr. (Total Creditors)
To Bank A/c (Amount paid)
To Deficiency A/c (Amount unpaid)

Partnership
(ii) When deficiency is transferred

Deficiency A/c Dr.
To Partners’ Capital A/c
Illustration 29.
` `
Capitals Fixed Assets 1,00,000
P 5,000
Q 3,000
R 2,000 Cash 10,000
Bank Loan 60,000
1,10,000 1,10,000
All the partners were declared insolvent. Profit sharing ratio : 5 : 3 : 2. Assets realized `60,000. Prepare necessary
ledger accounts to close the books of the firm.
Solution :
Dr. Realisation Account Cr.
` `
To Fixed Assets 1,00,000 By Cash A/c (realisation) 60,000
By Partners Capital A/cs
(loss on realisation)
P: 20,000
Q: 12,000
R: 8,000 40,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
Dr. Partners Capital Acounts Cr.

Particulars P Q R Particulars P Q R
By Balance b/d 5,000 3,000 2,000
To Realization A/c 20,000 12,000 8,000 By Deficiency A/c 15,000 9,000 6,000
20,000 12,000 8,000 20,000 12,000 8,000
Dr. Deficiency Account Cr.

` `
To Partners Capital A/cs :
P 15,000 By Bank Loan A/c 18,000
Q 9,000 By Creditors 12,000
R 6,000
30,000 30,000

Dr. Bank Loan Account Cr.
` `
To Deficiency A/c 18,000 By Balance b/d 60,000
To Cash A/c 42,000
60,000 60,000
Dr. Creditors Account Cr.

` `
To Deficiency A/c 12,000 By Balance b/d 40,000

To Cash A/c 28,000
40,000 40,000

` `
To Balance b/d 10,000 By Bank Loan A/c 42,000
To Realisation A/c 60,000 By Creditors A/c 28,000
70,000 70,000
Note :
The total deficiency of the partners i.e. the firm is `30,000. This is shared between the external liabilities in the ratio
of their amount outstanding `60,000 : `40,000 = 3 : 2
Bank Loan A/c Dr. 18,000

To Deficiency A/c 30,000
Return of Premium to a partner on dissolution before expiry of term :

Conditions :
(i) A partner was admitted in the partnership firm for a fixed term period,
(ii) Such partner had paid a premium for goodwill at the time of admission.
(iii) The partnership firm has dissolved.
Exceptions : The partner will not be entitled to any claim under any of the following conditions :
(i) the firm is dissolved due to death of a partner
(ii) the dissolution is due to the misconduct of the partner claiming refund
(iii) dissolution is in pursuance of an agreement containing no provision for the return of the premium or any part of it.
Amount of Refund: the amount to be repaid will be determined having regard to the terms upon which the admission
was made and to the length of the period agreed upon and the period that has expired.
Liability of other partners: the amount of refund payable shall be borne by the other partners in their profit sharing
ratio.

Partnership
Ilustration 30.
X was admitted into partnership for 5 years, for which he paid a premium of `1,20,000. After 39 months, the partnership
firm was dissolved due to misconduct of Mr.Z , another partner of the firm. Y, being the third partner. Profit Sharing
Ratio : Y : Z : X = 5 : 3 : 2.
Solution:
X is entitled to claim the refund of premium paid at the time of admission, since the admission was for a fixed term
period and the firm is getting dissolved due to a misconduct of Mr.Z, another partner of the firm.
The amount of refund is
= (Total Premium Paid × Unexpired term of the partnership)/Total term of the partnership
= 1,20,000 × 21/60 = `42,000
This shall be shared by the other partners Y and Z in their profit sharing ratio 3 : 2.
Y’s Capital A/c Dr. 25,200

Z’s Capital A/c Dr. 16,800
(Being premium paid during admission now refunded to X after
adjusting capitals of other partners)
PIECEMEAL DISTRIBUTION
Till now the discussion was based on the implicit assumption that all assets were realized and settlement was done
on the same date. In fact, on the dissolution of a partnership, assets are sometimes realized gradually over a period
of time. In such a case it may be agreed that different parties are to be paid in order of preference as and when
assets are realized without unnecessarily waiting for the final realization of all the assets.
The order of the payment will be as follows :
(i) Realisation expenses
(ii) For provision for expenses that are to be made
(iii) Preferential creditors (say, Income Tax or any payment made to the Government)
(iv) Secured creditors – upto the amount realized from the disposal of assets by which they are secured and for
the balance, if any, to be paid to unsecured creditors
(v) Unsecured creditors – in proportion to the amount of debts, if more than one creditor
(vi) Partners’ loan – if there is more than one partner – in that case, in proportion to the amount of loan
(vii) Partners’ capital – the order of payment may be made by any one of the following two methods:
(a) Surplus Capital Method/ Proportionate Capital Method/ Highest Relative Capital Method
(b) Maximum Possible Loss Method
Surplus Capital Method/ Proportionate Capital Method/ Highest Relative Capital Method
Under this method, actual capital of the partners on the date of dissolution is compared with their proportionate
capital (determined on the basis of minimum capital per unit of profit) to determine surplus capital of the partners.
Surplus capital is paid first and any balance left thereafter is distributed in the profit sharing ratio. This ensures that
final balances of partners show their share of realisation profit/loss and thus, no settlement need to be dome at
that point of time.

Illustration 31.
Partners M, N and P have called upon you to assist them in winding up the affairs of their partnership on 30th June,
2013. Their Balance Sheet as on that date is given below :
` `
Capital Sundry Debtors 22,000
Accounts : M 67,000 Stock in trade 13,500
N 45,000 Plant and Equipment 99,000
P 31,500 Loan : M 12,000
Loan : N 7,500
1,60,500 1,60,500
(a) The partners share profits and losses in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2.

(b) Cash is distributed to the partners at the end of each month.
(c) A summary of liquidation transaction are as follows :
July :
` 16,000 — collected from Debtors; balance is irrecoverable.
` 10,000 — received from sale of entire stock.
` 1,000 — liquidation expenses paid.
` 8,000 — cash retained in the business at the end of the month.
August :
` 1,500 — liquidation expenses paid; as part of the payment of his capital, P accepted an equipment for
` 10,000 (book value ` 4,000).
` 2,500 — cash retained in the business at the end of the month.
September :
` 75,000 — received on sale of remaining plant and equipment.
` 1,000 — liquidation expenses paid. No cash is retained in the business.
Required : Prepare a Schedule of cash payments as on 30th September, showing how the cash was distributed.
Solution :
Statement showing the Distribution of Cash (According to Proportionate Capital Method)
Particulars Creditors Capital

`
M N P
` ` `
A. Balance Due 17,000 55,000 37,500 31,500
B. Amount distributed as on 31st July 17,000 — — 6,500
C. Balance Due (A – B) — 55,000 37,500 25,000
D. Cash paid to ‘N’ and
Equipment given to P on 31st August. — 4,000 10,000
E. Balance due (C – D) 55,000 33,500 15,000
F. Amount paid to partners on 41,500 25,400 9,600
30th September
G. Loss on Realisation 13,500 8,100 5,400
(Unpaid Balance) [E – F]

Partnership
Working Notes :
(i) Statement showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capital
Particulars M N P
A Balance of Capital Accounts 67,000 45,000 31,500
B Less : Loan 12,000 7,500 —
C Actual Capital (A – B) 55,000 37,500 31,500
D Profit sharing ratio 5 3 2
E Actual Capital ÷ Profit sharing ratio 11,000 12,500 15,750
F Proportionate Capitals taking M’s Capital as Base Capital 55,000 33,000 22,000
G Excess of Actual Capitals over Proportionate 4,500 9,500
Capitals (C - F)
H Profit Sharing Ratio — 3 2
I Surplus Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio — 1,500 4,750
J Revised Proportionate Capital taking N’s — 4,500 3,000
Capital as Base Capital
K Excess of Surplus Capital over Revised — — 6,500
Proportionate Capitals (G - J)
Scheme of distribution of available cash : First instalment up to ` 6,500 will be paid to P. Next instalment up to `
7,500 will be distribution between N and P in the ratio of 3 : 2. Balance realisation will be distributed among M, N
and P in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2.
(ii) Statement showing the Calculation of Cash Available for Distribution
Particulars July August September

` ` `
A Opening Balance 6,500 8,000 2,500
B Add : Net amount realised 25,000 (1,500) 74,000
(Gross amount — Expenses)
C Less : Closing Balance 8,000 2,500 —
D Amount available for distribution (A + B – C) 23,500 4,000 76,500
(iii) Statement showing the Manner of Distribution of amount available in August and September
Particulars July August September

` ` `
First ` 7,500 — 4,500 3,000
Balance ` 83,000 41,500 24,900 16,600
(Cash and Equipment) 41,500 29,400 19,600
Less : Actual Distribution in August — 4,000 10,000
Manner of Distribution in September 41,500 25,400 9,600

Illustration 32.
The firm of Blue Collars presented you with the following Balance Sheet drawn as on 31st March 2013 :

` `
Sundry Creditors 37,000 Cash in hand 3,000
Capital Accounts : Sundry Debtors 34,000
L 40,000 Stock in trade 39,000
K 30,000 Plant and Machinery 51,000
J 27,000 97,000 Current Accounts :
K 4,000
J 3,000 7,000
1,34,000 1,34,000
Partners shared profits and losses in the ratio of 4 : 3 : 3. Due to difference among the partners, it was decided to
wind up the firm, realise the assets and distribute cash among the partners at the end of each month.
The following realisations were made :
(i) May — ` 15,000 from debtors and ` 20,000 by sale of stock. Expenses on realisation were ` 500.
(ii) June — Balance of debtors realised ` 10,000. Balance of stock fetched ` 24,000.
(iii) August — Part of machinery was sold for ` 18,000. Expenses incidental to sale were ` 600.
(iv) September — Part of machinery valued in the books at ` 5,000 was taken by K, in part discharge at an agreed
value of ` 10,000. Balance of machinery was sold for ` 30,000 (net).
Partners decided to keep a minimum cash balance of ` 2,000 in the first 3 months and ` 1,000 thereafter.
Required : Show how the amounts due to partners will be settled.
Solution :
(i) Statement showing the Distribution of Cash
(According to Proportionate Capital Method)
Particulars Creditors Capital
` L K J
` ` `
A Amount due 37,000 40,000 26,000 24,000
B Amount distribution as on 31st May 35,500 — — —
C Balance Due (A - B) 1,500 40,000 26,000 24,000
D Amount Distributed as on 30th June
First ` 1,500 1,500
Next ` 5,333 — 5,333 — —
Next ` 4,667 — 2,667 2,000 —
Balance ` 22,500 — 9,000 6,750 6,750
E Balance due (C - D) 23,000 17,250 17,250
F Amount Distributed as on 31st August 7,360 5,520 5,520
G Balance Due (E - F) 15,640 11,730 11,730
H Add : Profit on realisation 760 570 570
(` 41,000 – ` 39,100)
I Amount Distributed (including 16,400 12,300* 12,300
Machinery taken by K) as on
30th September.
* Includes value of Machinery
` 10,000 and Cash ` 2,300

Partnership
Working Notes :
(i) Assumption : As the firm is dissolved due to difference among the partners, all partners are presumed to be
solvent and the problem has been worked out on the basis of the highest relative capital.
(ii) Statement showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capitals
Particulars L K J
` ` `
A Actual Capitals 40,000 26,000 24,000
B Profit sharing ratio 4 3 3
C Actual Capitals ÷ Profit ratio 10,000 8,667 8,000
D Proportionate Capitals taking 32,000 24,000 24,000
J’s Capital as Base Capital
E Surplus Capital of L and K (A - D) 8,000 2,000 —
F Profit sharing ratio 4 3 _
G Surplus Capital ÷ Profit sharing ratio 2,000 667 _
H Revised Proportionate Capital of L and J 2,667 2,000 —
I Revised Surplus Capital of L (E - H) 5,333 — —
While distributing surplus among partners, 1st instalment up to ` 5,333 will be paid to L, next instalment up to ` 4,667
will be distributed between L and K in the ratio of 4 : 3 and the Balance among L, K and J in the ratio of 4 : 3 : 3.
(iii) Statement showing the Calculation of Cash available each month
Particulars May June August September

` ` ` `
A Opening Balance 3,000 2,000 2,000 1,000

B Add : Amount realised Less Expenses 34,500 34,000 17,400 30,000
C Less : Closing blance 2,000 2,000 1,000 —
D Total Cash available for Distribution 35,500 34,000 18,400 31,000
(A+B–C)
Dr. (iv) Realisation Account Cr.

` `
To Sundry Debtors 34,000 By Sundry Creditors 37,000

To Stock in trade 39,000 By Cash/Bank 1,17,000
To Plant and Machinery 51,000 By L (Assets taken over) 10,000
To Cash/Bank :
Creditors 37,000
Expenses 1,100
To Profit transferred to Capital A/c 1,900
1,64,000 1,64,000

Illustration 33.
A partnership firm was dissolved on 30th June, 2013. Its Balance Sheet on the date of dissolution was as follows :

` `
Capitals : Cash 5,400
Atrik 38,000 Sundry Assets 94,600
Mohit 24,000
Rupa 18,000
Loan A/c — Mohit 5,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
The assets were realised in instalments and the payments were made on the proportionate capital basis. Creditors
were paid ` 14,500 in full settlement of their account. Expenses of realisation were estimated to be ` 2,700 but actual
amount spent on this account was ` 2,000. This amount was paid on 15th September. Draw up a Memorandum of
distribution of Cash, which was realised as follows :
On 5th July ` 12,600
On 30th August ` 30,000
On 15th September ` 40,000
The partners shared profits and losses in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1. Give working notes.
Solution :
Statement Showing the Distribution of Cash
Particulars Creditors Mohit’s Atrik Mohit Rupa

Loan
` ` ` ` `
A Balance Due 15,000 5,000 38,000 24,000 18,000
B Cash paid (` 5,400 – ` 2,700) 2,700 — — — —
C Balance unpaid (A - B) 12,300 5,000 38,000 24,000 18,000
D 1st installment of ` 12,600 11,800 800 — — —
E Balance unpaid (C - D) 500 4,200 38,000 24,000 18,000
F Less : Written-off 500
G 2nd installment of ` 30,000 4,200 16,320 2,320 7,160
H Balance unpaid (E-F-G) 21,680 21,680 10,840
I 3rd installment (` 40,000 + ` 700) 16,280 16,280 8,140
J Unpaid Balance
(H-I) = Loss on Realisation 5,400 5,400 2,700

Partnership
Working Notes :
(i) Statement showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capitals
Particulars Atrik Mohit Rupa

` ` `
B Profit-sharing ratio 2 2 1
C Actual Capitals ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 19,000 12,000 18,000
D Proportionate Capitals taking Mohit’s Capital as Base Capital 24,000 24,000 12,000
E Surplus Capital [A-D] 14,000 Nil 6,000
F Surplus Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 7,000 — 6,000
G Revised Proportionate capitals taking Rupa’s Capital as the basis 12,000 — 6,000
H Revised Surplus Capital (E - G) 2,000 — —
(ii) Distribution of Second Instalment of ` 30,000
Particulars Mohit’s Atrik Mohit Rupa

Loan
First ` 4,200 4,200 — — —
Next ` 2,000 (Absolute Surplus) 2,000 — —
Next ` 18,000 (Balance of Surplus) 12,000 — 6,000
Balance ` 5,800 (2 : 2 : 1) 2,320 2,320 1,160
Total 30,000 4,200 16,320 2,320 7,160
Illustration 34.
East, South and North are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio 3 : 2 : 1 respectively. They decide to
dissolve the business on 31st July, 2013 on which date their Balance Sheet was as follows :
` `
Capital Accounts : Land and Buildings 30,810
East 38,700 Motor car 5,160
South 10,680 Investment 1,080
North 11,100 Stock 19,530
Loan account : North 3,000 Debtors 11,280
Creditors 10,320 Cash 5,940
73,800 73,800

The assets were realised piecemeal as follows and it was agreed that cash should be distributed as and when
realised :
`
14th August 10,380
20th September 27,900
16th October 3,600
North took over investment as follows at a value of:-
15th November 1,260
18th November 19,200
Dissolution expenses were originally provided for an estimated amount of ` 2,700, but actual amount spent on 25th
October was ` 1,920. The creditors were settled for ` 10,080.
Required : Prepare a statement showing distribution of cash amongst the partners, according to Proportionate
Capital Method.
Solution :
Statement Showing the Distribution of Cash
Particualr Creditors Loan East South North
` ` ` ` `
A Balance Due 10,320 3,000 38,700 10,680 11,100
B Paid to Creditors
[` 5,940 – ` 2,700] 3,240 — — — —
C Balance Due (A - B) 7,080 3,000 38,700 10,680 11,100
D Amount paid on 14th August 6,840 3,000 540
240 — 38,160 10,680 11,100
E Less : Written off (240) — — — —
F Balances Due (D - E) 38,160 10,680 11,100
G Amount paid on 20th September
(i) First 4,860 (i.e. ` 5,400 – ` 540) 4,860 — —
(ii) Balance ` 23,040 33,300 10,680 11,100
H Balance Due (F - G) 17,280 — 5,760
I Amount paid on 16th October 16,020 10,680 5,340
J Balance Due (H-I) 1,800 1,200 600
K Amount paid on 25th October 14,220 9,480 4,740
(being excess over estimated 390 260 130
expenses ` 780)
L Balance due (J - K) 13,830 9,220 4,610
M Cash brought in by North 630 420 210
N Balance Due (L-M) 13,200 8,800 4,400
O Amount paid on 18th November 9,600 6,400 3,200
P Balance unpaid (N-O) 3,600 2,400 1,200

Partnership
Working Note :
Statement Showing the Calculation of Highest Relative Capitals
Particulars East South North

` ` `
B Profit Sharing Ratio 3 2 1
C Actual Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio 12,900 5,340 11,100
D Proportionate capitals taking South’s 16,020 10,680 5,340
Capital as Base Capital (being the smallest) × PSR
E Surplus capital (i.e. Excess of Actual Capitals over 22,680 — 5,760
proportionate capital) [A-D]
3 — 1
Profit Sharing Ratio
F 7,560 — 5,760
Surplus Capital ÷ Profit Sharing Ratio
G 17,280 — 5,760
Revised Proportionate Capitals taking
H
North’s Capital as Base Capital
5,400 — —
Revised Surplus Capital [E-H]
I
Distribution Sequence
J 5,400 — —
First ` 5,400 [To East]
17,280 — 5,760
Next ` 23,040 [To East & North in the ratio of 3 : 1]
9,600 6,400 3,200
Balance ` 19,200 [To East, South & North in the ratio
of 3 : 2 : 1]
MAXIMUM LOSS METHOD :

Steps
(1) Prepare a statement showing distribution of cash
(2) Pay off the external Liabilities
(3) After all the payment is made for the external liabilities, the partners will be paid off.
Total Due of Partners xxx
Less : Net/Balance of Realisation (x)
Maximum Loss xxx
(4) The maximum loss shall be shared amongst the partners in their profit sharing ratio, as if, there will be no further
realisation.
(5) If any of the partner capitals, after step (4) is negative, that partner shall be treated like an insolvent partner.
(6) The deficiency of the insolvent partner as per step (5) shall be shared by the other solvent partners (i.e. those
partners who has positive capital balances) in their capital contribution ratio as per Garner vs. Murray Rule.
(7) Repeat the steps (3) to (6) till final realisation.

PROBLEMS ON MAXIMUM LOSS METHOD
Illustration 35.
The following is the Balance Sheet of X, Y and Z, who were sharing in the ratio 5 : 3 : 2, on 31st December, 2012 when
they decided to dissolve the partnership.

` `
X’s Capital 55,000 Cash 20,000
Y’s Capital 37,500 Other assets 13,04,000
Z’s Capital 31,500
Y’s Loan 2,00,000
Creditors 10,00,000
13,24,000 13,24,000
Note : There was a bill for ` 4,000 due on 1.4.2013 under discount.
Other assets realised as under :
1st January : ` 8,85,000, 1st February : ` 3,00,000 ; 1st March : ` 8,000; 1st April : ` 5,000; 1st May : ` 10,000. The expenses
of realisation were expected to be ` 5,000, but ultimately amounted to ` 4,000 only and were paid on 1st May. The
acceptor of the bill under discount met the bill on the due date.
Required : Prepare a statement showing the monthly distribution of cash according to Maximum Loss Method.
Solution:
Statement showing the Distribution towards Firm’s Outside debts’ & Partners’ Loan
Particulars Creditors Y’s Loan
` `
A Amount Due 10,00,000 2,00,000
B Amount paid on 1st Jan. (` 20,000 + ` 8,85,000 – ` 5,000) 9,00,000 —
C Balance Due (A - B) 1,00,000 2,00,000
D Amount paid on 1st February 1,00,000 2,00,000
E Balance Due (C - D) Nil Nil

Partnership
Statement showing the Distribution of Cash

(According to Maximum Loss Method)
Particulars Total X Y Z
` ` ` `
(i) Distribution of ` 4,000
A. Amount due as on 1st March 1,24,000 55,000 37,500 31,500
Less : Max. Possible Loss if the remaining
nothing (` 1,24,000 – ` 4,000)
in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2 1,20,000 60,000 36,000 24,000
Note : Cash available = ` 8,000 – ` 4,000
(Reserved for discounted B/R) = ` 4,000
Adjustment of X’s Deficiency between Y
and Z in their Capital ratio i.e. 375 : 315 — 5,000 (2,717) (2,283)
— — (1,217) 5,217
Adjustment of Y’s Deficiency (charged to Z) — — 1,217 (1,217)
B. Cash paid as on 1st March 4,000 — — 4,000
(ii) Distribution of ` 9,000 (including amount kept reserved for —
B/R no longer required)
C. Balance due (A-B) 1,20,000 55,000 37,500 27,500
Less : Max. Possible Loss
(` 1,20,000 – `9,000) 1,11,000 55,500 33,300 22,200
Note : Cash available = ` 5,000 + ` 4,000 = ` 9,000 (500) 4,200 5,300
Adjustment of X’s Deficiency between — 500 (272) (228)

Y and Z in their Capital ratio i.e. 375 : 315
D. Cash paid as on 1st April 9,000 — 3,928 5,072
(iii) Distribution of ` 11,000
E. Balance due (C-D) 1,11,000 55,000 33,572 22,428
Less : Max. Possible Loss 1,00,000 50,000 30,000 20,000
(` 1,11,000 – ` 11,000)
F. Cash paid as on 1st May 11,000 5,000 3,572 2,428
G. Unpaid Balance (E - F) 1,00,000 50,000 30,000 20,000
Illustration 36.
The following is the Balance Sheet of P, Q and R on 31st August, 2012 when they decided to dissolve the partnership.
They share profits in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1.

` `
Creditors 2,000 Sundry Assets 48,500
P’s Loan 5,000 Cash 500
P’s Capital 15,000
Q’s Capital 18,000
R’s Capial 9,000
49,000 49,000

The assets realised the following sums in instalments.
I— ` 1,000, II— ` 3,000, III— ` 3,900, IV— ` 6,000, V— ` 20,000.
The expenses of realisation were expected to be ` 500 but ultimately amounted to ` 400 only.
Required : Show, how at each stage, the cash received should be distributed among partners according to
Maximum Loss Method.
Solution :
Statement showing the Realisation and Distribution of Cash
Installments Realisation Creditors Partners’ Partners’
Loans Capital
` ` ` `
(I) (After taking into account cash and amount
set aside for expenses) 1,000 1,000
(II) 3,000 1,000 2,000
(III) 3,900 3,000 900
(IV) 6,000 — — 6,000
(V) (including saving in expenses) 20,100 — — 20,100
34,000 2,000 5,000 27,000
Statement showing the Distribution of Cash among partners

Particulars Total P Q R
` ` ` `
(i) Distribution of ` 900
A. Balance Due 42,000 15,000 18,000 9,000
B. Less : Max. Possible loss, if the remaining assets prove
to be worthless
(` 42,000 – ` 900) in the ratio (2 : 2 : 1) 41,100 16,440 16,440 8,220
C. Deficiency of P’s Capital charged to Q and
R in the ratio of their Capitals — 1,440 (960) (480)
i.e., 18,000 : 9,000 (Garner vs. Murray)
D. Amount paid 900 — 600 300
(ii) Distribution of ` 6,000
E. Balance after payment (A -D) 41,100 15,000 17,400 8,700
F. Less : Max. Possible loss
(` 41,100 – ` 6,000) 35,100 14,040 14,040 7,020
G. Amount paid 6,000 960 3,360 1,680
(iii) Distribution of ` 20,100
H. Balance after payment (E - G) 35,100 14,040 14,040 7,020
I. Less : Max. Possible loss
(` 35,100 – ` 20,100) 15,000 6,000 6,000 3,000
J. Amount paid 20,100 8,040 8,040 4,020
K. Unpaid balance (H - J) 15,000 6,000 6,000 3,000

Partnership
Illustration 37.
Rahul, Roshan and Rohan were in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1 respectively. The
partnership was dissolved on 30th June, 2013 when the position was as follows :

` `
Capitals : Cash in hand 28,000
Rahul 1,40,000 Sundry Debtors 2,94,000
Roshan 70,000 Stock in trade 1,12,000
Rohan 14,000
Creditors 2,10,000
4,34,000 4,34,000
There was bill for ` 10,000, due on 30th November, 2013, under discount. It was agreed that the net realisations
should be distributed in their due order (at end of each month) but as safely as possible. The realisations and
expenses were as under :
Stock and Debtors Expenses

Date
` `
31st July 84,000 7,000
31st August 1,26,000 5,400
30th September 70,000 4,900
31st October 77,000 3,500
30th November 35,500 3,500
The Stock was completely disposed off and amounts due from debtors were realised, the balance being
irrecoverable. The acceptor of the bill under discount met the billl on the due date. Prepare a Statement showing
the piecemeal distribution of cash according to Maximum Loss Method.

Solution :
Particulars Creditors Rahul Roshan Rohan
` ` ` `
A Balance Due 2,10,000 1,40,000 70,000 14,000
B Cash on hand on 30th June paid to creditors 28,000 — — —
C Balance outstanding (A – B) 1,82,000 1,40,000 70,000 14,000
D Cash paid on 31st July 77,000 — — —
E Balance outstanding (C – D) 1,05,000 1,40,000 70,000 14,000
F ` 1,05,000 paid to creditors on 31st August 1,05,000 — — —
G Balance outstanding (E – F) — 1,40,000 70,000 14,000
Balance available for distribution
(`1,20,600 – ` 1,05,000 – ` 10,000)
= ` 5,600
Less : Maximum loss (` 2,24,000 – ` 5,600)
in ratio of 3 : 2 : 1 (1,09,200) (72,800) (36,400)
Balance 30,800 (2,800) (22,400)
Deficiency of Roshan and Rohan’s capital
charged to Rahul (25,200) 2,800 22,400
H Cash paid on 31st August 5,600 — —
I Balance outstanding (G – H) 1,34,400 70,000 14,000
Less : Maximum Loss (` 2,18,400 – ` 65,100) (76,650) (51,100) (25,550)
Balance 57,750 18,900 (11,550)
Deficiency of Rohan’s capital charged to
Rahul and Roshan (2 : 1) (7,700) (3,850) 11,550
J Cash paid on 30th September 50,050 15,050 —
K Balance outstanding (I – J) 84,350 54,950 14,000
Less : Maximum loss (` 1,53,300 – ` 73,500) (39,900) (26,600) (13,300)
L Cash paid on 31st October 44,450 28,350 700
M Balance outstanding (K – L) 39,900 26,600 13,300
(18,900) (12,600) (6,300)
Less : Maximum loss (` 79,800 – `42,000*)
21,000 14,000 7,000
N Cash paid on 30th November
18,900 12,600 6,300
O Unpaid Balance (M – N)
*Note : Cash available on 30th November = (` 35,500 – ` 3,500) + ` 10,000 (Reserved for Discounted B/R, now no
longer required) = ` 42,000.

Partnership
Illustration 38.
E, F and G were partners in a firm, sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1, respectively. Due to extreme
competition, it was decided to dissolve the partnership on 31st December, 2013. The Balance Sheet on that date
was as follows :

` `
Capitals Accounts : Machinery 1,54,000
E 1,13,100 Furniture and Fittings 25,800
F 35,400 Investments 5,400
G 31,500 1,80,000 Stock 97,700
Current Accounts : Debtors 56,400
E 26,400 Bank 29,700
G 6,000 32,400 Current Account : F 18,000
Reserves 1,08,000
Loan Account : G 15,000
Creditors 51,600
3,87,000 3,87,000
The realisation of assets is spread over the next few months as follows :
February, Debtors, ` 51,900; March : Machinery, ` 1,39,500; April, Furniture, etc. ` 18,000; May : G agreed to take
over Investments at ` 6,300; June, Stock, ` 96,000.
Dissolution expenses, originally provided, were ` 13,500, but actually amounted to ` 9,600 and were paid on 30th
April. The partners decided that after creditors were settled for ` 50,400, all cash received should be distributed at
the end of each month in the most equitable manner.
Required : Prepare a statement of actual cash distribution as is received following “Maximum Loss basis”.

Solution :
Creditors G’s Loan Capital Accounts
Particular E F G Total
` ` ` ` ` `
A Balance due [Creditors net of discount] 51,600 15,000 1,93,500 53,400 55,500 3,02,400
Paid to Creditors and G 50,400 15,000 — — — —
B Balance due (A - B) Max. Possible — — 1,93,500 53,400 55,500 3,02,400
C Loss if remaining assets fetch
nothing (` 3,02,400 – ` 2,700)
in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1 1,49,850 99,900 49,950 2,99,700
Adjustment of F’s Deficiency between E 43,650 (46,500) 5,550
and G in the ratio of their fixed capitals i.e.
1,13,100 : 31,500 (36,370) 46,500 (10,130)
Balance Adjustment of G’s Deficiency 7,280 — (4,580)
(charged to E) (4,580) 4,580
D Cash paid to E on 28th Feb. 2,700 — — 2,700
E Balance due (C - D) 1,90,800 53,400 55,500 2,99,700
Possible Max. Loss (` 2,99,700 – ` 1,39,500)
F Cash paid on 31st Mar. 80,100 53,400 26,700 1,60,200
G Balance Due (E - F) 1,10,700 — 28,800 1,39,500
Possible Max. Loss 80,100 53,400 26,700 1,60,200
(`1,60,200 – ` 21,900)
H Cash paid on 30th April 69,150 46,100 23,050 1,38,300
I Balance Due (G - H) 10,950 7,300 3,650 21,900
J Maximum Loss (`1,38,300 – ` 6,300) 69,150 46,100 23,050 1,38,300
K Cash brought in by G 66,000 44,000 22,000 1,32,000
L Balance Due (I + K) 3,150 2,100 1,050 (6,300)
Possible Max. Loss 66,000 44,000 22,000 1,32,000
(` 1,32,000 – ` 96,000) 18,000 12,000 6,000 36,000
M Cash paid on 30th June 48,000 32,000 16,000 96,000
N Unpaid Balance (L – N) 18,000 12,000 6,000 36,000
Working Note :
Statement showing the Calculation of Cash Available for Distribution
Particular February March April May June
` ` ` ` `
A Opening Balance 29,700 — — — —
B Add : Net Amount realised 51,900 1,39,500 18,000 — 96,000
C Less : Provision for Expenses 13,500 — — — —
D Add : Provision no longer required — — 3,900 — —
E Cash available for distribution 68,100 1,39,500 21,900 — 96,000
(A + B – C + D)

Partnership
6.6 AMALGAMATION OF FIRMS AND CONVERSION TO A COMPANY
Introduction
As defined earlier, a Partnership firm is formed with two or more persons. But it can also be formed in any of the
following ways.
(A) When two or more sole proprietors forms new partnership firm;
(B) When one existing partnership firm absorbs a sole proprietorship;
(C) When one existing partnership firm absorbs another partnership firm;
(D) When two or more partnership firms form new partnership firm.
The amalgamation is used to be done to avoid competition amongst them and to maximize the profit of the
firm/firms.
Accounting entries under different situation are in below:
(A) When two or more sole proprietors form a new partnership firm
When two or more sole proprietorship businesses amalgamate to form a new partnership firm, the existing
sets of books will be closed and a new set of books of accounts to be opened, recording all assets, liabilities and
transactions of the partnership.
Steps to be taken for the existing books.
Step 1 : Prepare the Balance Sheet of the business on the date of dissolution.
Step 2 : Open a Realisation Account and transfer all assets and liabilities, except cash in hand and cash at bank,
at their book values.
However, cash in hand and cash at bank are transferred to Realisation Account only when they are taken
over by the new firm.
Step 3 : All undistributed reserves or profits or losses (appearing in the balance sheet) are to be transferred to
Partners’ Capital Accounts.
Step 4 : Calculate Purchase Consideration on the basis of terms and conditions agreed upon by the parties.
Generally, purchase consideration is calculated on the basis of agreed value of assets and liabilities taken over by
the new firm. The purchase consideration is calculated as under:
Agreed values of assets taken over xxxx
Less: Agreed values of liabilities assumed (xxx)
Purchase consideration xxxx
Step 5 : Credit Realisation Account by the amount of Purchase Consideration.
Step 6 : If there are any unrecorded assets or liabilities, they are to be recorded.
Step 7 : The Profit or loss on relisation (balancing figure of Realisation Account) to be transferred to the Capital
Account of the proprietor.
Step 8 : To ensure that all the accounts of the Sole Proprietor’s business are closed.
Accounting Entries in the Books of Amalgamating Sole Proprietors :
1. For transferring sundry assets to Realisation Account
Realisation A/c Dr.
To Sundry Assets A/c [Individually]
(Assets transferred to Realisation Account at their book values
except Cash and Bank i.e. if not taken over by the new firm)
2. For transferring sundry liabilities to Realisation Account
Liabilities A/c Dr.
To Realisation A/c [Individually]
(Liabilities transferred to Realisation Account at their book values)

3. For the amount of purchase consideration
New Firm A/c Dr.
To Realisation A/c
(Purchase consideration due from the new firm)
4. For assets taken over by the proprietor
Capital A/c Dr.
To Realisation A/c
(Assets taken over by the proprietor)
5. For realisation of assets not taken over by the new firm
Bank A/c Dr.
To Realisation A/c
(Realisation of assets not taken over by the new firm)
6. For recording of unrecorded assets
Assets A/c Dr.
To Capital A/c
(Unrecorded assets are recorded)
7. For realisation of unrecorded assets
Bank A/c Dr.
To Assets A/c
(Realisation of unrecorded assets)
(Note: If unrecorded assets are taken over by the new firm,
it is also transferred to Realisation Account along with other assets.)
8. For payment of liabilities not taken over
Realisation A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c
(Payment of liabilities not taken overby the new firm)
9. For recording of unrecorded liabilities
Capital A/c Dr.
To Liabilities A/c
(Being the unrecorded liabilities are recorded)
10. For payment of unrecorded liabilities
Liabilities A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c
(Payment of unrecorded liabilities)
(Note : If unrecorded liabilities are taken over by the new firm,
it is also transferred to Realisation Account along with other liabilities.)
11. For liabilities taken over by the proprietor
Realisation A/c Dr.
To Capital A/c
(Being liabilities assumed by the proprietor)
12. For realisation expenses
Realisation A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c
(Realisation expenses paid)

Partnership
13. For profit on realisation

Realisation A/c Dr.
To Capital A/c
(Profit on realisation transferred to Capital Account)
14. For loss on realisation
Capital A/c Dr.
To Realisation A/c
(Loss on realisation transferred to Capital Account)
15. For accumulated profits / reserves
Reserves A/c Dr.
To Capital A/c
(Undrawn profits transferred to Capital Account)
16. For accumulated losses
Capital A/c Dr.
To Profit and Loss A/c (if any)
(Accumulated losses transferred to Capital A/c))
17. For settlement of purchase consideration by the New firm
Capital in New Firm A/c Dr.
To New Firm A/c
(Settlement of purchase consideration)
18. For final adjustment
Capital A/c Dr.
To Capital in New Firm A/c
To Bank A/c (if any)
(Final adjustment to close the books of account)
Accounting Entries in the Books of the New Firm

The new firm records all the assets and liabilities at the values it has decided to take over. If the purchase
consideration payable is, more than the net assets (assets minus liabilities) acquired, it represents goodwill.
Conversely, if the purchase consideration payable is less than the net assets acquired, it represents capital
reserve.
1. If the net acquired assets is equal to purchase consideration.
Assets A/c Dr. [Acquired value]
To Liabilities A/c [Assumed value]
To Partners’ Capital A/c [Purchase consideration]
2. If the net acquired asset is more than the purchase consideration:
To Capital Reserve A/c [Purchase consideration - net assets]
3. If the net acquired asset is less than the amount of purchase consideration, it represents goodwill.
Goodwill A/c Dr. [Purchase consideration - net assets]

Illustration 39.
A and B carry on independent business and their position on 31.03.2013 are reflected in the Balance Sheet given
below :
Liabilities A B Assets A B
` ` ` `
Sundry creditors for purchases 1,10,000 47,000 Stock-in-trade 1,70,000 98,000
Sundry creditors for expenses 750 2,000 Sundry Debtors 89,000 37,000
Bills payable 12,500 - Cash at bank 13,000 7,500
Capital A/c 1,53,000 95,500 Cash in hand 987 234
Furniture and Fixtures 2,750 1,766
Investments 513 —
2,76,250 1,44,500 2,76,250 1,44,500
Both of them want to form a partnership firm from 1.4.2013 in the style of AB & Co. on the following terms:
(a) The capital of the partnership firm would be ` 3,00,000 and to be contributed by them in the ratio of 2:1.
(b) The assets of the individual businesses would be evaluated by C at which values, the firm will take them over
and the value would be adjusted against the contribution due by A and B.
(c) C gave his valuation report as follows :
Assets of A : Stock-in trade to be written-down by 15% and a portion of the sundry debtors amounting to ` 9,000
estimated unrealisable; furniture and fixtures to be valued at ` 2,000 and investments to be taken at market value
of ` 1,000.
Assets of B : Stocks to be written-up by 10% and sundry debtors to be admitted at 85% of their value; rest of the
assets to be assumed at their book values.
(d) The firm is not to consider any creditors other than the dues on account of purchases made.
You are required to pass necessary Journal entries in the books of A and B. Also prepare the opening Balance
Sheet of the firm as on 1.4.2013.
Solution :
In the books of A
Journal
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 Realisation A/c Dr. 2,76,250
Apr.1 To Stock-in-trade A/c 1,70,000
To Sundry Debtors A/c 89,000
To Cash at bank A/c 13,000
To Cash in hand A/c 987
To Furniture & Fixture A/c 2,750
To Investments A/c 513
(Transfer of different Assers to Realisation A/c)
Creditors for Goods A/c Dr. 1,10,000
Creditors for Expenses A/c Dr. 750
To Realisation A/c 1,23,250
(Transfer of different liabilities to Realisation A/c)
AB & Co. A/c (Note 1) Dr. 1,18,987
(Purchase consideration due)

Partnership
Capital A/c Dr. 34,013

To Realisation A/c 34,013
(Realisation loss transferred to Capital A/c)
Capital in AB & Co. A/c Dr. 1,18,987
To AB & Co. A/c 1,18,987
Capital A/c Dr. 1,18,987
To Capital in AB & Co. A/c 1,18,987
In the books of B
Journal
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 Realisation A/c Dr. 1,44,500
Apr. 1 To Stock-in-trade A/c 98,000
To Cash at bank A/c 7,500
To Cash in hand A/c 234
To Furniture & Fixture A/c 1,766
(Transfer of different Assers to Realisation A/c)
Creditors for Goods A/c Dr. 47,000
Creditors for Expenses A/c Dr. 2,000
(Transfer of different liabilities to Realisation A/c)
AB & Co. A/c Dr. 1,01,750
(Purchase consideration due )
Realisation A/c Dr. 6,250
To Capital A/c 6,250
(Realisation Profit transferred to Capital A/c)
Capital in AB & Co. A/c Dr. 1,01,750
To AB & Co. A/c 1,01,750
Capital A/c Dr. 1,01,750
To Capital in AB & Co. A/c 1,01,750
Balance Sheet of AB & Co. as on 01.04.2013

` `
Capital Accounts : Furniture & Fittings 3,766
A 2,00,000 Investments 1,000
B 1,00,000 Stock-in-trade 2,52,300
Sundry creditors for purchases 1,57,000 Sundry Debtors 1,11,450
Bills payable 12,500 Cash at bank 99,763
(13,000 + 7,500 + 81,013 - 1,750)
Cash in hand (987 + 234) 1,221
4,69,500 4,69,500

Working :
(1) Calculation of purchase consideration :
Particulars A (`) B (`)
Investments 1,000 -
Stock-in-trade 1,44,500 1,07,800
Sundry Debtors 80,000 31,450
Cash at bank 13,000 7,500
Cash in hand 987 234
2,41,487 1,48,750
Less : Sundry creditors for purchases 1,10,000 47,000
Bills payable (Assumed arising out of credit purchases) 12,500 -
Net assets taken over by the AB & Co. 1,18,987 1,01,750
Capital as per agreement 2,00,000 1,00,000
Less: Net assets taken over 1,18,987 (+) 1,01,750 (-)
Cash to be introduced (+) / withdrawn (-) 81,013 1,750
(B) When an existing partnership firm absorbs a sole proprietorship

When a sole proprietorship is taken over by an existing firm, the original business of the sole proprietor is dissolved
and compensated by a share of the partnership firm which is acquiring it. In this case, assets and liabilities of
the sole proprietorship business are taken over by the partnership firm at agreed values. The procedures for closing
the books of account of the sole proprietorship are same as explained earlier.
However, the following points are to be noted:
(i) The assets and liabilities of the sole proprietorship taken over by the existing firm, are added with the existing
assets and liabilities of the firm.
(ii) The capital of the new partner (the sole proprietorship) is equal to the purchase consideration agreed upon.
(iii) Calculation and treatment for goodwill and Capital reserve are same as explained in situation (A).
(iv) Before amalgamation, all the assets and liabilities of the firm may be revalued. Any profit or loss on revaluation
is transferred to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in the old profit-sharing ratio.
(v) Goodwill of the firm is to be adjusted by crediting the Partners’ Capital Accounts in their old profit-sharing
ratio.
(vi) Balance of reserve and surplus of the firm is also to be credited to partners’ Capital Accounts in the old profit-
sharing ratio.
Illustration 40.
Following are the Balance Sheets of partners X and Y (sharing profits and losses in the ratio of their capital) and
the sole proprietor Z as on 31.03.2013 :
Liabilities Partners Sole Proprietor Z Assets Partners Sole Proprietor Z

X&Y X&Y
Capital X Y Z 15,000 - Goodwill - 2,000
Creditors 5,000 - Building 25,000 -
Loan - 10,000 Stock 10,000 15,000
26,000 13,000 Bills receivable 5,000 5,000
- 5,000 Debtors 4,000 6,000
Cash in Hand 2,000 -
46,000 28,000 46,000 28,000

Partnership
The partners decided to admit Z as a partner and Z agreed to amalgamate his business with that of the partnership
on the following terms :
1. The new profit-sharing ratio among X, Y, and Z will be in the ratio of their capitals.
2. The building is to be appreciated by ` 15,000 and provision @ 5 % is to be created on debtors.
3. The goodwill of the partnership is valued at ` 10,000 and of the sole proprietor at ` 1,500; both are to be
recorded in the books.
4. Stock is to be taken at ` 9,200 and ` 16,800, respectively of the firm and the sole proprietor.
Prepare ledger accounts to close the books of Z, to make necessary Journal entries in the books of the firm and
prepare the Balance Sheet of the re-constituted partnership.
Solution :
Working Note : Calculation of purchase consideration
Assets taken over : ` `

Goodwill 1,500
Stock 16,800
Bills receivable 5,000
Debtors 6,000 29,300
Less: Liabillties taken over:
Creditors 13,000
Loan 5,000
Provision for bad debts 300 18,300
Purchase consideration 11,000
In the books of Z
` `
To Goodwill A/c 2,000 By Creditors A/c 13,000
To Stock A/c 15,000 By Loan A/c 5,000
To Bills receivable A/c 5,000 By Partners X & Y A/c 11,000
To Debtors A/c 6,000
To Capital A/c - Profit 1,000
29,000 29,000
Capital Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Partners X & Y A/c 11,000 By Balance b/d 10,000
By Realisation A/c 1,000
11,000 11,000

Partners X & Y Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Realisation A/c 11,000 By Capital A/c 11,000
11,000 11,000
In the Books of X & Y

Journals
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars L.F Amount Amount
` `
Building A/c Dr. 15,000
To Revaluation A/c
(Increase in the Value of Building) 15,000
To Stock A/c
To Provision for Bad Debt A/c 800
(Decrease in the value of assets ) 200
To X Capital A/c
To Y Capital A/c 10,500
(Profit on revaluation transferred) 3,500
To X Capital A/c
(Goodwill raised in the books) 2,500
Stock A/c Dr. 16,800
Debtors A/c Dr. 6,000
To Loan A/c 5,000
To Creditors A/c 13,000
To Provision for Bad Debt A/c 300
To Z Capital A/c 11,000
(Assets and liabilities taken over)
Balance Sheet of X, Y & Z (after absorption) as at 01.04.13
Liabilities Amount Assets Amount Amount

` ` `
Capital Account Goodwill 11,500
-X 33,000 Building 40,000
-Y 11,000 Stock 26,000
-Z 11,000 Bills Receivable 10,000
Loan 5,000 Debtors 10,000
Crditors 39,000 Less: Provision 500 9,500
Cash in hand 2,000
99,000 99,000

Partnership
(C) When one firm takes over another firm

In this case, the procedures for closing of books are same as earlier. The assets of the absorbed firm added with
the firm who absorbed the firm.
The treatment for capital reserve and goodwill are same as before.
Illustration 41.
Following is the Balance sheet of AB & Co. and CD & Co. as on 31.03.2013.
Liabilities AB CD Assets AB CD
(`) (`) (`) (`)
Bank Loan 10,000 - Stock-in-trade 32,000 24,000
Bills Payable 30,000 40,000 Sundry Debtors 18,000 30,000
Capital A 60,000 - Machinery 60,000 20,000
Capital B 30,000 - Cash in hand 12,000 2,000
Capital C 36,000 Furniture 8,000 6,000
Capital D 24,000 Investments - 18,000
130,000 100,000 130,000 100,000
AB & Co. absorbed CD & Co. on 01.04.2013 on the following terms:
(a) that the value of the goodwill of CD & Co. would be ` 12,000;
(b) that the investments of CD & Co. to be sold out for ` 24,000 and the realised cash will be introduced
in the acquiring business;
(c) that the stock of CD & Co. to be reduced to ` 22,000;
(d) that the machinery of CD & Co. will be increased by 40%;
(e) that the Furniture of CD & Co. will be reduced by 10%.
It was further agreed that for AB & Co., following are the adjustments to be made :
(i) Assets are to be revalued as follows :
Goodwill- ` 16,000; Stock - ` 40,000; Machinery - ` 84,000; Furniture - ` 7,200;
(ii) Bank loan to be repaid
Show necessary Ledger Accounts to close the books of CD & Co. and to prepare necessary Journal entry and
Balance Sheet of AB & Co. after absorption.
Solution :
Workings :
Calculation of purchase consideration
Assets taken over : `

Machinery 28,000
Furniture 5,400
Stock 22,000
Debtors 30,000
Cash (` 24,000 + ` 2,000) 26,000
Goodwill 12,000
1,23,400
Less : Liability taken over
– Bills payable
Purchase consideration 40,000
83,400

In the books of CD & Co.
` `
To Stock-in-trade 24,000 By Bills Payable A/c 40,000
“ Sundry Debtors 30,000 By AB & Co A/c 83,400
“ Machinery 20,000
“ Cash in hand 26,000
“ Furniture
To Partners’ Capital A/cs: 6,000
C - 8,700
D - 8,700 17,400
123,400 123,400

` `
To Balance b/d 2,000 By Realisation A/c 26,000
To Investments A/c 24,000
26000 26,000
Dr. Partners’ Capital Accounts Cr.

Date Particulars C D Date Particulars C D
` ` ` `
To Capital in 47,700 35,700 By Balance b/d 36,000 24,000
AB & co A/c By Profit on Sale of 3,000 3,000
Investment A/c
By Realisation A/c 8,700 8,700
47,700 35,700 47,700 35,700
In the books of AB & Co.

Dr. Partners’ Capital Accounts Cr.
Date Particulars A B Date Particulars A B
` ` ` `
To Balance c/d 83,600 53,600 By Balance b/d 60,000 30,000
By Goodwill A/c 8,000 8,000
By Revaluation A/c 15,600 15,600
83,600 53,600 83,600 53,600

` `
Capital Accounts Goodwill 28,000
ABCD 83,600 Machinery 1,12,000
53,600 Furniture 12,600
Bills payable 47,700 Stock 62,000
35,700 Debtors 48,000
70,000 Cash (26,000 + 12,000 – 10,000) 28,000
2,90,600 2,90,600

Partnership
Journal
Dr. Cr.
` `
1.4.13 Bank Loan A/c Dr. 10,000
To Cash A/c 10,000
(Being the bank loan repaid)
(Being the goodwill raised )
Stock A/c Dr. 8,000
(Being increase in the value of assets)
To Furniture A/c 800
(Being the decrease in the value of furniture)
(Being the profit on revaluation transferred to Partners’ Capital A/cs
in the profit-sharing ratio)
Furniture A/c Dr. 5,400
Stock A/c Dr. 22,000
Debtors A/c Dr. 30,000
Cash A/c Dr. 26,000
To Bills Payable A/c
To C ‘s Capital A/c 40,000
To D’s Capital A/c 47,700
(Being the introduction of capital by C & D) 35,700
(D) When two or more partnership firms form a new partnership firm
When two or more partnership firms amalgamate to form a new partnership firm, the books of account of the old
firm is to be closed. In the books of each old firm, a Realisation Account to be opened. The accounting entries of
the amalgamating firm is same as before as they were absorbed.

Illustration 42.
Two partnership firms, carrying on business under the style of R & Co. (Partners A & B) and W & Co. (Partners C & D)
respectively, decided to amalgamate into RW & Co. with effect from 1st April 2013. The respective Balance Sheets
of both the firms as on 31st March, 2013 are in below :
Liabilities R (`) W (`) Assets R (`) W (`)

Capital B 19,000 - Goodwill - 5,000
Capital C - 10,000 Machinery 10,000 -
Capital D - 2,000 Stock-in-trade 20,000 5,000
Bank Loan 15,000 - Sundry Debtors 10,000 10,000
Creditors 10,000 9,500 Cash in hand - 1,500
Capital - A 4,000 -
44,000 21,500 44,000 21,500
Profit sharing ratios are : A & B = 1:2; C & D = 1:1. Agreed terms are :
1. All fixed assets are to be devalued by 20%.
2. All stock in trade is to be appreciated by 50%.
3. R & Co. owes ` 5,000 to W & Co. as on 31st March 2013. This is settled at ` 2,000. Goodwill is to be ignored for
the purpose of amalgamation.
4. The fixed capital accounts in the new firm (RW & Co.) are to be : Mr A ` 2,000; Mr. B ` 3,000; Mr C ` 1,000 and
D ` 4,000.
5. Mr. B takes over bank overdraft of R & Co. and contributed to Mr. A the amount of money to be brought in by
Mr. A to make up his capital contribution.
6. Mr C is paid off in cash from W & Co. and Mr. D brings in sufficient cash to make up his required capital
contribution.
Pass necessary Journal entries to close the books of both the firms as on 31st March 2013.
Solution :
Calculation of Purchase Consideration
Assets taken over : R & Co. W & Co.

Plant & Machinery 8,000 -
Stock-in-trade 30,000 7,500
Sundry Debtors [(* After adjustment of ` 3,000 10,000 *7,000
(` 5,000 – 2,000)] (A) 48,000 14,500
Liability taken over:

Sundry Creditors [(* ` (10,000 – 3000)] (B) *7,000 9,500
Purchase consideration (A-B) 41,000 5,000

Partnership
In the books of R & Co.

Journals
Dr. Cr.
` `
31.3.13 Realisation A/c Dr. 40,000
To Plant and Machinery A/c 10,000
To Stock-in-trade A/c 20,000
(Different assets transferred)
Sundry Creditors A/c Dr. 10,000
(Sundry creditors transferred to Realisation Account)
Bank Loan A/c Dr. 15,000
To B Capital A/c 15,000
(Bank overdraft taken over by B)
RW & Co. A/c Dr. 41,000
Realisation A/c Dr. 11,000
To A Capital A/c 3,667
To B Capital A/c 7,333
(Profit on realisation transferred to partners capital in the
ratio of 1:2)
B Capital A/c Dr. 2,333
To A Capital A/c 2,333
(Deficit in A’s capital made good by B)
A Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
B Capital A/c (3,000 + 36,000) Dr. 39,000
To RW & Co. A/c 41,000
(Capital accounts of the partners closed by transfer to
RW & Co.)
Alternatively Shows:
A Capital A/c Dr. 2,000
B Capital A/c Dr. 3,000
Loan from B A/c Dr. 36,000
To RW & Co. A/c 41,000
Note : It should be noted that the credit balance in B’s capital account is ` 39,000. His agreed capital in RW & Co
is ` 3,000 only. Since there is no liquid assets in R & Co. from which B can be repaid, the excess amount of ` 36,000
should be taken over by RW & Co. as loan from B.

In the books of W & Co.
Journals
Dr. Cr.
` `
31.3.13 Realisalion A/c Dr. 20,000
(Different Assets transferred)
Sundry Creditors A/c Dr. 9,500
(Sundry creditors transferred)
RW & Co. A/c Dr. 5,000
D’s Capital A/c Dr. 2,750
(Loss on realisation transferred to Capital
Account equally)
Cash A/c Dr. 4,750
To D’s Capital A/c 4,750
(Being the necessary amount brought in by D
to make up his required capital contribution)
To RW & Co. A/c 5,000
To Cash A/c 6,250
(Capital accounts of the partners closed by transfer to RW
& Co. and balance paid by cash)
Alternatively Shows:
To Cash A/c 6,250
(Being the C's Capital is paid off)
To RW & Co. A/c 5,000
(Being the Partner's Capital transferred to RW & Co.)
Realization Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars R & Co. W & Co. Particulars R & Co. W & Co.
` ` ` `
To Goodwill - 5,000 By Creditors 10,000 9,500
“ Machinery 10,000 - By RW & Co. 41,000 5,000
“ Stock-in-trade 20,000 5,000 By C’s Capital 2,750
“ Sundry Debtors 10,000 10,000 By D’s Capital 2,750
“ Cash in hand -
“ A’s Capital 3,667
“ B’s Capital 7,333
51,000 20,000 51,000 20,000

Partnership
Partners’ Capital Accounts of R & Co.

Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars A B Date Particulars A B
(`) (`) (`) (`)
2013 To Balance b/d 4,000 — 2013 By Balance b/d — 19,000
Mar 13 `` A Capital A/c — 2,333 Mar 31 `` Realisation A/c (Profit) 3,667 7,333
`` Loan A/c — 36,000 `` Bank overdraft A/c — 15,000
`` R W & Co. A/c 2,000 3,000 `` B’s Capital A/c 2,333 —
6,000 41,333 6,000 41,333
Partners’ Capital Accounts of W & Co.

Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars C D Date Particulars C D
(`) (`) (`) (`)
2013 To Realisation A/c (Loss) 2,750 2,750 2013 By Balance b/d 10,000 2,000
Mar 31 `` Cash A/c 6,250 — Mar 31 `` Cash A/c — 4,750
`` R W & Co. A/c 1,000 4,000
10,000 6,750 10,000 6,750
6.7 CONVERSION OR SALE OF A PARTNERSHIP FIRM TO A COMPANY
For various reasons, an existing partnership may sell its entire business to an existing Joint Stock Company.
It can also convert itself into a Joint Stock Company. The former case is the absorption of a partnership firm by
a Joint Stock Company but the latter case is the flotation of a new company to take over the business of the
partnership.
In either of the above cases, the existing partnership firm is dissolved and all the books of account are closed.
Broadly, the procedure of liquidation of the partnership business is same as what has already been explained in
“Amalgamation of Partnership”
Some important points :
(1) The Purchase Consideration is satisfied by the Company either in the form of cash or shares or debentures or
a combination of two or more of these. The shares may be equity or preference shares. The shares may
be issued at par, at a premium or at a discount. For the partnership, the issue price is relevant which
may form a part of the purchase consideration.
(2) In the absence of any agreement, share received from purchasing company should be distributed among
the partners in the same ratio as profits and losses are shared.
Accounting Entries in the books of selling firms.

1. For transferring different assets to Realisation Account
Realisation A/c Dr. [Individually]
To Sundry Assets A/c
(Assets transferred to Realisation Account at their book values)
2. For transferring different liabilities to Realisation Account

Liabilities A/c Dr. [Individually]
To Realisation A/c
(Liabilities transferred to Realisation Account at their book values)

3. For purchase consideration due
Purchasing Co. A/c Dr
To Realisation A/c
(Purchase consideration due from the new firm)
4. For assets taken over by the proprietor

Capital A/c Dr
To Realisation A/c
(Assets taken over by the proprietor)
5. For realisation of assets not taken over by the Company

Bank A/c Dr.
To Realisation A/c
(Realisation of assets not taken over by the new firm)
6. For recording unrecorded assets
Assets A/c Dr
To Capital A/c
(Unrecorded assets recorded)
7. For realisation of unrecorded assets
Bank A/c Dr
To Assets A/c
8. For payment of liabilities not taken over
Realisation A/c Dr
To Bank A/c
(Payment of liabilities not taken over by the new firm)
9. For recording unrecorded liabilities
Capital A/c Dr
To Liabilities A/c
(Being the unrecorded liabilities recorded)
10. For payment of unrecorded liabilities
Liabilities A/c Dr
To Bank A/c
(Payment of unrecorded liabilities)
(Note: If unrecorded liabilities are taken over by the Company, it is also transferred to Realisation Account along
with other liabilities.)
11. For liabilities taken over by the proprietor
Realisation A/c Dr
To Capital A/c
(Being liabilities assumed by the proprietor)
12. For realisation expenses

Realisation A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c
(Realisation expenses paid)

Partnership
13. For profit on realisation

Realisation A/c Dr
To Capital A/c
14. For loss on realisation
Capital A/c Dr
To Realisation A/c
(Loss on realisation transferred to Capital Account)
15. For accumulated profits / reserves
Reserves A/c Dr
Profit and Loss A/c Dr
To Capital A/c
(Undrawn profits transferred to Capital Account)
16. For Loss : Reverse entry of 15.
17. For transferring partners’ current accounts (Credit balances) to capital accounts
Partners’ Current A/cs Dr.
To Partners’ Capital A/cs
If there is a debit balance in current account, the reverse entry shall be recorded.
18. For Settlement of purchase consideration by the company

Shares in Purchasing Co. Dr.
Debentures in Purchasing Co. Dr.
Cash A/c Dr.
To Purchasing Co. A/c
19. For final adjustment

Partners’ Capital A/cs Dr.
To Shares in Purchasing Co. A/c
To Debenture in Purchasing Co. A/c
To Cash A/c
Accounting Entries in the books of the Purchasing Company

The purchasing company will record all the assets and liabilities at agreed values. Calculation of
Goodwill and Capital Reserve same as explained earlier.
1. For assets and liabilities taken over:
(When net assets taken over is less than the Purchase consideration)
Assets A/c Dr. (Agreed Value)
Goodwill A/c Dr. (Balancing figure)
To Liabilities A/c (Agreed Value)
To Firm A/c (Purchase Consideration)
(Being different assets and liabilities taken over)

(When net assets taken over is more than the Purchase consideration)
Assets A/c Dr. (Agreed Value)
To Liabilities A/c (Agreed Value)
To Firm A/c (Purchase Consideration)
To Capital Reserve A/c (Balancing Figure)
(Being different assets and liabilities taken over)
2. For discharge of Purchase Consideration:

Firm A/c Dr (Purchase Consideration)
To Share Capital A/c (Face value of shares issued)
To Securities Premium A/c (if any)
To Debentures A/c
To Bank A/c
Illustration 43.
X and Y were in partnership in XY & Co. sharing profits in the proportions 3:2. On 31st March 2013, they accepted
an offer from P. Ltd. to acquire at that date their fixed assets and stock at an agreed price of ` 7,20,000. Debtors,
creditors and bank overdraft would be collected and discharged by the partnership firm.
The purchase consideration of ` 7,20,000 consisted of cash ` 3,60,000, debentures in P Ltd. (at par) ` 1,80,000
and 12,000 Equity Shares of ` 10 each in P. Ltd. X will be employed in P. Ltd. but, since Y was retiring X agreed to
allow him ` 30,000 in compensation, to be adjusted through their Capital Accounts. Y was to receive 1,800
shares in P. Ltd. and the balance due to him in cash. The Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31.03.2013 is in below :

` `
X’s Capital Account 1,20,000 Fixed Assets 4,80,000
Loan from X 2,10,000 Stock 45,000

Bank overdraft 1,50,000 Debtors 75,000
Creditors 1,80,000 Y’s Capital Account 60,000

6,60,000 6,60,000
The sale of the assets to P. Ltd. took place as agreed; the debtors realised ` 60,000 and creditors were settled
for ` 1,71,000. The firm then ceased business. You are required to pass necessary Journal entries and show: (a)
Realisation Account (b) Bank Account (c) Partners’ Capital Accounts.

Partnership
In the books of XY & Co.

Journals
Dr. Cr.
` `
31.3.13 Realisalion A/c Dr. 6,00,000
To Fixed Assets A/c 4,80,000
(Different Assets transferred)
Creditors A/c Dr. 1,80,000
(Sundry creditors transferred)
P. Ltd A/c Dr. 7,20,000
Bank A/c Dr. 3,60,000
Debentures in P Ltd. Dr. 1,80,000
Shares in P Ltd. Dr. 1,80,000
To P. Ltd A/c
(Purchase consideration Received) 7,20,000
Bank A/c Dr. 60,000
(Debtors realized)
Realisation A/c Dr. 1,71,000
To Bank A/c 1,71,000
(Payment to Creditors)
Realisation A/c Dr. 1,89,000
To X Capital A/c 1,13,400
Loan from X Dr. 2,10,000
To X Capital 2,10,000
(Loan Balance transferred)
X Capital A/c Dr. 30,000
(Adjustment for compensation)
X Capital A/c Dr. 4,13,400
To Share in P Ltd 1,53,000
To Debenture in P Ltd. To Bank A/c 1,80,000
(Final settlement of accounts of X) 80,400
Y Capital A/c Dr. 45,600
To Shares in P Ltd. 27,000
To Bank 18,600
(Fianal settlement of accounts of Y)

` `
To Fixed Assets A/c 4,80,000 By Creditors A/c 1,80,000
To Stock A/c 45,000 By Bank A/c (Debtors realised) 60,000
To Debtors A/c 75,000 By P Ltd A/c (Purch. Consid.)
To Bank A/c (creditors payment) To 1,71,000 Bank 3,60,000
X’s Capital A/c (profit) 1,13,400 Debentures in P Ltd 1,80,000
To Y’s Capital A/c (profit) 75,600 Shares in P Ltd. 1,80,000
9,60,000 9,60,000
Bank Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Realisation A/c 60,000 By Balance b/d 1,50,000
(Debtors realised) By Realisation A/c 1,71,000
To S Ltd. A/c 3,60,000 (Crs payment)
(Purchase Consideration) By Capital A/c - X 80,400
By Capital A/c - Y 18,600
4,20,000 4,20,000
Partners’ Capital Accounts

Dr. Cr.
Dt. Particulars X Y Dt. Particulars X Y
To Balance b/d - 60,000 By Balance b/d 1,20,000 -
To Y Capital A/c 30,000 By Loan from X 2,10,000 -
To Shares in P Ltd 1,53,000 By Realisation A/c 1,13,400 75,600
27,000
To Debentures in (profit)
P Ltd A/c By X ‘s Capital A/c
1,80,000 - 30,000
To Bank A/c (final -
payment) 80,400
18,600
4,43,400 1,05,600 4,43,400 1,05,600
Note :
Value of equity shares `
Total Purchase consideration 7,20,000
Discharged:
In Cash 3,60,000
By Debentures 1,80,000 5,40,000
Balance by 12,000 Equity shares of ` 10 per each 1,80,000
So the cost of each equity share be ` 1,80,000/12,000 = ` 15 per share.
Thus in the books of P Ltd. Security premium will be ` 12,000 × 5 = ` 60,000

Partnership

1. Realisation account is opened at the time of
(A) Admission of a new partner
(B) Retirement of a partner
(C) Dissolution of the Firm
(D) In all the above situations
2. A and B are partners sharing profit/loss in the ratio of 3:2. They admit C into partnership for 1 share in the
profit which he acquired equally from old partners. The new profit sharing ratio will be 6
(A) 3 : 2 : 1
(B) 1 : 1 : 1
(C) 31 : 19 : 10
(D) 14 : 6 : 4
3. Realization account is a
(A) Representative personal account
(B) Artificial personal account
(C) Real account
(D) Nominal account
4. A and B are partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 4:3. They agreed to admit C in the firm for l/6th
share in profit. The new profit sharing ratio of A, B and C will be
(A) 4:3:1
(B) 3:2:1
(C) 8 : 2 : 3
(D) 20: 15 : 7
5. Generally gain ratio is concerned with the situation of
(A) Admission of a new partner
(B) Retirement of a partner
(C) Dissolution of firm
(D) Piece mean distribution
6. In partnership when a new Partner brings his share of Goodwill in cash, then the amount of such Goodwill will
be credited to Partners’ capitals as per the following ratio :
(A) Old Profit sharing ratio
(B) Sacrifice ratio
(C) Gain ratio
Answer:
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (D) 5. (B) 6. (B)

1. Gain Ratio is generally concerned with the situation of admission of a Partner.
2. When there is no agreement among the partners, the profit or loss of the firm will be shared in their capital
ratio.
3. In absence of partnership deed the Profit or Loss should be distributed among partners in their Capital Ratio.
QUESTIONS:
1. A and B were partners sharing profit or loss in the ratio of 5 : 4. C entered as partner for 1/4th shares in profits
and he brought ` 2,50,000 for goodwill. C acquired 1/6th share from B and remaining from A. You are required
to:
(i) Calculate sacrifice ratio and new profit sharing ratio.
(ii) Pass journal entries in the books of the firm for the distribution of goodwill.
Answer:
(i) B’s Sacrifice = 1/6 and A’s sacrifice = 1/4 - 1/6 = (3 - 2)/12 = 1/12
Hence, Sacrifice ratio of A & B = 1/12 : 1/6 or 1 : 2
New Profit Sharing Ratio:
New share of A = 5/9 - 1/12 = (20 - 3)/36 = 17/36
New shares of B = 4/9 - 1/6 = (8-3)/18 = 5/18 = 10/36
Share of C = 1/4 or 9/36
Share of C = 1/4 or 9/36
Hence, New Ratio of A. B & C = 17 : 10 : 9.
(ii)
Journal Entries
Particulars Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Bank A/c Dr. 2,50,000
To Goodwill A/c 2,50,000
(Amount of goodwill brought by C)
Goodwill A/c Dr. 2,50,000
To B’s Capital A/c 1,66,667
(Amount of goodwill shared by A&B in sacrifice ratio 1 : 2)
EXERCISE:
1. X, Y and Z are partners in a firm. The firm has agreed to give to partners interest @ 15% per annum on their
capital contributions. The amount of interest on Y’s capital is more than the Interest on Z’s capital by `10,500
2
and X’s capital is 1 3 times of Z’s capital. If the firm’s total capital is `11,70,000, then calculate the amount of
capital and interest thereon of each partner.
Answer:
[Capital X — 5,00,000 Interest X — 75,000
Y — 3,70,000 Interest X — 55,500
Z — 3,00,000 Interest X — 45,000

Partnership
2. A, B and C started a partnership firm on 01.01.2012. A introduced ` 10,000 on 01.01.2012 and further introduced
` 4,000 on 1.7.2012. B introduced ` 25,000 at first on 1.1.2012 but withdraw ` 5,000 from the business on 31.09.2012.
C introduced ` 15,000 at the beginning on 1.1.2012, increased it by ` 5,000 on 1.4.2012 and reduced it to
`10,000 on 1.11.2012.
During the year 2012 they made a net profit of ` 75,500. The partners decided to provide interest on their
capitals at 10% p.a. and to divide the balance of profit in their effective capital contribution ratio.
Prepare the Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the year ended 31.12.2012.
Answer:
[Share of Profit —
A — `15,948
B — `31,565
C — `22,704
Total of Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the year ended 31.12.2012 — `75,000]
3. Ashok & BaJa who where in partnership sharing 7/12 and 5/12 respectively admitted Chand as a partner
giving him 1/5th share from 01.04.2011. The new profit sharing ratio is 7 : 5: 3. Chand brought ` 96,000 towards
goodwill to be shared by Ashok & BaJa in their sacrificing ratio. The amount so brought was however credited
to Chand’s capital account by mistake.
The Trial Balance of the firm as on 31st March, 2012 is given below:
Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Ashok’s capital 3,36,000
Bala’s capital 2,40,000
Chand’s capital 2,24,000
Current year profit 2,20,000
Other Assets 7,70,000
Ashok’s drawing 1,45,600
Bala’s drawing 1,04,000
Chand’s drawing 20,400
Cash in hand 28,000
Total: 10,68,000 10,68,000
Interest on drawings is to be ignored but interest on capital is to be charged at 5% per annum which was not
made so far. Prepare new Balance Sheet as at 31.03.2012 giving effect to above adjustments/omissions.
Answer:
[Balance Sheet total as on 31.03.2012 — `7,98,000]
4. Sachin & Ganguly are partners of a firm SG & Co. From the following Information calculate the value of
goodwill by super profit method and capitalization method:
(i) Average capital employed in the business ` 5,00,000.
(ii) Net trading profit of the firm for the last three years ` 1,50,000; ` 1,70,000 and ` 1,90,000.
(iii) Rate of return expected from capital having regard to risk involved @ 15% per annum.
(iv) Goodwill to be valued at 2 years’ purchase.

Answer:
[Value of Goodwill under —
(i) Super Profit method — `1,90,000;
(ii) Capitalisation Method — `6,33,333]
5. A, B and C were carrying on business as equal partners. On 01.04.2012, A retires from partnership and his
capital account showed a credit balance of ` 2,25,000 after all the adjustments. Show the relevant Ledger
accounts in the books of the firm after A’s retirement, if:
(i) Full payment to A is made in cash immediately after retirement.
(ii) The payment is made to A in two equal yearly installments plus interest @ 15% per annum.
(iii) The life annuity of ` 50,000 per annum with 12% interest per annum is payable assuming that the
annuitant passes away immediately after payment of the second annuity.
Answer:
[(i) A’s Capital A/c - balance b/d 2,25,00
(ii) A’s Loan A/c — Total as on
2012-13 — `2,58,750];
2013-14 — `1,29,375]
6. X, Y and Z are in partnership sharing Profits and Losses in the ratio 2:2:1. Partnership deed provides that all the
partners are entitled to interest @ 9% per annum on fixed capital of ` 10,00,000 contributed in profit sharing
ratio. Z is entitled for 10% commission of net profit after such commission, for special performance. On 1/9/2014,
it was decided to retire X on health grounds and admit A, the son of X as partner with 1/5th share in Profit and
Loss. Other decisions taken on this date were as follows:
(i) Firm’s fixed capital to be raised to ` 15,00,000 and partners to maintain fixed capital in profit sharing ratio
and, interest on capital shall be paid @ 10% per annum from 1/9/2014.
(ii) No commission to be paid to Z from 1/9/2014.
(iii) Goodwill is assessed at ` 3,00,000.
(iv) X was paid ` 2,50,000 in cash on retirement.
(v) Balance claim payable to X was to be credited to A’s fixed capital account and current account.
(vi) Profit for the accounting year 2014-15 before interest on capital, Z’s commission was ` 9,00,000.
You are required to prepare:
(i) Profit and Loss Appropriation Account of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2015.
(ii) Partners Current Accounts.
Answer:
[(i) P&L Appropriation A/c total as on 31.03.2015 — ` 5,25,000.

Partnership
7. Ram, Rahim and Robert are partners in a firm sharing profit and losses in the proportion of 3:3:2. Their Balance
Sheet as on 31.03.2013 was as follows:
Partners Capital Accounts: Bank 55,000
Ram 75,000 Stock 69,000
Rahim 75,000 Investments 6,000
Robert 1,00,000 2,50,000 Debtors 70,000
Partners Current Account: Land and Building 1,25,000
Ram 15,000 Goodwill 25,000
Rahim 25,000
Robert 12,500 52,500
3,50,000 3,50,000
They decided to dissolve the firm on 01.04.2013. They report the result of realization as follows:
Land and Building 90,000 Realized in cash

Debtors 60,000 Realized in cash
Investments 5,500 Taken over by Ram
Stock 75,500 Taken over by Rahim
Goodwill 18,000 Taken over by Robert
The realization expenses amounted to ` 2,000. Close the accounts of the firm.
Answer:
[Loss transferred to current A/c —
Ram — ` 18,000;
Rahim — ` 18,000;
Robert — ` 12,000.]

Study Note - 7
SELF BALANCING LEDGER
7.1 Self Balancing Ledger
7.1. SELF BALANCING LEDGER
Under Self Balancing Ledger system each ledger is prepared under double entry system and a complete trial
balance can also be prepared by taking up the balances of ledger accounts. Within the ledger itself principles of
double entry is completed. Under this method three ledger accounts are prepared, viz, General Ledger Adjustment
Account which is maintained under Debtors Ledger and Creditors Ledger and Debtors or Sales Ledger Adjustment
Account and Creditors or Purchase Ledger Adjustments Accounts which are maintained under General Ledger.
The use of these ledgers are:
Debtors Ledger: It is also known as Sold Ledger or Sales Ledger which is maintained for recording personal accounts
of trade debtors. If this ledger is maintained customers account (i.e., to whom we sell goods on credit) are taken
out from the general ledger and the same is maintained in this ledger. In short, this ledger deals with account
relating to trade debtors.
Creditors Ledger: It is also known as Bought Ledger or Purchase Ledger which is prepared for recording personal
accounts of trade creditors. By preparing this ledger creditors account (i.e., from whom we purchase goods on
credit) are taken out from the general ledger and the same is maintained in this ledger. In short, this ledger deals
with accounts relating to trade creditors.
General or Nominal Ledger: Needless to say that in this ledger all real accounts, nominal accounts and remaining
personal accounts are opened for example:
Personal Account: Drawings, Capital, Bank, Outstanding Salary etc.
Real Account: Plant & Machinery, Land & Building, B/R, Stock, etc.
Nominal Account: Salaries, Rent, Insurance, Carriage etc.
Preparation of Trial Balance
By taking up the balances from all the three ledgers a trial balance can be prepared. We cannot prepare a trial
balance from any single ledger. e.g., a trial balance cannot be prepared by taking up only the balances from
debtor’s ledger as it has no credit balance and so also in case of creditor’s ledger as it has no debit balance.
Moreover, In case of errors it becomes very difficult to locate and detect such error or errors if the trial balance
is prepare by taking up either from debtors ledger only or from creditors ledger only and at the same time trial
balance will not agree. Thus, the system under which each ledger is made to balance is called self-balancing
system. It must be remembered that the ledger which does not balance scrutiny of the same is practically very
limited.
Advantages of Self-Balancing System.
The advantages of Self-Balancing system are:
(a) If ledgers are maintained under self-balancing system it becomes very easy to locate errors.
(b) This system helps to prepare interim account and draft final accounts as a complete trial balance can be
prepared before the abstruction of individual personal ledger balances.
(c) Various works can be done quickly as this system provides sub-division of work among the different
employees.
(d) This system is particularly useful (i) where there are a large number of customers or suppliers and (ii) where it
is desired to prepare periodical accounts.

Self Balancing Ledger
(e) Committing fraud is minimized as different ledgers are prepared by different clerks.
(f) Internal check system can be strengthened as it becomes possible to check the accuracy of each ledger
independently.
Entries in Sales or Debtors Ledger
Two types of entries are recorded, one the usual double entry and the other is self-balancing entry. Naturally,
when a transaction occurs, the normal entry is to be recorded under double entry principle i.e., one account that
is related to debtors/customers and the other is related to general ledger. But under self-balancing system, the
entries are recorded for the adjustment account and that is why, the entries are recorded with the periodical total
of Sales Day Book, Return Inward Book etc.
So, accounts which are recorded to debtors will be passed through Debtors Ledger Adjustment Account and the
others are passed through General Ledger Adjustment Account.
Transaction Usual Entry Self-Balancing Entry

1. For Credit Sales Individual Customer A/c Dr. Debtors Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr.
(in Debtors Ledger) (in General Ledger)
To, Sales A/c To, General Ledger Adjustment A/c
(in General Ledger) (in Debtors Ledger)
2. For Cash/Cheque Cash A/c Dr. General Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr.
received from (in General Ledger) (in Debtors Ledger)
customers To, Individual Customer A/c To, Debtors Ledger Adjustment A/c
(in Debtors Ledger) (in General Ledger)
3. For Discount Allowed A/c Dr. Do
Discount Allowed Or, Allowances A/c Dr.
or allowance to (in General Ledger)
customers
To, Individual Customer A/c
(in Debtors Ledger)
4. For Bad Debts Bad Debts A/c Dr. Do
(in General Ledger)
(in Debtors Ledger)
5. For Bills Receivable Bills Receivable A/c Dr. Do
received from (in General Ledger)
customers
(in Debtors Ledger)
6. For Returns Inward Returns Inward A/c Dr. Do
(in General Ledger)
(in Debtors Ledger)
7. For Bills/Cheques Individual Customer A/c Dr. Debtors Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr.
Received (in Debtors Ledger) (in General Ledger)
/Dishonoured To,Bills Receivable/Bank A/c To, General Ledger Adjustment A/c
(in General Ledger) (in Debtors Ledger)
8. For interest on Individual Customer A/c Dr.
Customer’s (in Debtors Ledger)
overdue account
To,Interest/ Charges A/c
or cost of carriage
charged to (in General Ledger)
Customers

Op. Dt = Opening date of the accounting period
Cl. Dt = Closing date of the accounting period
Proforma
In the General Ledger
Dr. Debtors Ledger Adjustment Account Cr.

Op. Dt To, Balance b/d ** Op. Dt By, Balance b/d (if any) **
“ General Ledger Adjustment A/c Cl. Dt “ General Ledger
Cl. Dt Credit Sales ** Adjustment A/c:
“ Carriage and Sundry Charges “ Cash/ Cheque received **
Debited to customer- ** “ Bad Debts **
“ Bills Receivable Dishonoured ** “ Return Inward **
“ Cheque received and “ Discount Allowed **
dishonoured ** “ Other Allowances **
“ Interest and Charges etc. ** “ Bills Receivable **
“ Refund- Cash paid to “ Transfer to or from other **
customers ** Ledgers
“ B/R discounted and
dishonoured **
“ B/R endorsed and dishonoured **
“ Interest charged to overdue **
account
“ Balance c/d (if any) ** “ Balance c/d **
** **
In the Debtors Ledger
Dr. General Ledger Adjustment Account Cr.
Op. Dt To, Balance b/d (if any) ** Op. Dt By, Balance b/d (if any) **
Cl. Dt “ Debtors / Sold Ledger Cl. Dt “ Debtors /Sold Ledger Adjustment
Adjustment A/c A/c:
“ Cash/ Cheque received ** “ Carriage and Sundry Charges **
“ Bad Debts ** “ Bills Receivable Dishonoured **
“ Returns Inward ** “ Cheque received and **
“ Discount Allowed dishonoured
**
“ Other Allowance “ Interest and Charges etc.
** **
“ Bills Receivable “ Refund-Cash paid paid to
** customers **
“ Transfer to or from other **
Ledger “ B/R discounted and dishonoured
“ B/R endorsed and dishonoured **
“ Interest charged to overdue **
account **
“ Balance c/d ** “ Balance c/d (if any) **
** **

Note : Self –balancing entries will only be made for those transactions which affect two ledgers. Naturally, if a
transaction occurs which affects the same ledger (in both sides), say, general ledger, no entry is to be required.
For example, Cash Sales, which actually affect two sides of general ledger, is not to be recorded. For the same
reason, Provision/Reserve for bad debts, Recovery of bad debts, Trade Discount, Bills Receivable discounted or
matured etc. will not appear at all.
Illustration 1.
From the following information prepare (1) Debtors Ledger Adjustment Account in the General Ledger, and (2)
General Ledger Adjustment Account in the Debtors Ledger:
Particulars Amount
`
Opening balance of Sundry Debtors 40,000
2,000
Cash and cheques receipts 1,60,000
Credit Sales as per Sales Day Book 2,00,000
Returns Inward 4,000
Bad Debts 3,000
Bills Receivable Received 20,000
Bills Receivable Discounted 2,000
Provision for Bad Debts 2,000
Closing Credit Balance of Sundry Debtors 6,000
Transfer from Debtors Ledger to Creditors Ledger 1,000
Transfer from Creditors Ledgers to Debtors Ledger 1,200
Solution :
In the books of …………….
Debtors Ledger Adjustment Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
? To Balance b/d 40,000 ? By Balance b/d 2,000
(Dr.)
,, General Ledger ,, General Ledger
(Cr.)
Adjustment A/c — Adjustment A/c —
Credit Sales 2,00,000 Cash and Cheques 1,60,000
,, Balance c/d 6,000 Returns Inward 4,000
Bad Debts 3,000
Bills Receivable 20,000
Transfer to Cr. Ledger 1,000
,, Transfer from Creditors to
Debtors Ledger 1,200
2,46,000 2,46,000
? To Balance b/d ? By Balance b/d
48,800 6,000

In the Debtors Ledger
General Ledger Adjustment Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
? To Balance b/d 2,000 ? By Balance b/d 40,000
,, Debtors Ledger ,, Debtors Ledger
Adjustment A/c — Adjustment A/c —
Cash and Cheques 1,60,000 Credit Sales 2,00,000
Returns Inward 4,000 ,, Balance c/d 6,000
Bad Debts 3,000
Bills Receivable 20,000
Transfer to Cr. Ledger 1,000
,, Transfer from Creditors to
Debtors Ledger 1,200
2,46,000 2,46,000
? To Balance b/d ? By Balance b/d
6,000 48,800
Illustration 2.
Samaresh keeps his ledger on self-balancing system. From the following particulars, you are required to write-up
the individual Debtors’ Account and the General Ledger Adjustment Account (in Sales ledger) during the month
of January 2013:
(i) Individual Debtor’s balances on 1.1.2013;

A - ` 1,530; B - ` 1,620; C - ` 1,890; and D - ` 1,170;
(ii) Transactions during the month:
Jan 2. Sold goods to A ` 1,710;
9. Received from B on account ` 300;
11. Received from A ` 1,500 in full settlement of his balance on 1.1.2013;
12. Sold goods to B ` 600;
14. B returned goods which were damaged-in-transit amounting to ` 180;
18. Received from C ` 1,800 and allowed him discount ` 90;
19. Received from A, a bill of exchange for ` 1,200 accepted by X payable on 25th January;
22. Received from B ` 900;
25. A’s bill returned dishonoured;
28. D became insolvent and 30 paise in the rupee was received from his estate in full and final settlement;
30. Sold goods to C ` 1,020.

Solution :
In the books of Samaresh
In Sales Ledger
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 To Sales Ledger Adj. A/c 2013 By Balance b/d 6,210
Jan. 31 Cash 4,851 Jan. 1 ,, Sales Ledger Adj. A/c-
Dis. Allowed 120 Sales 3,330
Returns Inward 180 Jan. 31 B/R Dishonoured 1,200
B/R 1,200
Bad Debts 819
10,740 10,740
Feb. 1 By Balance b/d
3,370
A Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 2013
Jan. 1 To Balance b/d 1,530 Jan. 11 By Cash 1,500
,, 2 ,, Sales 1,710 ,, ,, ,, Dis. Allowed 30
,, 25 ,, B/R Dishonoured 1,200 ,, 19 ,, B/R 1,200
,, 31 ,, Balance c/d 1,710
4,440 4,440
B Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 2013
Jan. 1 To Balance b/d 1,620 Jan. 9 By Balance b/d 300
,, 12 ,, Sales 600 ,, 14 ,, Returns Inward 180
,, 22 ,, Cash 900
,, 31 ,, Balance c/d 840
2,220 2,220
C Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 2013
Jan. 1 To Balance b/d 1,890 Jan. 18 By Cash 1,800
,, 31 ,, Sales 1,020 ,, ,, ,, Dis. Allowed 90
,, 31 ,, Balance c/d 1,020
2,910 2,910

D Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 2013
Jan. 1 To Balance b/d 1,170 Jan. 28 By Cash 351
,, Bad Debts 819
1,170 1,170
Workings:
(a) Total Debtors’ balance as on 1.1.2013 = A+B+C+D = ` 1,530+` 1,620+` 1,890+ ` 1,170
= ` 6,210
(b) Total Sales = A+B+C = ` 1,710+` 600+` 1,020
= ` 3,330
(c) Total Cash Received = A+B+C+D = ` 300+` 1,500+` 1,800+ ` 900+ ` 351
= ` 4,851
(d) Total Discount Allowed = A+C = ` 30+` 90 = ` 120
(e) Returns Inward =B = ` 180
(f) Bad Debts =D = ` 819
(g) B/R Dishonoured =A = ` 1,200
(h) Total Debtors’ balance as on 31 January, 2013. = A+B+C
st
= ` 1,710+` 840+` 1,020 = ` 3,570
Illustration 3.
The summarized analysis of the accounts of the outstanding debtors of a firm at the date of the annual closing of
amount as under:
Debtors Goods Sold Goods returned Cash & cheque Discount allowed Bill of exchange
during the year during the year received during during the year received during the
` the year ` year
` ` `
P 3,000 --- 2,000 500 ---
Q 2,000 500 1,000 --- ---
R 5,000 --- 3,000 --- ---
S 10,000 1,000 6,000 500 1,000
T 12,000 1,500 8,000 1,000 1,000
Debtors’ balance at the beginning of the year was ` 4,500. Out of the above receipts of a bill for ` 700 given by
S was dishonoured, noting charges amounting to ` 20. Prepare Debtors Ledger Adjustment Account in General
Ledger and General Ledger Adjustment Account in Debtors Ledger.

Solution :

Dr. Cr.

` `
? To Balance b/d 4,500 ? By General Ledger Adjustment A/c
,, General Ledger Cash & Cheque Received 20,000
Adjustment A/c Returns Inwards 3,000
Sales 32,000 Discount Allowed 2,000
B/R Dishonoured 700 B/R 2,000
Charges 20 ,, Balance c/d 10,220
37,220 37,220
,, Balance b/d
10,220
In Debtors Ledger
Dr. Cr.

` `
? To Debtors Ledger ? By Balance b/d 4,500
Adjustment A/c ,, Debtors’ Ledger Adjustment A/c
Cash & Cheque 20,000 Sales 32,000
Received
B/R Dishonoured 700
Returns Inwards 3,000
Charges 20
B/R 2,000
37,220 37,220
,, Balance b/d 10,220
Workings:
Sales = ` 3,000 + ` 2,000 + ` 5,000 + ` 10,000 + ` 12,000 = ` 32,000
Returns Inward = ` 500 + ` 1,000 + ` 1,500 = ` 3,000
Discount Allowed = ` 500 + ` 500 + ` 1,000 = ` 2,000
B/R = ` 1,000 + ` 1,000 = ` 2,000
Cash & Cheque Received = ` 2,000 + ` 1,000 + ` 3,000 + ` 6,000 + ` 8,000
= ` 20,000

Contra Transaction or Adverse Balance
Sometimes it may happen that debtors ledger shows a credit balance and creditor ledger shows a debit balance
i.e., the adverse balance of debtors ledger and creditors ledger. Usually, credit, balance in debtors ledger may
happen on account of advance taken from creditors or allowances given to customers for different products
after closing the accounts. Similarly, debit balance in creditors ledger may appear on account of excess payment
made or goods returned to creditors after closing the accounts etc. Thus, these contra transactions are to be
adjusted. But, student must remember that credit balance in one ledger must not be set off against debit balance
of another ledger. These should be treated separately.
Entries in Purchases or Creditors Ledger
In this ledger also two types of entries are to be passed viz; one deals with creditors ledger and the other deals with
general ledger. At the same time, self-balancing entries should be made for adjustment accounts accordingly.
Like Debtors ledger entries to be recorded with periodical total of Purchase Day Book; Returns Outward Book etc.
The entries to be made are:
Transaction Usual Entry Self-Balancing Entry

1. For Credit Purchase A/c Dr. General Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr.
Purchases (in General Ledger) (in Creditors Ledger)
To, Creditors A/c To, Creditors Ledger Adjustment A/c
(in Creditors Ledger) (in General Ledger)
2. For Cash paid to Creditors A/c Dr. Creditors Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr.
Creditors (in Creditors Ledger) (in General Ledger)
To, Cash A/c To, General Ledger Adjustment A/c
(in General Ledger) (in Creditors Ledger)
3. For Creditors A/c Dr. Do
Discount Received (in Creditors Ledger)
from Creditors To, Discount Received A/c
(in General Ledger)
4. For Bills Accepted Creditors A/c Dr. Do
in favour of (in Creditors Ledger)
Creditors
To,Bills Payable A/c
(in General Ledger)
5. For Purchases Creditors A/c Dr. Do
Return (in Creditors Ledger)
To,Returns Outward A/c
(in General Ledger)
6. For Bills Payable Bills Payable A/c Dr. General Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr.
Dishonoured (in General Ledger) (in Creditors Ledger)
To, Creditors A/c To,Creditors Ledger Adjustment A/c
(in Creditors Ledger) (in General Ledger)
7. For Interest and Interest / Charges A/c Dr. Do
Charges charged (in General Ledger)
by Creditors
To, Creditors A/c
(in Creditors Ledger)

In General Ledger
Dr. Creditors Ledger Adjustment Account Cr.

2013 2013
Jan. 1 To, Balance b/d ** Jan.1 By Balance b/d (if any) **
Dec.31 “ General Ledger Adjustment Dec.31 “ General Ledger Adjustment
A/c A/c:
“ Cash Paid “ Credit Purchases
** **
“ Bills Payable Accepted “ Bills Payable Dishonoured
** **
“ Discount Received “ Interest and Charges
** **
“ Returns Outward “ Balance c/d(if any)
** **
“ Balance c/d
**
** **
In the Creditors Ledger

Dr. General Ledger Adjustment Account Cr.

2013 2013
Jan.1 To, Balance b/d ** Jan.1 By,Balance b/d (if any) **
Dec.31 “ Creditors/Bought Ledger Dec.31 “ Creditors/Bought Ledger
Adjustment A/c Adjustment A/c
“ Credit Purchases ** “ Cash Paid **
“ Bills Payable Dishonoured ** “ Bills Payable Accepted **
“ Interest and Charges ** “ Discount Received **
“ Balance c/d ** “ Returns Outward **
“ Balance c/d(if any) **
** **
Illustration 4.
Prepare the Creditors Ledger Adjustment Account as it would appear in General Ledger and General Ledger
Adjustment Account as it would appear in Creditors Ledger for the year ended 31st March 2013 from the following
particulars.
Sundry Creditors (on 1.4.2012) (Cr.) 10,000 Bills Payable issues during the year 4,000
(Dr.) 1,000 Bills Payable dishonoured 2,000
Purchases (including Cash 50,000 Bills Payable renewed 1,000
Purchase of ` 10,000)
Returns Outward 2,000 Interest on Bills Payable renewed 100
Cash paid to Creditors 20,000 Sundry Charges paid for dishonor of Bills 100
Payable
Discount allowed by Creditors 3,000 Total of set-off in Debtors Ledger 3,000
Trade Discount 1,000 Sundry Creditors (on 31.3.2013) (Dr.) 4,000
Bills Receivable endorsed to Creditors 2,000

Solution:
Creditors Ledger Adjustment Account
Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
2012 2012
April 1 To Balance b/d 1,000 April 1 By Balance b/d 10,000
2013 “ General Ledger 2013 General Ledger
March. 31 Adjustment A/c : March. 31 Adjustment A/c :
Returns Outward 2,000 Purchase 40,000
Cash and cheques 20,000 Bills Payable dishonoured 2,000
Discount Received 3,000 Interest
Bills receivable 2,000 Sundry Charges 100
Bills Payable 4,000 “ Balance c/d 100
Bills Payable ( renewed ) 1,000 4,000
Transfer 3,000
“ Balance c/d 20,200
56,200 56,200
2013 To Balance b/d 4,000 2013 By Balance b/d 20,200

April 1 April 1

Dr. Cr.
2012 2012
April 1 To Balance b/d 10,000 April 1 By Balance b/d 1,000
2013 “ Creditors Ledger 2013 “ Creditors Ledger
March 31 Adjustment A/c : March 31 Adjustment A/c :
Purchase 40,000 Returns Outward 2,000
Bills Payable 2,000 Cash 20,000
dishonoured Discount Received 3,000
Interest 100 Bills receivable 2,000
Sundry Charges 100 Bills Payable 4,000
“ Balance c/d 4,000 Bills Payable ( renewed ) 1,000
Transfer 3,000
“ Balance c/d 20,200
56,200 56,200
2013 To Balance b/d 20,200 2013 By Balance b/d 4,000

April 1 April 1

TRANSFER ENTRIES
Sometimes a person may be treated both as a debtor as well as a creditor to the firm. In other words the firm
purchase goods from him and also it sells goods to him. Under the circumstances, the lower of the amount payable
to and receivable from such person is to be set-off. The so called set-off amount is to be deducted both from the
debtors as well as from the creditors. This is known as transfer entry.
The entry for this purpose will be Creditors Account debited and Debtors Account credit. As a result of this transfer
both debtors ledger and creditors ledger together with general ledger are affected. For example, debtors include
` 10,000 due from Mr. A whereas Creditor include ` 8,000 due to Mr. A.
Usual entry is ` `
(a) A (in Creditors Ledger) A/c Dr. 8,000
To A (in Debtors ledger) A/c 8,000
Under Self-balancing, the entry will be

(a) Creditors Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr. 8,000
To General Ledger Adjustment A/c 8,000
(b) General Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr. 8,000
To Debtors Ledger Adjustment A/c 8,000
Or
Direct Entry:
Creditors Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr. 8,000
Illustration 5.
X Ltd. furnished the following particulars:
Debtors ledger include ` 5,000 due from Sen & Co. whereas creditors ledger include ` 3,000 due to Sen & Co.
Solution:
Journal (without narration)
Date Particulars L/F Amount Amount

` `
? Creditors Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr. 3,000
To General ledger Adjustment A/c 3,000
General Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr. 3,000
or Direct Entry
Creditors Ledger Adjustment A/c Dr. 3,000
To Debtors ledger Adjustment A/c 3,000

General Illustrations
Illustration 6.
From the following particulars, which have been extracted from the book of G & Co., for the year ended 31.12.2013,
prepare General Ledger Adjustment Account in the Creditors ledger and Debtors Ledger Adjustment Account in
the General Ledger:
Particulars Amount
`
Debtors balance (1.1.2013) Dr. 20,000
Cr. 300
Creditors balance (1.1.2013) Dr. 200
Cr. 15,000
Purchases (including Cash ` 4,000) 12,000
Sales (including Cash ` 6,000) 25,000
Cash paid suppliers in full settlement of claims of ` 9,000 8,500
Cash received from customers in full settlement of claims of ` 15,000 14,100
Bills payable accepted (including renewals) 2,000
Bills Payable withdrawn upon renewals 500
Interest on Bills Payable renewed 20
Bills Receivable received 3,000
Bills Receivable endorsed 800
Bills Receivable as endorsed dishonoured 300
Bills Receivable discounted 1,400
Bills Receivable dishonoured 400
Interest charged on dishonoured bills 30
Transfer from one ledger to another ledger 600
Returns (Cr.) 700
Debtors balance (31.12.2013) Cr. 450
Creditors balance (31.12.2013) Dr. 10,870

Solution :
In the books of G & Co.
Dr. Cr.

` `
2013 To Balance b/d 15,000 2013 By Balance b/d 200
Jan. 1 ,, Creditors Ledger Jan. 1 Creditors Ledger
Dec. 31 Adjustment A/c: Dec.31 Adjustment A/c
Purchases 8,000 Cash 8,500
Bills Payable Withdrawn 500 Discount Received
Bills Receivable (9,000 – 8,500) 500
Dishonoured (as 300 Returns Outward 700
endorsed) Bills Payable 2,000
Interest 20 Bills Receivable endorsed 800
,, Balance c/d 350 Transfer 600
24,170 24,170
To Balance b/d 10,870
2014 2014 By Balance b/d 350
Jan. 1 Jan. 1

Dr. Cr.

` `
Jan. 1 General Ledger Jan. 1 ,, General Ledger
Dec.31 Adjustment A/c: Dec.31 Cash 14,100
Sales 19,000 Discount Allowed
B/R endorsed (15,000 – 14,100) 900
Dishonoured 300
Bills Dishonoured 400 Bills Receivable Received 3,000
Interest 30 Transfer 600
,, Balance c/d 450 ,, Balance c/d 21,280
40,180 40,180

Jan. 1 Jan. 1

Illustration 7.
The following information is avail from the books of the trader for the period 1st Jan. to 31st March 2013:
(1) Total Sales amounted to ` 70,000 including the sale of old furniture for ` 10,000(book value is ` 12,300). The total
cash sales were 80% less than total credit sales.
(2) Cash collection from Debtors amounted to 60% of the aggregated of the opening Debtors and Credit sales
for the period. Discount allowed to them amounted to ` 2,600
(3) Bills receivable drawn during the period totaled ` 7,000 of which bills amounting to ` 3,000 were endorsed in
favour of suppliers.Out of these endorsed bills, a Bill receivable for ` 1,600 was dishonoured for non-payament,
as the party became insolvent and his estate realized nothing.
(4) Cheques received from customer of ` 5,000 were dishonoured; a sum of ` 500 is irrecoverable.
(5) Bad Debts written-off in the earlier year realized ` 2,500.
(6) Sundry debtors on 1st January stood at ` 40,000.
You are required to show the Debtors Ledger Adjustment Account in the General Ledger.
Solution.
Dr. Cr.
Date Particulars Amount (`) Date Particulars Amount
(`)
2013 2013
Jan 1 To Balance b/d 40,000 Jan 1 By General Ledger
March 31 “ General Ledger March 31 Adjustment A/c :
Adjustment A/c : Cash 54,000
- Sales 50,000 Discount Allowed 2,600
-Bills Receivable 1,600 Bills Receivable 7,000
Dishonoured Bad Debts 2,100
-Cheque Dishonoured 5,000 “ Balance c/d 30,900
96,600 96,600
April 1 To Balance b/d 30,900
Workings:
1. Computation of Credit Sales
Cash Sales were 80% less than Credit Sales. So, if credit sales are ` 100 Cash Sales will be ` 20; Total Sales
(Cash+Credit) will be `120. Total Sales (` 70,000 - ` 10,000) = ` 60,000
Amount of Credit sales will be ` 60,000 × 100 = ` 50,000

120
2. Cash received
Cash received is 60% of opening Debtors plus Credit sales i.e. ` 40,000 + ` 50,000 = ` 90,000
60
Cash Received ` 90,000 × = ` 54,000
100

EXERCISE:
1. MR. ANUBHAV GOYAL keeps his ledger on Self Balancing System.
The following particulars are extracted from his Books:
Date Particulars
March, 2015
1 Purchased from Mr. Akash ` 7,500.
3 Paid ` 3,000 after adjusting the initial advance in full to Mr. Akash.
10 Paid ` 2,500 to Mr. Dev towards the purchases made in February in full.
12 Paid advance to Mr. Giridhar ` 6,000.
14 Purchased goods from Mr. Akash ` 6,200.
20 Returned goods worth ` 1,000 to Mr. Akash
24 Settled the balance due to Mr. Akash at a discount of 5%.
26 Goods purchased from Mr. Giridhar against the advance paid already.
29 Purchased from Mr. Nathan ` 3,500.
Goods return to Mr. Prem ` 1,200. The goods were originally purchased for cash in the month of February, 2015.
You are required to prepare the Creditors Ledger Adjustment Account as would appear in General Ledger
for the month of March, 2015.
[Answer: Balance c/d (Dr.) – 3,500]
2. Following information is available from the books of a trader from January 1 to March 31, 2011.
(i) Total Sales amounted to ` 60,000 including the sale of old furniture for ` 1,200 (Book Value ` 3,500). The
total Cash Sales were 80% less than the total Credit Sales.
(ii) Cash collection from debtors amounted to 60% of the aggregate of the opening debtors and the Credit
Sales for the period. Debtors were allowed Cash discounts for ` 2,600.
(iii) Bills Receivable drawn during the three months totalled `6,000 of which bills amounting to ` 3,000 were
endorsed in favour of suppliers. Out of these endorsed B/R, a B/R for ` 600 was dishonoured for non-
payment as the party became insolvent, his estate realizing nothing.
(iv) Cheques received from Sundry Customers for ` 6,000 were dishonoured; a sum of ` 500 is irrecoverable,
Bad Debts written off in the earlier years realized `2,500.
(v) Sundry Debtors, as on 1st January 2011, stood at ` 40,000.
You are required to show the Debtors Ledger Adjustments Accounts in the General Ledger.
[Answer: Balance c/d (Cr.) – `32,000]
3. Prepare Total Creditors Account for the year ended on 31.03.2013 from the data given below:
`
Creditors Balance on 01.04.2012 38,000
Credit Purchases during the year 2,67,000
Bills payable accepted 62,000
Cash paid to Creditors 1,37,000
B/R endorsed to creditors 16,000
Endorsed B/R dishonoured 3,000
B/P dishonoured 2,000
Purchase returns 11,000
Discount received 6,000
Transfer from Debtors ledger 7,000
[Answer: Balance c/d (Dr.) - ` 71,000.]

Study Note - 8
ROYALTIES
8.1 Royalties
8.1. ROYALTIES
Introduction
The owner of an asset (e.g. mines, quarries, patent, copyright, etc), as a business arrangement, may allow other
party (lessee, licencee, publisher, etc) the right to use that asset against some consideration. Such consideration
is calculated with reference to the quantity produced or sold. This payment to the owner by the user of the asset
is termed as Royalty.
We can therefore say that the royalty is the amount of consideration paid by a party to the owner of the asset in
return for the right to use that asset.
For example, when a publisher publishes a book, he makes a payment to the author which is based on the number
of copies sold known as royalty.
The following are some of cases where one party paid to another in the form of Royalty:
1. where the owner of a mine allows another the right to extract minerals from land;
2. where right such as patents or copyrights are licensed in favour of another;
3. where an author, artist or designer gives exclusive rights to another to copy the work.
Common terms Used in Connection with Accounting for Royalty :
1. Minimum Rent / Dead Rent
A contract is entered into between the landlord and the lessee for payment of royalty, usually calculated upon
the quantum of production or sale at a certain stipulated rate.
So, if there is little or no production or sale, the landlord would receive little or no royalty at all, thus affects the
monetary interest of the landlord as well as the lessee. It is normally not acceptable to the owner, since sale or
production mostly depends on the capacity of the person to whom the rights have been given. To avoid such a
situation, the landlord and the lessee agreed upon a minimum periodical amount that the landlord will receive
from the lessee, even if the actual royalty as calculated on the basis of actual production or sale is less than such
minimum amount.
This assured and mutually agreed periodical minimum amount is known as “Minimum Rent”.
Example: Suppose royalty per ton of production is ` 10 and the minimum (annual) rent is ` 4,00,000. Now, the actual
production is 35,000 tons, then actual royalty would become ` 3,50,000. In this case the minimum rent of `
4,00,000 will have to be paid by the lessee. On the other hand, if the actual production is 46,000 tons, then
the actual royalty would become ` 4,60,000. In this case ` 4,60,000 will have to be paid by the lessee.
Thus, as there is a stipulation for minimum rent, then either the minimum rent or the actual royalty whichever is more
shall have to be paid by the lessee.
The minimum rent is also called dead rent, certain rent, fixed rent, etc.
2. Short workings/Redeemable Dead Rent

Short workings is the amount by which the minimum rent exceeds the actual royalty. It is the difference between
Actual Rent and Minimum Rent.

Royalties
In the above example, the short workings is ` 50,000 (` 4,00,000 – ` 3,50,000). Where there is short workings in any
period the lessee is liable to pay the minimum rent and, in effect, short workings becomes the part of the
minimum rent and not represented by the use of rights.
The question of short workings will arise only when there is a stipulation for minimum rent in the agreement.
3. Excess working
It refers to the amount by which the actual royalty exceeds the minimum rent. In the above example, the excess
workings is ` 60,000 (` 4,60,000 – ` 4,00,000) if the production is 46,000 tons.
4. Ground Rent/Surface Rent

It refers to the fixed yearly or half-yearly rent payable by the lessee to the landlord in addition to the minimum rent.
5. Recoupment of Short workings

Generally the royalty agreement contains a provision for carrying forward of short workings with a view to adjust
it in the future. In the subsequent years, such shortworking is adjusted against the surplus royalty. This process of
adjustment is called recoupment of short workings. The right of recoupment of short workings enables the lessee
to recover the excess payment, made in the earlier years to meet the condition of payment of minimum rent. A
time is usually agreed upon the number of years for which such short workings can be recouped. This time limit
for recoupment of short workings may be fixed or fluctuating. If the short workings cannot be recouped within the
specified time, they lapse and are charged to Profit and Loss Account in the year when that specified time limit
for recoupment ends.
(i) Fixed right :
When the lessee can recoup shortworkings within a certain period from the date of the lease it is known as
fixed right. For example, short workings can be recouped within three years from the date of the lease. So,
after three years from the date of the lease the short workings cannot be recouped.
(ii) Fluctuating right :
In this type of agreement, lessee can recoup short workings of any year during the next following year(s). For
example, shortworkings can be recouped in the year subsequent to the year of short workings.
6. Strike and Lockout, etc :

If agreement so provides, the minimum rent may be proportionately reduced in the event of strike and/ or lockout.
So special entry is required for the same except the adjustment of minimum rent for that particular year.
Accounting Entries in the Books of the Lessee/Licencee/Publisher etc.

1. Where a minimum rent exists with right to recoup short workings
(a) Where the actual royalty is less than the minimum rent
(i) Royalties (payable) Account Dr. [Actual royalties for the period]
Short workings Account Dr. [Minimum rent - Actual royalties]
To Landlord Account [Minimum rent]

(ii) Landlord Account Dr. [Minimum rent]
To Bank Account [Net amount paid]
To Income Tax Payable Account [Tax deducted at source]
(iii) Manufacturing / Profit & Loss Account Dr. [Transfer]

To Royalties (payable) Account [Actual royalties for the period]

If the user is a manufacturer and royalties are calculated on the basis of production, the actual royalties are
debited to Manufacturing Account. Where royalties are calculated on the basis of sales, they are debited to
Profit and Loss Account.
In case of a limited company, which does not prepare Manufacturing Account separately, the actual royalties
are debited to Profit and Loss Account and they are shown in production or manufacturing section of the Profit
and Loss Account.
Treatment of Short workings

As per agreed terms, short workings can be recouped in the year when the actual royalty is more than the Minimum
rent. Any short workings, which cannot be recouped within the specified period becomes irrecoverable and it
should be charged to Profit and Loss Account in the year in which the period ends.
However, the recoupable short workings should be carried forward and they are shown in the Balance Sheet as
a Current Asset.
The relationship between Minimum rent, Actual Royalty and Royalty payable are in below : Minimum rent =
Actual Royalty + Short workings.
(b) Where the actual royalty is more than the minimum rent :
(i) Royalties (payable) Account Dr.
To Landlord Account
[Actual royalties for the period]
(ii) Landlord Account Dr.

To Short workings Account
(Short workings, if any, recouped)
(iii) Landlord Account Dr.

To Bank Account
To Income Tax Payable Account
(iv) Profit & Loss Account Dr.

To Short workings Account
(Short workings, which can not be recouped)
(v) Manufacturing / Profit & Loss Account Dr.

To Royalties (payable) Account
Important Points to note :

1. When the royalty agreement does not contain a clause for minimum rent, the question of short workings and
its recoupment does not arise.
2. The landlord is always entitled to get either the minimum rent or the actual royalty whichever is higher subject
to any adjustment for short workings recouped.

Royalties
Illustration 1.
The Bihar Coal Co. Ltd. holds a lease of coal mines for a period of twelve years, commencing from 1st April 2006.
According to the lease, the company is to pay ` 7.50 as royalty per ton with a minimum rent of ` 150,000 per year.
Short workings can, however, be recovered out of the royalty in excess of the minimum rent of the next two years
only. For the year of a strike the minimum rent is to be reduced to 60%. The output in tons for the 6 years ending
31st March, 2012 is as under :
2006-07 :10,000; 2007-08 :12,000; 2008-09:25,000; 2009-10: 20,000; 2010-11: 50,000; and 2011-12: 15,000 (strike).
Write up the necessary Ledger Accounts in the books of Bihar Coal Co. Ltd.
Solution :
In the books of Bihar Coal Co. Ltd.
Statement showing Royalty Payable
Fig in (`)
Year Output Actual Min. Excess Shortworkings Amount
(Tons) Royalties Rent Short Occurred Recouped Written off C/F Payable
Workings or lapsed
2006-07 10,000 75,000 150,000 0 75,000 0 0 75,000 150,000
2007-08 12,000 90,000 150,000 0 60,000 0 0 135,000 150,000
2008-09 25,000 187,500 150,000 37,500 0 37,500 37,500 60,000 150,000
2009-10 20,000 150,000 150,000 0 0 0 60,000 0 150,000
2010-11 50,000 375,000 150,000 225,000 0 0 0 0 375,000
2011-12 15,000 112,500 90,000 22,500 0 0 0 0 112,500
Dr. Royalties Account Cr.
31.03.07 To Landlord A/c 75,000 31.03.07 By Profit & Loss A/c 75,000

Dr. Landlord Account Cr.
31.03.07 To Bank A/c 150,000 31.03.07 By Royalties A/c 75,000

By Short workings A/c 75,000
150,000 150,000
31.03.08 To Bank A/c 31.03.08 By Royalties A/c
150,000 By Short workings A/c 90,000
60,000
150,000 150,000
31.03.09 To Bank A/c 31.03.09 By Royalties A/c
To Short workings A/c 150,000 187,500
37,500
187,500 187,500
150,000 150,000
375,000 375,000
112,500 112,500
Dr. Short workings Account Cr.
31.03.07 To Landlord A/c 75,000 31.03.07 By Balance c/d 75,000
75,000 75,000
1.4.07 To Balance b/d 75,000 31.03.08 By Balance c/d 135,000
31.03.08 To Landlord A/c 60,000
135,000 135,000
1.4.08 To Balance b/d 135,000 31.03.09 By Landlord A/c 37,500

By Profit & Loss A/c 37,500
135,000 135,000
1.4.09 To Balance b/d 60,000 31.03.10 By Profit & Loss A/c 60,000
60,000 60,000

Royalties
Illustration 2.
A. Ltd. obtain from B.S. Ltd. a lease of some coal-bearing land, the terms being a royalty of ` 15 per ton of coal
raised subject to a minimum rent of ` 75,000 p.a. with a right of recoupment of short-working over the first four
years of the lease. From the following details, show (i) Short-working Account, (ii) Royalty Account and (iii) B.S. Ltd.
Account in the books of A. Ltd.
Year Sales (Tons) Closing Stock (Tons)

` `
2009 2,000 300
2010 3,500 400
2011 4,800 600
2012 5,600 500
2013 8,000 800
Solution:
Workings:
[Coal raised i.e., Production = Sales + Closing Stock – Opening Stock.]
Year Sales + Closing Stock - Opening Stock = Net Production
2009 2,000 + 300 - Nil = 2,300

2010 3,500 + 400 - 300 = 3,600
2011 4,800 + 600 - 400 = 5,000
2012 5,600 + 500 - 600 = 5,500
2013 8,000 + 800 - 500 = 8,300
In the books of A. Ltd.

Memorandum Royalty Statement
Year Quantity Rate Royalty Minimum Short Recoupment Short working Short working Payment
Rent working carried Transferred to
` ` ` ` ` forward to P&L A/c or Landlord
` lapsed `
`
2009 2,300 15 34,500 75,000 40,500 --- 40,500 --- 75,000
2010 3,600 15 54,000 75,000 21,000 --- 61,500 --- 75,000
2011 5,000 15 75,000 75,000 --- --- 61,500 --- 75,000
2012 5,500 15 82,500 75,000 --- 7,500 --- 54,000 75,000
2013 8,300 15 1,24,500 75,000 --- --- --- --- 1,24,500

Dr. B. S. Ltd. (Landlord) Account Cr.

` `
2009 To Bank A/c 75,000 2009 By Royalty A/c 34,500
” Short-working A/c 40,500

75,000 75,000
” Short-working A/c 21,000

75,000 75,000
75,000 75,000
To Short-Working A/c 7,500

82,500 82,500
2013 To Bank A/c 1,24,500 2013 By Royalty A/c 1,24,500
1,24,500 1,24,500
Dr. Short-Working Account Cr.

` `
2009 To B. S. Ltd. A/c 40,500 2009 By Balance c/d 40,500
(Landlord)
40,500 40,500
2010 To Balance b/d 40,500 2010 By Balance c/d 61,500
” B. S. Ltd. A/c 21,000

(Landlord) 61,500 61,500
2011 To Balance b/d 61,500 2011 By Balance c/d 61,500
61,500 61,500
2012 To Balance b/d 61,500 2012 By B. S Ltd. (Landlord) A/c 7,500
” Profit and Loss A/c 54,000

61,500 61,500

Royalties
Dr. Royalty Account Cr.

` `
2009 To B. S. Ltd. A/c 34,500 2009 By Profit & Loss A/c 34,500
2013 To B. S. Ltd. A/c 1,24,500 2013 By Profit & Loss A/c 1,24,500
Accounting Entries in the Books of the Landlord / Lessor

1. Where a minimum rent exists with right to recoup short workings
(a) Where the actual royalty is less than the minimum rent :
(i) Lessee Account Dr. [Minimum rent]

To Royalty Receivable Account [Actual Royalties for the period]
To Royalty Suspense Account/ [Short fall in Royalties]
Or Shortworkings Allowable A/c
(ii) Bank Account Dr. [Net amount paid]

Tax Deducted at source Dr. [Tax deducted at source]
[Minimum rent]
To Lessee Account
(iii) Royalties Receivable Account Dr.

To Profit & Loss Account [Transfer]
(b) Where the actual royalty is more than the minimum rent :
(ii) Royalty Suspense Account/ Dr.
Or Short workings Allowable A/c
To Lessee Account [Recoupment of Short workings, if any]
(iii) Bank Account Dr. [Net amount paid]

Tax Deducted at source Dr. [Tax deducted at source]
To Lessee Account
(iv) Royalties (Receivable) Account Dr.

To Profit & Loss Account [Transfer]
(v) Royalty Suspense Account/ Dr.

Or Short workings Allowable A/c
To Profit and Loss Account [Short workings, which can not be recouped]

Illustration 3.
For the same figures as given in illustration 1, prepare necessary accounts in the books of Landlord.
Solution :
In the books of Landlord
Dr. Royalty Receivable Account Cr.
31.03.07 To Profit & Loss A/c 75,000 31.03.07 By Bihar Coal Co.Ltd 75,000
31.03.08 To Profit & Loss A/c 90,000 31.03.08 By Bihar Coal Co. Ltd 90,000
31.03.09 To Profit & Loss A/c 1,87,500 31.03.09 By Bihar Coal Co. Ltd 1,87,500
31.03.10 To Profit & Loss A/c 31.03.10 By Bihar Coal Co. Ltd
1,50,000 1,50,000
3,75,000 3,75,000
1,12,500 1,12,500
Dr. Bihar Coal Co. Ltd. (Lessee) Account Cr.

31.03.07 To Royalties Receivable A/c 75,000 31.03.07 By Bank A/c 150,000
To Shortworkings Susp.A/c 75,000
150,000 150,000

To Shortworkings Susp.A/c 60,000
150,000 150,000

By Shortworkings 37,500
Susp. A/c
1,87,500 1,87,500

150,000 150,000
31.03.11 By Bank A/c 375,000

31.03.11 To Royalties Receivable A/c 375,000
375,000 375,000
112,500 112,500

Royalties
Dr. Shortworkings Suspense Account Cr.

31.03.07 To Balance c/d 75,000 31.03.07 By Bihar Coal Co. Ltd 75,000
1.4.07 By Balance b/d 75,000
31.03.08 To Balance c/d 1,35,000 31.03.08 By Bihar Coal Co. Ltd 60,000
1,35,000 1,35,000
31.03.09 To Bihar Coal Co. Ltd 37,000 1.4.08 By Balance b/d 135,000
To Balance c/d 60,000
1,35,500 1,35,500
31.03.10 To Profit & Loss A/c 60,000 1.04.09 By Balance b/d 60,000
60,000 60,000
Illustration 4.
The following information has been obtained from the books of a lesee relating to the years 2008-09 to 2011-12 :
Payments to Landlord (after tax deducted @ 20% at Source) :
2008-09 ` 12,000
2009-10 ` 12,000
2010-11 ` 12,000
2011-12 ` 19,200
Short-working recovered : 2009-10 ` 2,500
2010-11 ` 1,000
Short-working written-off : 2010-11 ` 500
Balance of Short-working Account forward on April 1, 2008 ` 800 (which are in 2008-09). According to the terms
of agreement short-working is recoverable within the next two years following the year in which short-working arises.
You are required to show the necessary accounts in the books of the lessee for the four years ended 31st March 2012.
Solution :
Before preparing the ledger accounts we are to find out some missing information :
1. The recoupment which was made in 2009-10 for ` 2,500 is inclusive of ` 800 of 2007-08 and the balance ` 1,700
for 2008-09.
Again, the short-working which was recovered and written-off ` 1,000 and ` 500 (i.e., ` 1,500), respectively, in
2010-11 are also for the year 2008-09. So, the total short-working for 2008-09 amounted to ` 3,200 (i.e.,
` 1,700 + ` 1,500).

2. Rate of taxes @ 20% on gross i.e., 25% (i.e., 20 = 1 ) on net amount paid.
80 4
3. Actual Payment = Annual Royalty + Short-working – Recoupment.
Thus, actual royalty is calculated as under :
2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12

` ` ` `
Payment to landlord (after tax) 12,000 12,000 12,000 19,200
Add : Back Tax Deducted at Source @ ¼ th 3,000 3,000 3,000 4,800
Payment to landlord (before Tax) 15,000 15,000 15,000 24,000

3,200 — — —
Less : Short-working
— 2,500 1,000 —
Add : Recoupment 11,800 17,500 16,000 24,000
In the Books of Lessee


2009 To Landlord A/c 11,800 2009 By P/L A/c 11,800
March, 31 March, 31
March, 31 March, 31
March, 31 March, 31
March, 31 March, 31
Dr. Landlord Account Cr.

March, 31 To Income Tax Payable A/c 3,000 March, 31 By Shortworkings A/c 3,200
15,000 15,000
March, 31 To Income Tax Payable A/c 3,000 March, 31
To Short workings A/c
(Recoupment)
2,500
17,500 17,500

Royalties

To Short workings
A/c(Recoupment)
1,000
16,000 16,000
24,000 24,000
Dr. Shortworking Account Cr.

2009 To Balance b/f 800 2009 By Balance c/d 4,000
March, 31 To Landlord A/c 3,200 March, 31
4,000 4,000
2010 To Balance b/d 4,000 2010 By Landlord A/c 2,500
March, 31 March, 31 By Balance c/d 1,500
4,000 4,000
2011 To Balance b/d 1,500 2011 By Landlord A/c 1,000
March, 31 March, 31 By P/L c/d 500
1,500 1,500
Illustration 5.
A fire occurred in the office premises of lessee in the evening of 31.3.2012 destroying most of the books and
records. From the documents saved, the following information is gathered:
Short-working recovered :
2009-10 ` 4,000 (towards short-workings which arose in 2006-07)
2010-11 ` 8,000 (including ` 1,000 for short-working 2007-08)
2011-12 ` 2,000
Short-working lapsed :
2008-09 ` 3,000
2009-10 ` 3,600
2011-12 ` 2,000
A sum of ` 50,000 was paid to the landlord in 2008-09. The agreement of Royalty contains a clause of Minimum
Rent payable for fixed amount and recoupment of short-workings within 3 years following the year in which Short-
workings arise.
Information as regards payments to landlord subsequent to the year 2008-09 is not readily available.
Show the Short – working Account and the Royalty Account in the books of lessee.

Solution:
Working Notes:
Analysis of payments
Year Minimum Royalty Actual Shortworking

Rent Payment
` `
` `
Occurred Recouped Lapsed Carried Forward
2007-08 - - - - - - 11,600
2008-09 50,000 39,000 50,000 11,000 - 3,000 19,600(C)
2009-10 50,000 54,000 50,000 - 4,000 3,600 12,000(B)
2010-11 50,000 58,000 50,000 - 8,000 - 4,000(A)
2011-12 50,000 52,000 50,000 - 2,000 2,000 -
Analysis of Royalty Payable:
` `
Royalty in 2008-09 Minimum Rent – Shortworking 50,000 - 11,000 39,000
Royalty in 2009-10 Minimum Rent + Recoupment 50,000 + 4,000 54,000
Explanation of the above mentioned Analysis:
(i) 2008-09 `50,000 was paid but there was no recoupment. \ `50,000 was the payment for Minimum Rent. This
has been posted in the minimum rent column, every year.
(ii) In 2011-12 Shortworking recouped + Shortworking lapsed = `2,000 + `2,000 = `4,000. This has been posted as
the amount carried forward in 2010-11. (A)
(iii) In 2010-11 `8,000 has been recouped. So, the closing balance of its preceding year 2009-10 was =
`(4,000+8,000) = `12,000. (B)
(iv) In 2009-10 Shortworkings adjusted = amount recouped + amount lapsed = `(4,000+3,600) = `7,600. In its
preceding year 2008-09, the closing balance was `(12,000+7,600) = `19,600. (C)
(v) No Shortworking occurred in 2009-10, 2010-11,2011-12. \All Shortworkings occurred in 2008-09 or before.
(vi) Shortworking can be recovered within next 3 years.
\ Total Shortworking adjusted in 2011-12 `4,000 must be related to 2008-09.
Again out of `8,000 recouped in 2010-11. `1,000 is related to 2007-08.
\ Balance `7,000 was related to 2008-09.
\ Total Shortworking of 2008-09 = `4,000 + `7,000 = `11,000.
(vii) Opening Balance of Short working in 2007-08 = Closing balance + Amount recouped + Amount Lapsed –
Amount of Shortworking occurred i.e.`(19,600+3,000-11,000) = `11,600

Royalties
In the books of ….
` `
2008-09 To, Landlord A/c 39,000 2008-09 By, Profit and Loss A/c 39,000
39,000 39,000
54,000 54,000
58,000 58,000
2011-12 To, Landlord A/c 52,000 2011-12 BY, Profit and Loss A/ 52,000
52,000 52,000
Dr. Shortworkings Account Cr.

` `
2008-09 To, Balance b/d 11,600 2008-09 By, Profit and Loss A/c 3,000
To, Landlord A/c 11,000 By, Balance c/d 19,600
22,600 22,600
2009-10 To, Balance b/d 19,600 2009-10 By, Landlord A/c 4,000
19,600 19,600
12,000 12,000
4,000 4,000

1. Ground Rent or Surface rent means
(A) Minimum Royalty payable
(B) Maximum Royalty payable
(C) Fixed rent payable in addition to minimum rent
(D) Rent recovered at the end of lease term
2. Excess of minimum rent over royalty is know as

(A) Maximum rent
(B) Excess workings
(C) Short workings
(D) Deficiency of actual royalty

3. Short workings can be recouped out of
(A) Minimum rent
(B) Excess of actual Royalty over minimum rent
(C) Excess of minimum rent over actual Royalty
(D) Profit and Loss Account
Answer:
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B)

1. Royalty is a Revenue Expenditure to Lessor.
2. As per agreed term in the Royalty agreement, short workings can be recouped in the year when the actual
royalty is more than minimum rent.
3. Royalty account is a nominal account in nature.
EXERCISE:
1. On 1st April, 2010 Rukmani Limited leased a coal mine at a minimum rent of `36,000 for the first year, ` 60,000
for second year and there after ` 1,20,000 per annum merging into a royalty of ` 3 per tonne with right to
recoup short workings over two years after occurring short workings. The output for first year years is as follows:
Year 1 2 3 4
Coal output (in tones) 6,000 17,200 44,000 1,00,000
You are required to prepare Royalty Account, Short workings Account and Landlord’s Account in the books
of Rukmani Ltd.
Answer:
[Short working 2010-11 — `18,000
2011-12 — `8,400
Short working recouped 2012-13 — `12,000
2013-14 — `8,400
Transferred to P&L A/c 2012-13 — `6,000.]
2. On 1st April, 2009 Mahi Limited obtained a mine on lease from Kachari Limited. The terms were as follows:
(i) Royalty at `25 per tonne raised.
(ii) Minimum Rent `1,50,000 per annum.
(iii) Short workings can be recouped in the next two years only but subject to a maximum of ` 37,500 per
year. In the event of strike, the minimum rent would be taken pro-rata on the basis of actual working days
but in the event of lockout, the lease would enjoy concession in respect of minimum rent for 50% of the
period of lockout. In addition to the above, Mahi Ltd. has been granted a right to receive cash subsidy
equal to 50% of the Unrecoupable shortworkings by the State Government up to the first 5 years of the
lease.

Royalties
The production during the first six years was as follows: -
Year 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15
Production 2000 3000 8000 9000 4000 6000

(Tonnes)
(Period of strike for (Lockout for two

73 days) months)
Show the ne cessary Ledger Accounts in the books of Mahi Limited.

Answer:
[Short working 2009-10 — `1,00,000
2010-11 — `75,000
Short workings recouped 2011-12 — `37,500
2012-13 — `37,500
2014-15 — `12,500
Transferred to P&L A/c 2011-12 — `31,250
2012-13 — `18,750
Closing balance of short workings as 2014-15 — `7,500.]

Study Note - 9
HIRE-PURCHASE AND INSTALLMENT PURCHASE SYSTEM
9.1 Hire-Purchase and Installment Purchase System
9.2. HIRE-PURCHASE AND INSTALLMENT PURCHASE SYSTEMS
HIRE-PURCHASE SYSTEM Introduction :

It is not always possible by a purchaser to meet up the higher demand for goods due to immediate cash payment.
To meet this demand the concept of Hire Purchase is very popular in the market.
Under this system the purchaser (Hirer) pays the entire amount in staggered way viz. monthly, quarterly or yearly
with some interest. Under this system the goods are sold with the following conditions:
Possession of goods is delivered to a hirer but the title to the goods (Ownership) are transferred only when the
agreed sum (Hire Purchase price) is paid by the hirer.
Such hirer has a right to terminate the agreement at any time before the property so passes. That means he has
the option to return the goods in which case he need not pay installments falling due thereafter. However, the
hirer cannot recover the sums already paid as such sums legally represent hire charges of the goods in question.
The hire-purchaser, during that period of possession of goods, cannot damage, destroy, pledge or sell such goods.
He is supposed to take all such care of goods as a prudent person does in his own goods.
In case of Installment Sale, it is not only the possession of goods but also the ownership in goods is transferred
to the buyer immediately at the time of agreement.
Further, in installment system if the buyer stops the payment of dues, then he does not have the right of seizing his
goods. The differences between installment sale and hire-purchase are as below:
Particulars Hire Purchase Installment Sale

Ownership Stipulates the time at which the ownership Ownership passes at the
passes to the buyer. It is usually on the time of sale.
payment of last installment.
Default in making Seller can repossess the goods. In that case Seller does not have any
payment the installment so far paid is treated to be other right except the right
Hiring charges. of suing the buyer for the
non-payment of price.
Right of sale or No right to sale or otherwise transfer the Right to sale or otherwise
other wise goods since the legal position of the hirer transfer the goods.
is bailee.
Loss or damages Any loss occurring to goods has to be borne Any loss occurring to goods
to the goods. by the seller if the buyer takes reasonable has to be borne by the
care. buyer.

Hire-Purchase and Installment Purchase Systems
SITUATION – I : WHEN RATE OF INTEREST, TOTAL CASH PRICE AND IN STALLMENTS ARE GIVEN
Illustration 1.
X purchases a car on hire-purchase system on 1.1.11. The total cash price of the car is ` 4,50,000 payable ` 90,000
down and three installments of ` 1,70,000, ` 1,50,000 and ` 1,08,460 payable at the end of first, second and third
year respectively. Interest is charged at 10% p.a.
You are required to calculate interest paid by the buyer to the seller each year.
Solution: Following table is useful for calculating interest paid with each installment :
Analysis of Instalments
Year Opening Balance of Installments Payment towards Payment towards Closing Balance
Cash Price Principal/Cash Price Interest of Cash Price
` ` ` ` `
01.01.11 4,50,000 90,000 90,000 - 3,60,000
31.12.11 3,60,000 1,70,000 1,34,000 36,000 2,26,000
31.12.12 2,26,000 1,50,000 1,27,400 22,600 98,600
31.12.13 98,600 1,08,460 98,600 9,860 -
SITUATION – II : WHEN RATE OF INTEREST AND INSTALLMENTS ARE GIVEN BUT TOTAL CASH PRICE IS NOT GIVEN.
Illustration 2.
X purchased a T.V on hire-purchase system. As per terms he is required to pay ` 3000 down, ` 4000 at the end of
first year, ` 3000 at the end of second year, and ` 5000 at end of third year. Interest is charged at 12% p.a.
You are required to calculate total cash price of T.V and interest paid with each installment.
Solution :
Analysis of Instalments
Calculation of Cash Price Installment Interest Cash Price
` ` `
3rd Instalment
(-) Interest (12/112 × 5,000) 5,000
536
Balance of Cash Price 4,464 536 4,464
(+) 2nd Instalment 3,000
7,464
(-) Interest (12/112 × 7,464) 800 800 2,200
Balance of Cash Price 6,664
(+) 1st Instalment 4,000
10,664
(-) Interest (12/112 × 10,664) 1,143 1,143 2,857
Balance of Cash Price 9,521
(+) Down Payment Total Cash Price 3,000 - 3,000
12,521 2,479 12,521
SITUATION – III : WHEN ONLY INSTALLMENTS ARE GIVEN, BUT CASH PRICE AND RATE OF INTEREST ARE NOT GIVEN.
Illustration 3.
X & Co. purchased a Motor car on April 1, 2009 on hire-purchase paying ` 60,000 cash down and balance
in four annual installments of ` 55,000, ` 50,000, ` 45000 and ` 40,000 each Installment comprising equal
amount of cash price at the end of each accounting period. You are required to calculate total cash
price and amount of interest in each Installment.

Solution : Hire-purchase Price
Down Payment 60,000
1st installment 55,000
2nd installment 50,000
3rd installment 45,000
4th installment 40,000
Total 2,50,000
As each installment comprises equal amount of cash price the differences in installment amounts are due to
interest amount only. Assuming X is the amount of Cash Price in each installment and I is the amount of interest.
Thus for the installments, starting from last installment, we have the following equations:
(i) X+I = 40,000
(ii) X + 2I = 45,000
(iii) X + 3I = 50,000
(iv) X + 4I = 55,000
Subtracting any preceding equation from the following equation we get I = ` 5,000 and by substituting the value
of I in any equation we get X = ` 35,000.
The hire-purchase price is divided into cash price and interest parts as under :
Particulars Cash Price Interest Installment

` ` `
Down Payment 60,000 - 60,000
First installment 35,000 20,000 55,000
Second installment 35,000 15,000 50,000
Third installment 35,000 10,000 45,000
Fourth installment 35,000 5,000 40,000
Total 2,00,000 50,000 250,000
Total Cash Price 2,00,000
Hire Purchase Price 2,50,000
Total Interest 50,000
SITUATION – I V : WHEN REFERENCE TO ANNUITY TABLE RATE OF INTEREST AND INSTALLMENTS ARE GIVEN BUT
TOTAL CASH PRICE IS NOT GIVEN.
In such questions the reference to annuity table gives the present value of the annuity for a number of years at
a certain rate of interest. This present worth is equal to total cash price. Therefore, with the help of annuity tables
the total cash price of the total installments given can be calculated and then question can be solved by the first
method.
Illustration 4.
On 1.1.2010 X purchase a plant from Y on hire purchase system. The hire purchase rate was settled at ` 60,000,
payable as to ` 15,000 on 1.1.2010 and ` 15,000 at the end of three successive year. Interest was charged @5% p.a.
The asset was to be depreciated in the books of the purchaser at 10% p.a. on Reducing Balance Method. Given
the present value of an annuity of Re. 1 p.a. @5% interest is ` 2.7232.
Ascertain the cash price.

Solution :
Amount of Interest Present value
` 1 ` 2.7232
` 15,000 × 2.7232
` 15,000 = ` 40,848
1
∴ Cash Price = ` 40,848 + ` 15,000 (down) = ` 55,848.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
Accounting treatment in the books of buyer is presented in below :
In the Books of the Hire-Purchaser

The following methods are followed:
(1) Cash Price Method
(2) Interest Suspense Method
Cash Price Method:

1. Hire Purchase A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Hire Vendor A/c [Cash price] xxxx
2. Hire Vendor A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Down payment] xxxx
3. Interest A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Hire Vendor A/c xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Instalment amount] xxxx
5. P/L A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Interest A/c xxxx
To, Depreciation A/c xxxx
Interest Suspense Method:

1. Hire Purchase Asset A/c [Cash Price] Dr. xxxx
Interest Suspense A/c [Total Interest] Dr. xxxx
To, Hire Vendor A/c [H.P price] xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Down payment] xxxx
3. Interest A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Interest Suspense A/c xxxx
To, Bank A/c [Instalment amount] xxxx
5. P/L A/c Dr. xxxx
To, Interest A/c xxxx
To, Depreciation A/c xxxx

Illustration 5.
On 1.1.2009 Mr. X took delivery from Mr. Y of 5 machines on a hire purchase system. ` 4,000 being paid on delivery
and the balance in five installments of ` 6,000 each, payable annually on 31st December. The vendor company
charges 5% interest p.a. on yearly balances. The cash price of 5 machines was ` 30,000. Show the entries (without
narration) Assets Account, Mr. Y Account for 5 years assuming that the purchaser charges depreciation @20% on
straight line method.
Solution:
Computation of Interest
Hire-purchase price ` `
Down payment 4,000
Interest ` 6,000 x 5 = 30,000 34,000
Less: Cash Price 30,000
∴ Interest 4,000
Analysis of Payments of Vendors
Year Opening Balance Towards Towards Installment Closing balance of

of Cash Price Principal Interest Cash Price
` ` ` ` `
01.01.2009 30,000 4,000 --- --- 26,000
31.12.2009 26,000 4,700 1,300 6,000 21,300
31.12.2010 21,300 4,935 1,065 6,000 16,365
31.12.2011 16,365 5,182 818 6,000 11,183
31.12.2012 11,183 5,441 559 6,000 5,742
31.12.2013 5,742 5,742 258 6,000 NIL
(bal. fig.)
4,000
In the Books of Mr. X

Journal (without narrations) Dr. Cr.

` `
2009 Assets A/c. Dr. 30,000
Jan. 1. To Mr. Y A/c. 30,000
Mr. Y A/c. Dr. 4,000
To Bank A/c. 4,000
Dec. 31. Interest A/c. Dr. 1,300
To Mr. Y A/c. 1,300
Mr. Y A/c. Dr. 6,000
To Bank A/c. 6,000
Depreciation A/c. Dr. 6,000
To Assets A/c. 6,000
Profit & Loss A/c. Dr. 7,300
To Interest A/c. 1,300
To Depreciation A/c. 6,000

2010 Interest A/c. Dr. 1,065

Dec. 31. To Mr. Y A/c. 1,065
Mr. Y A/c. Dr. 6,000
To Bank A/c. 6,000
To Interest A/c. 1,065
2011 Interest A/c. Dr. 818
Dec. 31. To Mr. Y A/c. 818
Mr. Y A/c. Dr. 6,000
To Bank A/c. 6,000
To Interest A/c. 818
Dec. 31. To Mr. Y A/c. 559
Mr. Y A/c. Dr. 6,000
To Bank A/c. 6,000
Dec. 31. To Mr. Y A/c. 258
Mr. Y A/c. Dr. 6,000
To Bank A/c. 6,000

Dr. Asset Account Cr.

2009 2009
Jan. 1. To Mr. Y A/c. 30,000 Dec. 31. By Depreciation A/c. 6,000
`` Balance c/d. 24,000
30,000 30,000
2010 2010
Jan. 1. To Balance b/d. 24,000 Dec. 31. By Depreciation A/c. 6,000
24,000 24,000
2011 2011
18,000 18,000
2012 2012
12,000 12,000
2013 2012
Jan. 1. To Balance b/d. Dec. 31. By Depreciation A/c. 6,000
6,000
6,000 6,000
DEFAULT AND REPOSSESSION

Note:
It has been observed that Hire Purchase Trading Account (Debtors) method and Stock and Debtors method
of ascertaining profit or loss on sale of goods of small value under hire purchase system based on the simplified
approach are not fully compliant with AS 19 “Leases” since loading amount contains both profit as well as interest
element.
As both companies and other than companies are involved in Hire Purchase Trading it is necessary to prepare the
company accounts in compliance with Accounting Standards as per Companies Act, 2013.
Accordingly it is proposed to follow the methods other than Hire Purchase Trading Account (Debtors) Method and
Stock and Debtors Method in case of Companies.
Meaning of Sales Method
Sales method follows a practical approach and practically (of course not technically) treats the hire purchaser
as owner of the asset. Under this method, the asset is recorded at full cash price on the basis of ‘substance over
form’. This method is more appropriate since the intention all along is to buy the asset.

Journal Entries
The various accounting entries in the books of the hire purchaser and hire vendor are shown below:
Case In the Books of Hire Purchaser In the Books of Hire Vendor

1. On transfer of Possession Asset A/c Dr. Hire Purchaser’s A/c Dr.
To Hire Vendor’s A/c To H.P. Sales A/c
2. On making Down Payment Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c To Hire Purchaser’s A/c
3. On making Interest due on Interest A/c Dr. Hire Purchaser’s A/c Dr.
unpaid balance
To Hire Vendor’s A/c To Interest A/c
4. On making payment of Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
Instalment
To Bank A/c To Hire Purchaser’s A/c
5. On providing Depreciation Depreciation A/c Dr. No Entry
To Asset A/c
6. On closure of Depreciation A/c Profit & Loss A/c Dr. No Entry
To Depreciation A/c
7. On closure of Interest A/c Profit & Loss A/c Dr. Interest A/c Dr.
To Interest A/c To Profit & Loss A/c
Disclosure in Balance Sheet

At the end of each accounting period the balances of relevant accounts appear in the Balance Sheet as shown
below:
Disclosure in Balance Sheet
Balance Sheet of Hire Purchaser Balance Sheet of Hire Vendor

Liabilities ` Assets ` Liabilities ` Assets `
Fixed Assets: Current Assets:
Asset (at full cash xxx Hire Purchase Debtors xxx
price)
Less: xxx
Depreciation till
date
Less: Balance xxx
in Hire Vendor’s
Account
xxx xxx
Illustration 6.
On 01.01.2011 A purchased five Machines each costing ` 1,58,500 each from B Payment was to be made 20%
down and the remainder in four equal annual instalments commencing from 31.12.2011 with interest at 10% p.a.
A writes off depreciation @20% on the diminishing balance.
Give the necessary journal entries and ledger accounts in the books of A and B under Sales Method. Also show
how the relevant of items will appear in the Balance Sheet.

Solution:
Journal
Journal A Journal B Dr. (`) Cr.(`)

01.01.2011
(a) Machines A/c Dr. (a) A A/c Dr. 7,92,500
To B A/c To HP Sales A/c 7,92,500
(b) B A/c Dr. (b) Bank A/c Dr. 1,58,500
To Bank A/c To A A/c 1,58,500
31.12.2011
(c) Interest A/c Dr. (c) A A/c Dr. 63,400
To B A/c To Interest A/c 63,400
(d) B A/c Dr. (d) Bank A/c Dr. 2,21,900
(e) Depreciation A/c Dr. (e) No Entry 1,58,500
To Machines A/c 1,58,500
(f) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (f) No Entry 1,58,500
To Depreciation A/c 1,58,500
(g) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (g) Interest A/c Dr. 63,400
To Interest A/c To Profit & Loss A/c 63,400
31.12.2012
(a) Interest A/c Dr. (b) A A/c Dr. 47,550
(c) Depreciation A/c Dr. (c) No Entry 1,26,800
(d) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (d) No Entry 1,26,800
(e) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (e) Interest A/c Dr. 47,550
31.12.2013
(a) Interest A/c Dr. (c) A A/c Dr. 31,700
(c) Depreciation A/c Dr. (c) No Entry 1,01,440
(d) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (d) No Entry 1,01,440

31.12.2014
(a) Interest A/c Dr. (d) A A/c Dr. 15,850
(c) Depreciation A/c Dr. (c) No Entry 81,152
To Machines A/c 81,152
(d) Profit & Loss A/c Dr. (d) No Entry 81,152
To Depreciation A/c 81,152
Dr. Machines Account Cr.

01.01.11 To B A/c 7,92,500 31.12.11 By Depreciation A/c 1,58,500
7,92,500 7,92,500
01.01.12 To Balance b/d 6,34,500 31.12.12 By Depreciation A/c 1,26,800
6,34,500 6,34,500
5,07,200 5,07,200
01.01.14 To Balance b/d 4,05,760 31.12.14 By Depreciation A/c 81,152
4,05,760 4,05,760
Dr. B’s Account Cr.

01.01.11 To Bank A/c 1,58,500 01.01.11 By Machines A/c 7,92,500
[Down Payment]
31.12.11 To Bank A/c 2,21,900 31.12.11 By Interest A/c 63,400
[`1,58,500 + `63,400] [(`7,92,500 -
`1,58,500)×10/100]
To Balance c/d 4,75,500
8,55,900 8,55,900
31.12.12 To Bank A/c 2,06,050 01.01.12 By Balance b/d 4,75,500
[`1,58,500 + `47,550]
To Balance c/d 3,17,000 31.12.12 By Interest A/c 47,550
[`4,75,500 × 10/100]
5,23,050 5,23,050

[`1,58,500 + `31,700]
[ ` 3,17,000 × 10/100]
3,48,700 3,48,700
[`1,58,500 + `15,850]
31.12.14 By Interest A/c 15,850
[`1,58,500 × 10/100]
1,74,350 1,74,350
An Extract of Balance Sheet of A
Liabilities 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Assets 1st yr 2nd yr 3rd yr 4th yr
yr yr yr yr (`) (`) (`) (`)
Fixed Assets:
Machines 7,92,500 7,92,500 7,92,500 7,92,500
Less: Depreciation till 1,58,500 2,85,300 3,86,740 4,67,892
date
Less: Balance due To B 4,75,500 3,17,000 1,58,500 -
1,58,500 1,90,200 2,47,260 3,24,608
Ledger Accounts in the books of B

Dr. A’s Account Cr.

01.01.11 To Sales A/c 7,92,500 01.01.11 By Bank A/c 1,58,500
[Down payment]
31.12.11 To Interest A/c 63,400 31.12.11 By Bank A/c 2,21,900
8,55,900 8,55,900
31.12.12 To Interest A/c 47,550 31.12.12 By Balance c/d 3,17,000
5,23,050 5,23,050
31.12.13 To Interest A/c 31,700 By Balance c/d 1,58,500
3,48,700 3,48,700
31.12.14 To Interest A/c 15,850
1,74,350 1,74,350

An Extract of Balance Sheet of B
Liabilities 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Assets 1st yr 2nd yr 3rd yr 4th yr
yr yr yr yr (`) (`) (`) (`)
Current Assets:
Hire Purchase 4,75,500 3,17,000 1,58,500 -
Debtors – A
Default and Repossession
If a hire purchaser fails to pay any instalment on the stipulated date, the hire purchaser is said to be at default. In
case of default by the hire purchaser, the hire vendor may repossess the goods. Repossession means taking back
the possession of goods by the hire vendor. Subject to agreement, the repossession may be either complete or
partial.
Meaning of Complete or Full Repossession
In case of complete or full repossession the hire vendor takes back the possession of all the goods.
Journal Entries under Complete or Full Repossession
All Entries till the date of default are passed in the usual manner. The additional Entries are as follows:
Books of Hire Purchaser Books of Hire Vendor

1. For Closing Hire Vendor’s Account 1. On Repossession of goods
Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. Goods Repossessed A/c Dr.
To Asset A/c To Hire Purchaser’s A/c
Note: This entry is passed with the amount due to the Note: This entry is passed with the revalued amount
hire-vendor. of goods repossessed.
2. For Closing Asset Account 2. For amount spent on reconditioning
(i) If the Book Value of the Asset exceeds the amount of Goods Repossessed
due to Hire-Vendor Goods Repossessed A/c Dr.
Profit & Loss A/c Dr. To Cash A/c/Bank A/c
To Asset A/c 3. For sale of Goods Repossessed
(ii) If the amount due to Hire-Vendor exceeds the Book Cash A/c/Bank A/c /Debtors A/c Dr.
Value of the Asset To Goods Repossessed A/c
Asset A/c Dr. 4. For loss on sale of Goods Repossessed
To Profit & Loss A/c Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
To Goods Repossessed A/c
Note: In case of profit, a reverse entry will be
passed.
Illustration 7.
On 1.1.2011, A purchased 5 Machines from B. Payment was to be made — 20% down and the balance in four
annual instalments of `2,80,000, ` 2,60,000, ` 2,40,000 and ` 2,20,000 commencing from 31.12.2011. The vendor
charged interest @ 10% p.a. A, writes off depreciation @ 20% p.a. on the original cost.
On A’s failure to pay the instalment due on 31.12.2012, B repossessed all the machines on 01.01.2013 and valued
them on the basis of 40% p.a. depreciation on W.D.V. basis. B after incurring `6,000 on repairs sold the machines
for `2,66,000 on 30th June 2013. Prepare the relevant accounts in the books of A and B.

Solution:
Computation of Cash Price and Periodic Interest
A B C D=B+C E = D×R/ F = D-E

Instalment Closing Balance Instalment Closing Balance (100 + R) Opening
Number after the Payment Amount before the payment of Interest Balance
of Instalment Instalment D× 10/110
IV — 2,20,000 2,20,000 20,000 2,00,000
III 2,00,000 2,40,000 4,40,000 40,000 4,00,000
II 4,00,000 2,60,000 6,60,000 60,000 6,00,000
I 6,00,000 2,80,000 8,80,000 80,000 8,00,000
Let the cash price be ‘X

X = ` 8,00,000 + 20% of X (i.e. down payment) 0.8X = ` 8,00,000
X = ` 8,00,000/0.8 = `10,00,000
Ledger Accounts in the book of A


01.01.11 To B’s A/c 10,00,000 31.12.11 By Depreciation A/c 2,00,000
10,00,000 10,00,000
8,00,000 8,00,000
01.01.13 To Balance b/d 6,00,000 01.01.13 By B’s A/c 6,60,000
To P&L A/c (Profit) 60,000
6,60,000 6,60,000

01.01.11 To Bank A/c 2,00,000 01.01.11 By Machinery A/c 10,00,000
(Down payment)
[`2,00,000 + `80,000] [(`10,00,000 - `2,00,000) ×
10/100]
10,80,000 10,80,000
31.12.12 To Balance c/d 6,60,000 01.01.12 By Balance b/d 6,00,000
By Interest A/c 60,000
(`6,00,000 × 10/100)]
01.01.13 To Machinery A/c 6,60,000 01.01.13 By Balance b/d 6,60,000

Ledger Accounts in the books of B


01.01.11 To H.P. Sales A/c 10,00,000 01.01.11 By Bank A/c 2,00,000
(Down Payment)
[(`10,00,000 - `2,00,000) × (`2,00,000 + `80,000)
10/100] By Balance c/d 6,00,000
10,80,000 10,80,000
01.01.12 To Balance b/d 6,00,000 31.12.12 By Balance c/d 6,60,000
31.12.12 To Interest A/c
[ `6,00,000 × 10/100] 60,000
6,60,000 6,60,000
01.01.13 To Balance b/d 6,60,000 01.01.13 By H.P. Goods 3,60,000
Repossessed A/c
By Profit & Loss A/c 3,00,000
6,60,000 6,60,000
Dr. H.P. Goods Repossessed Account Cr.

01.01.13 To A’s A/c 3,60,000 30.06.13 By Bank A/c 2,66,000
To Bank A/c 6,000 By P&L A/c 1,00,000
3,66,000 3,66,000
Partial Repossession
In case of partial repossession, the hire vendor takes back the possession of a part of the goods.
Practical Steps under Partial Repossession
Step1: Calculate Book value of Goods Repossessed
A. Cost
B. Less: Depreciation upto date of repossession
C. Book value of Goods Repossessed
Step 2: Calculate Agreed Value of Goods Repossessed
Step 3: Loss on default = Book Value – Agreed Value

Journal Entries Under Partial Repossession
Entries till the date of default are passed in the usual manner. The additional Entries are as follows:
Books of Hire Purchaser Books of Hire Vendor

1. For transfer of the agreed value of Goods 1. On Repossession of Goods at agreed value
Repossessed H.P. Goods Repossessed A/c Dr.
Hire Vendor’s A/c Dr. To Hire Purchaser’s A/c
To Asset A/c
2. For Transfer of Loss on default
Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 2,3,4—Same entries as in case of complete
To Asset A/c repossession.
Note: In case of profit on default, the reverse entry
will be passed
Illustration 8.
On 1.1.2011, A purchased 5 Machines from B. Payment was to be made—20% down and the balance in four
annual instalments of `2,80,000, ` 2,60,000, ` 2,40,000 and ` 2,20,000 commencing from 31.12.2011. The vendor
charged interest @ 10% p.a. A, writes off depreciation @ 20% p.a. on the original cost.
On A’s failure to pay the instalment due on 31.12.2012, after negotiations on 01.01.2013 B agreed to leave two
machines with A adjusting the value of the other three machines against the amount due.The machines being
valued at cost less 40% p.a. depreciation on W.D.V basis, B after spending `6000 on repairs of each of such
machines sold @ `70,000 on 30th June 2013. Prepare the relevant accounts in the books of A and B.
Solution:
A B C D= B+C E = D×R/(100 +R) F = D-E

Instalment Closing Balance Instalment Closing Balance Interest Opening
Number after the payment of Amount before the payment of D× 10/110 Balance
Instalment Instalment
IV - 2,20,000 2,20,000 20,000 2,00,000
III 2,00,000 2,40,000 4,40,000 40,000 4,00,000
II 4,00,000 2,60,000 6,60,000 60,000 6,00,000
I 6,00,000 2,80,000 8,80,000 80,000 8,00,000
Let the cash price be ’X’

X= `8,00,000 +20% of X (i.e. down payment)
0.8X = `8,00,000
X = `8,00,000/0.8 = `10,00,000


01.01.11 To B A/c 10,00,000 31.12.11 By Depreciation A/c 2,00,000
10,00,000 10,00,000
8,00,000 8,00,000
01.01.13 To Balance b/d 6,00,000 01.01.13 By B A/c 2,16,000
By P&L A/c 1,44,000
[loss on default]
By Depreciation A/c 80,000
6,00,000 6,00,000

(Down payment)
[`2,00,000 + `80,000] [(`10,00,000 - `2,00,000) ×
To Balance c/d 6,00,000 10/100]
10,80,000 10,80,000
31.12.12 To Balance c/d 6,60,000 01.01.12 By Balance b/d 6,00,000
31.12.12 By Interest A/c 60,000
[(`6,00,000 × 10/100)]
Working Notes
1. Calculation of Book value of Goods Repossessed
A. Cost [`2,00,000 × 3] `6,00,000

B. Less: Depreciation for 2 years [`6,00,000 × 20% × 2] `2,40,000
`3,60,000
2. Calculation of Agreed value of Goods Repossessed
A. Cost [`2,00,000 × 3] `6,00,000

B. Less: Depreciation for 1 Year [40% of `6,00,000]
st
`2,40,000
C. Book Value in the beginning of 2nd year `3,60,000
D. Less: Depreciation for 2 nd
year [40% of `3,60,000] `1,44,000
E. Book Value at the end of 2 nd
Year `2,16,000
2. Loss on Default = Book Value – Agreed Value = `3,60,000 - `2,16,000 = `1,44,000


(Down payment)
[(`10,00,000 - `2,00,000)× [`2,00,000 +`80,000]
10/100]
10,80,000 10,80,000
01.01.12 To Balance b/d 6,00,000 31.12.12 By Balance c/d 6,60,000
31.12.12 To Interest A/c 60,000
[`6,00,000 × 10/100]
6,60,000 6,60,000
01.01.13 To Balance b/d 6,60,000 01.01.13 By H.P. Goods Repossessed 2,16,000
A/c
6,60,000 6,60,000
Dr. H.P. Goods Repossessed Account Cr.

01.01.13 To A’s A/c 2,16,000 30.06.13 By Bank A/c 2,10,000
To Bank A/c (Repairs) 18,000 By P&L A/c (Loss) 24,000
[`6,000 ×3]
2,34,000 2,34,000
Illustration 9.
A Transport purchased from Kolkata Motors 3 Tempos costing `50,000 each on the hire purchase system on 1.1.2011.
Payment was to be made `30,000 down and the remainder in 3 equal annual instalments payable on 31.12.2011,
31.12.2012 and 31.12.2013 together with interest @ 9%. p.a. A Transport writes off depreciation at the rate of 20%
p.a. on the diminishing balance. It paid the instalment due at the end of the first year i.e. 31.12.2011 but could not
pay the next on 31.12.2012. Kolkata Motors agreed to leave one Tempo with the purchaser on 31.12.2012 adjusting
the value of the other 2 Tempos against the amount due on 31.12.2012. The Tempos were valued on the basis of
30% depreciation annually on W.D.V. basis.
Required: Show the necessary accounts in the books of A Transport for the year 2011, 2012,2013.
Solution:
Dr. Tempos Account Cr.

01.01.11 To Kolkata Motors’ A/c 1,50,000 31.12.11 By Depreciation A/c 30,000
(`50,000 × 3) (20% on `1,50,000)
1,50,000 1,50,000

31.12.12 By Kolkata Motors’ A/c 49,000

(Value of 2 tempos taken
away)
31.12.12 By P&L A/c (Loss on Default) 15,000
31.12.12 By Balance c/d (value of one 32,000
tempo left)
1,20,000 1,20,000
01.01.13 To Balance b/d 32,000 31.12.13 By Depreciation A/c 6,400
31.12.13 By Balance c/d 25,600
32,000 32,000
Dr. Kolkata Motor’s Account Cr.

01.01.11 To Bank A/c (Down 30,000 01.01.11 By Tempos A/c 1,50,000
Payment) (`50,000 ×3)
31.12.11 To Bank A/c 50,800 31.12.11 By Interest A/c 10,800
(9% on `1,20,000)
31.12.11 To Balance c/d 80,000
1,60,800 1,60,800
31.12.12 To Tempos A/c 49,000 01.01.12 By Balance b/d 80,000
31.12.12 To Balance c/d 38,200 31.12.12 By Interest A/c 7,200
(9% on `80,000)
87,200 87,200
31.12.13 To Bank A/c 41,638 01.01.13 By Balance b/d 38,200
31.12.13 By Interest A/c 3,438
(9% on `38,200)
41,638 41,638
Working Notes:
1. Value of a tempo left with the buyer = `50,000 × 80/100 × 80/100 = `32,000
2. Value of Tempos taken away by the seller = `50,000 × 2 × 70/100 × 70/100 = `49,000
3. Loss on Tempos taken away = Book Value – Agreed Value
= [2 × `50,000 × 80/100 × 80/100] - `49,000 = `15,000.
Illustration 10.
On 1 January 2012, A purchased from B a plant valued at `7,45,000; payment to be made by four semi-annual
instalments of `2,10,000 each; interest being charged at 5% per half year. A paid the first instalment on 1st July 2012
but failed to pay the next. B repossessed the plant on 4 January 2013.On 5 January 2013, after negotitation, A
was allowed to retain the plant of which the original cash price was `3,90,000 and he was to bear the loss on the
remainder which was taken over by B on that date for `3,75,000. B waived the interest after 31st December 2012.
Another agreement was signed for payment of the balance amount.
Show by ledger accounts the necessary records in the books of A charging depreciation at 10% per annum half
yearly on the written down value.

Solution:

01.01.2012 To B’s A/c 7,45,000 30.06.2012 By Depreciation A/c 37,250
7,45,000 7,45,000
7,07,750 7,07,750
01.01.2013 To Balance b/d 6,72,362 05.01.2013 By B’s A/c 3,75,000
To Profit & Loss A/c 54,613 By Balance c/d 3,51,975
(Balancing Figure)
[3,75,000-3,20,387]
7,26,975 7,26,975

30.6.2012 To balance c/d 7,82,250 01.01.2012 By Plant on Hire Purchase 7,45,000
A/c
30.06.2012 By Interest A/c 37,250
[`7,45,000 × 5%]
7,82,250 7,82,250
31.12.2012 To Balance c/d 6,00,863 31.12.2012 By Interest A/c 28,613
[`5,72,250 × 5%]
8,10,863 8,10,863
6,00,863 6,00,863
Working Note:
Calculation of Book Value of Plant Repossessed and Retained
Repossessed (`) Retained (`)

A. Cash Price of the Plant 3,55,000 3,90,000
B. Less: Depreciation @10% for 6 months (17,750) (19,500)
C. Book Value 3,37,250 3,70,500
D. Less: Depreciation @10% for 6 months (16,863) (18,525)
E. Book Value 3,20,387 3,51,975

Illustration 11.
Z sold 3 Machinery for a total cash sale price of `6,00,000 on hire purchase basis to X on 01.01.2011. The terms of
agreement provided for 30% as cash down and the balance of the cash price in three equal instalments together
with interest at 10% per annum compounded annually. The instalments were payable as per the following schedule:
1st instalment on 31.12.2012; 2nd instalment on 31.12.2013 and 3rd instalment on 31.12.2014.X paid the 1st instalment
on time but failed to pay thereafter. On his failure to pay the second instalment, Z repossessed two machineries
and valued them at 50% of the cash price. X charges 10% p.a. depreciation on straight line method.
Prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of X for 2011-2013.
Solution:

01.01.2011 To Z’s A/c 6,00,000 31.12.2011 By Depreciation A/c 60,000
6,00,000 6,00,000
5,40,000 5,40,000
By Z’s A/c 2,00,000
By Profit and Loss A/c 80,000
(balancing figure)
4,80,000 4,80,000
Dr. Z’s Account Cr.
31.12.2011 To Balance c/d 4,62,000 By Interest A/c [10% on 42,000

(`6,00,000 - `1,80,000)]
6,42,000 6,42,000
31.12.2012 To Bank A/c (1,40,000 + 2,28,200 01.01.2012 By Balance c/d 4,62,000

42,000 + 46,200) 31.12.2012 By Interest A/c 46,200
To Balance c/d 2,80,000 [10% on `4,62,000]
5,08,200 5,08,200

3,08,000 3,08,000

Working Notes:
1. Book value of machine left and repossessed
1 left 2 repossessed
A. Costs 2,00,000 4,00,000
B. Less: Depreciation for 3 years @10% (60,000) (1,20,000)
1,40,000 2,80,000
2. Agreed Value of 2 Machinery Repossessed = Cash Price – 50% of cash price
= `(4,00,000 – 2,00,000) = `2,00,000
3. Loss on Default = Agreed Value – Book Value
= `(2,00,000 - 2,80,000) = `80,000
Illustration 12.
X purchased a truck for ` 2,80,000, payment to be made ` 91,000 down and 3 installments of ` 76,000 each at the
end of each year. Rate of interest is charged at 10% p.a. Buyer depreciates assets at 15% p.a. on written down
value method.
Because of financial difficulties, X, after having paid down payment and first installment to the end of 1st year
could not pay second installment and seller took possession of the truck. Seller, after spending ` 9,200 on repairs
of the asset sold for ` 150,000. Show the relevant accounts in the books of the purchaser & the vendor.
Solution:
Particulars Total Cash Installment Interest Paid towards Cash Price

Price Paid @ 10% Int Paid (Installment-Interest)
` ` ` `
280,000
Down Payment 91,000 91,000 0 91,000
189,000
End of 1st year 57,100 76,000 18,900 57,100
131,900
End of 2nd Year 62,810 76,000 13,190 62,810
69,090
End of 3rd Year 69,090 76,000 6,910 69,090
Total 0 3,19,000 39,000 2,80,000
In the Books of X
Dr. Car Account Cr.
` `
1st Year To Vendor A/c 2,80,000 By Depreciation A/c 42,000
By Bal c/d 2,38,000
2,80,000
2,80,000 35,700
2nd Year To Bal b/d 2,38,000 By Depreciation A/c 1,45,090
By Vendors A/c 57,210
2,38,000 By P/L A/c 2,38,000
(Bal. figure)

Dr. Vendors Account Cr.

` `
1st Year To Bank (Down Payment) 91,000 By Car (Cash Price) A/c 2,80,000
To Bank (Installment) 76,000 By Interest A/c 18,900
To Bal c/d 1,31,900
2,98,900
2,98,900
2nd Year To Asset A/c 1,45,090 By Balance b/d

(Default- Assets ” Interest A/c 1,31,900
taken over 13,190
1,45,090 1,45,090
In the Books of Vendor

Dr. X Account Cr.

` `
1st Year To Hire Purchase 2,80,000 By Bank (Down) A/c 91,000

Sales A/c By Bank (Installment) A/c 76,000
To Interest A/c 18,900 By Balance c/d 1,31,900
2,98,900
2,98,900 By Goods Repossessed A/c 1,45,090
2nd To Balance b/d 1,31,900
Year To Interest A/c 13,190
1,45,090 1,45,090
Dr. Goods Repossessed Account Cr.

` `
To X A/c (Purchaser) A/c 1,45,090 By Bank (Sales) A/c 1,50,000

To Bank (Repairing Charge) A/c 9,200 By P/L A/c (Bal Figure) 4,290
1,54,290 1,54,290
Illustration 13.
Z Associates purchased seven trucks on hire purchase on 1st July, 2012. The cash purchase price of each truck
was ` 1,00,000. The company has to pay 20% of the cash purchase price at the time of delivery and the balance
in five half yearly instalment starting from 31st December, 2012 with interest at 5% per annum at half yearly rates.
On the Company’s failure to pay the instalment due on 30th June 2013, it was agreed that the Company would
return 3 trucks to the vender and the remaining four would be retained. The vendor agreed to allow him a credit
for the amount paid against these 3 trucks less 25%. Show the relevant Accounts in the books of the purchaser
and vendor assuming the books are closed in June every year and depreciation @ 20% p.a. is charged on Trucks.
Vendor after spending ` 2,000 on repairs sold away all the three trucks for ` 80,000.

Solution :
In Books of Hire-Purchaser
Dr. Trucks Account Cr.

01.07.12 To Hire Vendor’s 30.06.13 By Depreciation A/c 1,40,000
A/c (Cost of Trucks By Hire Vendor’s A/c (Value 81,000
@ ` 1,00,000 each) of 3 Trucks returned to
7,00,000 Vendor)
By P & L A/c (Loss on 1,59,000
surrender)
By Balance c/d
[4/7 of (`7,00,000 - `1,40,000) 3,20,000
7,00,000 7,00,000
Dr. Hire Vendor’s Account Cr.

01.07.12 To Bank A/c 1,40,000 01.07.12 By Trucks A/c 7,00,000
(7,00,000 × 20/100) 31.12.12 By Interest A/c 14,000
[5,60,000 × 2.5%]

[(20% of 5,60,000 +14,000] [4,48,000 × 2.5%]
30.06.13 To Trucks A/c
(Value of Trucks surrendered) 81,000
30.06.13 To Balance c/d
3,78,200
7,25,200 7,25,200
Rate of interest is [5% ÷ 2] = 2.5% for half year.
Working Notes :
(i) Credit allowed by Vendor against 3 trucks `
Total amount of principal paid against 7 trucks
(` 1,40,000 + ` 1,12,000) 2,52,000
Total amount of principal paid against 3 trucks (` 2,52,000 × 3/7) Credit 1,08,000
allowed by Vendor (` 1,08,000 – 25% of ` 1,08,000) 81,000
(ii) Loss on surrender of 3 trucks

2,40,000
Book value of 3 turcks surrendered [(` 1,00,000 × 3) less 20% of ` 3,00,000]
Less : Credit allowed by Vendor against these 3 Trucks 81,000

Loss on surrender of 3 Trucks 1,59,000

In Books of Hire Vendor

Dr. Z Associates Account Cr.

30.06.13 To Interest A/c 11,200 30.06.13 By Goods Repossessed A/c 81,000
30.06.13 By Balance c/d 3,78,200
7,25,200 7,25,200

30.6.13 To Banerjee & Co. 81,000 30.6.13 By Bank A/c (Sales) 80,000
30.6.13 To Cash A/c 2,000 30.6.13 By Profit & Loss A/c
(expenses) (Loss on Sale) 3,000
83,000 83,000
Illustration 14.
On 1.1.2010, B & Brothers bought 5 computers from Chirag Computers on hire-purchase. The cash price of each
computer was ` 20,000. It was agreed ` 30,000 each at the end of each year. The Vendor charges interest @ 10%
p.a. The buyer depreciates computers at 20% p.a. on the diminishing balance method.
B & Brothers paid cash down of ` 5,000 each and two instalments but failed to pay the last instalment.
Consequently, the Computer Traders repossessed three sets, leaving two sets with the buyer and adjusting the
value of 3 sets against the amount due. The sets repossessed were valued on the basis of 30% depreciation p.a.
on the written down value. The sets repossessed were sold by the Chirag Computers for ` 30,000 after necessary
rapairs amounting to ` 5,000 on 30th June 2013.
Required : Open the necessary ledger account in the books of both the parties.
Solution :
In the Books of B & Brothers
Dr. Computers Account Cr.

01.01.10 To Chirag 1,00,000 31.12.10 By Depreciation A/c 20,000
Computers A/c By Balance c/d 80,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
80,000 16,000
01.01.11 To Balance b/d 31.12.11 By Depreciation A/c 64,000
80,000 By Balance c/d 80,000
64,000 12,800
31.12.12 To Balance b/d 31.12.12 By Depreciation A/c

20,580
By Chirag Computers
10,140
(computers surrendered)
By P & L A/c
20,480
- Loss on surrender
64,000 64,000
By Balance c/d

Dr. Chirag Computers Account Cr.

01.01.10 To Cash A/c 25,000 01.01.10 By Computers A/c 1,00,000
31.12.10 To Cash A/c 30,000 31.12.10 By Interest A/c
To Balance c/d 52,500 [(` 1,00,000 – 7,500
1,07,500 ` 25,000) × 10%] 1,07,500
30,000 52,500
31.12.11 To Cash 27,750 01.01.11 By Balance b/d 5,250
To Balance c/d 31.12.11 By Interest A/c
57,750 [52,500 × 10%] 57,750
20,580 27,750
2,250
31.12.12 To Computers A/c 01.01.12 By Balance b/d
9,420
(surrendered) 31.12.12 By Interest A/c
To Balance c/d 30,000 30,000
Working Notes :
(i) Total Interest = Hire Purchase Price – Cash Price
= [` 25,000 + (` 30,000 × 3)] – (` 20,000 × 5)
= ` 1,15,000 – ` 1,00,000 = ` 15,000
(ii) Interest for 3rd year = ` 15,000 – ` 7,500 – ` 5,250 = ` 2,250
(iii) Agreed Value of 3 Computers Repossessed on the basis of depreciation @ 30% p.a.
`
Cost (Cash Price) of 3 Computers 60,000
Less : Depreciation @ 30% p.a. for 3 years [` 18,000 + ` 12,600 + ` 8,820] 39,420
20,580
(iv) Book Value of 3 Computers Repossesed on the basis of depreciation

@ 20% p.a
Cost (Cash Price) of 3 Computers 60,000
Less : Depreciation @ 20% WDV for 3 years [` 12,000 + ` 9,600 + ` 7,680] 29,280
30,720
(v) Loss on Surrender = Book value – Agreed Value = ` 30,720 – ` 20,580 = ` 10,140

In the Books of Chirag Computers

Dr. B & Brothers Account Cr.
01.01.10 To H.P. Sales A/c 1,00,000 01.01.10 By Cash A/c 25,000
31.12.10 To Interest A/c 7,500 31.12.10 By Cash A/c 30,000
1,07,500 1,07,500
01.01.11 To Balance b/d 52,500 31.12.11 By Cash A/c 30,000
31.12.11 To Interest A/c 5,250 31.12.11 By Balance c/d 27,750
57,750 57,750
01.01.12 To Balance b/d 27,750 31.12.12 By Goods Repossessed A/c 20,580
31.12.12 To Interest A/c 2,250 By Balance c/d 9,420
30,000 30,000

30.06.13 To B & Brothers A/c 20,580 30.06.13 By Cash A/c 30,000
30.06.13 To Cash A/c (Repairs) 5,000 (sales)
30.06.13 To Profit & Loss A/c (Profit) 4,420
30,000 30,000

1. In the hire purchase system interest charged by vendor is calculated on the basis of
(A) Outstanding cash Price
(B) Hire purchase Price
(C) Installment amount
2. Shiva purchased a laptop on hire-purchase system. As per terms, he is required to pay ` 7,500 down, `10,000
at the end of first year, `7,500 at the end of second year, and `12,500 at the end of third year. Interest is
charged at 12% per annum. The interest payable with the installment at the end of second year will be
(A) `900
(B) `1,999
(C) `804
(D) `1,760
3. Excess of hire purchase price over cash price is know as
(A) Installment
(B) Cash down payment
(C) Interest
(D) Capital value of asset
4. Arti Ltd. purchased a machine on hire purchase system for a cash price `5,00,000 to be paid as `78,700 cash
down and the balance by three equal annual installment of ` 2,00,000 each. If interest is charged @ 20% per
annum then amount of interest payable in second installment will be
(A) `1,00,000
(B) `61,112
(C) `33,328
(D) `84,260

5. In Hire Purchase system cash price plus interest is know as
(A) Capital value of asset
(B) Book value of asset
(C) Hire purchase price of asset
(D) Hire purchase charges
Answer:
1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. (B) 5. (C)

1. In a hire purchase system of maintaining accounts, when there is default in making payments in appropriate
time, the owner takes back the ownership of the goods.
2. Excess of hire-purchase price over cash price is known as penalty imposed on hire purchaser by the vendor.
3. In Hire Purchase transaction the right to sell or transfer of the goods remains with Seller.
QUESTIONS:
1. On 01.01.2010 Dola Ltd. purchased a Taxi from Sayan Ltd., on hire purchase system. A Down payment of
`15,000 and 3 equal instalments together with interest @ 5% per annum on the outstanding balance of capital
sum are to be made. The amount of last installment payment was `15,750. Depreciation has to be provided
@ 10% under reducing balance method.
At the end of 3rd year the taxi was sold for `25,000 in cash.
Prepare Taxi Account and Vendor Account in the books of Dola Ltd.
Answer: [Depreciation on 31.12.2010 — 31.12.2010 `6,000
31.12.2011 `5,400
31.12.2012 `4,860
Interest for 2010 —`2,250
2011 —`1,500
2012 — `750]
2. On 1st April, 2012 Gauru & Co. purchased a machinery on hire purchases system from Machinery Mart for
a cash price of ` 7,50,000 to be paid as ` 1,18,050 cash down and the balance by three equal annual
installments of ` 3,00,000 each. Interest is charged @ 20% per annum. Gauru & Co. has decided to write
off depreciation on machinery @ 15% per annum on diminishing balance method. Gauru & Co. paid the
installment due at the end of the first year but could not pay the next installments. On 31st March, 2014 the
Machinery Mart took the possession of the machinery. On 15th April, 2014 the Machinery Mart spent `30,000
on the repairs of the machinery and sold it for `1,80,000 on 20th April, 2014. Installment due on 31.03.2014 was
paid by Gauru & Co. on 10th April. You are required to prepare:
(i) Gauru & Co.’s Account and Returned Stock Account in the books of Machinery Mart.
(ii) Machinery Account and Machinery Mart’s Account in the books of Gauru & Co.
Answer:
Calculation of Interest included in each instalment.
Installment Amount of Installment Interest Payment of Cash
(`) (`) Price (`)
1 3 4 (3 - 4)= 5
Cash down on 1-04-2012 1,18,050 — 1,18,050
(i) 31-03-13 3,00,000 6,31,950 × (20/100) = 1,26,390 1,73,610
(ii) 31-3-14 3,00,000 4,58,340 × (20/100) 2,08,332
(iii) 31-03-15 3,00,000 49,992 2,50,008

3. On 1st April, 2010 Guru purchased a machinery for cash price of `5,06,872 on hire purchase system from
Machinery Mart. Payment to be made `1,50,000 down and the balance by four equal annual installments.
Interest is charged @ 15% per annum. Guru depreciates machinery at 20% per annum on written down value
method. Guru paid down payment and first two installments but could not pay the remaining installments.
On 31st March, 2013 the Machinery Mart took possession of machinery.
You are required to prepare Machinery Account and Machinery Mart Account in the books of Guru.
Since the problem is silent regarding the amount of equal instalment, it is assumed that the balance of cash
price will be paid equally along with the interest on the amount outstanding.
Answer:
Calculation of Interest
Opening Installment Interest Payment of

Cash Price Principle
5,06,872 1,50,000 — 1,50,000
3,56,872 1,42,749 3,56,872 × 15% = 53,531 89,218
2,67,654 1,29,366 2,67,654 × 15% = 40,148 89,218
1,78,436 1,15,972 1,78,436 × 15% = 26,754 89,218
89,218 1,02,601 89,218 × 15%= 13,383 89,218
4. Exe Ltd. purchased a vehicle for `2,80,000, down payment to be made `91,000 and 3 installments of `76,000
each at the end of each year. Rate of interest is charged at 10% p.a.
Buyer depreciates assets at 15% on written down value method.
Because of financial difficulties, Exe Ltd. after having paid the down payment and first installment at the end
of 1st year, could not pay the second installment. Hence, the seller took possession of the vehicle. The Seller
after spending ` 9.200 on repairs of the asset, sold it for `1,50,000. Show the relevant accounts in the books
of the purchaser and the vendor.
Answer:
Calculation on Interest
Particulars Total Cash Price Installment Paid Interest Paid Paid towards Cash
@10% Int. Price(installment -Int.)
2,80,000
Down Payment 91,000 91,000 NIL 91,000
1,89,000
End of 1st year 57,100 76,000 18,900 57,100
1,31,900
End of 2nd year 62,810 76,000 13,190 62,810
69,090
End of 3rd year 69,090 76,000 6,910 69,090
TOTAL Nil 3,19,000 39,000 2,80,000

Study Note - 10
BRANCH AND DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS
10.1 Branch Accounts

10.2 Departmental Accounts
10.1 BRANCH ACCOUNTS INCLUDING FOREIGN BRANCH
A Branch is a subordinate division of an office.

Section 2(14) of the Companies Act, 2013 defines a Branch Office as-
• Any establishment described as a Branch by the Company
Classification of Branches :
A. Inland Branches:
(i) Dependent Branches : branches in respect of which the whole of the accounting records are kept at Head
Office only.
(ii) Independent Branches : branches which maintain independent accounting records.
B. Foreign Branches : branches which are located in a foreign country(i.e. in a country other than in which
the company is incorporated and registered)
Dependent Branches
Branch Accounts can be maintained at the Head Office, particularly when the business policies and
administration of the Branch are wholly controlled by the Head office.
The Branch prepares the periodic returns based on which the accounting records are maintained at the Head
Office.
Methods of Accounting :
(i) Final Accounts Method;
(ii) Debtors Method and
(iii) Stock and Debtors Method.
FINAL ACCOUNTS METHOD

Final Accounts Method
Under this method, the profit or loss of the branch is ascertained by preparing the Branch Trading and Profit and
Loss Account in place of Branch Account.

Branch and Departmental Accounts
(a) At cost price

Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
To Opening Stock at Branch (at Cost) ××× By Sales made at Branch
To Goods sent from Head Office ××× (net of returns)
Less : Goods returned to H.O ××× ××× — Cash ×××
To Purchases (made directly by Branch, if any) ××× — Credit ×××
To Direct Expenses at Branch (if any) ××× By Closing Stock at Branch (at ×××
Cost)
To Gross proft c/d ×××
××× ×××
To Various expenses incurred at Branch ×××
By Gross profit b/d
(including Bad Debts if any) ×××
To General P&L Account ×××
(Net Profit transferred) ××× ×××
Illustration 1.
From the following particulars prepare Branch Trading and Profit and Loss Account in the books of Head Office:
The Delhi stores invoiced goods to its Patna Branch at cost which sells both for cash and credit. Cash received by
the branch is remitted to H.O. Branch expense are paid direct from the H.O. except petty expense which are met
by the branch.

` `
Opening Balance: Rates & Taxes 3,000
Stock 5,000 Salary & Wages 6,000
Debtors 20,000 Petty expense by the branch 1,000
Petty Cash 1,000 Pilferage of goods 1,000
Goods from H.O. 50,000 Closing Balance:
Cash Sales 30,000 Stock 8,000
Credit Sales 40,000 Debtors 25,000
Sales Return 4,000 Petty Cash 800
Bad Debts 1,000
Goods returned to H.O. 5,000

Solution:
In the books of H.O.
Branch Trading and Profit and Loss Account
for the year ended……………
Dr. Cr.

` ` ` `
To Opening Stock 5,000 By Sales:
,, Goods sent to Branch 50,000 Cash Sales 30,000
Less: Returns 5,000 45,000 Credit Sales 40,000
Less: Return 4,000 36,000
,, Closing Stock 8,000
,, Gross Profit c/d 25,000 Add: Pilferage of Stock 1,000 9,000
75,000 75,000
To Pilferage of Stock 1,000 By Gross Profit b/d 25,000

,, Bad Debt 1,000
,, Discount Allowed 1,000
,, Rates & Taxes 3,000
,, Salaries & wages 6,000
,, Petty Expense 1,000
,, General P & L A/c 12,000
Net Profit transferred
25,000 25,000
(b) At Invoice Price

If goods are invoiced above cost, the loading (i,e, profit element) on Opening Stock, Goods Sent from Head
office (net of returns) and Closing Stock are reversed, to ascertain the true profits.
Illustration 2.
X Ltd. has its H.O. in Delhi and a branch in Mumbai. H.O. supplied goods to its branch at cost plus 3313 %. From the
particulars given below prepare a Branch Trading Account in the books of H.O.

` `
Opening Stock (I.P.) 40,000 Sales:
Goods sent to Branch (I.P.) 2,50,000 Cash 1,00,000
Return to H.O. (I.P.) 10,000 Credit 3,00,000
Discount allowed to customers 10,000
Closing Stock (I.P.) 60,000
It is estimated that 2% of the goods received are lost through natural wastage.

Solution:
Trading Account
for the year ended……………
Dr. Cr.

` ` ` `
Less: Loading 10,000 30,000 Cash 1,00,000
Credit 3,00,000 4,00,000
,, Goods sent to Branch 2,50,000 ,, Closing Stock 60,000

Less: Returns to H.O. 10,000 Less : Loading 15,000 45,000
1
2,40,000 ( 4 × 60,000)
1
Less: Loading ( 4 × 2,40,000) 60,000 1,80,000
1 1
[3 on CP = 4 on SP]
,, Gross Profit c/d 2,35,000
4,45,000 4,45,000
Note:
1. Discount allowed to customer will appear in Branch Profit & Loss Account.
2. Loss through natural wastage is a normal loss and as such, the same should be charged against branch gross
profit. So, no adjustment is required.
Illustration 3.
Y Ltd. with its H.O. in Delhi invoiced goods to its branch at Patna at 20% less than the catalogue price which is cost
plus 50%, with instruction that cash sales were to be made at invoice price and credit sales at catalogue price less
discount at 15% on prompt payment.
From the following particulars, prepare the Branch Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st
March 2013 in H.O. books so as to show the actual profit and loss for the branch for the year.

` `
Stock on 1.4.2012 (Invoice Price) 12,000 Discount allowed to Debtors 13,365
Debtors ( ,, ) 10,000 Expense 6,000
Goods received from H.O. (I.P.) 1,32,000 Remittance to H.O. 1,20,000
Cash sales 46,000 Debtors (31.03.2013) 11,000
Credit Sales 1,00,000 Cash in hand (31.03.2013) 5,635
Cash received from Debtors 85,635 Stock on 31.03.2013 (Invoice Price) 15,000
It was further reported that a part of stock at the branch was lost by fire (not covered by insurance) during the
year whose value is to be ascertained and provisions should be made for discount to be allowed to Debtors as on
31.03.2013 on the basis of years trend of prompt payment.

Solution:
Branch Trading & Profit and Loss Account
Dr. Cr.

` ` ` `
100 Cash 46,000
(`12,000 x 120)
Credit 1,00,000 1,46,000
,, Goods sent to Branch
,, Closing Stock 12,500
100 1,10,000
(`1,32,000 x 120) 100
(`15,000 x 120
)
,, Gross Profit c/d 41,000 Add: Stock Destroyed 2,500 15,000
(Bal. fig.)
1,61,000 1,61,000
,, Branch Expense 6,000 By Gross Profit b/d 41,000

,, Stock Destroyed by fire 2,500
[` 3,000 – 500]
,, Provision for Discount 1,337
,, General Profit & Loss A/c 17,798
(Net Profit Transferred)
41,000 41,000
Working:
1. Cost price Catalogue Price Invoice Price (Cat. Price – 20%)
`100 = `100 + 50% = `150 – `30
=
`150 = `120
2. Stock Destroyed by fire

` `
Opening Stock (I.P.) 12,000
Add: Goods Sent (I.P.) 1,32,000
1,44,000
Less: Cash Sales 46,000
Invoice value of goods sold on credit
120
(`1,00,000 x150) 80,000 80,000
Closing Stock (I.P.) 15,000 1,41,000

Stock Destroyed by fire 3,000

3. Provision for Discount on Debtors

100
Prompt payment by Debtors `89,100 (i.e., `13,365 x 15 )
89,100
Out of `1,10,000 (i.e., 1,00,000 + 10,000), Portion of prompt payment 1,10,000 × 100 = 81%
∴ for closing debtors of `11,000 prompt payment to be made for `8,910 i.e. (`11,000 × 81%)
50
So, Provision for Discount will be ` 8,910 x = ` 1,337
100
Wholesale and Retail profit at Branch
A branch may be operated both under the retail profit basis as well as under wholesale profit basis. For instance,
the cost price of a product is `100, the retail price is `160, and the wholesale price is `150. Now, under retail profit
basis there will be a profit of `60 (i.e., `160 - `100) earned by the branch. But if it is sold under wholesale basis, the
amount of profit will be `50. Usually, it is the usual practice to debit branch with wholesale profit basis to know the
usual profit made by a branch. For this purpose, H.O. Trading account will be credited with goods sent to branch
at wholesale price. At the same time, closing stock at branch should be valued as per wholesale price basis. For
this, H.O. should make proper reserve on closing stock at branch. The entry will be
Profit & Loss A/c ……………… Dr. (Wholesale price - Cost price.)
To Stock Reserve A/c
Illustration 4.
X Ltd. has a retail branch at Puri. Goods are sold at 60% profit on cost. The wholesale price is cost plus 40%. Goods
are invoiced from Delhi H.O. to branch at Puri at Wholesale price. From the following particulars ascertain the profit
made at H.O. and branch for the year ended 31st March 2013.
Particulars H.O. Branch

` `
Stock on 01.04.2012 7,00,000 ---
Purchase 42,00,000 ---
Goods sent to Branch (at invoice price) 15,12,000 ---
Sales 42,84,000 14,40,000
Stock on 31.03.2013 16,80,000 2,52,000
Expenses 80,000 40,000
Sales at H.O. are made only on wholesale basis and that at branch only to customers. Stock at H.O. is valued at
invoice price.

Solution:
Puri Branch Trading Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars H.O. Branch Particulars H.O. Branch

` ` ` `
To Opening Stock (I.P.) 7,00,000 --- By Sales 42,84,000 14,40,000
,, Goods sent to Branch (I.P.) --- 15,12,000 ,, Goods sent to Branch (I.P.) 15,12,000 ---
,, Purchase 42,00,000 --- ,, Closing Stock
,, Gross Profit c/d 25,76,000 1,80,000 16,80,000 2,52,000

74,76,000 16,92,000 74,76,000 16,92,000
By Gross Profit b/d

80,000 40,000 25,76,000 1,80,000
To Expenses
,, Closing Stock Reserve

72,000 ---
on Branch Stock: By Opening Stock Reserve
2,00,000 -
40
(`2,52,000 x 140) Provision for unrealized profit
4,80,000
40
On H.O. Stock: (`7,00,000 x 140)
---
40
(`16,80,000 x 140)
21,44,000
,, General P&L A/c
1,40,000
(Net profit Transferred) 27,76,000 1,80,000 27,76,000 1,80,000
Working:
Let Cost price `100; Wholesale Price = `100 + `40 = `140; Invoice price `140; Selling Price at H.O. `140.
Selling price at Branch `100 + `60 = `160.
As goods are sent to branch at wholesale price i.e., `140, branch stock should be valued at the same price.
Wholesale profit on opening stock of H.O. = `7,00,000 x 40 = `2,00,000
140
on Closing stock of H.O. = `16,80,000 x 40 = `4,80,000
140
on Closing stock of Branch = `2,52,000 x 40 = `72,000.
140

DEBTORS METHOD :
This method is usually adopted when the branch is of small size. Under this method, the head office maintains
separate Branch Account for each branch. Its purpose is to ascertain profit or loss made by each branch.
Journal Entries under Debtors Method:
Situation Journal
1. To record Opening Balances of Branch Assets Branch A/c Dr.
To Branch Assets (Individually)
2. To record Opening Balances of Branch Liabilities Branch Liabilities (Individually) Dr.
To Branch A/c
3. When goods are supplied by the Head Office/another Branch A/c Dr.
Branch to Branch
To Goods sent to Branch A/c
4. When goods are returned by the Branch / Branch Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr.
Customers directly to the Head Office
To Branch A/c
5. When goods are supplied by the Branch to another Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr.
Branch as per instructions of Head office
To Branch A/c
6. When goods are supplied by the Head office but not Goods-in Transit A/c Dr.
received by the Branch head
To Branch A/c
7. When the Head Office meets the branch expenses or Branch A/c Dr.
sends cash to the Branch for meeting expenses
To Cash/Bank A/c
8. When remittances are received by the Head Office Cash/Bank A/c Dr.
from the Branch/ Branch Customers
To Branch A/c
9. When remittances are sent by the Branch but not Cash in-transit A/c Dr.
received by the Head office
To Branch A/c
10. When the balance in Goods sent to Branch Account is Goods sent to Branch A/c Dr.
transferred
To Purchases A/c
(in case of Trading concerns) or,
To Trading A/c
(in case of manufacturing concerns)
11. To record the closing balances of Branch Assets Branch Assets A/c (Individually) Dr.
To Branch A/c
12. To record the closing balances of Branch Liabilities Branch A/c Dr.
To Branch Liabilities (Individually)
13. To record Profit or Loss Branch A/c Dr.
(i) If credit side exceeds the debit side To General Profit & Loss A/c
(ii) If debit side exceeds the credit side General Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
To Branch A/c

Format of Branch Account
A format of Branch Account is given below:
BRANCH ACCOUNT
Dr. Cr.
To Balance b/d: By Balance b/d:
Stock XXX Creditors XXX
Debtors XXX Outstanding Expenses XXX
Petty Cash XXX By Bank (remittances to H.O.):
Fixed Assets XXX by Branch XXX
Prepaid Expenses XXX by Branch Debtors directly to H.O. XXX
To Goods sent to Branch A/c: By Goods Sent to Branch A/c:
Goods sent by H.O. XXX Returned by Branch XXX
Goods sent by other Branches XXX Returned by Branch debtors directly to H.O. XXX
To Bank (Remittances by H.O.) XXX Sent to other Branches XXX
To Balance c/d: By Balance c/d:
Creditors XXX Stock-in-hand XXX
Outstanding Expenses XXX Stock-in-transit XXX
*To Net Profit t/f to General P&LA/c XXX Cash in-transit XXX
Debtors XXX
Petty Cash XXX
Fixed Assets XXX
Prepaid Expenses XXX
*By Net Loss t/f to General P&LA/c XXX
XXX XXX
*Only one figure shall appear.
• The following transactions do not appear in the Branch Account:

(a) Expenses incurred by Branch out of cash, since either reduced cash balance at the end is decreased or
the liability at the end is increased.
(b) Purchase of Goods/Fixed Assets by Branch, since book value of Goods/Fixed assets at the end is increased
and either the amount of remittances is reduced or the Creditors at the end are increased.
(c) Sale of Goods/Fixed Assets by Branch since book value of Goods/Fixed assets at the end is decreased
and either the amount of remittances is increased or the Debtors at the end are increased.
(d) Bad debts, discount allowed, sales returns by customers to branch, cash received by Branch from Branch
Debtors, etc., since the debtors at the end appear at the adjusted figure.
(e) Depreciation and Profit/Loss on sale of fixed assets since fixed assets at the end appear at the adjusted
figure.
(f) Abnormal Losses since stock at the end appears at the adjusted figure.

• When the branch is not authorised to keep any sum out of collections, expenses incurred by Branch out of
petty cash maintained may be dealt with as under:
(a) In case the petty cash is maintained on Imprest System, the expenses met by the branch are to be shown
in the same manner as the branch expenses met by the Head Office. In such a case, petty cash balance
at the end appears at the same amount at which it appears in the beginning.
(b) In case the petty cash is not maintained on Imprest System, the expenses met by branch are automatically
charged to the Branch Account since the petty cash at the end appears at the adjusted figure.
• When goods are returned either by Branch Debtors to the H.O. directly or are sent by one branch to another
branch, the entry will be same as in the case of goods returned by the Branch to the H.O.
• In case any insurance claim is admitted and paid to the Branch, either the Bank balance at the end will
increase or the remittances to H.O., will increase. In case, the insurance claim is admitted but not paid, the
insurance company will appear as a debtor at the end.
• To ascertain any missing figure, relating to Stock and /or Debtors, Memorandum Branch Stock Account &
Memorandum Branch Debtors Account has to be prepared.
Illustration 5.
From the following information, prepare Delhi Branch Account in the books of head office for the year ending on
31st March 2013:
Opening Stock (at cost) 17,80,000 Discount allowed to Customers 5,000
Opening Debtors 1,40,000 Bad Debts written off 10,000
Opening Petty Cash 2,500 Credit sales 72,94,000
Furniture (in the beginning) 60,000 Cash Sales 3,20,000
Opening Creditors 60,000 Petty Expenses paid by Branch 80,000
Goods sent to Branch (at Cost) 52,20,000 Cheques sent to Branch for
Goods returned by Branch to H.O (at cost) 78,000 expenses:
Goods returned by Customers to Branch 57,000 Salaries 3,00,000
Cash received by Branch from its Customers Rent and Insurance 1,20,000
61,10,000 Petty Cash 78,700
Goods are sold to customers at cost plus 50%. Depreciate the furniture @ 10% p.a.
Solution:
Delhi Branch Account in the books of H.O.
Dr. Cr.
To Balance b/d: By Balance b/d: creditors 60,000

Stock 17,80,000 By Bank A/c (Remittance from Branch) 64,30,000
Debtors 1,40,000 By Goods sent to Branch A/c
Petty Cash 2,500 (return by branch) 78,000
Furniture 60,000 By Balance c/d:
To Goods sent to Branch A/c 52,20,000 Stock 18,84,000
To Bank A/c (Remittance by H.O.) 4,98,700 Debtors 12,52,000
To Balance c/d (creditors) 60,000 Petty Cash 1,200
To Net Profit t/f to General P&L A/c 19,98,000 Furniture (` 60,000 – ` 6,000) 54,000
97,59,200 97,59,200

Working Notes:
(i) Dr. Memorandum Branch Debtors Account Cr.
To Balance b/d 1,40,000 By Returns to Branch 57,000
To Credit Sales 72,94,000 By Discount allowed 5,000
By Bad Debts 10,000
By Cash received by Branch 61,10,000
12,52,000
By Balance c/d
74,34,000 74,34,000
(ii) Dr. Memorandum Branch Stock Account Cr.
To Balance b/d 17,80,000 By Goods sent to Branch A/c (Return) 78,000

To Goods sent to Branch A/c 52,20,000 By Cost of Goods sold 50,38,000
[(3,20,000+72,94,000 - 57,000)x100/150]
70,00,000 70,00,000
(iii) Dr. Memorandum Branch Petty Cash Account Cr.
To Balance b/d 2,500 By Petty Expenses A/c 80,000
To Remittance from H.O. 78,700 By Balance c/d 1,200
81,200 81,200
(iv) Dr. Memorandum Branch Cash Account Cr.
To Cash Sales 3,20,000 By Salaries 3,00,000
To Remittance by H.O. 4,98,700 By Rent & Insurance 1,20,000
To Debtors (Collection) 61,10,000 By Petty Cash 78,700
By Remittance to H.O. 64,30,000
69,28,700 69,28,700
Accounting Treatment of Goods Returned and Cash Remitted by Branch Customers directly to Head Office
Item Treatment in Branch A/c Treatment in Memorandum Branch

Debtors A/c
1. Goods returned by Treat like goods returned by Branch to H.O. Show the selling price of these
Branch customers and thus, show the Cost/ Invoice price (as the goods on credit side of Branch
directly to H.O. case may be) of these goods on credit side of Debtors Account.
Branch Account.
2. Cash remitted by Treat like cash remitted by branch to H.O. Show on the credit side of Branch
Branch customers and thus, show on the credit side of Branch Debtors Account.
directly to H.O. Account.

Illustration 6.
Taking the same information as given in previous Illustration 3 along with the following information, prepare the
Delhi Branch Account:
(i) Goods returned by Branch Customers directly to H.O. ` 12,000
(ii) Cash remitted by Branch Customers directly to H.O. ` 2,80,000
Solution:
Delhi Branch Account
Dr. In the Books of H.O. Cr.
To Balance b/d: By Balance b/d: (creditors) 60,000
Stock 17,80,000 By Bank A/c (Remittance from Branch)
Debtors 1,40,000 Remittance by Branch 64,30,000
Petty cash 2,500 Direct Remittance by Branch
Furniture 60,000 customers 2,80,000
To Goods sent to Branch A/c 52,20,000 By Goods sent to Branch A/c:
To Bank A/c (Remittance by H.O.) 4,98,700 Return by Branch 78,000
To Balance c/d: (creditors) 60,000 Direct Return by Branch
To Net Profit t/f to General P&LA/c 19,94,000 customers [12,000 x 100/150] 8,000
By Balance c/d:
Stock 18,84,000
Debtors 9,60,000
Petty Cash 1,200
By Furniture (` 60,000 – ` 6,000) 54,000
97,55,200 97,55,200
Working Notes:
(i) Dr. Memorandum Branch Debtors Account Cr.
To Balance c/d 1,40,000 By Returns to Branch 57,000
72,94,000
To Credit Sales By Returns to H.O. 12,000
By Discount allowed 5,000
By Bad Debts 10,000
By Cash remitted to H.O. 2,80,000
By Cash remitted to Branch 61,10,000
74,34,000 74,34,000

(ii) Dr. Memorandum Branch Stock Account Cr.
To Balance b/d 17,80,000 By Goods sent to Branch A/c:
To Goods Sent to Branch A/c 52,20,000 — Return by Branch 78,000
— Direct Return by Branch 8,000
Customers [` 12,000 x 100/150]
By Cost of Net Goods Sold [(3,20,000+72,94,000- 50,30,000
57,000-12,000)x100/150]
By Balance c/d
18,84,000
70,00,000 70,00,000
(iii) & (iv) Memorandum Branch Petty Cash Account and Memorandum Branch Cash Account - Refer to Working
Note [(iii) & (iv) of Illustration 5].
Accounting Treatment of Goods Sent to Another Branch and Goods received from Another Branch
Item Treatment in Branch A/c Treatment in Memorandum Branch

Stock A/c
1. Goods sent to Treat like goods returned to H.O. and thus, show Treat like goods returned to H.O. and
another branch on the credit side of Branch Account. thus, show on the credit side of Branch
Stock Account.
2. Goods received Treat like goods received from H.O. and thus, Treat like goods received from H.O.
from another show on the debit side of Branch Account. and thus, show on the debit side of
branch. Branch Stock Account.
Accounting Treatment of Normal Loss, Abnormal Loss, Insurance Claim and Agreed Allowance/Trade Discount
Item Treatment in Branch A/c Treatment in Memorandum Branch Stock

A/c
1. Normal loss Normal loss does not appear in the Cost/Invoice price (as the case may be)
Branch Account since the Closing Stock of normal loss appears on the credit side of
appears at the adjusted figure. Branch Stock Account in order to reduce
the figure of Closing Stock.
2. Abnormal loss Abnormal loss does not appear in the Cost/Invoice price (as the case may be) of
Branch Account since the Closing Stock abnormal loss appears on the credit side of
appears at the adjusted figure. Branch Stock Account in order to reduce
the figure of Closing Stock.
3. Insurance claim Shown on the credit side of Branch No Treatment
Account by way of Increased Closing
(a)Admitted and
either Cash/Bank Balance or remittance
received
to H.O.
(b)Admitted but not Shown Insurance Co. as a debtor at

yet received the end on the credit side of Branch
No Treatment
Account.
4. Agreed allowance/ Agreed Allowance/Trade Discount Cost/Invoice Price (as the case may be)
Trade discount does not appear in the Branch Account of Agreed Allowance/ Trade Discount
since the closing debtors appear at the appears on the credit side of Branch Stock
adjusted figure. Account.

Illustration 7.
Prepare a Branch account in the books of Head Office from the following particulars for the year ended 31st March,
2013 assuming that H.O. sold goods at cost price 25%.

` `
Stock on 1.4.2012 (I.P.) 12,500 Bad Debts 2,000
Debtors ( ,, ) 5,000 Allowances to customers 1,000
Purchase ( ,, ) 1,000 Returns Inwards 1,000
Goods sent to branch (I.P.) 40,000 Charges sent to Bank:
Goods return to H.O. (I.P.) 5,000 Rates & Taxes 3,000
Cash Sales 12,000 Salaries 8,000
Cash received from Debtors 30,000 Misc. Exps. 1,000
Stock on 31.03.2013 (I.P.) 15,000
Debtors ( ,, ) 4,000
Petty Cash ( ,, ) 1,000
Solution:
Branch Account
Dr. Cr.
` ` ` `
To Balance b/d By Stock Reserve (Loading) 2,500
Stock 12,500 ,, Bank A/c:
Debtors 5,000 Cash Sales 12,000
Petty Cash 1,000 18,500 ,, Cash Received from Debtors 30,000 42,000
,, Goods sent to branch 40,000 ,, Goods sent to branch 5,000
,, Bank A/c: (Return to H.O.)
Rates & Taxes 3,000 ,, Goods sent to branch 8,000
Salaries 8,000 (Loading)
Misc. Expenses 1,000 12,000 By Balance c/d
Stock 15,000
,, Goods sent to Branch 1,000 Debtors 4,000
(Loading on returns) Petty Cash 1,000 20,000
,, Closing Stock Reserve 3,000
1
(` 15,000 x 5)
,, General Profit & Loss A/c 3,000
77,500 77,500
25 1 1
Note: Here, loading is 125 = 5 of invoice price. Hence, loading on opening stock will be `12,500 x 5 = `2,500 and so on.

STOCK AND DEBTORS METHOD
When there are large number of transactions, this method is particularly maintained by the H.O. to make efficient
control over the branches. Under this method, we are to open (a) Branch Stock Account (at invoice price); (b)
Branch Debtors Account; (c) Branch Adjustment Account (for recording loading for goods and for ascertaining gross
profit) (d) Branch Profit and Loss Account (for ascertaining branch net profit) (e) Goods Sent to Branch Account.
In addition to above, there are certain accounts which may also be opened; viz (a) Branch Expense Account; (b)
Branch Cash Account; (c) Branch Fixed Asset Account (d) Abnormal Loss / Lost-in-Transit Account etc.
Under this method, the most important account is the Branch Adjustment Account which helps to ascertain Gross
Profit. It takes only the loading on Opening Stock, Closing Stock, Goods Sent to Branch, Goods Returned by Branch,
any abnormal loss, Surpluse of stock etc.
Apparent Profit and Apparent Loss

An unusual increase or decrease in the value of stock arises at Branch Stock Account due to inaccurate prediction
of the expected selling price of the goods which are invoiced by the H.O. Usually H.O. sent goods after charging
certain percentage of profit. But in reality, the said goods are sold either at a higher or at a lower price rather than
the price fixed by the H.O. for which Branch Stock Account shows either a surplus of stock which is known here as
Apparent Profit or a Shortage of stock which is known as Apparent Loss. The said apparent profit or loss should be
recorded as under.
(a) For Apparent Profit
Branch Stock A/c …………………….. Dr.
To Apparent Profit A/c
Apparent Profit A/c ……………………... Dr.
To Branch (Stock) Adjustment A/c
(b) In case of Apparent Loss, the entry will be reversed

Stock and Debtors Method : (for dependent branches)
1. Ledger Accounts : The following accounts are maintained by the Head office under the Stock and Debtors
System–
(a) Branch Stock Account (or Branch Trading A/c) — to ascertain Gross Profit
(b) Branch Profit and Loss Account — to ascertain Net profit
(c) Branch Debtors Account — to record Receivables/Credit Sales, if any.
(d) Branch Expenses Account — to record expenses incurred at Branch
(e) Branch Cash Account — to control Branch Cash position / remittances
(f) Branch Adjustment Account — to reverse Loading i. e. unrealised profits, if any.
(g) Goods sent to Branch Account — to record goods sent/returned
(h) Branch Assets Account — to record Assets at Branch, if any.

2. Journal Entries :
No Transaction Journal Entry
(a) Goods sent to Branch by HO Branch Stock Account (total Value of goods) Dr.
To Goods sent to Branch (at Cost)
To Branch Adjustment A/c (loading, if any)
(b) Goods returned by Branch to Goods sent to Branch Account (at Cost) Dr.
HO Branch Adjustment A/c (loading, if any) Dr.
To Branch Stock A/c (total value of goods)
(c) Assets provided by HO to Branch Branch Assets Account Dr.
either by way of fresh purchase or To (Main) Cash Account/Vendor Account [or]
by way of transfer from HO To (HO) Assets Account
(in case of transfer)
(d) Cash sent to Branch for expenses Branch Cash Accout Dr.
To (Main) Cash Account
(e) Cash Sales at the Branch Branch Cash Account Dr.
To Branch Stock Account
(f) Credit Sales at the Branch Branch Debtors Account Dr.
To Branch Stock Account
(g) Collection from Branch Debtors Branch Cash Account Dr.
To Branch Debtors Account
(h) Sales Returns at the Branch Branch Stock Account Dr.
(i) Discounts / Bad Debts etc. Branch Expenses Account Dr.
(j) Various expenses incurred at Branch Expenses Account Dr.
Branch To Branch Cash Account
(k) Branch Expenses directly met by Branch Expenses Account Dr.
HO To (Main) Cash Account
(l) Remittances made by Branch to Head (Main) Cash Account Dr.
Office To Branch Cash Account
(m) Goods Lost in Transit/Stolen etc. Goods Lost in Transit A/c (at cost) Dr.
Branch Adjustment (loading if any) Dr.
To Branch Stock Account (total value of goods)
At the End of the Year : Closing Entries
(n) Recording Closing Stock at Closing Stock at Branch Account (incl. Loading) Dr.
Branch To Branch Stock Account
Excess of Sale Price over Invoice Branch Stock Account Dr.
(o) Price To Branch Adjustment Account
(p) Recording Unrealised Profit on Branch Adjustment Account Dr.
Closing Stock i.e. Stock Reserve (after To Stock Reserve (closing)
this entry, the Branch Adjustment Note : Stock Reserve on Opening Stock is credited to
Account will show Gross Profit) Branch Adjustment A/c.
(q) Recording Gross Profit at Branch Branch Adjustment Account Dr.
To Branch P & L Account
(r) Depreciation on Branch Assets, (if Branch Expenses Account Dr.
any) To Branch Assets Account
(s) Transfer of Branch Expenses Branch P & L Account Dr.
To Branch Expenses Account
(t) Recording Net Profit at Branch Branch P & L Account Dr.
To General P & L Account

Illustration 8.
Multichained Stores Ltd. Delhi, has its branches at Lucknow and Chennai. It charges goods to its Branches at cost
plus 25%. Following information is available of the transactions of the Lucknow Branch for the year ended on 31st
March 2013:
Particulars Amount
`
Balances on 01.04.2012
Stock (at invoice price) 30,000
Debtors 10,000
Petty Cash 50
Transactions during 2012-13 (Lucknow Branch):
Goods send to Lucknow Branch (at invoice price) 3,25,000
Goods returned to Head Office (at invoice price) 10,000
Cash Sales 1,00,000
Credit Sales 1,75,000
Goods pilfered (at invoice price) 2,000
Goods lost by fire (at invoice price) 5,000
Insurance Co. paid to H.O. for loss by fire at Lucknow 3,000
Cash sent for petty expenses 34,000
Bad debts at Branch 500
Goods transferred to Chennai Branch under H.O. advice 15,000
Insurance charges paid by H.O. 500
Goods returned by Debtors 500
Balance on 31.03.2013
Petty Cash 230
Debtors 14,000
Goods worth `15,000 (including above) sent by Lucknow Branch to Chennai Branch was in-transit on 31.03.2013.
Show the following accounts in the books of Multichained Stores Ltd.: (a) Lucknow Branch Stock Account; (b)
Lucknow Branch Debtors Account; (c) Lucknow Branch Adjustment Account; (d) Lucknow Branch Profit & Loss
Account, and (e) Stock Reserve Account.

Solution:
Lucknow Branch Stock Account
Dr. Cr.

` `
2012 To Balance b/d 30,000 2013 By Branch Cash A/c –
Apr.1 Mar.31 Cash Sales 1,00,000
,, Branch Debtors
2013 ,, Goods sent to Branch A/c 3,25,000 Credit Sales 1,75,000 2,75,000
Mar. 31
,, Branch Debtors A/c 500 ,, Goods Sent to Branch A/c 10,000
(Returns Inward) Returned from Branch
,, Pilferage A/c 2,000
,, Lost by Fire A/c 5,000
,, Chennai Branch A/c 15,000
Goods transferred but
in-transit
3,55,500 3,55,500
Lucknow Branch Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
` `
2012 To Balance b/d 10,000 2013 By Branch P&L A/c –
Apr.1 Mar.31 Bad Debts 500
2013 ,, Branch Stock A/c – 1,75,000 ,, Branch Stock
Mar. 31 Credit Sales Returns Inward 500
,, Branch Cash A/c
Collection from Customers
(bal. fig.)
1,70,000
,, Balance c/d
14,000
1,85,000 1,85,000

Lucknow Branch Stock Adjustment Account
Dr. Cr.

` `
2013 To Goods sent to Branch A/c 2013 By Balance b/d
Mar. 31 Load on goods returned 2,000 Mar. 31 Load on Opening Stock
(10,000 x 1 ) (` 30,000 x 1 ) 6,000
5 5
Branch Stock A/c ,, Goods sent to Branch A/c
Loading
,, Pilferage A/c
(` 3,25,000 x 1 )
(Loading) (` 2,000 x 1 ) 400 5 65,000
5
,, Lost by fire
1,000
(Loading) (` 5,000 x 1 )
5
,, Chennai Branch A/c
3,000
(Loading) (` 15,000 x 1 )
5
,, Branch Profit and Loss A/c
Gross Profit transferred
54,900
(bal. fig.)
,, Balance c/d
Load on Closing Stock
9,700
(` 48,500 x 1 )
5
71,000 71,000
Branch Profit and Loss Account

Dr. Cr.

` `
2013 To Branch Debtors A/c 2013 By Branch Stock
Mar. 31 Bad Debts 500 Mar.31 Adjustment A/c –
,, Insurance 500 Gross Profit 54,900
,, Pilferage (at cost) 1,600
,, Stock Lost by Fire 1,000
,, Petty Expenses 33,820
,, General P&L A/c – Branch
Profit transferred
17,480
54,900 54,900

Stock Reserve Account

Dr. Cr.

` `
31.03.13 To Stock Adjustment A/c 01.04.12 By Balance b/d 6,000
– Transfer 6,000 31.03.13 ,, Branch Stock
Adjustment A/c 9,700
15,700 15,700
Workings:
The following two accounts should also be opened:
Stock Lost by Fire Account
Dr. Cr.

` `
31.03.13 To Lucknow Branch Stock A/c 5,000 31.03.13 By Branch Stock Adjustment A/c 1,000
,, Bank – Insurance claim 3,000
,, Branch P&L A/c (bal. fig.) 1,000
5,000 5,000
Petty Cash Account
Dr. Cr.

` `
01.04.12 To Balance b/d 50 31.03.13 By Branch P&L A/c –
31.03.13 Expenses (bal. fig.) 33,820
,, Cash - General 34,000 ,, Balance c/d 230
34,050 34,050
INDEPENDENT BRANCH
When there are voluminous transactions in a Branch, they prepare the accounts independently. They purchase and
sell goods independently and also sell the goods which are sent by H.O.. As the branches are owned by H.O., the
profit or loss so made by the branch is enjoyed by H.O. These branches prepare a Trial Balance, Trading and Profit
and Loss Account and a Balance Sheet at the end of the year. As such, they maintain a Head Office Account and
on contrary H.O. maintains a Branch Account. All sorts of transactions, e.g., remittance of cash, transfer of goods
etc. are to be passed through these accounts.
Needless to say that where H.O. receives the accounts from the branches, it incorporates profit of the branches as –
Branch A/c……………………….. Dr.
Sometimes, the balance of branch account in H.O. books and H.O. accounts in branch books do not agree. If
that be so, the same must be adjusted accordingly i.e., Goods-in-Transit or Cash-in-Transit etc. At last the Branch
Balance Sheet is amalgamated with H.O. Balance Sheet by eliminating inter-branch/H.O. transaction as per the
respective heads of assets and liabilities.

INDEPENDENT BRANCHES
Accounting Steps :
S No. Transaction HO Books Branch Books

1. Goods sent by H.O. to Branch Branch A/c Dr. Goods Recd. from H.O. A/c. Dr.
To Goods Sent to Branch A/c To H.O. A/c
2. Goods returned by Branch to Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr. HO A/c. Dr.
H.O. To Branch A/c To Goods Recd. From H. O. A/c
3. Branch Expenses incurred at — Expenses A/c Dr.
Branch Office To Cash / Bank A/c
4. Branch expenses paid for by Branch A/c Dr. Expenses A/c. Dr.
the Head Office To Cash/Bank A/c To H.O. A/c
5. Purchases made from parties — Purchases A/c Dr.
other than H.O. by Branch To Bank/ Creditors A/c
6. Sales effected by the Branch Cash/Debtors A/c Dr.
To Sales A/c
7. Collection from Debtors Cash/Bank A/c Dr. H.O. A/c Dr.
received directly by the H.O. To Branch A/c To Sundry Debtors A/c
8. Payment by H.O. for Purchase Branch A/c Dr. Purchases/Creditors A/c Dr.
made by the Branch To Bank A/c To H.O. A/c
9. Purchase of Asset by Branch — Sundry Assets A/c Dr.
To Bank/Liability
10. Asset account maintained at Branch Asset A/c Dr. H.O. A/c Dr.
H.O. and asset purchased by To Branch A/c To Bank/Creditors A/c
Branch
11. Depreciation when asset Branch A/c Dr Depreciation A/c Dr.
account is maintained by To Branch Asset A/c To H.O. A/c
H.O.
12. Remittance of Funds by H.O. Branch A/c Dr. Bank A/c Dr.
to Branch To Bank A/c To H.O. A/c
13. Remittance of Funds to H.O. Bank A/c Dr. Ho A/c Dr.
by Branch To Branch A/c To Bank A/c
14. Transfer of Goods between Recipient Branch A/c Dr. (i) Supplying Branch A/c Dr.
different branches To Supplying Branch A/c To Goods recd. from H.O. A/c
(ii) Goods recd. from H.O. A/c Dr.
To H.O. A/c
15. Charging the Branch service Branch (Expenses) A/c Dr. Expense A/c Dr.
charges by H.O. To Service Charges A/c To H.O. A/c
16. Cash-in-transit Cash-in-transit A/c. Dr. Cash-in-transit A/c. Dr.
To Branch A/c. To H.O. A/c.
17. Goods-in-transit Goods-in-transit A/c. Dr. Goods-in-transit A/c. Dr.
To Branch A/c. To H.O. A/c.

Illurstration 9.
Journalise the following transactions in the books of Head Office. Delhi Branch and Agra Branch :
(a) Goods worth ` 50,000 are supplied by Delhi Branch to Agra Branch under the instructions of Head Office.
(b) Delhi Branch draws a bill receivable for ` 40,000 on Agra Branch which sends its acceptance.
(c) Delhi Branch received ` 10,000 from Agra Branch.
(d) Goods worth ` 20,000 were returned by a customer of Agra Branch to Delhi Branch.
(e) Agra Branch collected ` 20,000 from a customer of Delhi Branch.
Solution :
Journal of Head Office
Dr. Cr.
Particulars L.F. Amount Amount
` `
(a) Agra Branch A/c Dr. 50,000
To Delhi Branch A/c 50,000
(Being the goods supplied by Delhi Branch to Agra Branch)
(b) Delhi Branch A/c Dr. 40,000
To Agra Branch A/c 40,000
(Being a B/R drawn by Delhi upon Agra Branch)
(c) Delhi Branch A/c Dr. 10,000
(Being Cash sent by Agra Branch to Delhi Branch)
(d) Delhi Branch A/c Dr. 20,000
(Being the goods returned by customer of Agra Branch
to Delhi Branch)
(e) Agra Branch A/c Dr. 20,000
(Being the Cash collected by Agra Branch from a
customer of Delhi Branch
Journal of Delhi Branch

Dr. Cr.
` `
(a) H.O. A/c Dr. 50,000
To Goods sent to Branch A/c 50,000
(Being the goods supplied to Agra Branch)
(b) Bills Receivable A/c Dr. 40,000
To H.O. A/c 40,000
(Being the acceptance of a B/R received from Agra Branch)
(c) Cash A/c Dr. 10,000
To H.O. A/c 10,000
(Being the cash received from Agra Branch)
(d) Goods Sent to Branch A/c Dr. 20,000
To H.O. A/c 20,000
(Being the goods received from a customer of Agra Branch)
(e) H.O. A/c Dr. 20,000
To Debtors A/c 20,000
(Being the cash collected by Agra Branch from our customer)

Journal of Agra Branch
Dr. Cr.
` `
(a) Goods sent to Branch A/c Dr. 50,000
To H.O. A/c 50,000
(Being the goods received from Delhi Branch)
(b) H.O. A/c Dr. 40,000
To Bill Payable A/c 40,000
(Being a B/P accepted for Delhi Branch)
(c) H.O. A/c Dr. 10,000
To Cash A/c 10,000
(Being cash paid to Delhi Branch)
(d) H.O. A/c Dr. 20,000
To Debtors A/c
(Being the goods returned by customer of Delhi Branch) 20,000
(e) Cash A/c Dr. 20,000
To H.O. A/c
(Being the Cash received from a customer of Delhi Branch) 20,000
llustration 10.
A Delhi head office passes one entry at the end of each month to adjust the position arising out of inter- branch
transactions during the month. From the following inter-branch transactions in March 2013, make the entries in the
books of Delhi Head office.
(a) Kolkata Branch :
(i) Received goods from Patna branch ` 9,000 and Ahmedabad branch ` 6,000.
(ii) Sent goods to Ahmedabad branch ` 15,000 and Patna branch ` 12,000.
(iii) Sent acceptances to Patna branch ` 6,000 and Ahmedabad branch ` 3,000.
(b) Kanpur branch [apart from (a) above] :
(i) Sent goods to Ahmedabad branch ` 9,000.
(ii) Recived B/R from Ahmedabad branch ` 9,000.
(iii) Recived cash from Ahmedabad branch ` 5,000.
Solution :
Dr. Cr.
` `
Kanpur Branch A/c Dr. 5,000
Patna Branch A/c Dr. 9,000
Ahmedabad Branch A/c Dr. 7,000
To Kolkata Branch A/c 21,000

Statement of Inter-branch Transactions
Particulars Kolkata Kanpur Patna Ahmedabad

Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr
` ` ` ` ` ` ` `
Goods Received 15,000 – – – – 9,000 – 6,000
Goods Sent – 27,000 – – 12,000 – 15,000 –
Acceptance – 9,000 – – 6,000 – 3,000 –
Goods Sent – – – 9,000 – – 9,000 –
B/R Received – – 9,000 – – – – 9,000
Cash – – 5,000 – – – – 5,000
15,000 36,000 14,000 9,000 18,000 9,000 27,000 20,000

Balance 21,000 – – 5,000 – 9,000 – 7,000
36,000 36,000 14,000 14,000 18,000 18,000 27,000 27,000
Illustration 11.
Journalise the following transactions in the books of the Head Office.
(a) Goods returned by Thane Branch on 28th March, worth ` 10,000 to its Head Office not received by the head
office upto 31st March.
(b) Goods worth ` 20,000 sent by the Head Office to its Coimbatore Branch on 29th March, were received
on 3rd April following.
(c) ` 50,000 remitted by Coimbatore Branch to Head Office on 28th March was received on 4th April.
Solution :
Dr. Cr.

` `
(a) Goods-in-transit A/c Dr. 10,000
To Thane Branch A/c
(Being the goods returned by Thane Branch not yet received) 10,000
(b) Goods-in-transit A/c Dr. 20,000
To Coimbatore Branch A/c
(Being the goods sent to Coimbatore Branch not yet received by Branch) 20,000
(c) Cash-in-transit A/c Dr. 50,000
To Coimbatore Branch A/c
(Being the Cash sent by Coimbatore Branch not yet received) 50,000
Incorporation of Branch Trial Balance in Head Office Books.

While discussing independent branch in the previous paragraphs it has been stated that branch prepares its own
trial balance and the same is sent to the H.O. for incorporation. Naturally, after receiving the trial balance from
branch H.O. incorporates with its own accounts the same to prepare and ascertain the net result of the concern.
There are two methods for incorporating branch trial balance in H.O. Book.

It can be prepared in two ways :
(a) First Method
All revenue items are passed through Branch Trading and Profit & Loss Account and Profit or Loss so made (in the
Profit and Loss Account) together with assets and liabilities are passed through Branch Account for the purpose of
preparing consolidated Balance Sheet in the Books of H.O.
Incorporation Entries
(a) For all revenue expenses related to Trading A/c i.e. Opening stock, Purchase, Return
Branch Trading A/c Dr. Inwards, Wages and other items
appearing in the debit side.
To Branch A/c
(b) For all revenue incomes related to Trading A/c i.e. Sales, Closin g Stock and Return
Branch A/c Outwards and other items that
Dr.
appear in the credit side.
To Branch Trading A/c
(c) For gross profit of the Branch
Branch Trading A/c Dr.
To Branch P&L A/c
In case of gross loss, the entry will be reversed.
(d) For all revenue expenses related to P&L A/c i.e. items that appear in the debit side
Branch P & L A/c Dr. of the P & L Account.
To Branch (All Revenue Expenses) A/c
(e) For all revenue incomes related to P & L A/c i.e. items that appear in the credit
Branch (All Revenue Incomes) A/c side of the P & L Account.
Dr.
To Branch P&L A/c
(f) For net profit of the Branch

Branch P&L A/c Dr.
To General P&L A/c
In case of net loss, the entry will be reversed.

(g) For branch assets.
Branch Assets A/c Dr.
To Branch A/c
(h) For branch liabilities.
Branch A/c Dr.
To Branch Liabilties A/c
(b) Second Method / Abridged Method

This method is applicable only when net profit or net loss is given instead of detailed information about all revenue
expense and income. Under this method, only net profit/net loss will be transferred to Branch Account. Branch
Assets and Branch Liabilities will not appear in branch account and this branch account will show a balance. The
same must be equal to the difference between assets and liabilities, i.e., in other words, net worth of the business.

Illustration 12.
Salt Lake Corporation presented the following trial balance on 31.03.2013 to the H.O. at New Delhi.
Particulars Debit Amount Particulars Credit Amount

` `
Delhi H.O. 6,480 Sales 76,000
Stock 1.4.2012 12,000 Goods supplied to H.O. 12,000
Purchase 35,600 Creditors 3,700
Goods Return From H.O. 18,000
Salaries 3,000
Debtors 7,400
Rent 1,920
Misc. Expense 940
Furniture 2,800
Cash and Bank 3,560
91,700 91,700
The branch account on H.O. books on 31.03.2013 stood at ` 920 (Debit).
On 31.03.2013, the, H.O. forwarded goods to the value of `5,000 to the branch which are received on 3rd July.
A cash remittance of `2,400 by branch on 29th March 2013, was received by the H.O. on 2nd April 2013.
Closing Stock was valued at `5,400
Show the incorporation entries in the books of H.O. showing separate Branch Trading and Branch Profit and Loss
Account, and Prepare Branch Account and Branch Balance Sheet also in H.O. books.
(a) First Method
In the Books of H.O.
Journal Dr. Cr.

` `
31.03.13 Branch Trading A/c Dr. 65,600
To Branch A/c 65,600
(Items of Br. Trading incorporated)
` 12,000 + ` 35,600 + ` 18,000)
Branch A/c Dr. 93,400
To Branch Trading A/c 93,400
(Items of Br. Trading incorporated i.e.,
` 76,000 + ` 12,000 + ` 5,400)
Branch Trading A/c Dr. 27,800
To Branch Profit & Loss A/c 27,800
(Gross Profit transferred) [` 93,400 – ` 65,600]
Branch Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 5,860
To Branch A/c 5,860
(Item of Branch Profit & Loss incorporated i.e.,
` 3,000 + ` 1,920 + ` 940)

Branch Profit and Loss A/c Dr. 21,940
To General Profit & Loss A/c 21,940
(Net Profit Transferred) [` 27,800 – ` 5,860]
Goods-in-Transit A/c Dr. 5,000
To Branch A/c 5,000
(Goods-in-Transit adjusted)
Remittance (Cash)-in-Transit A/c Dr. 2,400
To Branch A/c 2,400
(Remittance-in-Transit adjusted)
Branch Asset A/c Dr. 19,160
To Branch A/c 19,160
(Branch Asset incorporated) [` 2,800 + ` 5,400 + ` 7,400 + ` 3,560]
Branch A/c Dr. 3,700
To Branch Liabilities A/c 3,700
(Branch liabilities incorporated)
Dr. Branch Trading and Profit and Loss Account Cr.

(`) (`) (`) (`)
To, Branch A/c By, Branch A/c
Stock 12,000 Sales 76,000
Purchase 35,600 Goods supplied to H.O. 12,000
Goods from H.O. 18,000 65,600 Closing Stock 5,400 93,400
To, Branch Profit and Loss A/c 27,800
(Gross Profit transferred) 93,400 93,400
To, Branch A/c By, Branch Trading A/c 27,800
Salaries 3,000 - Gross Profit
Rent 1,920
Office Expenses 940 5,860
To, General Profit and Loss A/c 21,940
(Net Profit transferred) 27,800 27,800
Branch Account
Dr. Cr.
` `
01.04.12 To Balance b/d 920 31.03.13 By Branch Trading A/c 65,600
,, Branch P&L A/c 5,860
31.03.13 ,, Branch Trading A/c 93,400 ,, Goods-in-Transit A/c 5,000
,, Branch Liabilities A/c ,, Remittance-in-Transit A/c 2,400
Creditors 3,700 ,, Branch Assets A/c
Furniture 2,800
Stock 5,400
Debtors 7,400
Cash 3,560 19,160
98,020 98,020

Branch Balance Sheet


` `
H.O. A/c Furniture 2,800
Opening balance (Dr.) 6,480 Stock 5,400
Less: Net Profit 21,940 15,460 Debtors 7.400
19,160 19,460
(b) Second Method/Abridged Method

Branch Account
Dr. Cr.

` `
01.04.12 To Balance b/d 920 31.03.13 By Goods-in-Transit A/c 5,000
,, Remittance-in-Transit A/c 2,400
31.03.13 ,, Branch P&L A/c 21,940 ,, Balance c/d 15,460*
Net Profit
22,860 22,860
* Note: This is the difference between Branch Assets and Branch Liabilities
(`19,160 – `3,700) = `15,460.
Closing of Branch Books

Branch closes its accounts at the end of the financial year by passing the following entries:
In this situation Accounts can be prepared by two methods.
Method – 1
All revenue items are passed through H.O. Account.
Journal entries
(a) For all revenue expenses that appear in the debit side of Branch Trading A/c
H.O. A/c Dr.
To Opening Stock A/c 

,, Purchase A/c  Actual amount
,, Goods Received from H.O. A/c


,, All revenue expenses
(b) For all revenue incomes that appear in the credit side of Branch Trading A/c
Sales A/c Dr. 

Closing Stock A/c Dr.  Actual amount

All revenue incomes A/c Dr. 
To H.O. A/c

(c) For all Branch Assets:

H.O. A/c Dr.  Actual amount

To Branch Assets A/c
(d) For all Branch Liabilities: 

Branch Liabilities A/c Dr.  Actual amount
To H.O. A/c
Method - 2
In this case, net profit or net loss is transferred to Head Office Account. But treatment of branch assets and branch
liabilities will remain the same.
(a) For Net Profit:
Profit & Loss A/c Dr.  with the amount of net profit

To H.O. A/c 
(b) For Net Loss:
H.O. A/c Dr.  with the amount of net loss

To Profit & Loss A/c 
Illustration 13.
A Chennai Head Office has an independent Branch at Ahmedabad. From the following particulars, give journal
entries to close the books of the Ahmedabad Branch. Show also the Chennai Head Office account in the branch
books.
Ahmedabad Branch
Trial Balance as at 31st December, 2013

` `
Stock on 1st January 8,200 Creditors 2,700
Purchases 12,800 Sales 34,950
Wages 6,550 Head Office 14,000
Manufacturing Expenses 3,400 Discount 150
Rent 1,700 Purchase Returns 300
Salaries 5,500
Debtors 4,000
General Expenses 2,000
Goods received from H.O. 7,200
Cash at Bank 750
52,100 52,100
(a) Closing Stock at Branch ` 14,350.

(b) The branch fixed assets maintained at H.O. books were: Machinery ` 25,000, Furniture ` 1,000 Depreciations
are to be allowed at 10% on Machinery and 15% on Furniture.
(c) Rent due ` 150.
(d) A remittance of ` 4,000 made by the Branch on 29th Dec. 2013 was received by Head Office on 4th January,
2014.

Solution:
(i) As per Method 1
In the books of Branch
Journal Dr. Cr.
` `
31.12.13 Depreciation A/c Dr. 2,650
To Head Office A/c 2,650
(Depreciation on fixed assets maintained in head office
books @ 10% on Machinery and 15% on Furniture)
Rent A/c Dr. 150
To Outstanding Rent A/c 150
(Rent Outstanding)
Cash-in-Transit A/c Dr. 4,000
(Cash remitted to H.O. but not received within
31st December)
Head Office A/c Dr. 50,150
To Opening Stock 8,200
,, Purchases 12,800
,, Wages 6,550
,, Manufacturing Expenses 3,400
,, Rent (1,700 + 150) 1,850
,, Salaries 5,500
,, General Expenses 2,000
,, Goods received from H.O. 7,200
,, Depreciation 2,650
(Above items transferred to H.O. A/c)

Sales A/c Dr. 34,950
Purchase Returns A/c Dr. 300
Closing Stock A/c Dr. 14,350
(Above items transferred to H.O. A/c)
To Closing Stock A/c 14,350
,, Debtors A/c 4,000
,, Bank A/c 750
,, Cash-in-Transit A/c 4,000
(Assets transferred to H.O. A/c)
Outstanding Rent A/c Dr. 150
(Liabilities transferred to H.O. A/c)

Dr. Head Office Account Cr.

` `
31.12.13 To Sundries- (debit balance of 50,150 31.12.12 By Balance b/d 14,000
Revenue items)
,, Depreciation A/c 2,650
,, Sundry Assets
23,100 ,, Cash-in-Transit A/c 4,000
,, Sundries –Credit Balance of
Revenue items 49,750
,, Sundry Liabilities 2,850
73,250 73,250
(ii) As per Method 2

In the books of Branch
Journal Dr. Cr.
` `
2013 Depreciation A/c Dr. 2,650
Dec. 31. To Head Office A/c 2,650
(Depreciation on fixed assets @ 10% Monthly and @ 15% or
Furniture in H.O. Books.)
Rent A/c Dr. 150
To Outstanding Rent A/c 150
(Rent Outstanding)
Cash-in-Transit A/c Dr. 4,000
(Cash remitted to H.O. but in transit)
Head Office A/c Dr. 400
To Profit & Loss A/c 400
(Net Loss Transferred.) [ ` 50,150 – 49,750]
To Closing Stock 14,350
,, Debtors 4,000
,, Cash at Bank 750
,, Cash-in-Transit 4,000
(Asset transferred to H.O. A/c)
Outstanding Rent A/c Dr. 150
(Various Liabilities transferred to H.O. A/c)

Head Office Account

Dr. Cr.

` `
31.12.13 To Profit & Loss A/c 400 31.12.13 By Balance b/d 14,000
Net Loss ,, Depreciation A/c 2,650
,, Closing Stock A/c 14,350 ,, Cash-in-Transit A/c 4,000
,, Debtors A/c 4,000 ,, Credit A/c 2,700
,, Cash at Bank 750 ,, Outstanding Rent 150
,, Cash-in-Transit A/c 4,000
23,500 23,500
Illustration 14.
A merchant of Kolkata opens a new branch in Mathura, which trades independently of the Head Office. The
transactions of the Branch for the year ended 31.3.2013 are as under :

` `
Goods supplied by Head Office 20,00,000
Purchases from outsiders :
— Credit
— Cash 15,55,000
Sales : 3,00,000 18,55,000
— Credit
25,05,000
— Cash
4,60,000
29,65,000
Cash received from Customers 30,45,000
Trade Creditors Paid 14,25,000
Expenses paid by Branch 8,95,000
Furniture purchased by Branch on credit 3,50,000
Cash received from Head Office initially 4,00,000
Remittances to Head Office 11,00,000
Prepare the Trading and Profit and Loss Account, Balance Sheet, Head Office Account in the books of Branch :
1. The account of the Branch Fixed Assets are maintained in the Head Office books.
2. Write off depreciation on furniture at 5 percent per annum for full year.
3. A remmittance of ` 2,00,000 from the Branch to the Head Office is in transit.
4. The Branch value its closing stock at ` 12,00,000.

Solution :
IN BRANCH BOOKS
1. Trading and Profit and Loss Account for year ended 31.3.2013
` ` ` `
To Goods Supplied by HO 20,00,000 By Sales :
To Purchase — Credit 25,05,000
— Credit 15,55,000 4,60,000 29,65,000
— Cash
— Cash 3,00,000
18,55,000
To Gross Profit c/d
3,10,000 By Closing Stock 12,00,000
41,65,000 41,65,000
To Expenses 8,95,000 By Gross Profit b/d 3,10,000
To Depreciation on 17,500 By HO — Transfer of 6,02,500
Furniture net loss
9,12,500 9,12,500
2.
Dr. Branch Cash Account Cr.

` `
To Head Office (initial Receipt) 4,00,000 By Cash Purchases 3,00,000
To Cash Sales 4,60,000 By Trade Creditors 14,25,000
To Trade Debtors By Expenses
30,45,000 8,95,000
By Head Office A/c
11,00,000
— Remittance
By Balance c/d
1,85,000
39,05,000 39,05,000
3.
Dr. Head Office Account Cr.

` `
To Creditors for Furniture 3,50,000 By Cash (Initial Receipt) 4,00,000

To Cash (remittance) 11,00,000 By Goods received from HO A/c 20,00,000
To Profit & Loss A/c 6,02,500 By Depreciation on Furniture 17,500
(Loss for the Year) By Cash in Transit 2,00,000
To Balance c/d
5,65,000
— balancing
26,17,500 26,17,500

4. Balance Sheet as on 31.3.2013

` `
Sundry Trade Creditors 1,30,000 Closing Stock 12,00,000

(` 15,55,000 – ` 14,25,000)
Creditors for Furniture 3,50,000 Cash in Transit 2,00,000
Advances from Trade Debtors 5,40,000 Cash in Hand 1,85,000
(` 30,45,000 – ` 25,05,000) (As per Cash Book)
Head Office A/c 5,65,000
15,85,000 15,85,000
Illustration 15.
The Head Office of Z Ltd. and its Branch keep their own books prepare own Profit and Loss Account. The following
are the balances appearing in the two sets of the books as on 31.3.2013 after ascertainment of profits and after
making all adjustments except those referred to below :
Particulars Head Office Branch Office

Dr. (`) Cr. (`) Dr. (`) Cr. (`)
Capital — 1,00,000 — —
Fixed Assets 36,000 — 16,000 —
Stock 34,200 — 10,740 —
Debtors & Creditors 7,820 3,960 4,840 1,920
Cash 10,740 — 1,420 —
Profit & Loss — 14,660 — 3,060
Branch Account 29,860 — — —
Head Office Account — — — 28,020
Total 1,18,620 1,18,620 33,000 33,000
Prepare the Balance Sheet of the business as on 31.3.2013 and the journal entries necessary (in both sets of books)
to record the adjustments dealing with the following :
1. On 31.3.2013, the branch had sent a cheque for ` 1,000 to the head office, not received by them nor credited
to the branch till next month.
2. Goods valued at ` 440 had been forwarded by the head office to the branch and invoiced on 30.3.2013, but
were not received by the branch nor dealt with in their books till next month.
3. It was agreed that the branch should be charged with ` 300 for Administration Services, rendered by the Head
Office during the year.
4. Stock stolen in transit from the Head Office to the Branch and charged to the Branch by the Head Office but
not credited to the Head Office in the Branch Books as the Manager declined to admit any liability, ` 400 (not
covered by insurance).
5. Depreciation of Branch Assets, of which accounts are maintained by the Head Office, not provided for ` 250.
6. The balance of Profits shown by the Branch is to be transferred to HO Books.

Solution :
1. Balance Sheet of Z Ltd. as at 31.03.2013

` ` ` `
Capital 1,00,000 Fixed Assets :

Add : Net Profit of : —Head Office
—Head Office —Branch 36,000
14,560 Less : Depreciation 16,000
—Branch 1,17,070
2,510 (250) 51,750
Creditors :
Stock :
—Head Office 3,960 —Head Office 34,200
—Branch 1,920 5,880 —Branch 10,740
—Goods in Transit 440 45,380
Debtors :
—Head Office
7,820
—Branch 12,660
4,840
Creditors:
—Head Office
—Branch 10,740
—In Transit 1,420 13,160
1,000
1,22,950 1,22,950
2. Journal Entries in the books of Head Office Dr. Cr.
Sl. No. Particulars Amt. (`) Amt. (`)
1 Goods in Transit A/c Dr. 440

To Branch A/c 440
(Being the goods invoiced on 30.3.2013 not yet received by the branch as on the
Balance Sheet date)
2 Branch A/c Dr. 300
To Profit & Loss A/c 300
(Being amount of Administrative Services rendered by the HO to the Branch)
3 Profit & Losss A/c Dr. 400
To Branch A/c 400
(Being the amount of uninsurd stock stolen on way to Branch)
4 Branch A/c Dr. 250
To Branch Fixed Assets 250
(Being depreciation on Branch Fixed Assets for which accounts are maintained in
the Head Office books)
5 Branch Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 2,510
(Being Profit shown by the Branch Profit & Loss Account transferred to (General) Profit
& Loss Account)

3.
Dr. Head Office Profit and Loss Account Cr.

` `
To Branch — Uninsured Stock stolen 4 0 0 By Balance b/d 14,660
To Profit — Transferred By Branch Administration
14,560 300
Expenses
14,960 14,960
4. Journal Entries in the books of Branch Office

Dr. Cr.
S. No. Particulars Amt. (`) Amt. (`)

1 Cash in Transit A/c Dr. 1,000
(Being cash sent on 31.3.2013 not yet received by the HO)
2 Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 300
To Head Office A/c 300
(Being administrative services rendered by the Head Office)
3 Profit & Loss A/c Dr. 250
To Head Office A/c 250
(Being depreciation on Branch Fixed Assets for which accounts are maintained
in the Head Office books)
4 Profit & Loss Account Dr. 2,510

(Being profit transferred to Head Office Account)
5.
Dr. Branch Profit and Loss Account Cr.

` `
To HO A/c – Administrative Services 300 By Balance b/d 3,060
To HO A/c – Depn. on Branch Assets 250
To Profit – Transferred to HO Account 2,510
3,060 3,060

Illustration 16.
Puskar Enterprise has its H.O. in Ranchi and a branch in Imphal. The following Trial Balance has been extracted from
the books of accounts as at 31st March, 2013:
Particulars Head Office Branch Office

Dr. Cr. Dr. Cr.
` ` ` `
Capital --- 16,50,000 --- ---
Debtors 3,00,000 --- 1,80,000 ---
Creditors --- 1,50,000 --- ---
Purchases 27,42,000 --- --- ---
Sales --- 25,50,000 --- 13,11,000
Goods sent to Branch at I.P. --- 11,40,000 11,25,000 ---
Fixed Assets (Net) 10,50,000 --- 2,00,000 ---
Stock (1.4.2012) 24,000 --- 60,000 ---
Stock Adjustment (Unrealised Profit) --- 12,000 --- ---
H.O./Branch Current A/c 5,25,000 --- --- 3,60,000
Administrative & Selling Expenses 8,41,500 --- 74,500 ---
Cash and Bank 46,500 --- 39,000 ---
Provision for Bad Debts --- 27,000 --- 7,500
55,29,000 55,29,000 16,78,500 16,78,500
Other relevant information:

(1) All goods are purchased by the H.O. Goods are sent to branch at cost plus 25%.
(2) Stock 31.3.2013 are valued at:
H.O. ` 36,000
Branch ` 45,000 (Invoice Price)
(3) Depreciation is to be provided on fixed assets at 10% on book value.
(4) Bad debts provision is to be maintained at 5% on debtors as at the end of the year.
(5) Cash-in-transit from branch to H.O. at 31st March 2013 was `1,50,000.
(6) Goods-in-transit from H.O. to branch at 31st March, 2013 at invoice price was `15,000.
Prepare in Columnar from, the branch and H.O. Trading and Profit and Loss Accounts for the year ended 31st
March, 2013 and a combined Balance Sheet of Puskar Enterprises as on that date.

Solution:
Columnar Trading and Profit and Loss Account
Dr. Cr.
Particulars H.O. Branch Particulars H.O. Branch
` ` ` `
To Opening Stock 24,000 60,000 By Sales 25,50,000 13,11,000
,, Purchases 27,42,000 --- ,, Goods Sent to Branch 11,40,000 ---
,, Goods from H.O. --- 11,25,000 ,, Closing Stock 36,000 45,000
,, Gross Profit c/d 9,60,000 1,71,000
37,26,000 13,56,000 37,26,000 13,56,000
To Adm. & Selling Exp. 8,41,500 74,500
,, Depreciation 1,05,000 20,000 By Gross Profit b/d 9,60,000 1,71,000
,, Stock Adjustment 12,000 --- ,, Stock Adjustment 12,000 ---
(for closing) (for opening)
20% of (45,000+15,000) ,, Provision for Bad 27,000 7,500
,, Provision for Bad Debts 15,000 Debts (old)
(new) 9,000
Net Profit 25,500 75,000

9,99,000 1,78,500 9,99,000 1,78,500
Balance Sheet (Combined)

as at 31st March 2013
` ` ` `
Capital 16,50,000 Fixed Assets 12,50,000
Add: Net Profit 1,00,500 Less: Depreciation 1,25,000 11,25,000
(25,500 + 75,000) 17,50,500 Current Assets
Current A/c – H.O. 5,25,000 Stock
Less: Branch (Cr.) 3,60,000 H.O. 36,000
Cash-in-transit 1,50,000 Branch 45,000
Goods-in-transit 15,000 5,25,000 81,000
Nil Less: Stock Adj. 12,000 69,000
Creditors 1,50,000
Goods-in-Transit 15,000
Debtors
H.O. 3,00,000
Branch 1,80,000
4,80,000
Less; Prov. for Bad Debts 24,000 4,56,000
Cash at Bank
H.O. 46,500
Branch 39,000
Cash-in-transit 1,50,000 2,35,500
19,00,500 19,00,500

10.2 DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNTS
Introduction
Departmental Accounts helps in identifying the performance of each department. Each department is considered
to be an Activity Centre. It is a tool which helps management in decision-making.
Departmentation offers the following advantages —
a. Proper Allocation : Expenses that relate to a particular department are estimated on an exact basis. Hence,
cost and profits of each department is estimated more accurately.
b. Control : Availability of separate cost and profit figures for each department facilitates control. Proper
control and fixation of responsibility is easier.
c. Proper absorption : The processing times of different products in different departments may vary. Specific
cost analysis on a department-wise basis facilitates scientific cost absorption and cost assignment. This
provides the right platform for product-pricing decisions also.
Difference between Branch Account and Departmental Account
The main differences between a Branch Account and a Department Accounts are:
Sl. No. Points Branch Accounts Departmental Accounts

1 Allocation of In case of branch accounting allocation Allocation of common wealth is the
expenses of common expenses does not arise. fundamental consideration here.
2 Result of the It shows that trading result of each It shows the trading result of each individual
operation individual branch. department.
3 Maintenance of Method of Branch Accounting depends It is centrally maintained.
accounts on the nature and type of branch
whether dependent or independent.
4 Types of It is practically a condensation of It is a segment of accounts.
accounting accounts.
5 Control It is not possible to control all branch Effective control is possible by the
by the H.O. departmental supervisors who is closely
related and who is to keep a constant
watch over the departments.
Bases of Apportionment of Expenses :
Nature of Treatment Examples

Expense
Specific When a certain expense is specifically • Depreciation of machinery on value of machinery;
Charge incurred for one department, it should be • Insurance on stock on the value of stock.
charged in full to that department only.
When benefits of certain expenses are • Rent is apportioned based on Floor
Shared shared by all departments and are Space occupied by each department.
Common capable of precise allocation, they • Lighting Expenses is apportioned basis of on the
Expenses should be apportioned to all departments number of light points (or) on the basis of floor area.
on an appropriate and equitable basis. • Canteen subsidy on the basis of No. of workers.
General Common expenses which are not capable • Administration Expenses like Office Salaries may be
Expenses of accurate apportionment to various apportioned equally among all departments or
departments are dealt with judiciously, alternatively debited to General P&L Account.
based on facts and circumstances of • Selling and Distribution Expenses may be apportioned
each case. based on Sales ratio.

Illustration 17.
From the following Trial Balance, prepare Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended
31.12.2013 and a Balance Sheet as at the date in the books of Sri S. Maity:
Particulars Dr. Cr.

` `
Stock (1.1.2013):
Dept. A 5,400
Dept. B 4,900
Purchases:
Dept. A 9,800
Dept. B 7,350
Sales:
Dept. A 16,900
Dept. B 13,520
Wages:
Dept. A 1,340
Dept. B 240
Rent 1,870
Salaries 1,320
Lighting and Heating 420
Discount Allowed 441
Discount Received 133
Advertising 738
Carriage Inward 469
Furniture and Fittings 600
Plant and Machinery 4,200
Capital 9,530
Drawings 900
Cash in hand 32
Cash at Bank 1,980
43,820 43,820
The following information is also provided:

Rent and Lighting and Heating are to be allocated between Factory and Office in the ratio of 3:2.
Rent, Lighting and Heating, Salaries and Depreciation are to be apportioned to A and B Depts. as 2:1.
Other expenses and incomes are to be apportioned to A and B Depts. on suitable basis.

The following adjustments are to be made:
Rent Prepaid `370; Lighting and Heating outstanding `180; Depreciation of Furniture and Fittings @ 10% p.a. and
Plant and Machinery @ 10% p.a.
The Stock at 31.12.2012: Dept. A `2,748; Dept. B `2,401.
Solution:
In the books of Sri S. Maity
Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31.12.2013
Dr. Cr
Particulars Dept. A Dept. B Total Particulars Dept. A Dept. B Total

` ` ` ` ` `
To Opening Stock 5,400 4,900 10,300 By Sales 16,900 13,520 30,420
,, Purchase 9,800 7,350 17,150 ,, Closing 2,748 2,401 5,149
,, Wages 1,340 240 1,580 Stock
,, Carriage Inwards (4:3) 268 201 4691
,, Rent 600 300 9006
,, Lighting and Heating 240 120 3602
,, Gross Profit c/d 2,000 2,810 4,810
19,648 15,921 35,569 19,648 15,921 35,569
To Rent 400 200 6006 By Gross Profit 2,000 2,810 4,810

b/d
,, Advertisement 410 328 7384
,, Salaries (2:1) 880 440 1,3205
,, Dis. Received
,, Lighting and Heating 160 80 2402 76 57 1337
(4 :3)
,, Discount Allowed 339 --- ---
,, Net Loss
(on Sales) 245 196 441 3
,, Dep. On (2:1)
Plant & Machinery 280 140 420
Furniture & Fixture 40 20 60
,, Net Profit --- 1,463 1,124
2,415 2,867 4,943 2,415 2,867 4,943


` ` ` `
Capital 9,530 Plant and Machinery 4,200
Add: Net Profit 1,124 Less: Depreciation 420 3,780
10,654 Furniture and Fittings 600
Less: Drawings 900 9,754 Less: Depreciation 60 540
Outstanding Liabilities: Closing Stock:
Lighting and Heating 180 Dept. A 2,748
Dept. B 2,401 5,149
Prepaid Rent 370
Cash at Bank 1,980
Cash in Hand 32
13,671 13,671
Workings:
Allocation of Expenses and Incomes
Sl. Expense/Income Basis Dept. A Dept. B

No.
1 Carriage Inward Purchase (4:3) =` 469 x 4/7 = ` 268 = ` 469 x 3/7 = ` 201
2 Lighting & Heating ` 600 (Given)
(` 420 + ` 180)
Factory part = 600 x 3/5 = 360 = ` 360 x 2/3 = ` 240 = ` 360 x 1/3 = ` 120
Office part = 600 x 2/5 = 240 = ` 240 x 2/3 = ` 160 = ` 240 x 1/3 = ` 80
3 Discount Allowed = Sales = ` 441 x (16900/30420) = ` 245 = ` 441 x (13520/30420) =
` 196
4 Advertisement = Sales = ` 738 x (16900/30420) = ` 410 = ` 738 x (13520/30420) =
` 328
5 Salaries 2:1 = ` 1,320 x (2/3) = ` 880 = ` 1,320 x (1/3) = ` 440
6 Rent ` 1,500 = 2:1
(` 1,870 – ` 370)
Factory part = 1,500 x 3/5 = ` 900 x (2/3) = ` 600 = ` 900 x (1/3) = ` 300
= 900
2:1 = ` 600 x (2/3) = ` 400 = ` 600 x (1/3) = ` 200
Office part = 1,500 x 2/5
=600
7 Discount Received Purchase (4:3) = ` 133 x (4/7) = ` 76 = ` 133 x (3/7) = ` 57

Illustration 18.
The Trading and Profit & Loss Account of Bindas Ltd. for the year ended 31st March is as under :

` `
Purchases Sales
Transistors (A) 1,60,000 Transistors (A) 1,75,000
Tape Recorders (B) 1,25,000 Tape Recorders (B) 1,40,000
Spare parts for Servicing and Servicing and Repair Jobs (C) 35,000
Repair Job (C) 80,000 Stock on 31st March
Transistors (A) 60,100
Salaries and wages 48,000 Tape Recorders (B) 20,300
Rent 10,800 Spare parts for servicing &
Sundry Expenses 11,000 repair jobs (C) 44,600
Net Profit 40,200
4,75,000 4,75,000
Prepare Departmental Accounts for each of the three Departments A, B and C mentioned above after taking
into consideration the following :
(a) Transistors and Tape Recorders are sold at the Showroom. Servicing and Repairs are carried out at the
Workshop.
(b) Salaries and wages comprise as follows: Showroom 3/4th and Workshop 1/4th
It was decided to allocate the Showroom Salaries and Wages in ratio 1:2 between Departments A and B.
(c) Workshop Rent is ` 500 per month. Showroom Rent is to be divided equally between Departments A and
B.
(d) Sundry Expenses are to be allocated on the basis of the turnover of each Department.
Solution :
Departmental P&L Accounts for the year ended 31st March (Amount in `)
Dr. Cr.
` ` ` ` ` `
To Purchases 1,60,000 1,25,000 — By Sales 1,75,000 1,40,000 —
To Spares — — 80,000 By Services — — 35,000
To Salary & Wages 12,000 24,000 12,000 By Closing Stock 60,100 20,300 44,600
To Rent 2,400 2,400 6,000 By Net Loss — — 19,500
To Sundry Expenses* 5,500 4,400 1,100
To Net Profit 55,200 4,500
2,35,100 1,60,300 99,100 2,35,100 1,60,300 99,100
Note : Sundry Expenses are apportioned in the ratio of Turnover (5 : 4 : 1) i.e. 1,75,000 : 1,40,000 : 35,000.

Inter Departmental Transfer

Transfer made by one department to another may be recorded either:
• At Cost Price; and
• At Invoice Price i.e., Market Based Price.
At Cost Price
When transfers are made, Recipient Department should be debited at cost price and Transferring Department
should be credited at Cost Price.
Illustration 19.
Make an appropriate entry for inter transfer of goods from one department to another.
Department A transferred goods for `30,000 to Department B.
Solution:
In the Books of...
Journal
Dr. Cr.
` `
? Department Trading (B) A/c Dr. 30,000
To Department Trading (A) A/c 30,000
(Goods are transferred to Department B from Department A.)
At Invoice Price i.e., Provision for unrealized Profit.

In case of goods transfer from one department to another, no problem arises if all goods are sold within the year.
On the other hand, problem arises where all goods are not sold. Under the circumstances, appropriate adjustments
must be made against the unsold stock for ascertaining the correct profit or loss. As such, provision to be made for
both opening stock and closing stock. The entries for this purpose are:
For Opening Stock Reserve:
Opening Stock Reserve A/c Dr.
To General Profit and Loss A/c
For Closing Stock Reserve:
General Profit and Loss A/c Dr.
To Closing Stock Reserve A/c
Illustration 20.
Department A sells goods to Department B at a profit of 25% on cost and to department C at 10% profit on cost.
Department B sells goods to Department A and Department C at a profit of 15% and 20% on sales respectively.
Dept. C charges 20% and 25% profit on cost and department A and department b respectively.
Department managers are entitled to 10% commission on net profit after eliminating unrealised profit on department
sales being eliminated. Departmental profit after charging managers commission but before adjustment of unrealized
profits are: Dept. A ` 72,000; Dept. B ` 54,000; and Dept. C ` 36,000. Stock lying at different departments at the
end of the year are:

Particulars Department A Department B Department C
` ` `
Transfer from Department A --- 30,000 22,000
Transfer from Department B 28,000 --- 24,000
Transfer from Department C 12,000 10,000 ---
Find out the correct departmental profit after charging manager’s commission.
Solution:
Computation of correct Profit
Particulars Department A Department B Department C

` ` `
Profit after charging manager’s commission. 72,000 54,000 36,000
Add back: Manager’s Commission @ 1/9th 8,000 6,000 4,000
80,000 60,000 40,000
Less: Unrealised Profit on stock 8,000 9,000 4,000*
Profit before charging Manager’s Commission 72,000 51,000 36,000
Less: Manager’s Commission @10% 7,200 5,100 3,600
Correct profit after charging commission 64,800 45,900 32,400
Workings:
Computation of unrealized Profit on Stock
Particulars Department A Department B Department C Total

` ` ` `
Department - A --- 30,000 x 1/5 = ` 6,000 22,000 x 1/11 = ` 2,000 8,000
Department - B 28,000 x 15/100 = ` 4,200 --- 24,000 x 20/100 = ` 4,800 9,000
Department - C 12,000 x 1/6 = ` 2,000 10,000 x 1/5 = ` 2,000 --- 4,000
Illustrations 21.
Snow White Ltd has two departments — Cloth and Readymade Clothes. Ready Made Clothes are made by the
Firm itself out of cloth supplied by the Cloth Department at its usual selling price. From the following figures, prepare
Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss Accounts for the year ended 31st March 2013.
Particulars Cloth Readymade

Department Clothes (RM)
` `
Opening Stock on 1st April, 2012 3,00,000 50,000
Purchases 20,00,000 15,000
Sales 22,00,000 4,50,000
Transfer to Readymade Clothes Department 3,00,000 —
Expenses - Manufacturing — 60,000
Selling 20,000 6,000
Closing Stock on 31st March, 2013 2,00,000 60,000
The Stock in the Readymade Clothes Department may be considered as consisting of 75% Cloth and 25% other
expenses. The Cloth Department earned Gross Profit at the rate of 15% during the year 2011-12.
General Expenses of the business as a whole came to ` 1,10,000.

Solution :
Departmental Trading and Profit and Loss A/c for the year ended 31st March 2013
Dr. Cr.
Particulars Cloth (`) RM (`) Total (`) Particulars Cloth (`) RM (`) Total (`)
To Opg. Stock 3,00,000 50,000 3,50,000 By Sales 22,00,000 4,50,000 26,50,000
To Purchases 20,00,000 15,000 20,15,000 By Tfr. to RM 3,00,000 — 3,00,000
To Tfr from — 3,00,000 3,00,000 By Closing 2,00,000 60,000 2,60,000

Cloth Dept. Stock
To Mfg. Exps. 60,000 60,000
To Gross Profit 4,00,000 85,000 4,85,000
27,00,000 10,000 32,10,000 27,00,000 5,10,000 32,10,000
20,000 6,000 26,000 4,00,000 85,000 4,85,000
To Selling Exp.
3,80,000 79,000 4,59,000 By Gross Profit

To Profit c/d
4,00,000 85,000 4,85,000 4,00,000 85,000 4,85,000
By Profit b/d 4,59,000
1,10,000
To Gen. Exp.
1,575
To Stock Reserve
(See Note below)
3,47,425
To Net profit
4,59,000 4,59,000
Note 1 : Stock Reserve to be additionally provided is 7,200 – 5,625 = ` 1,575; calculated as under :
Particulars On Opening Stock On Closing Stock

Rate of GP on Sales in Cloth Dept Given = 15% 4,00,000 ÷ 25,00,000 = 16%
Element of Cloth Stock in 75% of 50,000 = 37,500 75% of 60,000 = 45,000
Readymade Clothes
Stock Reserve required to be maintained 37,500 × 15% = 5,625 45,000 × 16% = 7,200
Note 2: In this case, it is possible to ascertain the Reserve already created against Unrealised Profit in the Opening
Stock. In the absence of information, the Reserve should be calculated on the difference in the Opening and
Closing Stocks i.e. ` 10,000 in this question. Since the Closing Stock has increased, the Reserve calculated would
be debited to P&L A/c. In case of decrease in Stocks, the Reserve would be credited to P&L A/c.

Illustration 22.
Samudra & Co, a Partnership Firm has three departments viz. K, L, M which are under the charge of the Partners B,
C and D respectively. The following Consolidated P&L Account is given below :
Dr. Profit and Loss Account Cr.

` `
To Opening Stocks (Note 1) 81,890 By Sales (Note 7) 4,00,000
To Purchases (Note 2) 2,65,700 By Closing Stocks (Note 8) 89,000
To Salaries and Wages 48,000 By Discounts Received (Note10) 800
(Note 3)
To Rent Expenses (Note 4) 10,800
To Selling Expenses (Note 5) 14,400
To Discount Allowed (Note 5) 1,200
To Depreciation (Note 6) 750
To Net Profit for the year 67,060
4,89,800 4,89,800
From the above Account and the following additional information, prepare the Departmental P&L Accounts
for the year ended 31st March, 2013.
1. Break up of Opening Stock Department wise is: K - ` 37,890; L - ` 24,000 and M - ` 20,000.
2. Total Purchases were as under: K - ` 1,40,700; L - ` 80,600; M - ` 44,400.
3. Salaries and Wages include ` 12,000 wages of Department M. The balance Salaries should be apportioned
to the three departments as 4:4:1.
4. Rent is to be apportioned in the ratio of floor space which is as 2:2:5.
5. Selling Expenses and Discount Allowed are to be apportioned in the ratio of Turnover.
6. Depreciation on assets should be equally charged to the three departments.
7. Sales made by the three departments were: K - ` 1,80,000; L - ` 1,30,000 and M - ` 90,000.
8. Break up of Closing Stock Department wise is: K - ` 45,100; L - ` 22,300 and M - ` 21,600. The Closing Stock
of Department M includes ` 5,700 goods transferred from Department K. However, Opening Stock does not
include any goods transferred from other departments.
9. Departments K and L sold goods worth ` 10,700 and ` 600 respectively to Department M.
10. Discounts received are traceable to Departments K, L and M as ` 400; ` 250 and ` 150 respectively.
11. Partners are to share the profits as under: (a) 75% of the Profits of Departments K, L and M to the respective
Partner in Charge, (b) Balance Profits to be credited as 2:1:1.

Solution :
1. Departmental P&L Accounts for the year ended 31st March, 2013
Dr. Cr.
Particulars K (`) L (`) M (`) Particulars K (`) L (`) M (`)

To Opening Stock 37,890 24,000 20,000 By Sales 1,80,000 1,30,000 90,000
To Purchases 1,40,700 80,600 44,400 By Transfer 10,700 600 —
To Inter-Dept Trf — — 11,300 By Closing Stock 45,100 22,300 21,600
To Wages — — 12,000
To Gross Profit c/d 57,210 48,300 23,900
2,35,800 1,52,900 1,11,600
To Salaries (4:4:1) 16,000 16,000 4,000 2,35,800 1,52,900 1,11,600
To Rent (2:2:5) 2,400 2,400 6,000 By Gross Profit b/d 57,210 48,300 23,900
To Selling Exp 6,480 4,680 3,240 By Discounts
To Disc. (18:13:9) 540 390 2 7 0 Received
To Depreciation 250 250 250 400 250 150
To Net Profit c/d 31,940 24,830 10,290
57,610 48,550 24,050 57,610 48,550 24,050
2. Computation of Stock Reserve

From the above profits, Stock Reserve should be eliminated on the Closing Stock.
• GP Rate in Department K = (57,210 x 100)/1,90,700 = 30%.
• Stock Reserve = 30% on ` 5,700 = ` 1,710.
Dr. 3. Profit and Loss Appropriation Account Cr.

` `
To Stock Reserve 1,710 By Profit b/d 67,060
To Profits transferred to Capital: (31,940 + 24,830 + 10,290)
B: 75% of 31,940 23,955
C: 75% of 24,830 18,623
D: 75% of 10,290 7,718 50,296
To balance profits trfd in 2: 1: 1
B: 50% of 15,054 7,527
C: 25% of 15,054 3,763
D: 25% of 15,054 3,764
(bal.fig) 15,054
67,060 67,060

Illustration 23.
Pooma Ltd. has 2 departments M & S. From the following particulars, prepare Departmental Trading Account &
Consolidated Trading Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013.
Particulars M (`) S (`)

Opening Stock 20,000 12,000
Purchases 92,000 68,000
Carriage Inwards 2,000 2,000
Wages 12,000 8,000
Sales (excluding inter departmental transfers) 1,40,000 1,12,000
Purchased Goods transferred
By S to M 10,000 —
By M to S — 8,000
Finished Goods transferred
By S to M 35,000 —
By M to S — 40,000
Return of Finished Goods
By M to S 10,000 —
By S to M — 7,000
Closing Stock
Purchased Goods 4,500 6,000
Finished Goods 24,000 14,000
Purchased Goods have been transferred at their respective departmental Purchase Cost & Finished Goods
at Departmental Market Price. 20% of Finished Stock (Closing) at each Department represented Finished Goods
received from the other Department.
Solution :
1. Departmental Trading, Profit & Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013
Dr. Cr.
Particulars M (`) S (`) Particulars M (`) S (`)
To Opening Stock 20,000 12,000 By Sales 140,000 112,000
To Purchases 92,000 68,000 By Transfer:
Purchased Goods 8,000 10,000
Finished Goods 35,000 40,000
By Closing Stock Purchased
To Transfer : Goods 4,500 6,000
Purchased Goods 10,000 8,000 Finished Goods out of t/f 4,800 2,800
Finished Goods 40,000 35,000 Balance 19,200 11,200
To Wages 12,000 8,000 By Return of Finished Goods 10,000 7,000
To Carriage Inwards 2,000 2,000
To Return of Finished Goods 7,000 10,000
To Gross Profit 38,500 46,000
2,21,500 1,89,000 2,21,500 1,89,000

2. Calculation of Gross Profit Ratio
Particulars M (`) S (`)

Sales 140,000 112,000
Add : Transfer of Finished Goods 35,000 40,000
Less : Return of Finished Goods (7,000) (10,000)
Net Sales [A] 168,000 142,000
Gross Profit [B] as calculated below 38,500 46,000
Gross Profit Ratio [B ÷ A] 22.9% 32.4%
3. Consolidated Trading Account for the year ended 31st March, 2013
Dr. Cr.
(`) (`)
To Opening Stock (20,000+12,000) 32,000 By Sales (1,40,000 + 1,12,000) 2,52,000
To Purchases (92,000 + 68,000) 160,000 By Closing Stock
To Wages (12,000 + 8,000) 20,000 By Purchase Goods 10,500
To Carriage Inwards 4,000 (4,500+6,000)
(2,000+2,000) By Finished Goods 38,000 48,500
To Stock Reserve: (24,000+14,000)
[24,000 × 20%] × 32.4% 1,555
[14,000 × 20%] × 22.9% 641
To Net Profit 82,304
3,00,500 3,00,500
Illustration 24.
Department X sells goods to Department Y at a profit of 25% on cost & to Department Z at a profit of 10% on
cost. Department Y sells goods to X & Z at a profit of 15% & 20% on sales, respectively.
Department Z charges 20% & 25% profit on cost to Department X & Y, respectively.
Department Managers are entitled to 10% Commission on Net Profit subject to Unrealised profits on
Departmental sales being eliminated.
Departmental profits after charging manager’s commission, bur before adjustment of unrealised profits are : X =
` 36,000; Y = ` 27,000; Z = ` 18,000
Stocks lying at different departments at the year end are as under :
Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`)

Transfer from Department X — 15,000 11,000
Transfer from Department Y 14,000 — 12,000
Transfer from Department Z 6,000 5,000 —
Find out the correct Departmental Profits after charging Managers’ Commission.

Solution :
1. Computation of Unrealised Profits
Particulars of transfer to Department X Department Y Department Z Total

(`) (`) (`) (`)
From Department X to Y and Z 15,000 × 25/125 11,000 × 10/110 4,000

at 25% and 10% of Cost Nil = 3,000 = 1,000
From Department Y to X and Z 14,000 × 15/100 Nil 12,000 × 20/100 4,500

at 15% and 20% of Sales = 2,100 = 2,400
From Department Z to X and Y 6,000×20/120 5,000×25/125 Nil 2,000

at 20% and 25% of Cost = 1,000 = 1,000
2. Computation of Correct Departmental Profits after charging Manager’s Commission correctly
Particulars Department X Department Y Department Z

(`) (`) (`)
Profits after charging Manager’s Commission 36,000 27,000 18,000
Add : Wrong Commission = 10% of Profits = 1/9 × 36,000 1/9 × 27,000 1/9 × 18,000
1/10 on Profits before charging commission
= 4,000 = 3,000 = 2,000
= 1/9 on Profits after charging commission
Profits before charging commission 40,000 30,000 20,000
Less : Unrealised Profits i.e. Stock Reserve 4,000 4,500 2,000
Profits qualifying for commission 36,000 25,500 18,000
Less : Commission at 10% of above 3,600 2,550 1,800
Correct Profits after charging commission 32,400 22,950 16,200
Illustration 25.
The following details are available in respect of a business for a year.
Department Opening Stock Purchase Sales

X 120 units 1,000 units 1,020 units at ` 20.00 each
Y 80 units 2,000 units 1,920 units at ` 22.50 each
Z 152 units 2,400 units 2,496 units at ` 25.00 each

The total value of purchases is ` 1,00,000. It is observed that the rate of Gross Profit is the same in each
department. Prepare Departmental Trading Account for the above year.
Solution :
1. Computation of Closing Stock Quantity (in units)
Particulars X Y Z
Opening Stock 120 80 152
Add: Purchases 1,000 2,000 2,400
Less : Units Sold (1,020) (1,920) (2,496)

Closing Stock 100 106 56

2. Computation of Gross Profit Ratio

We are informed that the GP Ratio is the same for all departments. Selling Price is given for each department’s
products but the Sale Quantity is different from that of Purchase Quantity. To find the Uniform GP Rate, the sale
value of Purchase Quantity should be compared with the Total Cost of Purchase, as under. Assuming all
purchases are sold, the sale proceeds would be
Department X 1,000 units @ ` 20.00 20,000

Department Y 2,000 units @ ` 22.50 45,000
Department Z 2,400 units @ ` 25.00 60,000
Total Sale Value of Purchase Quantity 125,000
Less : Cost of Purchase 1,00,000
Gross Profit Amount 25,000
Gross Profit Ratio 25,000 ÷ 1,25,000 20% of Selling Price
3. Computation of Profit and Cost for each article
Department Selling Price Profit at 1/5 of SP Cost = Sales – Profit

Department X ` 20.00 1/5 of ` 20.00 = 4.00 ` 16.00
Department Y ` 22.50 1/5 of ` 22.50 = 4.50 ` 18.00
Department Z ` 25.00 1/5 of ` 25.00 = 5.00 ` 20.00
Dr. 4. Departmental Trading Account for the year ended... Cr.
Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`) Total (`) Particulars X (`) Y (`) Z (`) Total (`)
To Op. stock 1,920 1,440 3,040 6,400 By Sales 20,400 43,200 62,400 126,000
To Purchase 16,000 36,000 48,000 100,000 By Cl. stock 1,600 2,880 1,120 5,600
To Gross Profit 4,080 8,640 12,480 25,200
22,000 46,080 63,520 131,600 22,000 46,080 63,520 131,600
Opening and Closing Stocks are valued at Cost as indicated in WN 3 above. Sale Amount in the Trading Account
is computed for the Sale Quantity only. Gross Profit is calculated at 20% of Sale Value.

1. Bad debts are apportioned among departments in the proportion of
(A) Sales of each department
(B) Number of units sold each department
(C) Cost of sales of each department
(2) The goods are transferred from department X to Department Y at selling price which includes a profit of 25%
on cost. Stock valued at `65,000 in Department Y, is `18,000, then the amount of stock reserve on closing
stock will be
(A) `16,250
(B) `13,000
(C) `21,667

(3) Goods are transferred from Department X to Department Y at a price so as to include a profit of 33.33% on
cost. If the value of closing stock of Department Y is `18,000, then the amount of stock reserve on closing
stock will be
(A) `6,000
(B) `4,500
(C) `9,000
Answer:
1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (B)

1. Branch Stock Account is always prepared at cost price.
2. In Branch Accounting system, the Branch prepares the periodic returns based on which the accounting
records are maintained at the Head office.
3. At the time of preparation of departmental profit and loss account discount received is allocated among
various departments on the basis of departmental sales.
4. Goods in transit are recorded in the books of H.O.
5. When the goods are returned by Branch, goods sent to Branch account will be debited in the books of Head
Office.
6. Branch account is prepared in the books of Head office under debtors’ method of accounting
QUESTIONS:
1. Priya Sales Corporation of Jaipur has a Branch at Kota to which goods are sent @ 331/3% above cost. The
Branch makes sales both for cash and on credit. Branch expenses are paid direct from Head Office and the
Branch has to remit all cash received into the Head Office Bank Account at Kota.
Following further details are given for the year ended 31st March, 2012:
Particulars (`)
Goods sent to Branch (at invoice price) 18,00,000
Goods returned by Branch (at invoice price) 20,000
Stock at Branch on 1.4.2011 (at invoice price) 2,40,000
Branch Debtors on 1.4.2011 2,15,000
Sales during the year:
- Cash 5,80,000
-Credit 11,40,000
Cash received from Branch debtors 10,45,000
Discount allowed to by Branch to debtors 14,800
Bad debts 9,200
Sales return at Kota Branch 25,000
Salaries and wages at Branch 1,80,000
Rent, Rates and Taxes at Branch 42,000
Sundry expenses at Branch 15,000
Stock at Branch on 31.3.2012 (at invoice price) 3,60,000

You are required to show Branch Stock Account, Branch Adjustment Account, Branch Expenses Account,
Branch Debtors Account, Branch Goods sent to Branch Account and Branch Profit & Loss Account in the
books of the Head Office.
Answer:
Books of Priya Sales Corporation
Branch Stock Account
Dr. Cr.
To Balance b/d 2,40,000 By Goods sent to Branch A/c (Return) 20,000
To Goods sent to Branch A/c 1,80,000 By Bank A/c (Cash Sales) 5,80,000
To Branch Debtors A/c (Returns) 25,000 By Branch Debtors A/c (Credit Sales) 11,40,000
To Branch Adjustment A/c 35,000 By Balance c/d 3,60,000
(Excess of sales over invoice price)
21,00,000 21,00,000
Branch Adjustment Account

Dr. Cr.
To Stock Reserve A/c 90,000 By Stock Reserve A/c (Opening stock) 60,000
(Closing stock - 25% on 3,60,000) 4,50,000 (25% on 2,40,000)
To Branch P/L A/c By Goods sent to Branch A/c 4,45,000
(18,00,000-20,000=17,80,000 × 25%)
By Branch Stock A/c 35,000
5,40,000 5,40,000
Branch Expenses Account

Dr. Cr.
To Bank A/c (Salaries & Wages) 1,80,000 By Branch Profit & Loss A/c (transfer) 2,37,000
To Bank A/c (Rent, rates & taxes) 42,000
To Bank A/c (Sundry exp.) 15,000
2,37,000 2,37,000
Branch Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
To Balance b/d 2,15,000 By Bank A/c 10,45,000
To Branch Stock A/c 11,40,000 By Branch Stock A/c (Sales return) 25,000
By Branch P/L A/c 24,000
(Discount ` 14,800 & Bad debts ` 9,200)
13,55,000 13,55,000

Goods sent to Branch Account
Dr. Cr.
To Branch Stock A/c (Return) 20,000 By Branch Stock A/c 18,00,000
To Branch Adjustment A/c 4,45,000
To Purchases A/c (Trading A/c) 13,35,000
18,00,000 18,00,000
Branch Profit & Loss Account

Dr. Cr.
To Branch Exp. A/c 2,37,000 By Branch Adjustment A/c 4,50,000
To Branch Debtors A/c 24,000
(Discount & Bad debts)
To Profit & Loss A/c (Branch Net profit) 1,89,000
4,50,000 4,50,000
2. Pass the Journal entries in the books of Head Office to record the following transactions for the year ending
31st March, 2013:
(i) Head Office collected ` 24,500 from a customer of Delhi Branch.
(ii) Jaipur Branch paid ` 80,000 for purchase of Office Computer by Head Office for Delhi Branch.
(iii) Goods sent by Head Office to Jaipur Branch valued ` 45,000 wrongly Debited to Delhi Branch in the
Books of Head Office.
(iv) Goods returned by Delhi Branch valued ` 4,800 on 26th March, 2013, was received by Head Office on
3rd April, 2013.
Answer:
Journal Entries in the books of Head Office

(Dr.) (Cr.)
(i) Bank A/c Dr. 24,500
(Being amount received here from Delhi Branch customer)
(ii) Delhi Branch Fixed Assets (Computer) A/c Dr. 80,000
To Jaipur Branch A/c 80,000
(Being amount paid by Jaipur Branch for purchase of Computer for Delhi
Branch)
(iii) Jaipur Branch A/c Dr. 45,000
(Being reversal of wrong entry)
(iv) Goods in Transit A/c Dr. 4,800
(Being goods returned by Delhi Branch on 26/3/13 lying in transit)

3. A head office in Calcutta supplies goods to its branch at Madras at cost. The branch sells the goods for cash
and on credit and remits the proceeds to the head office promptly, the branch expenses being met by the
head office by cheque. The following are the transactions relating to the branch for the year ended 31st
December, 2015 :
Stock at Branch on 01-01-2015 6,000
Debtors at Branch on 01-01-2015 8,000
Goods sent to Branch during the year 45,000
Total sales at Branch (including cash sales ` 22,000) 74,000
Goods returned by Branch 2,000
Goods returned by Customers 2,000
Collections from Debtors 42,000
Discount allowed 2,000
Bad Debt written off 1,000
Cheques sent by Head Office towards Branch Expenses—
` `
Salaries 5,000
Rent 2,500
Petty expenses 500
8,000
Prepare Branch Account and Goods sent to Branch Account in the H. O. books.
Solution:
In the Books of H. O.
Madras Branch Account
Dr. Cr.
` ` ` `
01.01.15 31.12.15
To Balance b/f By bank – remittances received:
Stock 6,000 Cash Sales 22,000
Debtors 8,000 14,000 Collection from Debtors 42,000 64,000
31-12-15
To Goods Sent to branch A/c 45,000 By Goods Sent to Branch A/c
,, Bank A/c – expenses: - Returns 2,000
Salaries 5,000 By Balance c/f
Rent 2,500 By Stock 9,000
Petty expenses 500 8,000 By Debtors (WN 1) 13,000 22,000
- Branch Profit transferred 21,000
88,000 88,000

Dr. Goods Sent to branch Account Cr.
` `
31-12-15 31-12-15
To Madras Branch A/c 2,000 By Madras Branch A(c 45,000
„ Trading (or Purchases) A/c
—transfer 43,000
45,000 45,000
Working Note:
1. The figure for closing debtors has not been supplied in the problem. It can be ascertained by preparing
a Memorandum Branch Debtors A/c as under:
Memorandum Branch Debtors Account

Dr. Cr.
` `
To Balance b/f 8,000 By Bank—collection 42.000
„ Credit Sales (74,000-22,000) 52,000 „ Discount Allowed 2.000
„ Returns Inward 2,000
„ Bad Debt 1,000
„ Balance c/f 13,000
60,000 60,000
4. A head office in Calcutta has a branch in Ahmedabad to which goods are invoiced at cost price. The
following are the transactions between the head office and the branch for the year ending December 31st,
2015:
` `
Petty Cash at Branch on 01-01-2015 300
Goods sent to Branch 45,000
Remittances from Branch :
Cash Sales 16,000
Money received from Debtors 29,500 45,500
Goods returned to H. O. 3,000
Bad Debts at Branch 500
Discount allowed to Branch Debtors 1,300
Goods returned by customers to Branch 2,000
Cheques sent to Branch—
for Salaries and Wages 9,000
for Insurance 3,000
for Petty Cash 510 12,510
Petty Cash at Branch on 31-12-2015 200
Write up the ledger accounts in the books of H. O. to record the above transactions.

Solution:
Books of H. O.
Dr. Branch Stock Account Cr.
01-01-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Balance b/f 12,500 By Bank—cash sales A/c 16 000
31-12-2015 ,, Branch Debtors—credit sale- 43,800
To Goods Sent to Branch A/c 45,000 ,, Goods Sent to Branch A/c
„ Branch Debtors—returns from customers 2,000 —returns from Branch 3,000
„ Branch P/L A/c—gross profit transferred 18.300 ,, Balance c/f 15,000
77,800 77,800
Dr. Branch Debtors Account Cr.
1-1-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Balance b/f 12,000 By Bank—collection 29,500
„ Branch Stock A/c—returns 2,000
31-12-2015 „ Branch P/L A/c :
To Branch Stock A/c 43,800 Bad Debts 500
—credit sales (balancing figure) Discount Allowed 1,300 1,800

55,800 55,800
Dr. Goods Sent to Branch Account Cr.
3l-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Branch Stock A/c 3,000 By Branch Stock A/c 45,000
—returns from Branch
„ Trading A/c 42,000
—transfer
45,000 45,000
Dr. Branch Petty Cash Account Cr.
1-1-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Balance b/f 300 By Branch Expenses A/c
31-12-2015 —petty expenses 610
To Bank 510 (balancing figure)
„ Balance e/f 200
810 810
Dr. Branch Expenses Account Cr.
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Bank- By Branch P/L A/c 12,610
Salaries & Wages 9,000 —transfer
Insurance 3,000
„ Branch Petty Cash A/c
—petty expenses 610
12,610 12,610

Dr. Branch Profit & Loss Account Cr.
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Branch Expenses 12,610 By Branch Stock A/c 18,300
„ Branch Debtors A/c : — gross profit
— Bad Debts 500
— Discount allowed 1,300 1,800
„ General Profit & Loss A/c
— Branch net profit transferred 3,890
18300 18300
1
5. A H. O. invoiced to their Delhi Branch during the year ended 31-12-2015 goods at selling price (being 33 %
8
added to cost) amounting to ` 74,000. The credit sales of the Branch were ` 31,000 and cash sales ` 17,000.
The Branch returned ` 2,000 stock at invoice price and had returns from customers ` 1,000. The discounts
allowed to customers by the Branch amounted to ` 1,200. The Branch remitted to H.O. ` 38,600 being the
amount of cash sales and recipts from customers. The opening and closing stocks of the Branch were ` 15,000
and ` 39,000 respectively at selling price. The Branch had Debtors of ` 12,000 at the beginning. Loss through
pilferage was ascertained to be ` 1,000 at selling price.
Write up the necessary accounts to record the above in the books of H. O. under synthetic method.
Solution:
In the Books of H. O.
Delhi Branch Account
Dr. Cr.
1-1-2015 ` 1-1-2015 `
To Balance b/f : By Stock Reserve—load on
1
Stock 15,000 opening stock ×15,000)
4
Debtors 12,000 27,000 31-12-15 3,750
31-12-2015 By Bank—remittances 38,600

To Goods Sent to Branch A/c 74,000 „ Goods Sent to Branch A/c
1
„ Goods Sent to Branch A/c —load on goods sent ( × 74,000) 18.500
4
—load on returns by Branch 500 „ Goods Sent to Branch A/c
( 1 × 2,000) —returns by Branch 2,000
2
“ Stock Reserve—load on closing stock „ Balance c/f:
1
( × 39,000) 9,750 Stock 39,000
4
“ Profit & Loss A/c Debtors3 19,200 58.200
—Branch profit transferred 9,800
1,21,050 1,21,050

Stock Reserve Account

Cr. Dr.
01-01-2015 ` 01-01-2015 `
To Delhi Branch A/c By Balance b/f —load on
—transfer 3,750 opening stock 3,750
31-12-2015 31-12-2015
To Balance c/f 9,750 By Delhi Branch A/c —load on
closing stock 9,750
13,500 13,500
Goods Sent to Branch Account

Dr. Cr.
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Delhi Branch A/c 18,500 By Delhi Branch A/c
—load on goods sent 2,000 —goods sent 74,000
„ Delhi Branch A/c 54,000 „ Delhi Branch A/c
—returns by Branch —load on returns 500
„ Trading A/c
—cost of net goods transferred
74,500 74,500
Working Notes :
1. In examination problems while calculating ‘load’ care should be taken to ascertain whether the percentage
1 1 1
is stated on cost or selling price. 33 % of of cost means of selling price.
3 3 4
2. It must be noted that goods pilfered (normal or abnormal) should not be shown in the Branch A/c under the
synthetic method.
3. Closing balance of Branch Debtors has been ascertained by preparing a Memorandum Branch Debtors A/c
as under:
Memorandum Branch Debtors Account
` `
To Balance b/f 12,000 By Bank—collection (38,600 -17,000) 21,600
„ Credit Sales 31,000 „ Returns Inward 1,000
„ Balance c/f (balancing figure) 19,200
43.000 43,000
6. During the year ended 31st December, 2015, X & Co. of Madras sent to their Branch at Bombay goods costing
1
` 1,00,000. They used to invoice to the Branch at a price designed to show a gross profit of 33 per cent on
3
invoice price. Collections at the Branch from debtors amounting to ` 26,390 were all sent to Head Office.
Branch transactions daring the year were:
Cash Sales— ` 1,21,050
Credit Sales— ` 27,600
Goods returned by customers— ` 300
Goods returned to Head Office— ` 780 (invoice price)

on 31-12-14 on 31-12-15
` `
Stock (at invoice price) 2,250 2,700
Sundry Debtors 1,320 2,230
Goods at the Branch of ` 1,260 (invoice price) were lost. Insurance Company paid ` 730 on the claim. Branch
expenses, paid by Head Office, amount to ` 36,780.
Show the necessary Ledger Accounts as would appear in the Head Office books recording the above
transactions relating to the Branch including Branch Profit & Loss Account.
Solution:
Branch Stock Adjustment A/c Method
Books of Head Office
1-1-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Balance b/f 2,250 By Bank—cash sales 1,21,050
31-12-2015 „ Branch Debtors—credit sales 27,600
To Goods Sent to Branch A/c : „ Goods Sent to Branch A/c
(1/4 ×1,00,000) —returns from branch 780
1,50,000 „ Goods Lost at Branch A/c 1.260
„ Branch Debtors—returns 300 „ Balance c/f 2,700
from customers
„ Branch Adjustment A/c
—apparent gross profit
transferred 840
1,53,390 1.53,390
Note: ‘ The difference in Branch Stock A/c is due to difference in invoice price and selling price and hence this has
been transferred to Branch Adjustment A/c as apparent gross profit.
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Branch Stock Adjustment A/c By Branch Stock a/ c 1,50,000
— load on goods sent: ,, Branch Stock Adjustment A/c
1 — load on returns from
×1,50,000 50,000
4
„ Branch Stock A/c
—returns from branch 780 1
„ Trading A/c —transfer 99,480 branch: × 780 260
3
1,50,260 1,50,260

Dr. Branch Stock Adjustment Account Cr.
31-12-2015 ` 1-1-2015 `
To Goods Sent to Branch By Balance b/f— load on opening
—load on returns from branch 260 stock: 1/3 × 2,250 750
“ Goods Lost at Branch A/c —load 420 31-12-84
on goods lost By Goods Sent to Branch —load on
“ Branch Profit & Loss A/c goods sent 50,000
—gross profit transferred 50,010 “ Branch Stock A/c 840
Balance c/f—load on closing
stock: 1/3 × 2,700 900
51,390 51,590
Dr. Branch Debtors Account Cr.
1-1-15 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Balance b/f 1,320 By Bank—collections 26,390
31-12-15 „ Branch Stock A/c 300
To Branch Stock A/c —returns from customers1 2,230
—credit sales 27,600 Balance c/f
28,920 28,920
Note: ‘Returns from customers do not require any adjustment for load, because the question of load element
arises only for transactions between the H.O. and Branch.
Goods Lost at Branch Account

Dr. Cr.
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
By Branch Stock Adjustment A/c
To Branch Stock A/c 1,260 — load on goods lost: 1/3 ×1,260 420
„ Bank—amount recovered
from insurance co. 730
„ Branch P/L A/c— transfer
—uncovered loss 110
1,260 1,260
Branch Profit & Loss Account
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
By Branch Stock Adjustment A/c
To Branch Expenses 36,780 – gross profit 50,010
To Goods Lost at branch A/c 110
To General P/L A/c 13,120
– branch net profit transferred 50,010 50,010

Double Column Method
Invoice Actual Invoice Actual

(memo.) (memo.)
1-1-2015 ` ` 31-12-2015 ` `
To Balance b/f 2,250 1,500 By Bank—cash sales 1,21,050 1,21,050
31-12-2015 „ Branch Debtors
To Goods Sent to Branch 1,50,000 1,00,000 —credit sales 27,600 27,600
„ Branch Debtors , Goods Sent to Branch

—returns from customers 300 300 —returns from branch 780 520
,, Branch P/L A/c „ Goods Lost at
—gross profit Branch A/c 1,260 840
transferred 840 50,010
„ Balance c/f 2,700 1,800
1,53,390 1,51,810 1,33.390 1,51,810

Note: Sales and Sales returns appear at selling price in both the columns.
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Branch Stock A/c 520 To Branch Stock A/c 1,00,000
-returns from branch
,, Trading A/c – transfer 99,480
1,00,000 1,00,000
Dr. Goods Lost at Branch Account Cr.
Dr. Cr.
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Branch Stock A/c 840 By Bank—amount recovered from
insurance co. 730
„ Branch P/L A/c—transfer 110
840 840
31-12-2015 ` 31-12-2015 `
To Branch Expenses 36,780 By Branch Stock A/c
To Goods Lost at Branch A/c 110 —gross profit 50,010
To General P/L A/c – branch profit trans-

ferred
13120
50,010 50,010
Note : Under Double Column Method Branch Debtors A/c will be as in the first method and there will be
no Branch Adjustment A/c.

7. Bombay Traders Ltd. sends goods to its Madras Branch at cost plus 25 per cent. From the following particulars
you are required to show the necessary ledger accounts in the Head Office books :
`
Opening stock at Branch at cost to Branch 20,000
Goods sent to Branch at invoice price 80,000
Loss-in-transit at invoice price 10,000
Pilferage at invoice price 4,000
Normal loss through wastage at invoice price 2,000
Sales 1,22,000
Expenses 32,000
Closing stock at Branch at cost to Branch 24,000
Recovered from Insurance Company against
loss-in-transit 6,000
Solution:
Dr. Books of Mumbai Traders Ltd. Cr.
Branch Stock Account
` `
To Branch b/f 20,000 By Sales A/c 1,22,000
„ Goods Sent to Branch A/c 80,000 „ Loss-in-Transit A/c 10.000
„ Branch Adjustment A/c „ Pilferage A/c 4,000
—apparent gross profit „ Branch Adjustment A/c
transferred 62,000 —normal loss 2.000
1,62,000 1,62,000
Dr. Goods sent to branch Account Cr.
` `
To Branch Adjustment A/c By Branch Stock A/c 80,000
— load on goods sent: 1/3 × 80,000
By Trading A/c – transfer 16,000
64,000
80,000 80,000

Dr. Branch Adjustment Account Cr.
` `
To Branch Stock A/c By Balance b/f— load on opening
—normal loss 2,000 stock : 1/5 × 20,000
„ Loss-in-Transit A/c „ Goods Sent to Branch A/c 4,000
—load on loss-in-transit 2,000 —load on goods sent
„ Pilferage A/c ,, Branch Stock A/c—apparent 16,000
—load on pilferage 800 gross profit
„ Branch Profit & Loss A/c 62,000
—gross profit transferred 72,400
,, Balance c/f—load on closing
stock : 1/4 × 24,000 4,800
82,000 82,000
Dr. Loss in-Trans it Account Cr.
` `
To Branch Stock A/c 10,000 By Branch Adjustment A/c 2,000
— load on loss-in-transit : 1/5 × 10,000 6000
„ Bank—Insurance claim 2,000
„ Branch Profit & Loss A/c
10,000 10,000
Dr. Pilferage Account Cr.
` `
To Branch Stock A/c 4, 000 By Branch Adjustment A/c 800
—load on pilferage : 1/5 × 4,000 3,200
„ Branch Profit & Loss A/c
4,000 4,000
` `
To Expenses A/c 32,000 By Branch Adjustment A/c 72,400
„ Loss-in-Transit A/c 2,000 — gross profit
„ Pilferage Ale 3,200
„ General Profit A Loss A/c 35,200
— branch net profit transferred
72,400 72.400
Note : 1. At cost to Branch means at invoice price from H.O.

EXERCISE:
1. From the following information, prepare Branch Account showing the profit or loss of the branch.
`
Goods sent to branch 90,000
Sales 1,20,000
Expenses: Salaries 10,000
Other Expenses 4,000
The closing stock could not be ascertained, but it is known that the branch usually sells at cost plus 20%.
The branch manager is entitled to a commission of 5% on the profit of the branch before charging such
commission.
Answer:
Branch Profit (transferred to P&L A/c) — `5,700
2. A company with its Heads Office at Kolkata has a Branch at Chennai. The Branch receives all goods from
Head Office who remits cash for all expenses. Total sales by Branch for year ended 31.03.2012 amounted to `
6,50,000 out of which 75% on Credit. Other details for Chennai Branch were as under:
Particulars 01.04.2011 30.03.2012

Stock 4,000 30,000
Debtor 45,000 30,000
Petty Cash 250 ---
Petty Cash sent by Head Office ` 3,000 but ` 2,500 is spent for Petty Expenses. The expenses of ` 45,000 are
actually spent by Branch. All sales are made by the Branch at Cost plus 25%.
You are required to prepare the Chennai Branch A/c in the books of Head Office for the year ended 31.03.2012.
Answer:
Branch Profit (transferred to General P&L A/c — `82,500]
3. Jaggu & Co., (Delhi) operates a branch at Jaipur to which goods are invoiced at wholesale price which is cost
plus 25%. The branch sells the goods at the retail price which is wholesale price plus 20%.
The following information provided for the year ended 31.03.2014:
`
Stock at the branch on 01.04.2013 1,65,000
Goods invoiced to the branch during the year 17,82,000
Expenses of the branch for the year 1,10,000
Gross profit made by the branch 3,30,000
Stock at the branch on 31.03.2014 1,98,000
Some goods were destroyed by the fire during the year.

You are required to prepare, Branch Stock Account, Branch Profit & Loss Account and Branch Stock Reserve
Account in the books of Head Office for the year ended 31st March, 2014.

Answer:
Branch Stock A/c – Gross Profit c/d — `3,30,000
Branch P&L A/c – Profit transferred — `1,21,000
Branch Stock A/c – Closing `39,600
4. Pass the journal entries to rectify or adjust the following in the books of Kolkata Branch for the year ending 31st
March, 2014:
(i) Kolkata Branch paid ` 25,000 as salary to a visiting Head Office Official. The branch has debited the
amount to salaries account.
(ii) Goods costing ` 15,000 purchased by Kolkata Branch, but payment made by Head Office. The Head
Office has wrongly debited this amount to its own purchase account.
(iii) Depreciation on branch assets, of which accounts are maintained by the Head Office, not provided for
` 5,500.
(iv) Goods worth ` 30,000 were returned by a customer of Kolkata Branch to Head Office.
(v) ` 40,000 remitted by Kolkata Branch to Head Office on 29th March, 2014 was received on 3rd April, 2014.
Answer:
Total of Journal Entries — `75,500.
5. The proprietors of Dhoora Departmental store wish to ascertain approximately separate net profits of their two
particular departments A and B for the year ended 31st March, 2015. It is not possible to take stock on that
date. However, normal rates of Gross Profit (before charging direct expenses) for the department concerned
were 40% and 30% on sales respectively. There are six departments in the stores. The following figures were
extracted from the books for the year ending 31st March, 2015:
Department A (`) Department B (`)

Stock (April 1,2014) 3,00,000 2,80,000
Sales 14,00,000 12,00,000
Purchases 9,00,000 7,20,000
Direct Expenses 1,83,000 2,84,000
The total indirect expenses of all the six departments for the period were ` 3,60,000. These expenses (except
one-third which is to be divided equally) are to be charged in proportion to departmental sales. The total sales
of the other departments were `14,00,000. The Manager of each department is also entitled to a commission
of 2 per cent on the turnover of his department. Prepare Departmental Trading and Profit & Loss account in
columnar form for the year ending 31st March. 2015 making a stock reserve of 5% for each department on the
estimated value of stock on 31st March, 2015.
Answer:
Gross Profit – Dept. A- `377;Deptt. B – `76.
Net Profit – Dept. A - `227;
Net Loss – Dept. B - `48]
6. Surya Co. Ltd. has three departments.

In made purchases during the financial year 2012-13 as below
Dept. A = 2,000 units
Dept. B = 4,000 units at a total cost of ` 2,00,000

Dept. C = 4,800 units

Stock as on 01.04.2012
Dept. A = 240 units
Dept. B = 160 units
Dept. C = 304 units
Sales made were

Dept. A = 2040 units at ` 20 each
Dept. B = 3840 units at ` 22.50 each
Dept. C = 4992 units at ` 25 each
The rate of gross profit is uniform for all the departments. Assume the unit price of opening stock and purchase unit
cost are uniform.
Prepare Departmental Trading Account.
Answer:
Departmental Gross Profit Dept. A – `8,160, Dept. B -`17,280, Dept. C - `24,960]
7. M/s Chandu stores has three departments viz. A, B and C. At the end of the year 31st March 2013 goods were
included in departmental stocks out of inter-departmental transfers loading their own cost as follows:
From A to B ` 25,000 and to C ` 18,000 respectively at a profit of 25% on cost.
From B to A and C ` 9,000 and ` 6,000 respectively at a profit of 331/3% on cost.
From C to A and B ` 25,000 and ` 27,000 respectively at a profit of 20% on transfer price.
Departmental Managers are entitled to 10% commission on net profit subject to unrealized profit on
departmental transfers being eliminated. Departmental profits after charging Manager’s commission but
before adjustment of unrealised profits are:
A— ` 1,57,500; B— ` 1,62,000; C— ` 2,16,000.
You are required to calculate the amount of unrealised profits, correct amount of Manager’s commission and
departmental profits after charging Manages commission.
Answer:
Correct amount of Managers Commission — Dept. A - `16,640,Dept. B - `17,625 and Dept. C - `22,960
Correct amount of Departmental Profit — Dept. A - `1,49,760, Dept. B - `1,58,625, Dept. C – 2,06,640.]
8. A firm has two departments, Cloth and Readymade Garments. The Readymade Garments were generally
made by the firm itself out of cloth supplied by the cloth department at its usual selling price. The stock in the
Readymade Garments Department may be considered as consisting of 65% cloth and 35% of other expenses.
The opening rate of gross profit of the Cloth Department is 25% and the closing Rate of gross profit is 30%. The
opening stock was ` 2,40,000 and the closing stock was ` 2,85,000 in the Readymade Garments Department.
You are required to ascertain the amount of provision to be made for unrealized profit.
Answer:
Amount of provision for unrealized profit already made on opening stock of Readymade Garments = ` 2,40,000 ×
65% × 25% = ` 39,000.
Amount of provision required for closing stock of Readymade Garments = ` 2,85,000 × 65% × 30% = ` 55,575.
Additional provision for unrealized profit to be made at the end of the year = ` 55,575 -39,000 = 7,16,575.

Study Note - 11
COMPUTERISED ACCOUNTING SYSTEM
11.1 Computerised Accounting System
11.1. COMPUTERISED ACCOUNTING SYSTEM
SALIENT FEATURES OF COMPUTERISED ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

Computer information system environment exists when one or more computer(s) of any type or size is (are) involved
in the processing of any information, whether those computers are operated by the entity or by a third party. A
computerised accounting environment will therefore have the following salient features:
1. The processing of information will be by one or more computers.
2. The computer or computers may be operated by the entity or by a third party.
3. The processing of financial information by the computer is done with the help of one or more computer
softwares.
4. A computer software includes any program or routine that performs a desired function or set of functions and
the documentation required to describe and maintain that program or routine.
5. The computer software used for the accounting system may be an acquired software or may be developed
specifically for the business.
6. Acquired software may consist of a spread sheet package or may be prepackaged accounting software.
SIGNIFICANCE OF COMPUTERISED ACCOUNTING SYSTEM
1. The speed with which accounts can be maintained is several fold higher.
2. Automatic Correct Balancing of Ledger Accounts
3. Automatic Tailied Trial balance unless some mistake is made while recording the opening balance.
4. Automatic Income Statement
5. Automatic Balance Sheet
Threat to Computerised Accounting System

The only concerns that has increased today are concerns for controls, security and integrity of the computer
system as more and more information is stored not in the hard print but as soft copies inside the computer. Issue
like unauthorised access to the data either through the local area network or through the internet by hacking into
the company server are becoming potential threat to the computer usage.
CLASSIFICATION AND CODIFICATION OF ACCOUNTS

Some computerised accounting softwares support a coded accounting system and some support even a non-
coded accounting system. A coded accounting system is more convenient where there are numerous account
heads and the complexity is high. It also to some extent reduces the possibility of the same account existing in
several names due to spelling mistakes or abbreviations used.
A proper codification requires a systematic grouping of accounts. The major groups or heads could be Assets,
Liabilities, Revenue Receipts, Capital Receipts, Revenue Expenditure, Capital Expenditure. The sub-groups or minor
heads could be “Cash” or “Receivables” or “Payables” and so on. The grouping and codification is dependant
upon the type of organisation and the extent of sub-division required for reporting on the basis of profit centres or
product lines. There could a classification based on geographical location as well.

Computarised Accounting System
The main unit of classification in accounts should be the major head which should be divided into minor heads,
each of which should have a number of subordinate heads, generally shown as sub-heads. The sub-heads are
further divided into detailed heads. Sometimes major heads may be divided into ‘sub-major heads’ before their
further division into minor heads.
The Major heads, Minor heads, Sub-heads and Detailed heads together may constitute a four tier arrangement of
the classification structure of Accounts.
PRE-PACKAGED ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE

1. There are several prepackaged accounting software which are available in the market and are used
extensively for small and medium sized organisations.
2. These softwares are easy to use, relatively inexpensive and readily available.
3. The installation of these softwares are very simple. An installation diskette or CD is provided with the software
which can be used to install the software on a personal computer. A network version of this software is also
generally available which needs to be installed on the server and work can be performed from the various
workstations or nodes connected to the server.
4. Along with the software an user’s manual is provided which guides the user on how to use the software.
5. After installation of the software, the user should check the version of the software to ensure that they have
been provided with the latest.
6. The vendor normally provides regular updates to take care of the changes of law as well as add features to
the existing software.
7. These softwares normally have a section which provides for the creation of a company. The name, address,
phone numbers and other details of the company like VAT registration number, PAN and TAN numbers are
feeded into the system. The accounting period has to be set by inserting the first and the last day of the
financial year.
The next step in the use of this software could be the creation of accounts. This is done by adding the accounts
along with their codes into the master file files. Each account has to be classified into whether it is an asset or
liability or an income or expenditure to the system. The opening balances are to be entered into the master file
files. The company parameters need to be set at this point of time so that the accounts which are the cash, bank,
sundry debtors, sundry creditors, etc. are known to the system. The customers’ names, addresses and other basic
details are also entered in the customer master file. Similarly, the creditors details are entered into the creditor
master file files. Product details are entered through the product master file files. Here the unit of measurement and
the opening stock quantities including the values are provided. The system of valuation of stock like the FIFO, LIFO,
Weighted average, etc. are defined in the product master file files.
ADVANTAGES OF PRE-PACKAGED ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE
1. Easy to Install The CD containing set up file is to be inserted and run to complete the installation
according to instructions as per user’s manuals.
2. Relatively Inexpensive These packages are available at very cheap prices.
3. Easy to Use These packages are mostly menu driven with the help options. Further the user
manual provides most of the solutions to problems that the user may face while
using the software.
4. Simple Backup Procedure Housekeeping section provides a menu for backup. The backup can be taken
on CD or hard disk.
5. Certain Flexibility of Report This allows the user to make the invoice, challan, GRNs look the way they want.
Formats Provided by some
of the Softwares
6. Very Effective for Small and Most of their functional areas are covered by these standardised packages.
Medium size Businesses

DISADVANTAGES OF PRE-PACKAGED ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE
1. Does not cover Peculiarities A standard package may not be able to take care of the complexities of a
of Specific Business specific business.
2. Does not cover all These packages may not cover all functional areas such as production
Functional Areas process.
3. Customisation may not be These packages may not be customised as per needs of customers.
Possible: is not Sufficient or
Serve the Purpose:
4. Reports Generated All reports required for exercising management control may not be available
in a standard package.
5. Lack of Security Security is generally missing in a pre-packaged accounting package since
any person can view data of all companies with common access password.
6. Bugs in the software Certain bugs may remain in the software which takes long to be rectified by
the vendor and is common in the initial years of the software.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR SELECTION OF PRE-PACKAGED ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE
The following factors should be considered while selecting pre-packaged accounting software:
1. Fulfillment of Business The purchaser should ensure whether the available software meets all the
Requirements business requirements.
2. Completeness of Reports: The purchaser should ensure whether the available software can provide all
the reports required by business.
3. Ease of Use The purchaser should ensure whether the available software is easy to
operate.
4. Cost The software should not involve very high installation and running cost.
5. Reputation of the vendor It should be ensured whether the vendor has good reputation and good
track records or not.
6. Regular updates It should be ensured whether the vendor is prepared to give updates.
CUSTOMISED ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE

Meaning — A customised accounting software is one which is developed on the basis of specific requirements of
the organisation.
A feasibility study is first made before the decision to develop a software is made. The life cycle of a customized
accounting software begins with the organisation providing the user requirements. Based on the these user
requirement the system analyst prepares a requirement specification which is given for approval by the user
management. Once the requirement specification is approved, the designing process begins. Development,
testing and implementation are the other components of the system development life cycle.
ADVANTAGES OF A CUSTOMISED ACCOUNTING PACKAGE

1. The functional areas which are not covered in pre-packaged software gets computerised.
2. The input screens can be tailor made to match the input documents for ease of data entry.
3. It provides many MIS reports as per the specification of the organisation.
1. It facilitates the use of Bar-code scanners as input devices suitable for the specific needs of an individual
organisation.
4. It can suitably match with the organisational structure of the company.
DISADVANTAGES OF A CUSTOMISED ACCOUNTING PACKAGE

1. Requirement specifications are incomplete or ambiguous resulting in a defective or incomplete system.
2. Bugs may remain in the software because of Inadequate testing.
3. Documentation may not complete.

Computarised Accounting System
4. Frequent changes made to the system with inadequate change management procedure may result in in
system compromise.
5. Vendor may not be unwilling to give support of the software due to other commitments.
6. Vendor may not be willing to part with the source code or enter into an escrow agreement.
7. Control measures may be inadequate.
8. There may be delay in completion of the software due to problems with the vendor or inadequate project
management.
The choice of customised accounting packages is made on the basis of evaluation of vendor proposals. The
proposals are evaluated as to the suitability, completeness, cost and vendor proposals. Generally preference is
given to a vendor won has a very good track record of deliverables.

1. List the significances of computerised accounting system.
Solution:
Significance of computerised accounting system
• The speed with which accounts can be maintained is several fold higher;
• Automatic Correct Balancing of Ledger Accounts;
• Automatic Tailied Trial balance unless some mistake is made while recording the opening balance;
• Automatic Income Statement;
• Automatic Balance Sheet.
2. State the matters to be considered for selection of pre-packaged accounting software.
Solution:
The following factors should be considered while selecting pre-packaged accounting software:
1. Fulfillment of Business The purchaser should ensure whether the available software meets all the
Requirements business requirements.
2. Completeness of Reports: The purchaser should ensure whether the available software can provide all
the reports required by business.
3. Ease of Use The purchaser should ensure whether the available software is easy to operate.
4. Cost The software should not involve very high installation and running cost.
5. Reputation of the vendor It should be ensured whether the vendor has good reputation and good track
records or not.
6. Regular updates It should be ensured whether the vendor is prepared to give updates.
3. Discuss the disadvantages of customized accounting package.
Solution:
1. Requirement specifications are incomplete or ambiguous resulting in a defective or incomplete system.
2. Bugs may remain in the software because of inadequate testing.
3. Documentation may not complete.
4. Frequent changes made to the system with inadequate change management procedure may result in
system compromise.
5. Vendor may not be unwilling to give support of the software due to other commitments.
6. Vendor may not be willing to part with the source code or enter into an escrow agreement.
7. Control measures may be inadequate.
8. There may be delay in completion of the software due to problems with the vendor or inadequate
project management.
The choice of customised accounting packages is made on the basis of evaluation of vendor proposals. The
proposals are evaluated as to the suitability, completeness, cost and vendor proposals. Generally preference
is given to a vendor won has a very good track record of deliverables.

Study Note - 12
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

12.1 AS-1 : Disclosure of Accounting Policies
12.2 AS-2 : Valuation of Inventories
12.3 AS-6 : Depreciation Accounting
12.4 AS-7 : Construction Companies
12.5 AS-9 : Revenue Recognition
12.6 AS-10 : Accounting For Fixed Assets
ACCOUNTING STANDARD
Accounting standard is a method or an approach established and issued by recognized expert accountancy
body. It is used in preparing financial statement viz., Profit & Loss Account and Balance Sheet of various concerns
operating different fields.
The main purpose of formulating accounting standard is to standardize the diverse accounting policies with views
eliminating to the extent possible the incomparability of information provided in financial statements within or across
the organization. So that the users of aforesaid statements don’t get confused while evaluating the results to take
various decisions viz., to subscribe in equality shares, or subscribe in debenture of that concern.
To discuss on whether such standards are necessary in present days it will be beneficial to go through the advantages
and disadvantages which they are said to provide.
ADVANTAGES OF ACCOUNTING STANDARD

1. It provides the accountancy profession with useful working rules.
2. It assists in improving quality of work performed by accountant.
3. It strengthens the accountant’s resistance against the pressure from directors to use accounting policy which
may be suspected in that situation in which they perform their work.
4. It ensures the various users of financial statements to get complete crystal information on more consistent basis
from period to period.
5. It helps the users compare the financial statements of two or more organisaitons engaged in same type of
business operation.
DISADVANTAGES OF ACCOUNTING STANDARD

1. Users are likely to think that said statements prepared using accounting standard are infallible.
2. They have been derived from social pressures which may reduce freedom.
3. The working rules may be rigid or bureaucratic to some user of financial statement.
4. The more standards there are, the more costly the financial statements are to produce.

Accounting Standards
12.1 DISCLOSURE OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (AS 1)
This standard deals with disclosure of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation and presentation
of the financial statements and is mandatory in nature.
The accounting policies refer to the specific accounting principles adopted by the enterprise.
Proper disclosure would ensure meaningful comparison both inter/intra enterprise and also enable the users to
properly appreciate the financial statements.
Financial statements are intended to present a fair reflection of the financial position financial performance and
cash flows of an enterprise.
Areas involving different accounting policies by different enterprises are:
• Methods of depreciation, depletion and amortization
• Treatment of expenditure during construction
• Treatment of foreign currency conversion/translation.
• Valuation of inventories
• Treatment of intangible assets
• Valuation of investments
• Treatment of retirement benefits
• Recognition of profit on long-term contracts
• Valuation of fixed assets
• Treatment of contingent liabilities
Fundamental Accounting Assumptions

Certain basic assumptions, in the preparation of financial statements are accepted and their use are assumed, no
separate disclosure is required except for noncompliance in respect of —
(a) Going Concern: continuing operation in the foreseeable future and no interim necessity of liquidation or
winding up or reducing scale of operation.
(b) Consistency: accounting policies are consistent from one period to another
(c) Accrual:
(i) Revenues and costs are accrued i.e. they are earned or incurred (not actually received or paid) and
recorded in the financial statements
(ii) Extends to matching revenue against relevant costs.
Factors governing the selection and application of accounting policies are:
Prudence : Generally maker of financial statement has to face uncertainties at the time of preparation of financial
statement. These uncertainties may be regarding collectability of receivables, number of warranty claims that
may occur. Prudence means making of estimates, which is required under conditions of uncertainty.
Substance over form : It means that transaction should be accounted for in accordance with actual happening
and economic relity of the transactions not by its legal form. Like in hire purchaser if the assets are purchased on
hire purchase by the hire purchaser the assets are shown in the books of hire purchaser in spite of the fact that
the hire purchaser is not the legal owner of the assets purchased. Under the purchase the purchaser, becomes
the owner only on the payment of last instalment. Therefore the legal form of the transaction is ignored and the
transaction is accounted as per as substance.
Materiality : Financial Statement should disclose all the items and facts which are sufficient enough to influence
the decisions of reader or /user of financial statement.
(a) As to the disclosure of all material items, individually or in aggregate in the context of fair presentation of
financial statements as a whole if its omission or misstatement could influence the economic or financial
decision of the user relying upon the financial statements.

(b) Depends on the size of the items or errors judged in the particular circumstances of its omissions or
misstatements.
(c) Is a cutoff point rather than being a primary qualitative characteristic which information must have.
(d) This is a matter of judgment, varies from one entity to another and over one period to another.
AS-1 requires that all “significant” (i.e. only accounting policy that is useful for an understanding by the user of the
financial statements) accounting policies adopted in the preparation and presentation of financial statements,
should be disclosed by way of ‘Note in one place as the note No I (this is the basis of the preparation of financial
statements.)
Changes in Accounting Policies :

Any change in the accounting policies which has a material effect in the current period or which is reasonably
expected to have a material effect in the later period should be disclosed.
In the case of a change in accounting policies, having material effect in the current period, the amount by
which any item in the financial statements, is affected by such change should also be disclosed to the extent as
ascertainable, otherwise the fact that the effect is not (wholly or partially) ascertainable, should be disclosed.
The following are not considered as changes in accounting policies :
(a) Accounting policies adopted for events or transactions that differ in substance at present (introducing Group
Gratuity Scheme for employees in place of adhoc ex-gratia payment earlier followed.)
(b) Accounting policies pertains to events or transactions which did not occur previously or that were immaterial.
Illustration 1.
Jivandeep Ltd. had made a right issue in 2010. In the offer document to its members, it had projected a surplus of
` 40 crores during the accounting year to be ended on 31st March 2012. The draft results for the year prepared on
the hitherto followed accounting policies and presented for perusal of the Board of Directors showed a deficit of
` 10 crores. The Board, in consultation with the Managing Director, decided on the following:
(i) Value year-end inventory at works cost (` 50 crores) instead of the hitherto method of valuation of inventory
at Prime Cost (` 30 crores).
(ii) Provide depreciation for the year on straight line basis or account of substantial additions in gross block
during the year, instead of on the Reducing Balance Method, which had been hitherto adopted. As a
consequence, the charge for depreciation at ` 27 crores is lower than the amount of ` 45 crones -which
would have been provided had the old method been followed-by ` 18 crores.
(iii) Not to provide for “after-sales expenses” during the warranty period. Till the last year, provision at 2% on sales
used to be made under the concept of “matching of cost against revenue” and actual expenses used to
be charged against the provision. The Board now decided to account for expenses as and when actually
incurred. Sales during the year total to ` 600 crores.
(iv) Provide for permanent fall in the value of investment-which fall had taken place over the past 5 years-the
provision being ` 10 crores.
As chief accountant of the company, you are asked by the Managing Director to draft the Notes on Accounts for
inclusion in the annual report for 2011-2012.
Solution:
According to AS 1: “in the case of a change in accounting policies which has a material effect in the current
period should be disclosd, the amount by which any item in the financial statements is affected by such change
should also be disclosed to the extent ascertainable. Where such amount is not ascertainable wholly or in part, the
fact should be indicated.” Naturally, the Notes on Accounts must disclose the change.
Notes on Accounts
(i) Till last year, it was the practice of valuing inventory at prime cost but during the year the same was valued
at works cost. Due to this change the closing inventory was valued at ` 50 crores and, accordingly, profit was
increased by ` 20 crores (i.e. ` 50 crores - ` 30 crores) due to the change of the method of valuation.

(ii) During the year the company decided to change the method of providing for depreciation from reducing
balance method to straight line method. Due to this change, the amount of depreciation was undercharged
i.e., instead of charging ` 45 crores it was charged by ` 27 crores and, as a consequence, the profit was
increased by ` 18 crores (i.e., ` 45 crores minus ` 27 crores).
(iii) It was the practice of the company to make provision of @ 2% on sales for ‘After-Sales expenses’ during the
warranty period. It may be assumed that as a result of improved techniques and methods in production the
possibility of defects became very rare. Consequently, the company took decision not to make any provision
for after -sales expense’ during warranty period. As a result of this change, the profit would be increased by
` 12 crores.
(iv) As a result of permanent fall in the value of investments which took place over the last 5 years the company
decided to make provision to the extent of ` 10 crores. Due to this effect the profit would be reduced by ` 10
crores.
Illustration 2.
Which one is the correct one? Fundamental accounting assumptions as per AS 1 are:
(a) Going Concern, Matching and Consistency;
(b) Money Measurement, Going Concern and Prudence;
(c) Accounting Period, Going Concern and Entity Concept; and
(d) Going Concern, Consistency and Accruals.
Solution:
As per As 1, the fundamental accounting assumptions are: Going Concern, Consistency and Accruals.
Illustration 3.
Explain, in short, the relevant Disclosures of Accounting Policies as per AS 1.
Solution:
As per AS 1, the Disclosures of Accounting Policies are: All significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation
and presentation of financial statements should be disclosed.
The disclosure of the significant accounting policies as such should form part of the financial statements and the
significant accounting policies should normally be disclosed in one place.
Any change in the accounting policies which has a material effect in the current period or which is reasonably
expected to have a material effect in later periods should be disclosed. In the case of a change in accounting
policies which has a material effect in the current period, the amount by which any item in the financial statements
is affected by such change should also be disclosed to the extent ascertainable. Where such amount is not
ascertainable, wholly or in part, the fact should be indicated.
If the fundamental accounting assumptions, viz, Going Concern, Consistency and Accruals, are followed in
financial statements, specific disclosure is not required. If a fundamental accounting assumption is not followed,
the fact should be disclosed.
Illustration 4.
Explain the methods/criteria for the selection and application of Accounting Policies.
Solution:
The major considerations governing the selection and application of accounting policies are:
Prudence – Generally maker of financial statement has to face uncertainties at the time of preparation of financial
statement. These uncertainties may be regarding collectability of recoverable, number of warranty claims that
may occur. Prudence means making of estimates that are required under conditions of uncertainty.
Substance over form – It means that transaction should be accounted for in accordance with actual happening
and economic reality of the transactions not by its legal form.
Materiality – Financial Statement should disclose all the items and facts which are sufficient enough to influence
the decisions of reader or/ user of financial statement.

12.2 VALUATION OF INVENTORIES (AS 2)
The objective of this standard is to formulate the method of computation of cost of inventories/stock, determine
the value of closing stock/inventory at which, the inventory is to be shown in balance sheet till it is not sold and
recognised as revenue.
At the outset AS-2 excludes the following though appears to be inventory in common parlance:
(a) Work-in-progress in construction contract and directly related service contract (ref: AS-7), inventories not
forming part of construction work-in-progress will attract AS-2
(b) Work-in-progress arising in the ordinary course of business of service providers.
(c) Shares, debentures and other financial instruments held as stock-in-trade (ref: AS-13 as Current Investments)
(d) Producer’s inventories like livestock, agricultural and forest product, mineral oil/gasses as measured at net
realizable value as per trade practices at certain stage of production.
Inventories are assets:
(a) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;
(b) in the process of production for such sale; or
(c) in the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of
completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
Inventories encompass goods purchased and held for resale, for example, merchandise purchased by a retailer
and held for resale, computer software held for resale, or land and other property held for resale. Inventories
also encompass finished goods produced, or work in progress being produced, by the enterprise and include
materials, maintenance supplies, consumables and loose tools awaiting use in the production process. Inventories
do not include machinery spares which can be used only in connection with an item of fixed asset and whose use
is expected to be irregular; such machinery spares are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standard
(AS) 10, Accounting for Fixed Assets.
Measurement of inventories
Inventories should be valued at lower of cost and net realizable value.
Valuation of Inventories requires (i) determination of cost of inventories, (ii) Determination of net realizable value
of inventories, and comparison between the two.
The following terms are used in this Standard with the meanings specified:
Cost of inventories includes:
• Cost of Purchase
• Cost of Conversion
• Other costs
Costs of Purchase
The costs of purchase consist of the purchase price including duties and taxes (other than those subsequently
recoverable by the enterprise from the taxing authorities), freight inwards and other expenditure directly
attributable to the acquisition. Trade discounts, rebates, duty drawbacks and other similar items are deducted in
determining the costs of purchase.
Costs of Conversion
The costs of conversion of inventories include costs directly related to the units of production, such as direct
labour. They also include a systematic allocation of fixed and variable production overheads that are incurred

in converting materials into finished goods. Fixed production overheads are those indirect costs of production
that remain relatively constant regardless of the volume of production, such as depreciation and maintenance
of factory buildings and the cost of factory management and administration. Variable production overheads
are those indirect costs of production that vary directly, or nearly directly, with the volume of production, such as
indirect materials.
The allocation of fixed production overheads for the purpose of their inclusion in the costs of conversion is based
on the normal capacity of the production facilities. Normal capacity is the production expected to be achieved
on an average over a number of periods or seasons under normal circumstances, taking into account the loss
of capacity resulting from planned maintenance. The actual level of production may be used if it approximates
normal capacity. The amount of fixed production overheads allocated to each unit of production is not increased
as a consequence of low production or idle plant. Unallocated overheads are recognised as an expense in the
period in which they are incurred. In periods of abnormally high production, the amount of fixed production
overheads allocated to each unit of production is decreased so that inventories are not measured above cost.
Variable production overheads are assigned to each unit of production on the basis of the actual usage of the
production facilities.
A production process may result in more than one product being produced simultaneously. This is the case, for
example, when joint products are produced or when there is a main product and a by-product. When the costs
of conversion of each product are not separately identifiable, they are allocated between the products on a
rational and consistent basis. The allocation may be based, for example, on the relative sales value of each
product either at the stage in the production process when the products become separately identifiable, or at the
completion of production. Most by-products as well as scrap or waste materials, by their nature, are immaterial.
When this is the case, they are often measured at net realisable value and this value is deducted from the cost
of the main product. As a result, the carrying amount of the main product is not materially different from its cost.
Other Costs
Other costs are included in the cost of inventories only to the extent that they are incurred in bringing the inventories
to their present location and condition. For example, it may be appropriate to include overheads other than
production overheads or the costs of designing products for specific customers in the cost of inventories.
Interest and other borrowing costs are usually considered as not relating to bringing the inventories to their present
location and condition and are, therefore, usually not included in the cost of inventories.
Exclusions from the Cost of Inventories
In determining the cost of inventories in it is appropriate to exclude certain costs and recognise them as expenses
in the period in which they are incurred. Examples of such costs are:
(a) abnormal amounts of wasted materials, labour, or other production costs;
(b) storage costs, unless those costs are necessary in the production process prior to a further production stage;
(c) administrative overheads that do not contribute to bringing the inventories to their present location and
condition; and
(d) selling and distribution costs.
Cost Formulas
The cost of inventories of items that are not ordinarily interchangeable and goods or services produced and
segregated for specific projects should be assigned by specific identification of their individual costs.
Specific identification of cost means that specific costs are attributed to identified items of inventory. This is an
appropriate treatment for items that are segregated for a specific project, regardless of whether they have
been purchased or produced. However, when there are large numbers of items of inventory which are ordinarily
interchangeable, specific Identification of costs is inappropriate since, in such circumstances, the method of
selecting those items that remain in inventories could be used to predermined effects on profit obtain loss.

The cost of inventories, other than those dealt with specific projects should be assigned by using the first-in, first-out
(FIFO), or weighted average cost formula. The formula used should reflect the fairest possible approximation to the
cost incurred in bringing the items of inventory to their present location and condition.
A variety of cost formulas is used to determine the cost of inventories other than those for which specific identification
of individual costs is appropriate. The formula used in determining the cost of an item of inventory needs to be
selected with a view to provide the fairest possible approximation to the cost incurred in bringing the item to its
present location and condition. The FIFO formula assumes that the items of inventory which were purchased or
produced first are consumed or sold first, and consequently the items remaining in inventory at the end of the
period are those most recently purchased or produced. Under the weighted average cost formula, the cost of
each item is determined from the weighted average of the cost of similar items at the beginning of a period and
the cost of similar items purchased or produced during the period. The average may be calculated on a periodic
basis, or as each additional shipment is received, depending upon the circumstances of the enterprise.
Techniques for the Measurement of Cost

Techniques for the measurement of the cost of inventories, such as the standard cost method or the retail method,
may be used for convenience if the results approximate the actual cost. Standard costs take into account normal
levels of consumption of materials and supplies, labour, efficiency and capacity utilisation. They are regularly
reviewed and, if necessary, revised in the light of current conditions.
The retail method is often used in the retail trade for measuring inventories of large numbers of rapidly changing
items that have similar margins and for which it is impracticable to use other costing methods. The cost of the
inventory is determined by reducing from the sales value of the
inventory the appropriate percentage gross margin. The percentage used takes into consideration inventory which
has been marked down to below its original selling price. An average percentage for each retail department is
often used.
Disclosure under AS-2

(a) The accounting policy adopted in measuring inventories
(b) The cost formula used
(c) Carrying amount (value) of inventory commonly classified under Raw Material and Components, Work-in-
Progress, Finished goods and Stores, Spares and Loose tools.
(d) Schedule-VI and AS-2 disclosure are at par
Illustration 5.
Flow do you deal with the following?
On 31.3.2012, the closing stock of Gourav Ltd. includes 10,000 units costing @ ` 10 i.e., ` 1,00,000. But the current
market price as on that date was @ ` 9 i.e., ` 90,000.
Solution:
According to AS 2, Valuation of Inventories will be lower of cost and Net Realisable Value. In the present case the
cost is `(10×10,000) i.e. `1,00,000 and the Net Realisable Value is ` 90,000. Therefore the inventories will be valued
at `90,000 i.e. at Net Realisable Value.
Illustration 6.
From the following information presented by P Ltd. ascertain the value of stock to be included in Balance Sheet:
Cost Price of certain stock amounted to ` 60,000; being obsolete, it can be used for production purposes after
incurring ` 10,000 for modification. The same could be used as a by-product for an existing product, the purchase
price for the same amounts to ` 40,000.
Solution:
Cost price of the product (given) ` 60,000.
Net Realisable Value of the product ` 40,000 – ` 10,000 = ` 30,000. Inventories are valued at lower of Cost and Net
Realisable value. Hence, ` 30,000 should be treated as the Value of Stock to be included in Balance Sheet.

Illustration 7.
How will you deal with the following situation?
“A company deals in purchase and sale of timber and has included notional interest charges calculated (on the
paid-up share capital and free reserves) in the value of stock of timber as at the Balance Sheet date as part of
cost of holding the timber”.
Solution:
According to para 12 of AS 2, Valuation of Inventories, interest and other borrowing costs are usually considered
as not relating to bringing the inventories to their present location and condition and are, therefore, usually not
included in the cost of inventories. Hence, the valuation of closing stock of timber cannot be considered as it is
not in conformity with AS 2.
Illustration 8.
The company deals in three products A, B and C which are neither similar nor interchangeable. At the time of
closing of its account for the year 2012-13, the historical cost and net realisable value of the items of closing stock
are determined as:
Items Historical cost Net Realisable Value

(` In lakhs) (` In lakhs)
A 40 28
B 32 32
C 16 24
What will be the value of closing stock?
Solution:
According to AS 2, Valuation of Inventories, para 5, inventories should be valued as per the cost or net realisable
value, whichever is lower. Thus, inventories should be valued as per itemwise as:
Items Historical cost Net Realisable Value Valuation of Closing Stock

(` In lakhs) (` In lakhs) (` In lakhs)
A 40 28 28
B 32 32 32
C 16 24 16
88 84 76
So, Closing Stock should be valued at ` 76 lakhs.
Illustration 9.
Z Co. Ltd. purchased goods at the cost of ` 40 lakhs in Oct. 2012, Till March 2013, 75% of the stocks were sold. The
company wants to disclose closing stock at ` 10 lakhs. The expected sales value is ` 11 lakhs and a commission at
10% on sale is payable to the agent.
Advise: What is the correct closing stock to be disclosed as at 31.3.2013?
Solution:
The stand of the company to disclose the closing stock at ` 10 lakhs is not in line with AS-2. As per AS 2-Valuation
of Inventories, para 5, inventory should be valued as per cost price or net realisable value, whichever is lower. In
the problem, cost price is ` 10 lakhs, but the net realisable value is ` 11,00,000 x 90% = ` 9,90,000. So, the value of
closing stock should be taken as ` 9,90,000 being the lower.

Illustration 10.
How would you deal with the following in the annual accounts of a company for the year ended 31.3.2013?
“The company has to pay delayed cotton clearing charges over and above the negotiated price for asking
delayed delivery of cotton from the supplier’s godown. Up to 2011-12, the company has regularly included such
charges in the valuation of closing stock. This being in the nature of interest the company has decided to exclude
it from closing stock valuation for the year 2012-13. This would result into decrease in profit by ` 7.60 lakhs.”
Solution:
As per para 12, AS 2, Valuation of Inventories, interest and other borrowing costs are usually considered as not
relating to bringing the inventories to their present location and condition and are, therefore, usually not included
in the cost of inventories. Thus, it becomes quite clear that delayed cotton clearing charges which were treated
in the nature of interest must not be included while valuing closing stock as per the provision of AS 2 and it is not in
compliance with AS 2 which was done up to 2010-11.
But from year 2011-12, the company decided to change the earlier view i.e. they decided to exclude the same
from the valuation of closing stock which is, no doubt, in compliance with AS 2.
As a result of change in accounting policy regarding valuation of stock the profit was reduced by is. 7.60 lakhs
which must be disclosed in the financial statement or per AS 1 as Notes to Account.
Illustration 11.
Sonar Bhandar deals in old colour TVs. It has 4 TVs the particulars of which are given below :
You are asked to compute the value of stock to be included, in Balance Sheet for the year ended 31st March
2013:
TVs Onida Philips EC Sony Total

` ` ` ` `
Cost Price 10,000 20,000 35,000 50,000 1,15,000
(Expenses incurred 3,000 2,000 5,000 - 10,000

to bring into salable
conditions)
Net Realisable Value 18,000 30,000 36,000 55,000 1,39,000
Solution:
As per para 5, AS 2 Valuation of Inventories, inventories should be valued at the lower of cost or net realisable
value on an item-by-item basis, which are:
TVs Onida Philips EC Sony Total

` ` ` ` `
Cost Price (including 13,000 22,000 40,000 50,000 1,25,000

expenses)
Net Realisable Value 18,000 30,000 36,000 55,000 1,39,000
Value of Stock 13,000 22,000 36,000 50,000 1,21,000
Value of Stock to be included in Balance Sheet will be ` 1,21,000.

Illustration 12.
The following particulars are presented by M Ltd. (deals in clothing) as on 31.3.2013:
Compute the value of stock as per AS 2.
Stock held by M Ltd. `

(Cost Price) 10,550
(Net Realisable Value) 11,500
The details of such stocks were:
Cost Price Net Realisable Value

` `
Cotton 5,600 4,960
Woolen 3,450 4,540
Synthetic 1,500 2,000
10,550 11,500
Solution:
Valuation of Stock as per AS 2
As per AS 2, para 21, inventories are usually valued at lower of cost and net realisable value on an item-by-item
basis:
Cost Price Net Realisable Value of Closing Stock

` ` `
Cotton 5,600 4,960 4,960
Woolen 3,450 4,540 3,450
Synthetic 1,500 2,000 1,500

10,550 11,500 9,910
Hence, value of stock will be considered for ` 9,910 as per AS 2.
Illustration 13.
The total stock of A Ltd. as on 31.3.2013 was ` 5,00,000 of which stock amounting to ` 31,000 were not ascertained
as per AS 2.
Compute the value of the said stocks as per AS 2 for inclusion in financial statements as on that date.
Type of Cost of Production Selling and Distribution Estimated

Product Materials Expenses expense to be Selling Price
incurred incurred
` ` ` `
P 10,000 2,000 1,000 15,000
S 5,000 --- 500 4,500
T 12,000 3,000 2,000 18,000
27,000 5,000 3,500 37,500

Solution:
As per para 21, AS 2, inventories are usually written-down to net realisable value on item-by-item basis. Thus, value
of stock will be computed as:
Type of Cost Price (including Net Realisable Value (excluding Value of Stock to be taken
Product Production Exp.) Selling & Distribution Expenses (lower of Cost Price & Net
from Selling Price) Realisable Value)
` ` `
P 12,000 (` 10,000 + ` 2,000) 14,000 (`15,000 – ` 1,000) 12,000

S 5,000 ( – ) 4,000 (` 4,500 – ` 500) 4,000
T 15,000 (` 12,000 + ` 3,000) 16,000 (`18,000 – ` 2,000) 15,000
31,000
So, Value of Stock will be ` 31,000 for inclusion in financial statements as per AS 2.
Illustration 14.
X Ltd. presented the following particular as on 31.3.2013: Compute the value of stock as on 31.3.2013.
The total cost of product:
Cost per unit

`
Cost of materials (` 12 each) 50
Manufacturing inputs 30
Total Cost 80
Profit 20
Selling Price 100
On 31.3.2013, selling price has gone down suddenly from ` 100 to ` 70. Price of raw material has also gone down to
` 8 each. X Ltd. had in its stock 6,000, units of materials which was bought as per the above rate on the same date.
Solution:
according to para 24, AS 2, when there has been a decline in the price of materials and it is estimated that the
cost of the finished products will exceed net realisable value, the materials are written-down to net realisable
value. In such circumstances, the replacement cost of the materials may be the best available measure of their
net realisable value. In this case, the total cost of ` 80 exceeds the net realisable value, i.e., selling price, of ` 70 (as
the price of raw materials had gone down from ` 12 to ` 8). So, inventories should be valued @ ` 70 each and, as
such, the total value of stock would be ` 4,20,000 (i.e., ` 6,000 units x ` 70).
Illustration 15.
State with reference to accounting standards how you will value the inventories in the following cases:
(i) Raw materials were purchased at ` 100 per kilo. Prices of raw materials are on the decline. The finished goods
in which the raw materials is incorporated is expected to be sold at below cost. 10,000 Kgs. of raw materials
is on stock at the year end. Replacement cost is ` 80 per kg.
(ii) In a production process, normal waste is 5% of input. 5,000 MT of input were put in process resulting in a
wastage of 300 MT. Cost per MT of input is ` 1,000. The entire quantity of waste is on stock at the year-end.

(iii) Per kg of finished goods consisted of:
`
Material Cost 100
Direct Labour 20
Direct Variable Production Overhead 10
Fixed production charges for the year on normal capacity of one lakh kg is ` 10 lakhs. 2,000 kg of finished goods
are on stock at the year end.
Solution:
(i) As per para 24, AS 2, materials and other supplies held for use in the production of inventories are not written-
down below cost if the finished products in which they will be incorporated are expected to be sold at or
above cost. However, when there has been a decline in the price of materials and it is estimated that the
cost of the finished products will exceed net realisable value, the materials are written down to net realisable
value.
In this case, cost of raw material was ` 100 per kg. But the finished goods (which are produced from the said
raw materials) are expected to realise at below the Cost Price. So, the value of 10,000 kg of raw materials will
be @ ` 80 per kg (i.e. on the basis of replacement cost) ` 8,00,000.
(ii) As per para 13, AS 2, in determining the cost of inventories it is appropriate to exclude abnormal amount of
wasted materials, labour or other production expenses in the period in which they are incurred.
Information
Input 5,000 MT; Normal loss 5% of 5,000 MT = 250 MT.
Wastage 300 MT; Abnormal loss = 300 MT – 250 MT = 50 MT
Cost of one MT of input = ` 1,000. So cost of 250 MT should be included in the cost of finished goods. But the cost
of entire abnormal wastage (i.e. 1,000 x ` 50) ` 50,000 should be charged against Profit and Loss Account of the
company.
(iii) As per para 9, AS 2, the allocation of fixed production overheads for the purpose of their inclusion in the costs
of conversion is based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.
Thus, the cost of finished goods per kg will be:

Cost per kg = Direct Material + Direct Labour + Variable Production overhead + Fixed production overhead*
=
` 100 + ` 20 + ` 10 + `10
=
` 140.
` 10,00,000
*Fixed Production overhead per kg = = ` 10 per kg.
1,00,000
Therefore, value of closing stock of finished goods will be ` 2,80,000 (i.e. 2,000 kg x ` 140)

12.3 DEPRECIATION ACCOUNTING (AS 6)
“Depreciation Accounting” (AS 6) (Revised)

The Accounting Standard regarding depreciation was issued at first in 1982. But it was revised in 1994. The revised
standard (AS 6) is now mandatorily applicable to all concerns in India for accounting periods commencing on or
after 1.4.1995. The important matters to be noted from (AS 6) are :
What is Depreciation as per AS-6?

Depreciation is a measure of wearing out, consumption or other loss of value of a depreciable asset arising from
use and passage of time. Depreciation is nothing but distribution of total cost of assets over its useful life.
“Depreciable Assets” are the assets which : -
(a) are expected to be used for more than one accounting period;
(b) have limited useful life;
(c) are held by an enterprise for use in production or supply of goods and services, for rental to others or for
administrative purposes but not for sale in the ordinary course of business.
AS-6 is not applicable to the following assets:

• Forests, Plantations
• Wasting Assets, Minerals and Natural Gas
• Expenditure on research and development
• Goodwill
• Live stock – Cattle, Animal Husbandry.
How to calculate Depreciation?

Following are required to ascertain the depreciation of a Depreciable Asset :
• Historical cost or other amount in place of historical cost like revalued amount
• Estimated useful life of depreciable assets
• Estimated residual or scrap value of depreciable assets
Computation of Depreciation:
Cost - (Residual Value at the end of usueful life)

=
Estimated useful in no. of years
How to ascertain the cost of depreciable assets?

Cost of depreciable assets is the total cost spent in connection with the acquisition; installation and commissioning
of the assets as well as for add item or improvement of the depreciable assets.
“Useful Life” of a depreciable asset is the period over which the assets are expected to be used by the enterprise,
which is generally shorter than the physical life.
Useful Life of a depreciable asset depends on the following factors –
• Predetermined by legal contractual limits
• Depends upon the number of shifts for which the asset is to be used
• Repair and Maintenance policy of the enterprise

• The theological obsolescence

• Innovation/improvement in the production method
• Change in demand of output
• Legal or other restrictions.
Estimated residual or scrap value:

This is the estimated value of a depreciable asset at the end of its useful life.
Change in Method of Depreciation:

The method selected for charging depreciation should be consistently followed. However, if situations demand (like
change of statute, compliance with Accounting Standard, etc.) a change of method may be made, that would
result in change in accounting policy (which may be required by statute or for compliance with an Accounting
Standards or for more appropriate presentation of financial statement), In that case -
(i) if the change affects the state of affairs of Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss account of the current period
or the Financial Statements of later period, then such change must be disclosed in financial statement. The
amount, by which the financial statement is affected, should be disclosed to the extent it is ascertainable.
(ii) the depreciation should be recalculated under the new method with effect from the date of the asset coming
into use till the date of change of method, that is, with retrospective effect. Difference between the total
depreciation under new method and the accumulated depreciation under the old method till the date of
change of method should be computed first. Then the resultant surplus or deficiency is to be charged to credit
and debit side of the Profit and Loss A/c respectively.
Change in Useful Life:

If there is a change in useful life of an asset, outstanding depreciable amount on the date of change in estimated
useful life of asset is required to be allocated over the revised remaining useful life.
Any addition or extension essential for an existing asset, should be depreciated over the remaining life of the asset.
If the historical cost of an asset changes due to exchange fluctuations, price adjustments, etc. the depreciation on
the revised unamortized depreciable amount should be provided prospectively for the rest of the life of the asset.
For any asset revalued, the provision for depreciation should be made on the revalued amount for the remaining
useful life of the asset.
In the financial statements, the matters to be disclosed are-

(i) The historical cost or any amount substituting it;
(ii) Total depreciation for the period for each class of assets;
(iii) The related accumulated depreciation.
The method of charging depreciation should also be disclosed.

12.4 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (AS 7)
Introduction:
Construction Contracts: As per AS-7 – Construction Contract is a contract specifically negotiated for the
construction of an Asset or combination of Assets closely interrelated or interdependent, for example, contract for
construction of building, dam, bridge, road etc. This Accounting Standard (AS) further mentions that the following
are also included in construction contracts.
• Contracts for rendering of services which are directly related to the construction of Assets, for example, service
of architect, and
• Contract for destruction or restoration of Asset and the restoration of the environment following the demolition
of Asset.
• For example, if the existing structure/building in a plot of land has to be demolished before new building as
per new design is constructed, the destruction of building is construction contract.
Types of Construction Contracts: Construction contracts are of two types:—
Fixed Price Contracts: In these contracts, contractor agrees for fixed price of the contract or fixed rate per unit.
Cost plus Contracts: In these contracts, contractor is reimbursed the cost is defined plus fixed percentage of fee/
profit.
Some construction contracts may be a mix of the both.
Objective: Accounting for long-term construction contracts involves question as to when revenue should be
recognized and how to measure the revenue in the books of contractor. There may be following two ways to
determine profit or loss:
• On year to year basis based on percentage of completion or
• On completion of the contract.
However, the revised standard has eliminated the existing option, by adopting only percentage of completion
method for recognizing the revenue. This method justifies the accrual system of accounting which is fundamental
accounting assumption. The primary objective of this AS is the allocation of ‘contract revenue’ and ‘contract cost’
to the accounting period in which construction work is performed.
Applicability: This Standard is applicable in accounting for construction contracts in contractor’s financial statements.
In other words the AS does not apply to customer (Contractee). This would not be applicable for the construction
projects undertaken by the enterprise on its own account as a commercial venture in the nature of production
activities.
Calculation of profit or loss of a construction contract: Profit or loss of construction contract is equal to (Contract
Revenue – Contract Cost).
Measurement of Contract Revenue: As per Para 31 of AS, the contract revenue and contract cost associated
with the construction contract should recognize revenue and expenses respectively with reference to stage of
completion of the contract activity at the reporting date.
Recognisition of revenue and expenses by reference to the stage of completion of a contract is generally referred
as the Percentage of Completion Method; under this method revenue is recognized as revenue in the statement
of profit/loss in the accounting period in which work is performed.
Determination of stage of completion: Stage of completion may be determined in a variety of ways like:
• Cost to cost method: the percentage of completion would be estimated by comparing total cost incurred
to date with total cost expected for the entire contract:—
Percentage of Completion = (Cost to Date × 100) / (Cumulative Cost Incurred + Estimated Cost to Complete)

Current revenue from contract = Contract price × Percentage of completion – Revenue previously recognized
• By survey of work performed
• Completion of physical proportion of the contract work
While calculating the contract cost to date as mentioned above in formula following contract cost should be
excluded.
• Contract cost that relates to future activity on the contract such as cost of material that have been delivered
to a contract site or set aside for use of a contract but not used and applied.
• Payment made to sub-contractors in advance of work performed under the sub-contract.
Basic principles of recognition of revenue and expenses

Basic principles are as under:
• Revenue recognized in the period in which work is performed;
• Expenses recognized in the period in which the work to which expenses relate is performed.
Conditions for recognizing the contract revenue - Following conditions must be fulfilled for recognizing the contract
revenue:
• Total contract revenue can be measured reliably
• It is probable that economic benefits associated with contract will flow to the enterprise / contractor
• Total contract cost and cost upto the stage of completion is measured reliably
• Contract cost attributable to contract can be clearly identified.
Uncertainty in collection amounts to expenses - When an uncertainty arises about the collectability of an amount
already included in contract revenue and already recognized in profit and loss statement, it amounts to expense.
This uncollectable amount of which recovery has ceased to be probable is recognized as an expense rather than
as an adjustments to contract revenue.
When outcome of contract cannot be estimated reliably

In those circumstances the revenue should be recognized only to the extent of contract costs incurred of which
recovery is probable, thus no profit is recognized. However contract cost recovery of which is not probable is
recognized as an expense resulting in loss. But when the uncertainties no longer exist and contract outcome can
be reliably estimated, recognition should be done as per this accounting standard.
Contract costs consist of the following:

Specific costs to contract - These are as under:
• Site labour cost including supervision
• Cost of material used in construction
• Depreciation of plant and equipments used on the contract
• Cost of moving plant, equipments and materials from contract site
• Cost of hiring plant
• Cost of design and technical assistance
• Estimated cost of rectification and guarantee work including expected warranty cost
• Claim from third parties
• Pre-contract cost. If it is probable that contact will be obtained
These costs should be reduced by incidental income if any not included in contract revenue, for example, sale of
surplus/scrap material, disposal of plant and equipment at the end of contract.

Cost attributable to contract - These costs are:
• Insurance.
• Cost of design and technical assistance that is not directly related to a specific contract.
• Construction overheads.
Cost specifically chargeable to customers under the terms of contract - These costs are:
• Some general administration cost/for which reimbursement is specified.
• Development cost.
• Reimbursement of any other cost.
Cost excluded
Following costs are excluded from contract cost unless specifically chargeable under terms of contract:
• General administration cost
• Selling cost
• Research and development
• Depreciation cost of idle plant and equipment
• Cost incurred in securing the contract. Pre-contract cost - if it is not probable that contract will be obtained.
However, costs that relate directly to a contract and which are incurred in securing the contract if they can be
separately identified and it is probable that contract will be obtained, such costs are also included in contract
cost.
Contract revenue consists of the following :-
• Revenue/price agreed as per Contract.
• Revenue arising due to escalation clause.
• Claims - Claims is the amount that contractors seek to collect from the customer as reimbursement of cost not
included in contract price.
• Increase in revenue due to increase in units of output.
• Increase or decrease in revenue due to change or variation in scope of work to be performed.
• Incentive payments to the contractors.
• Decrease in contract revenue due to penalties.
Provision for expected losses: When it is probable that total contract cost will exceed total contract revenue, the
expected losses should be recognized as an expense irrespective of —
• Whether or not work has been commenced
• Stage of completion of contract
• The amount of profit on other contracts which are not treated as a single contract.
Effect of change in estimate in construction contract: As the recognition of revenue and expenses in construction
contract is based on reliable estimate, nevertheless the estimate is bound to vary from one accounting period to
another accounting period of the construction contract; the effect of change in estimate of contract revenue or
contract cost is accounted as change in accounting estimate as per AS-5.
As per Para 21 of AS-5 the change in accounting estimates does not bring the adjustment within the definition of
an extraordinary item or prior period items. Therefore, changed estimates are used to determine the amount of
contract revenue and contract expenses recognized in the statement of profit and loss in the period in which the
changes is made and in subsequent periods.

Disclosure by contractors: An enterprise (contractor) should disclose the following policy:

• The method used to determine the stage of completion of contract in progress
• The method used to determine the contract revenue recognized in the period.
In addition to policy disclosure following disclosures is also required to be made by the enterprise (contractor):
• The amount of contract revenue recognized in the period
• Contract cost incurred and recognized profit (less recognized losses) upto the reporting period
• Advance received
• Gross amount due from customers for contract work [(cost incurred + recognised profit) – (recognized losses
+ progress billing)]
• Gross amount due to customer for contract work [(recognized losses + progress billing) – (cost incurred +
recognized profit)].
Significant differences among AS-7, IFRS/IAS-11 and US GAAP: After the issue of AS-7 (revised) in 2002 the only
method prescribed is percentage completion method to recognize the contract revenue, which is the same as
AS-11. However, US GAAP in certain circumstances allows another method i.e. completed contract method for
recognition of contract revenue.
US GAAP provides detailed guidance on the use of estimate in accounting for construction contract, however, no
such guidance is provided under AS-7 and IAS-11.
Illustration 16.
A firm of contractors obtained a contract for completion of bridges across river Revathi. The following details are
available in the records kept the year ended 31st March, 2012:
Particulars ` in Lakhs
Total Contract Price 1,000
Works Certified 500
Works not Certified 105
Estimated further cost 495
Progress payment received 400
Progress payment to be received 140
The firm seeks your advice and assistance in presentation of accounts keeping in view the requirements of AS-7 “
Accounting for Construction Contract”.
Solution:
As per AS 7, ‘Construction Contract’, when it is probable that total contract costs will exceed total revenue,
the expected loss should be immediately recognized as an expense. The amount of such a loss is determined
irrespective of (a) Whether or not work has commenced on the contract,(b) the stage of completion of contract
activity as per AS 7.
We are to compute the anticipated loss and current loss which are computed as:
Anticipated or Foreseeable Loss
Particulars ` in lakhs
Cost of Total Contract:
Work Certified 500
Add: Work not certified 105
Add: Estimated further cost to completion 495
1,100
Less: Contract Price 1,000
Anticipated / Foreseeable loss 100

Work-in-Progress/Stage of Completion: = Work certified+ Work not certified
= ` (500 +105) = ` 605
% of work completed
605/1100 × 100 = 55%
Recognition of Contract Revenue:
Total Contract Price x 55% = ` (1,000 × 55%) = ` 550 lakhs
Amount due from/to customers = Contract costs + Recognised profits – Recognised losses – (Progress
payments received + Progress payments to be received)
= [605 + Nil – 100 – (400 + 140)] ` In lakhs
= [605 – 100 – 540] ` In lakhs
Amount due to customers = ` 35 lakhs
The amount of ` 35 lakhs will be shown in the balance sheet as liability.
The relevant disclosures under AS 7 (Revised) are given below:
Particulars ` In lakhs
Contract revenue 550
Contract expenses 605
Expected Losses 45
Recognized profits less recognized losses (100)
Progress billings (400 + 140) 540
Retentions (billed but not received from contractee) 140
Gross amount due to customers 35
Illustration 17.
On 31.12.2012, Viswakarma Construction Company Ltd. undertook a contract to construct a building for ` 85 lakhs.
On 31.03.2013, the company found that it had already spent ` 64,99,000 on the construction. Prudent estimate of
the additional cost for completion was ` 32,01,000.
What is the additional provision for foreseeable loss which must be made in the final accounts for the year ended
31.03.12 As per provisions AS 7 on “ Accounting for construction contract?”
Solution:
As per AS 7, ‘Construction Contract’, when it is probable that total contract costs will exceed total revenue,
the expected loss should be immediately recognized as an expense. The amount of such a loss is determined
irrespective of (a) Whether or not work has commenced on the contract,(b) the stage of completion of contract
activity as per AS 7, (c) the amount of profit expected to arise on other contracts which are not treated as a single
contract.
In this case the anticipated losses are calculated as follows:
Anticipated or Foreseeable Loss
Particulars ` in lakhs
Cost incurred 64.99
Add: Additional cost for computation 32.01
97.00
Less: Contract Price 85.00
Anticipated / Foreseeable loss 12.00

Thus, as per AS 7, the whole amount of anticipated loss should be recognized and to be adjusted accordingly
against the profit of the current year.
Illustration 18.
Calculate the contract revenue from the following details
(` In Crores)
Years
Particulars I II III
1. Initial contract revenue 2000 2000 2000
2. Revenue increase due to escalation in IInd year — 400 —
3. Claim 200
4. Incentive Payment 300
5. Penalties 100
Solution:
Calculation of contract revenue
Particulars I II III
Initial contract value 2000 2000 2000
Increase in revenue due to escalation — 400 400
Claims — — 200
Incentive — — 300
Penalties — (100) (100)
Contract revenue 2000 2300 2800
Illustration 19.
Assume a ` 10,00,000 contract that requires 3 years to complete and incurs a total cost of ` 8,10,000. The following
data pertain to the construction period:
Particulars Yr. I Yr. II Yr. III

Cumulative costs incurred to date 3,00,000 7,20,000 8,10,000
Estimated cost yet to be incurred at year end 6,00,000 80,000 —
Progressive billing made during the year 2,00,000 7,40,000 60,000
Collections of billings 1,50,000 6,00,000 2,50,000
The firm seeks your advice and assistance in the presentation of accounts keeping in view the requirements of
AS-7.
Solution:
Particulars Yr. I Yr. II Yr. III

Initial amount of Revenue agreed in contract 10,00,000 10,00,000 10,00,000
Variation — — —
Total contract Revenue (A) 10,00,000 10,00,000 10,00,000
Contract cost incurred 3,00,000 7,20,000 8,10,000
Contract cost yet to be incurred to complete 6,00,000 80,000 —
Total Estimated contract cost (B) 9,00,000 8,00,000 8,10,000
Estimated profit (A-B) 1,00,000 2,00,000 1,90,000
Stage of completion 3,00,000 7,20,000 8,10,000
× 100 × 100 × 100
9,00,000 8,00,000 8,10,000
33.1/3% 90% 100%

Revenue expense and profit recognized in Profit & Loss Statement
Upto the Recognized in Prior Recognized in Current

reporting date year year
Year I
Revenue (10,00,000 x 3.1/3%) 3,33,333 --- 3,33,333
Cost incurred 3,00,000 --- 3,00,000
Profits 33,333 --- 33,333
Year II
Revenue (10,00,000 x 90%) 9,00,000 3,33,333 5,66,667
Cost incurred 7,20,000 3,00,000 4,20,000
Profits 1,80,000 33,333 1,46,667
Year III
Contract revenue earned 10,00,000 9,00,000 1,00,000
Cost incurred 8,10,000 7,20,000 90,000
Profits 1,90,000 1,80,000 10,000
Contract Disclosure (AS-7)

(Amount in `)
Yr. I Yr. II Yr. III
1. Contract revenue recognized 3,33,333 9,00,000 10,00,000
2. Contract expenses recognized 3,00,000 7,20,000 8,10,000
3. Recognized Profit (Loss) 33,333 1,80,000 1,90,000
4. Contract cost incurred 3,00,000 7,20,000 8,10,000
5. Contract cost that releases to future activity recognized
as an asset
NIL NIL NIL
6. Progress Billing
2,00,000 9,40,000 10,00,000
7. Unbilled contract revenue
1,33,333 NIL NIL
8. Advances
1,50,000 6,00,000 2,50,000
9. Contract cost incurred and recognized Profit (Less
recognized loss)
3,33,333 9,00,000 10,00,000
10. Gross amount due from customer
1,33,333 NIL NIL
11. Gross amount due to customer
NIL 40,000 NIL
12. Retention
50,000 1,90,000 NIL

12.5 REVENUE RECOGNITION (AS 9)
Objective: The standard explains when the revenue should be recognized in profit and loss account also mentions
the circumstances in which revenue recognition can be postponed. Revenue means gross inflow of cash,
receivable or other consideration arising in the course of ordinary activities of an enterprise such as:
• Sale of goods
• Rendering the services
• Use of enterprises resources by others yielding interest, dividend and royalties
In other words, revenue is charge made to customers/clients for goods supplied and services rendered.
This Standard does not deal with the following aspects of revenue recognition to which special considerations
apply:
(i) Revenue arising from construction contracts; [ AS 7 on ‘Construction Contracts’]
(ii) Revenue arising from hire-purchase, lease agreements;
(iii) Revenue arising from government grants and other similar subsidies;
(iv) Revenue of insurance companies arising from insurance contracts.
Examples of items not included within the definition of “revenue” for the purpose of this Standard are:
(i) Realised gains resulting from the disposal of, and unrealised gains resulting from the holding of, non-current
assets e.g. appreciation in the value of fixed assets;
(ii) Unrealised holding gains resulting from the change in value of current assets, and the natural increases in
herds and agricultural and forest products;
(iii) Realised or unrealised gains resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates and adjustments arising on the
translation of foreign currency financial statements;
(iv) Realised gains resulting from the discharge of an obligation at less than its carrying amount;
(v) Unrealised gains resulting from the restatement of the carrying amount of an obligation.
Timing of Revenue Recognition: Revenue from sale or rendering of services should be recognized at the time of sale
or rendering of services. However if at the time of sale or rendering of services there is a significant uncertainty in
ultimate collection of the revenue, then the revenue recognition is postponed and in such cases revenue should
be recognized only when it becomes reasonably certain that ultimate collection will be made. It also applies to
the revenue arising out of escalation of price; export incentive, interest etc.
Revenue from Sale of Goods: Revenue is recognized when all the following conditions are fulfilled:
• Seller has transferred the ownership of goods to buyer for a price.
Or
• All significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to buyer
• Seller does not retain any effective control of ownership on the transferred goods
• There is no significant uncertainty in collection of the amount of consideration (i.e. cash, receivables etc.)
If delivery is delayed at buyer’s request and buyer takes title and accept billing, then the revenue should be
recognized immediately but goods must be in hand of seller, identified and ready for delivery at the time of
recognition of revenue.
Revenue Recognition when delivery of goods sold subject to certain conditions:
• Installation and Inspection: Revenue should be recognized when goods are installed at the buyer’s place to
his satisfaction and inspected and accepted by the buyer.
• Sale on Approval: Revenue should be recognized when buyer confirms his desire to buy such goods through
communication.

• Guaranteed Sales: Revenue should be recognized as per the substance of the agreement of sale or after the
reasonable period has expired.
• Warranty Sales: Revenue should be recognized immediately but the provision should be made to cover
unexpired warranty.
• Consignment Sales: Revenue should be recognized only when the goods are sold to third party.
• Special Order and Shipments: Revenue from such sales should be recognized when the goods are identified
and ready for delivery.
• Subscription for Publication: When items delivered vary in value from period to period, the revenue should be
recognized on the basis of sales value of those items delivered. When items delivered do not vary in value
from period to period, the revenue should be recognized on straight-line basis over time.
• Installment Sales: Revenue of sales price excluding interest should be recognized on the date of sale. Interest
should be recognized proportionately to the unpaid balance.
Revenue from Rendering of Services: Revenue from rendering of service is generally recognized as the service is
performed. The performance of service is measured by following two methods:
(i) Completed Service Contract Method: Revenue is recognized when service is about to be completed and no
significant uncertainties exist about collection of the amount of service charges.
(ii) Proportionate Completion Method: The revenue recognized under this method would be determined on the
basis of contract value, associated costs, number of acts or other suitable basis.
The norms for revenue recognition for rendering of services under special condition are as follows:
• Advertising and Insurance Agency Commission: Advertising commission is recognized when advertisement
appears before public and for insurance agency commission on the effective commencement or renewal
date of the policies respectively.
• Financial Service Commission: Generally, commission charged for arranging or granting loan and other
facilities should be recognized when a loan is sanctioned and accepted by borrower.
• Admission Fee: Revenue from artistic performance, banquets and other special events should be recognized
when event takes place.
• Tuition Fee: Revenue should be recognized over the period of instruction.
• Entrance and Membership Fee: Entrance fees are generally capitalized and membership fees should be
recognized on systematic and rational basis having regard to timing and nature of service provided.
Some Special Treatment of Revenue Recognition
Revenue from interest: Revenue from interest should be recognized on time proportion basis.
Revenue from royalties: It is recognized on accrual basis as per terms of agreement.
Revenue from dividend: It is recognized when declaring company declares dividend.
When uncertainty of collection of revenue arises subsequently after the revenue recognition, it is better to make
provision for the uncertainty in collection rather than adjustment in already recognised revenue.
Disclosure: When revenue recognition is postponed, the disclosure of the circumstances necessitating the
postponement should be made.
Treatment of Inter-Divisional Transfers: ICAI has announced that inter-divisional transfers/sales are not the revenue
as per AS-9 “Revenue Recognition”. Since in case of inter-divisional transfers, risks and rewards remain within the
enterprise and also there is no consideration from the point of view of the enterprise as a whole, the recognition
criteria for revenue recognition are also not fulfilled in respect of inter-divisional transfers.
Significant difference among AS-9, IFRS/IAS-18 & US GAAP:
• The definition of “Revenue” is almost same in AS-9 and in IFRS/IAS-18; however there is no specific standard
for recognizing the revenue under US GAAP. There are several pronouncements in US having varying degree
of authority on an ad hoc basis.

• Under IFRS/IAS-18, the revenue recognition from rendering of services is done on the basis of percentage of
completion method whereas in AS-9 revenue from rendering of services can be recognized on proportionate
completion method or completed service method.
• Under IAS-18/US GAAP revenue from interest is recognized using the effective interest method.
• IFRS/IAS-18 contains the provisions for revenue swaps; however no such corresponding provisions are in AS-9.
Illustration 20.
When can revenue be recognized in the case of transaction of sale of goods?
Solution:
According to AS-9, Revenue Recognition, revenue from the sales transaction should be recognized only when the
following provision are made/satisfied:
The seller has transferred the property in the goods to the buyer for consideration. The transfer of property in goods
results in or coincides with the transfer of significant risks and rewards of ownership to the buyer. If such risks are not
involved/ associated with sale, revenue in such a situation is recognized at the time of transfer of risks and rewards
of ownership to the buyer.
Moreover, no uncertainty should exist regarding the amount of consideration which will be derived from such sale
of goods.
Illustration 21.
X Ltd. has recognized ` 10 lakhs on accrual basis from dividends on units of mutual fund of the face value of ` 50
lakhs held by it as at the end of the financial year 31st March, 2013. The dividends on mutual funds were declared
@ 20% on 15th July 2013. The dividends were proposed on 10th April, 2013 by the declaring company. Whether the
treatment is as per the relevant Accounting Standard?
Solution:
As per AS 9 , dividends from investment in shares are not recognized in the statement of Profit and Loss until a right
to receive payment is established.
In the present case the dividend was proposed on 10th April, 2013, but the scheme was declared on 15th July, 2013.
Thus, it is quite clear that right to receive payment is established on 15th July, 2013. So, income from dividend on
units of mutual fund must be recognized by X Ltd. for the year ended 31st March, 2014.
It may be mentioned here that the recognition of ` 10 lakhs under accrual basis in the year 2012-13 is not as per AS -9.
Illustration 22.
Arjun Ltd. sold farm equipment through its dealer. One of the conditions at the time of sale is payment of consideration
in 14 days and, in the event of delay, interest is chargeable @ 15% p.a. The company has not realized interest from
the dealers in the past. However, for the year ended 31.03.2013, it wants to recognized interest due on the balances
due from dealers. The account is ascertained at ` 9 lakhs.
Decide whether the income by way of interest from dealers is eligible for recognition as per AS 9.
Solution:
As per AS 9, effect of uncertainties on Revenue Recognition, where the liability to assess the ultimate collection with
reasonable certainty is lacking at the time of raising any claim, revenue recognition is postponed to the extent of
uncertainty involved. It may be appropriate to recognize the revenue only when it is reasonably certain that the
ultimate collection will be made.
However, in the present case, it has been found that the company did not realized the amount of interest in the
past for delayed payment made by dealers. Thus, interest can be recognized only when the ultimate collection is
made or taken. Hence, in the present case, interest income is not to be considered as recognized revenue.
Illustration 23.
Y co. Ltd. used certain resources of X Ltd. In return X Ltd. received ` 10 lakhs and ` 15 lakhs as interest and royalties,
respectively from Y Ltd. during the year 2012-13.

Solution:
As per AS 9, revenue arising from the use by others of enterprise resources yielding interest, royalties and dividends
should only be recognized when no significant uncertainty as to measurability or collectability exists. These revenues
are recognized on the following bases:
(i) Interest on time proportion basis taking into account outstanding and the rate applicable.
(ii) Royalties on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of the relevant agreement.
Illustration 24.
Advise B Ltd. about the treatment of the following in the final statement of accounts for the year ended 31st March,
2013.
“As a result of a recently announced price revision granted by the Govt. of India w.e.f 01.07.2012 the company
stands to receive ` 5,20,000 form its customers in respect of sales made in 2012-13.”
Solution:
It becomes quite clear from the above question that, as a result of price revision granted by the Govt. additional
sales are to be made for ` 5,20,000 in 2012-13, although the accounts are prepared for the year ended 31.03.13.
According to AS 9, if the ability to assess the ultimate collection with reasonable certainty is lacking at the time of
raising any claim ; e.g. for escalation of price etc. Revenue recognition is postponed to the extent of uncertainty
involved. In such cases, it may be appropriate to recognize revenue only when it is reasonably certain that the
ultimate collection, will be made revenue is recognized at the time of sale or rendering services.
Thus, if there is no uncertainty as to the ultimate collection of ` 5,20,000, it should be recognized as revenue and
may be treated accordingly in the financial statement for the period ended 31.03.2013.
Illustration 25.
Advise P Ltd. about the treatment of the following in final statement of accounts for the year ended 31.03.13:
A claim lodged with the Railways in March 2010, for loss of goods of ` 2,00,000 had been passed for payment in
March 2013 for ` 1,50,000. No entry was passed in the books of the company when claim was lodged.
Solution:
It becomes clear from the above statement that accounts were prepared for the year ended 31.03.13. The problem
states that there was a loss amounting for ` 2,00,000 in 2009-10, which was lodged in March 2010 with the Railways.
The problem further states that, when the claim was lodged, no entry was passed in the books of account. This
corroborate AS 9 and it says,” Revenue recognition is postponed if there is any uncertainty regarding its ultimate
collection.”
But, ` 1,50,000 was settled for payment against the claim of ` 2,00,000 in March 2013. Needless to say that the revenue
is recognized in the Financial Statement prepared for the period ended 31.03.2013 as it was passed for payment.
Illustration 26.
How would you deal with the following in the annual accounts of a company for the year ended 31.03.2013:
The Board of Directors decided on 31.03.2013 to increase the sale price of certain items retrospectively from
01.01.2013.
In view of this price revision w.e.f 01.01.2013, the company has to receive ` 15 lakh from its customers in respect of
sales made from 01.01.13 to 31.03.13 and the accountant cannot make up his mind whether to include ` 15 lakhs
in the sales for 2012-13.
Solution:
As per AS 9, revenue should be recognized only when there is no uncertainty about its ultimate collection. If any
uncertainty regarding ultimate collection exists, revenue recognition is postponed. As such, whether the said ` 15
lakhs will be treated as recognized depends on its nature of certainty. If no uncertainty exists, the same should be
treated as recognized revenue and, in the opposite case, it should be postponed.

Illustration 27.
TVSM Ltd. has taken a transit insurance policy. Suddenly, in the year 2012-13, the percentage of accident has
gone up to 7% and the company wants to recognize insurance claim as revenue in 2012-13. In accordance with
relevant accounting standard.
Do you agree?
Solution:
As per AS 9, where the ability to assess the ultimate collection with reasonable certainty is lacking at the time of
raising any claim, revenue recognition is postponed to the extent of uncertainty involved. In such cases, it may be
appropriate to recognize revenue only when it is reasonably certain that the ultimate collection will be made. Where
there is no uncertainty as to ultimate collections, revenue is recognized at the time of sale or rendering services.
Moreover, consideration receivable should reasonably be determinable. Revenue recognition is postponed if not
determinable within a reasonable limit.
Thus, in this case, since there are uncertainties, recognition of revenue should be postponed by the company.
Illustration 28.
Bottom Ltd. entered into a sale deed for its immovable property before the end of the year. But registration was
done with Registrar subsequent to Balance Sheet date.
But before finalization, is it possible to recognize the sale and the gain at the Balance Sheet date? Give your views
with reasons.
Solution:
As per AS 9, Revenue Recognition: A key criterion for determining when to recognize revenue from a transaction
involving the sale of goods is that the seller has transferred the property in the goods to the buyer for a consideration.
The transfer of property in goods, in most cases, results in or coincides with the transfer of significant risks and reward
of ownership to the buyer. However, there may be situations where transfer of property in goods does not coincide
with the transfer of significant risks and rewards of ownership. Revenue in such situations is recognized at the time
of transfer of significant risks and rewards of ownership to the buyer. Such cases may arise where delivery has been
delayed through the fault of either the buyer or the seller and the goods are at the risk of the party at fault as
regards any loss which might not have occurred but for such fault. Further, sometimes the parties may agree that
the risk will pass at a time different from the time of ownership passes.
In the present case, sale of immovable property with a gain on such sale should be recognized at the Balance
Sheet date although registration for such sale had been done subsequent to the Balance Sheet date. It may be
mentioned here that registration cannot bring any uncertainty as it was nothing but a technical matter.
Illustration 29.
SCL Ltd. sells agricultural products to dealers, One of the conditions of sale is that interest is payable at the rate of
2% p.m. for delayed payments. Percentage of interest recovery is only 10% on such overdue outstanding due to
various reasons. During the year 2012-13, the company wants to recognize the interest receivable.
Do you agree?
Solution:
As per AS 9, Revenue Recognition requires that revenue is measurable at the time of sale. Interest, royalties, dividends
should be recognized as revenue only where there will not be any uncertainty regarding the ultimate collection.
It may be appropriate to recognize revenue only when it is reasonably certain that the ultimate collection will be
made. When there is no uncertainty as to ultimate collection, revenue is recognized at the time of sale even though
payments are made by installment.
In the present case, however, SCL Ltd. cannot recognize the entire amount of interest as revenue. Recovery of
interest @ 10% on outstanding balance is merely estimated which is uncertain to ultimate collection.

12.6 ACCOUNTING FOR FIXED ASSETS (AS 10)
Fixed assets for the purpose of the statement are those held by an enterprise with the intention of being used for
the purpose of producing or providing goods or services and not held for sale in the normal course of business and
applies to financial statements prepared on historical cost/substituted cost basis.
The following items need special consideration and normally not covered under this statement unless the
expenditure on individual items are separable and identified.
(a) forest, plantation and similar regenerative natural resources
(b) wasting assets and non-generative resources (mineral rights. exploration of mineral, oil and natural gas)
(c) expenditure on real estate development
(d) livestock
Fixed assets shall be shown in financial statement either at historical cost or revalued price.
Historical Cost consists the following:
• Purchase price
• Import duties and other non-refundable taxes
• Any directly attributable cost of bringing the asset to the working conditation for its intended use like:
- Site preparation
- Delivery and handling cost
- Installation cost
- Professional fees (i.e. Fees of Engineers and Architects)
- Expenditure incurred on start up and commission of the project including the expenditure on test runs
less income by sale of products
- Administrative and other general overheads are specifically attributable for construction/acquition/
installation of the fixed assets.
- Amount of Govt. grants received/receivable against fixed asset should be deducted from the cost of
fixed assets
- Loss/gain on deferred payment on foreign currency liability if option under AS – 11 is exercised.
- Price adjustment, changes in duties or similar factors.
Historical cost of a self-constructed fixed assets – Such fixed asset, which was constructed by in-house efforts,
is called self-constructed fixed asset.
It includes the following:
• All costs which directly related to the specific asset.
• All costs that are attributable to the construction activity should be allocated to specific assets.
• Any internal profit included in the cost should be eliminated.
When fixed assets are revalued, these assets are shown at revalued price in financial statement. Generally,
component valuer does revaluation through appraisal. Revaluations may be done using price index appropriate
to the concerned fixed assets.
Apart from direct cost, all directly attributable cost to bring the asset concerned to their working condition for
intended use also forms the part of fixed asset.
Subsequent expenditure after the initial capitalization that increases the future benefits from the existing assets
beyond the previously assessed standard of performance (e.g. increase in quality of output, substantial reduction
in operating cost) is capitalized to form the gross book value.

Financial statements are normally prepared on the basis of historical cost but sometimes a part or all of fixed
assets, are restated (revalued) and substituted for historical cost. The commonly accepted and preferred method
of restating is by appraisal by a competent valuer.
As per Schedule VI, every B/S subsequent to revaluation shall disclose the increased figure with the date of increase
in place of the original cost for the first 5 (five) years, but the fact of such revaluation will continue to be disclosed
till such time such assets appear in the B/S.
Revaluation is made for an entire class of assets or the selection of assets on a systematic basis (fact of which
should be appropriately stated).
An increase in net book value arising on revaluation of fixed assets should be credited to “Owner’s Fund” under
“Revaluation Reserve” unless the decrease on any previously revaluation recorded as a change in P/L A/c or
“Revaluation Reserve” if increase in previous occasion was credited thereto.
All material items retired from active use and not disposed off should be stated at the lower of net book value or
net realizable value as a separate item in the Schedule of Fixed Assets.
Depreciation as per AS-6 should be charged on the total value of fixed assets including revalued portion.
Cost of asset acquired in exchange of existing assets: (i.e. consideration paid is non-monetary) - The cost of
acquisition of fixed assets is determined under the different situations differently as under:—
• Fixed Assets exchanged not similar. - Assets acquired should be recorded either at fair market value of asset
given up or fair market value of asset acquired, if this is more clearly evident
• Fixed Assets exchanged are similar. - Fixed assets acquired is recorded at fair market value of asset given up
or Fair market value of asset acquired, if this is more clearly evident or Net Book value of the asset given up
• Fixed Assets acquired in exchange of share or other securities. - (when payment of fixed assets is made in
shares or securities) Assets should be recorded at - either fair market value of asset purchased or fair market
value of share or securities, whichever is more clearly available.
Maximum amount of revaluation - Revaluation of fixed assets should be restricted to the net recoverable amount
of fixed asset.
Accounting treatment of revaluation - Treatment in accounting under different situations is as under:—
• First time revaluation (upward)
- Increase in net book value is credited to owner’s interest under the head ‘Revaluation Reserve’.
• First time revaluation (Downward)
- Decrease in net book value is charged to the profit & loss account.
• First revaluation (downward) subsequent revaluation (upward)
- Decrease in net book value is charged to the Profit & Loss Account in the year in which downward
revaluation was done.
- Amount of revaluation that can be credited to Profit & Loss Account is restricted to the amount of
devaluation earlier written off. Balance amount of revaluation should be credited to revaluation
reserve.
• First revaluation (upward) subsequent revaluation (downward)
- Increase in the net book value is credited to owner’s interest under the head ‘Revaluation Reserve’.
- Amount of devaluation can be charged to revaluation reserve to the extent the revaluation reserve
earlier credited is unutilized, the balance amount of devaluation is charged to profit and loss account.
Valuation of fixed assets in special cases

• Assets acquired on hire purchase terms: Such assets are recorded at their cash price. However, the recording
will be done as per AS-19.

• Cost of jointly held assets: Either the original cost, accumulated depreciation, and written down value should
be stated in the balance sheet in the proportion in which the entity has right to utilize the asset. Or
Pro rata cost of such jointly owned assets is grouped together with similar fully owned assets.
• Fixed assets acquired at consolidated price: Cost of each fixed asset should be determined on a fair basis as
per valuation by competent valuers.
Improvements and Repair
There are two accounting treatments of cost of improvement and repairs. These accounting treatments depend
upon the following conditions:
• After the improvements and repairs, expected future benefits from fixed assets do not change. The expenses
of improvements and repairs are charged to profit & loss account.
• After the improvement and repairs, expected future benefits from fixed asset will increase beyond the
previously assessed standard performance. These expenses on improvements and repairs are included in the
gross book value of fixed asset.
Addition or extension of capital nature to an existing asset
• If integral part of existing asset- it is generally added to gross book value of existing assets.
• If separate identity and capable to be used after the disposal of existing asset - it is accounted for separately.
Retirement and disposals
• Fixed assets are deleted from the financial statement either on disposal or on expected economic benefit is
over.
• Gains or losses arising on disposal are generally recognized in profit & loss account.
Treatment of Fixed assets are retired from active use and held for disposal—
• Such asset is stated at the lower of net book value and net realisable value in the financial statement.
• Any expected loss is recognized immediately in the profit & loss statement.
• It should be separately shown in financial statement i.e., balance sheet.
Disposal of previously revalued fixed assets -If there is profit, then it is credited to profit & loss account.
If there is loss, then it can be adjusted against the balance of revaluation reserve (arising out of revaluation of the
same asset). If any.
Disclosure in addition to AS-1 and AS-6, should be made under AS-10 in the following lines :
(a) Gross and net book value of fixed assets at the beginning and end of an accounting period with additions,
disposals, acquisitions and other movements.
(b) Expenditures incurred on account of fixed assets in the course of constructional acquisition
(c) Revalued amounts substituted for historical cost, the basis of selection for revaluation, the method adopted,
the year of appraisal, involvement of external valuer.
(d) The revalued amounts of each class of fixed assets are presented in the B/S separately without netting off the
result of revaluation of various classes of fixed assets.
Illustration 30.
Explain the provisions contained in the Accounting Standard in respect of Revaluation of Fixed Assets.
Solution:
As per paras 27, 28 and 29 and 30 of AS 10-Accounting for Fixed Assets the provisions relating to the revaluation
of fixed assets are:
When a fixed assets is revalued in financial statements an entire class of assets should be revalued, or the selection
of assets for revaluation should be made on a systematic basis and should be disclosed -para 27.

The revaluation in financial statements of a class of assets should not result in the net book value of that class being
greater than the recoverable amount of assets of that class-para 28.
When a fixed asset is revalued upwards, any accumulated depreciation existing at the date of the revaluation
should not be credited to the profit and loss statements-para 29.
An increase in net book value arising on revaluation of fixed assets should be credited directly to owners’ interests
under the head of revaluation reserve, except that, to the extent that such increase is related to and not greater
than decrease arising on revaluation previously recorded as charge to the profit and loss statement, it may be
credited to the profit and loss statement. A decrease in net book value arising on evaluation of fixed asset should
be charged directly to the profit and loss statement except that to the extent that such a decrease is related to an
increase which was previously recorded as a credit to revaluation reserve and which has not been subsequently
reserved to utilise, it may be charged directly to that account para 30.
Illustration 31.
Explain the provisions for valuation of fixed assets in special cases as AS 10.
Solution:
As per paras 15.1, 15.2 and 15.3 of AS 10, Accounting for Fixed Assets, the provisions relating to the valuation of
fixed asset in special cases are:
As per para 15.1- In the case of fixed assets acquired on hire-purchase terms, although legal ownership does not
vest in the enterprise, such assets are recorded at their cash value, which, if not readily available, is calculated by
assuming an appropriate rate of interest. They are shown in the balance sheet with an appropriate narration to
indicate that the enterprise does not have full ownership thereof.
Where an enterprise owns fixed assets jointly with other (otherwise than as a partner in a firm), the extent of its share
in such assets, and the proportion in the original cost, accumulated depreciation and written-down value are
stated in the balance sheet. Alternatively, the pro rata cost of such jointly owned assets is grouped together with
similar fully owned assets. Details of such jointly owned assets are indicated separately in the fixed assets register.
- Para 15.2
Where several assets are purchased for a consolidated price, the consideration is apportioned to the various
assets on a fair basis as determined by competent valuers. - Para 15.3
Illustration 32.
During the current year 2012-13, X Ltd. made the following expenditure relating to its plant building:
` (in 00 000)
Routine Repairs 4
Repairing 1
Partial replacement of roof tiles 0.5
Substantial improvement to the electrical wiring system which will 10
increase efficiency
How much amount should be capitalized?
Solution:
According to para 12.1, AS 10, Accounting for Fixed Assets, only expenditure that increases the future benefits from
the existing assets beyond its previously assessed standard of performance is included in the gross book value i.e.
an increase in capacity. Thus, in the present case, ‘Repairs’ amounting to ` 5 lakhs and partial replacement of roof
tiles should be charged to Profit and Loss Account as revenue expenditure. But the amount incurred for substantial
improvement to the electrical wiring system amounting to ` 10 lakhs which will increase efficiency should be
treated as capital expenditure.

Illustration 33.
A company obtained term loan during the year ended 31.3.2012, to an extent of ` 650 lakhs for modernisation and
development of its factory. Building worth ` 120 lakhs were completed and Plant and Machinery worth ` 350 lakhs
were installed by 31.3.2012. A sum of ` 70 lakhs has been advanced for assets, the installation of which is expected
in the following year. ` 110 lakhs has been utilised for Working Capital requirements. Interest paid on the loans of `
650 lakhs during the year 2011-12 amounted to ` 58.50 lakhs.
Flow should the interest amount be treated in the accounts of the company?
Solution:
As per para 10.1 of AS 10, Accounting for Fixed Assets-Self-constructed fixed assets-while arising at the gross book
value of self-constructed fixed assets, cost includes all direct costs and attributable costs which are required for the
construction of such fixed assets (any internal profits are eliminated in arising at such costs).
In the present case, interest on borrowed Capital should be included with the gross book value of the assets. But
interest paid which are related to Working Capital should be charged to Profit and Loss Account.
The particulars of the problem are:
Term loan taken ` 650 during the year ended 31.3.2012 and interest paid on such term loan ` 58.50 lakh during the
said period.
Utilisation of Term Loan
` (in lakh) Allocation of Interest ` (in lakh)

Building 120 ` 120 10.80
x ` 58.50
` 650
Plant and Machinery 350 ` 350 31.50
x ` 58.50
` 650
Installation of Assets 70 ` 70 6.30

x ` 58.50
` 650
— Advanced
Working Capital 110 ` 110 9.90
x ` 58.50
` 650
Total 650 Total 58.50
Illustration 34.
From the following particulars determine the amount of profit to be transferred to Profit and Loss Account in each
of the companies for the period 2013:
In 1993, identical building space purchased for official purposes by X Ltd. and Y Ltd. for ` 10,00,000 for each space.
X Ltd. revalued the same building for ` 15,00,000 in 1998 and recorded the revaluation in the books of accounts
accordingly. Y Ltd. did not make any revaluation like X Ltd. Both X Ltd. and Y Ltd. however, sold their respective
office space for ` 20,00,000 in 2013. (Ignore depreciation and tax).

Solution:
Statement for Ascertaining the Amount of Profit to be Transferred to Profit and Loss Account
X Ltd. Y Ltd.
` `
Sales Proceeds in 2012 20,00,000 20,00,000
Less: Cost :
Cost Price 10,00,000 10,00,000
Transferred to ---
Revaluation Reserve 5,00,000
(` 15,00,000 – ` 10,00,000) 15,00,000 10,00,000
Realised Profit in 2012 5,00,000 10,00,000
Therefore,
For X Ltd. (i) ` 5,00,000 to be credited to Profit & Loss Accounts of 2013.
(ii) Revaluation Reserve amounting to ` 5,00,000 to be transferred to General Reserve.
For Y Ltd. (i) ` 10,00,000 to be credited to Profit and Loss Account of 2013.
Illustration 35.
On 1.1.2008, Z Ltd acquired a freehold land & building for ` 10,00,000. It decided the following for the purpose of
depreciation on such building:
(i) the building part, valued ` 8,00,000 depreciated on straight line method for 25 years having no scrap value.
(ii) the land part valued ` 2,00,000, no depreciation will be charged on it.
On 1.1.2013, it was decided that the value of land and building would be ` 20,00,000, divided into: Land ` 5,00,000
and building ` 15,00,000.
It has also been further estimated that the useful life of the Land and Building would be further 20 years.
Ascertain the amount of depreciation to be charged annually over the useful life of Land and Building, the WDV
of the same to be shown in Balance Sheet of every year.
Calculate also the surplus on revaluation of land and building in (1) Before Revaluation, and (2) After the
Revaluation.
Solution:
(i) Before the Revaluation
` 8,00,000
Annual depreciation on Building =
25 years = ` 32,000
Naturally, for the 1st 5 years, annual depreciations to be made @ ` 32,000 each.
The W.D.V of Building for the year ended:
Particulars `
(i) 31.12.2008 (` 10,00,000 – ` 32,000) 9,68,000
(ii) 31.12.2009 (` 9,68,000 – ` 32,000) 9,36,000
(iii) 31.12.2010 (` 9,36,000 – ` 32,000) 9,04,000
(iv) 31.12.2011 (` 9,04,000 – ` 32,000) 8,72,000
(v) 31.12.2012 (` 8,72,000 – ` 32,000) 8,40,000

(ii) After the Revaluation
Depreciation to be charged on building by the following new rate
` 15,00,000
= ` 75,000 p.a.
20
From 1.1.2013, the WDV of the building to be reduced by ` 75,000. The building part will totally be depreciated
after 20 years but the value of the land will be ` 5,00,000.
Profit on Revaluation
`
Value of Land and Building 20,00,000
Less: Net Book Value as on 31.12.2012 8,40,000
∴ Surplus 11,60,000
As per para 30, AS, 10, this surplus amounting to ` 11,60,000 should be transferred to Revaluation Reserve.
Illustration 36.
Amrit Ltd. expects that a plant has become useless which is appearing in the books at ` 20 lakhs gross value.
The company charges SLM depreciation on a period of 10 years estimated life and estimated scrap value of
3%. At the end of 7th year the plant has been assessed as useless. Its estimated net realisable value is ` 6,20,000.
Determine the loss/gain on retirement of the fixed assets.
Solution:
Cost of the plant ` 20,00,000
Estimated realisable value ` 60,000
Depreciable amount ` 19,40,000
Depreciation per year ` 1,94,000
Written down value at the end of 7th Year = 20,00,000 - (1,94,000 X 7) = ` 6,42,000
As per of AS-10 items of fixed assets that have been retired from active use and are held for disposal are stated at
the lower of their net book value and net realisable value and are shown separately in the financial statements.
Any expected loss is recognized immediately in the profit and loss statement. Accordingly, the loss of ` 22,000
(6,42,000-6,20,000) to be shown in the and loss account and asset of `6,20,000 to be shown in the balance sheet
separately.
Illustration 37.
A company has purchased plant and machinery in the year 2009-10 for ` 90. A balance of ` 10 lakhs is still payable
to the suppliers for the same. The supplier waived off the balance amount during the financial year 2012-13. The
company treated it as income and credited to profit and loss account during 2012-13.
Whether accounting treatment of the company is correct. If not, state with reasons.
Solution:
As per AS-10 the cost of fixed assets may undergo changes subsequent to its acquisition or construction on account
of exchange fluctuation, price adjustments, changes in duties or similar factors. Hence, the treatment done by the
company is not correct. ` 10 lakhs should be deducted from the cost of fixed assets.

Illustration 38.
On December 1, 2013, Mitra Ltd. purchased `6,00,000 worth of land for a factory site. Mitra Ltd. razed an old
building on the property and sold the materials it salvaged from the demolition. Mitra Ltd. incurred additional costs
and realized salvage proceeds during December 2013 as follows:
Demolition of old building ` 50,000

Legal fees for purchase contract and recording ownership ` 10,000
Title guarantee insurance ` 12,000
Proceeds from sale of salvaged materials ` 8,000
In its December 31, 2013 Balance Sheet, Mitra Ltd. should report a balance in the land account.
Solution:
As per AS-10, the cost of land should include all expenditure incurred preparing it for its ultimate use (such as factory
size) is considered part of the cost of land. Before the land can be used as a building site, it must be purchased
(involving costs such as purchase price, legal fees, and title insurance) and the old building must be razed (cost of
demolition less proceeds from sale of scrap). The total balance in the land account should be ` 6,64,000.
Purchase price ` 600,000

Legal Fees `10,000
Title Insurance `12,000
Net cost of demolition (` 50,000 - ` 8,000) `42,000
` 6,64,000
Illustration 39.
On March 31, 2013, Winn Company traded in an old machine having a carrying amount of ` 1,68,000, and paid
cash difference of ` 60,000 for a new machine having a total cash price of ` 2,05,000. On March 31, 2013, what
amount of loss should Winn Company recognize on this exchange?
Solution:
As per AS-10, When a fixed asset is acquired in exchange or in part exchange for another asset, the cost of
the asset acquired should be recorded either at fair market value or at the net book value of the asset given
up, adjusted for any balancing payment or receipt of cash or other consideration. The cash price of the new
machine represents its fair market value (FMV). The FMV of the old machine can be determined by subtracting
the cash portion of the purchase price (` 60,000) from the total cost of the new machine. ` 2,05,000 - ` 60,000 = `
1,45,000. Since the book value of the machine ` 1,68,000 exceeds its FMV on the date of the trade in ` 1,45,000,
the difference of ` 23,000 must be recognized as a loss, however, if the FMV of the old machine had exceeded its
book value, the gain would not be recognized.
Illustration 40.
One customer from whom ` 10 lakhs are recoverable for credit sales given a motor car in full settlement of dues.
The directors estimate that the market value of the motor car transferred is ` 10.50 lakhs. As on the date of the
balance sheet the car has not been registered in the name of the auditee. As an auditor, what would you do in
this situations?

Solution:
The motor car has been acquired in exchange for another assets i.e. receivables. The fair value of motor car is
` 10.50 lakhs and that of receivable ` 10 lakhs. As per AS-10 the asset acquired in an exchange of assets should
be valued at the fair market value of assets acquired or the asset given up, whichever is more clearly evident.
Here fair market value of the assets given up obviously more clearly evident. Hence, the motor car should be
valued at ` 10 lakhs. Also the motor car should be recognised as an asset even though it is not yet registered in
auditee’s name. This is because legal title is not necessary for an asset to exist. What is necessary is control as per
the framework for preparation and presentation of financial statements. Applying substance over form we find
since price has been settled, the auditee has control, hence it should be reflected as an asset along with a note
to the effect that the registration in auditee name is pending.
Illustration 41.
A publishing company undertook repair and overhauling of its machinery at a cost of ` 5.00 lakhs to maintain them
in good condition and capitalized the amount, as it is more than 25% of the original cost of the machinery. As an
auditor, what would you do in this situation?
Solution:
Size of the expenditure is not the criteria to decide whether subsequent expenditure should be capitalized. The
important question is whether the expenditure increases the expected future benefits from the asset beyond its
pre-assessed standard of performance as per AS-10. Only then it should capitalize. Since in this case, only the
benefits are maintained at existing level, the expenditure should not be capitalized. If under the circumstances
the amount is material the auditor should qualify his report.
Illustration 42.
Is Project under sale fixed or current asset?
Solution:
According AS-10, Accounting for Fixed Assets. Material items retired from active use and held for disposal should
be stated at the lower of their net book value and net realizable value and shown separately in the financial
statements.
In view of the above, the ASB opined that project under sale, which was originally treated, as fixed asset would
continue to be a fixed asset even if it is under sale and will not, therefore, be classified as a current asset. However,
if an enterprise were a dealer of projects, then the project under sale would be an inventory and will be classified
as a current asset.


1. AS- 2 is not applicable to
(A) Inventories held for sale in ordinary course of business
(B) Work in progress arising in the ordinary course of business of service provider
(C) Inventories in the process of production for sale in ordinary course of business
(D) Inventories in form of material or supplies for the process of production
2. A Company purchase a machine costing `15 lakh for its production process. It paid freight `25,000, Cartage
`2,000 and installation charges `18,000. The company spent an additional amount of `40,000 for testing and
preparing the Machine for use. As per AS-10, the amount that should be recorded as the cost of machine
would be:
(A) `15,00,000
(B) `15,25,000
(C) `15,85,000
(D) `15,65,000
3. Accounting standards in India are issued by

(A) Comptroller and Auditor general of India
(B) Reserve bank of India
(C) The Institute of Accounting standards of India
(D) The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
4. AS- 6 is not applicable on

(A) Live stock
(B) Goodwill
(C) Wasting asset
(D) All of the above
Answer:
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (D)

1. According to AS-2 Inventories are held for sale in normal course of business.
2. As per AS-2, inventory should normally be valued at historical cost or market value whichever is lower.
QUESTIONS:
1. From the following data, Compute the Percentage of Completion & P/L Account (Extract) -7 would appear
in the books of a contractor as per AS-7
Contract Price `350 lakhs

Cost incurred to date as follows:
Material `250 lakhs

Labour Charge `100 lakhs
Other Expenses `50 lakh `400 lakh
Estimated Cost to Complete `100 lakh
Calculation of total cost of Contract
` Lakhs
Cost incurred to date:
Material 250
Labour 100
Overhead 50
400
Add estimated cost to complete 100
Estimated total cost on completion of contract 500
Hence, percentage of completion = 400/500 × 100 = 80%
Revenue recognised as a percentage to Contract price= 80% Of `350 L= `280 lakhs.
As per As -7, when the total construction cost of the contract will exceed total contract revenue, the expected
loss should be recognised immediately.
Accordingly, expenses to be recognised in the Profit and Loss A/c will be:
Total Foreseeable Loss (` 500 L – `350L) `150 L

Less Loss for the Current year (`400 – `280 L) 120 L
Expected loss to be recognised immediately ` 30 L
` lakh ` lakh
To Construction cost 400 By Contract Price 280
To Estimated loss on completion of contract to 30
be provided
MATCHING QUESTIONS
Match the following in Column I with the appropriate item in Column II Column - 1 & Column - II
Column – I Column – II
1. Minimum Rent A. Sinking Fund
2. Work certified B. Secret Reserve
3. Method of Charging Depreciation C. Contract A/c
4. Undervaluation of asset D. Royalty
5. Purchase Day Book E. Credit Balance
6. Both a journal and a ledger F. Cash Book
7. Provision for Bad and Doubtful Debt Account G. AS – 2
8. Rebate on Bill Discounted H. Computerised Accounting System

9. Automatic Balance Sheet I. Subsidiary Book
10. Developed on the basis of specific requirements J. Bill of Exchange
of the organisation
11. Inventories are valued at lower of cost or net K. Customised Accounting Software
realisable value

12. Accounting for Depreciation L. Insurance Claim

13. Indemnity Period M. Hire Purchase
14. Partial Repossession N. AS – 6
15. Prepares the accounts independently O. Independent Branch
P. No matching statement found
EXERCISE:
1. (a) State the criteria which should be fulfilled by a depreciable asset as per AS-6.
(b) Toly Enterprise ordered 10,000 units of material X at ` 135 per unit. The purchase price includes excise duty
@ ` 8 per unit, in respect of which full CENVAT Credit is admissible. Freight incurred amounted to ` 88,500.
Normal transit loss is 5%. The enterprise actually received 9,400 units and consumed 8,500 units.
You are required to ascertain the value of inventory as per AS-2.
Answer:
[Value of inventory — 900 unites @ `143 = ` 1,28,700]
2. The cost of production of Product X is `450 which includes per unit cost of Material, Labour and overheads
of `250, `110 and `90 respectively. At the end of the accounting year on 31.03.2013 the replacement cost of
Raw Material is `210 per unit.
There are 500 units of raw material in stock on 31.03.2013.
Calculate as per AS-2 the value of closing stock or Raw Material when:
(i) Finished Product is sold at `420 per unit.
(ii) Finished Product sold at `490 per unit.
Answer:
[(i) `1,05,000;
(ii) ` 1,25,000]

Paper 5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Paper 5

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Paper 5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTERMEDIATE : PAPER - 5

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India

Copyright of these Study Notes is reserved by the Insitute of Cost

Sec-A : Accounting – Basics 25%

Section A : Accounting – Basics [ 25 Marks]

Section B : Preparation of Financial Statements [40 Marks]

Section D: Accounting in Computerized Environment and Accounting Standards [15 marks]

Study Note 2 : Accounting for Special Transactions

2.1 Bills of Exchange 93

Study Note 3 : Preparation of Financial Statments of Profit Oriented Organizations

3.1 Introduction 161

Study Note 4 : Preparation of Financial Statments of Not-for Profit Organizations

4.1 Preparation of Financial Statements of Not-for Profit Organization 197

Study Note 5 : Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records

5.1 Preparation of Financial Statements from Incomplete Records 231

Study Note 6 : Partnership

Study Note 7 : Self Balancing Ledger

Study Note 8 : Royalties

Study Note 9 : Hire-Purchase and Installment System

Study Note 10 : Branch and Departmental Accounts

Study Note 11 : Computarised Accounting System

Study Note 12 : Accounting Standards

This Study Note includes

Sl Points of Book Keeping Accountancy

Difference between Management Accounting and Financial Accounting:

Management Accounting Financial Accounting

Adjusted Trial Trial

Steps/Phases of Accounting Cycle

Stakeholder Interest in business Accounting Information

Users of Accounting Information

II. Accounting information relating to cost of a product, operation or function.

Basic Accounting Terms

Let us see if we can apply these in the following illustrations.

1.2 GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

1.3 ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS

Theory Base of Accounting

Basic Assumptions Basic Principles Modifying Principles

(b) The Matching Concept

Assets = Liabilities + Capital

Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s equity

Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s equity

(b) The Concept of Consistency

(c) The Prudence Concept

(1) The business will run for an indefinite period.

(2) The business is distinct and separate from its owners.

(3) The transactions are recorded at their original cost.

(7) Every transaction has two effects to be recorded in books of accounts.

(10) Effects of an event must be recognized in the same accounting period.

Events and Transactions:

Transactions vs. Events

Name of the Book Source document

The Concept of “Account”, “Debit” and “Credit”:

Dr. Cash Account Cr.

Debit side Credit side

Personal Accounts Artificial Persons

Let us see what each type of account means.

For Assets Increase in Assets Dr.

Effect of Transaction Account To be debited/Credited

B. British Approach or Double Entry System :